12.07.2015 Views

Dezvatarea de Limitarile care ne-au fost inoculate - Mirahorian

Dezvatarea de Limitarile care ne-au fost inoculate - Mirahorian

Dezvatarea de Limitarile care ne-au fost inoculate - Mirahorian

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS
  • No tags were found...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Dezvăţarea <strong>de</strong> limitările <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> <strong>inoculate</strong> / Unlearning ourlimitations<strong>Dezvatarea</strong>, Unlearning, Uitarea, Forgetting, Deprogramarea,Deprogramming, Deconditionarea, Deconditioning -Traducerea capitolului48 din Tao Te Ching realizat ă <strong>de</strong> Dan <strong>Mirahorian</strong>Translation of chapter 48 from Tao Te Ching by Dan <strong>Mirahorian</strong>Mergi dincolo <strong>de</strong> lumea iluzorie prin eliminarea limitărilor <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong><strong>inoculate</strong> (implantate) in cursul condiţionării, programării, dresării;adresa imaginii :http://www.flickr.com/photos/dmtao/2127184762/in/set-72157594238726604"Trebuie s ă te <strong>de</strong>zveti <strong>de</strong> ceea ce ai <strong>fost</strong> programat s ă crezi <strong>de</strong> la nastere.Acel software ( program) nu-ti mai serveste, dac ă vrei s ă trăiesti într-o lumeîn <strong>care</strong> toate lucrurile sunt posibile "/ "You must unlearn what you have beenprogrammed to believe since birth. That software no longer serves you ifyou want to live in a world where all things are possible." – Jacqueli<strong>ne</strong> E.Purcell<strong>Dezvatarea</strong> este mai importanta <strong>de</strong>cat invatareaUnlearning is more important than learning"Trebuie s ă te <strong>de</strong>zveti <strong>de</strong> ce ai învătat / You must unlearn what you havelear<strong>ne</strong>d" - Yodahttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z4jeREy7Pbc老 子 Lao zi ( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu) - Capitolul 48. 第 四 十 八 章 dì sì shí b ā zhāngCuprins/ Content / Contenu / Inhalt / Contenido / Contenuto1. Titlu/Title /Titre /Titel/ Título /Titolo:2. Variante antice /Ancient Versions / Les versions antiques /Antiguoversio<strong>ne</strong>s /Alte Versio<strong>ne</strong>n/ Le antiche versioni3. Traducere/ Translation /Traduction/ Übersetzung / Traducción /Traduzio<strong>ne</strong>3.1. Traducerea convergenta a capitolului 29 / Convergent translation of29th chapter / Traduction convergente du chapitre 29e / Konvergente


übersetzung vom 29 Kapitel / Traducción convergente <strong>de</strong>l capítulo29 /Traduzio<strong>ne</strong> Convergente Del Capitolo 293.2. Traducerea analogic ă(divergent ă ) / Analogic (divergent)Translation/La traduction analogique (divergente)/ Analogisch(divergent)Übersetzung/Traducción analógica (divergente) /Traduzio<strong>ne</strong>analogico (divergente)/the right brain/right-hemisphere is analogic, nonli<strong>ne</strong>ar,creative, simulta<strong>ne</strong>ous and intuitive;4. Variante <strong>de</strong> traducere ale acestui capitol in lb. romana, engleza, franceza,italiana, spaniola si germana / Translations versions in Romanian language,in English, French, Italian, Spanish & German / Versions <strong>de</strong> traduction danslangue roumai<strong>ne</strong>, en anglais, français, espagnol , italien et en allemand /Versio<strong>ne</strong>n Übersetzungen in Rumänischer Sprache, in Englisch, Französisch,Italienisch, Spanisch, und Deutsch / Versio<strong>ne</strong>s <strong>de</strong> las traduccio<strong>ne</strong>s en lenguaEspañola, en Rumano, Inglés, Francés, Italiano y Alemán /Traduzio<strong>ne</strong>versioni in lingua rumena, in inglese, francese, italiano, spagnolo e te<strong>de</strong>sco5. Comentariu / Commentary/ Commentaire/Kommentar/Comentario/Commento6. Co<strong>ne</strong>xiuni / Con<strong>ne</strong>ctions/ Con<strong>ne</strong>xions/Verbindungen/Co<strong>ne</strong>xio<strong>ne</strong>s/Con<strong>ne</strong>ssioni6.1. Deconditionarea6.2. Uitarea si <strong>de</strong>zvatarea in strategia economica, tehnologica , stiintificasi managementForgetting and Unlearning in the economic, technological, scientificand management strategy6.3. Uitarea in trezire ( eliberare din realitatea secunda) si pentruinti<strong>ne</strong>rire6.4. Co<strong>ne</strong>xiu<strong>ne</strong>a cu procesul <strong>de</strong> golire indicat in capitolul 11 al lui Lao Tzu6.5. Wei Wu Wei 為 無 為 [ 为 无 为 ] wéi wú wéi7. Dictionar / Dictionary/ Dictionnaire/ Wörterbuch /Diccionario/Dizionario8. Bibliografie / Bibliography Bibliography/ Bibliographie/ Bibliografía/ANEXEANEXA 1.RECAPITULAREA- INVERSAREA TIMPULUI PRIN CONSTIENTARETROACTIVA , DEOSEBIRI FATA DE CONSTIENTA DIACRONICA SISINCRONICA; DARUL VULTURULUI (CASTANEDA) ; PSIHANALIZA;CATHARSIS; REGRESIA HIPNOTICA ; SVADHYAYA; DIANETICA / DIANETICSVB22. Dharana 94 Sutra/Shloka n°119 si comentariul lui Osho la VB[ Vigyana Bhairava Tantra ( Vijnana Bhairava Tantra)] in traducerea lui <strong>Mirahorian</strong>folosind varianta [1] a cartii"Cartea Secretelor / The Book of Secrets" din Bibliografie VBCartea Secretelor / The Book of SecretsVB22. Dharana 94 Sutra/Shloka n°119Explicatia VB22 data <strong>de</strong> OshoVB23. Dharana 97 Sutra/Shloka n°122Explicatia VB23 in comentariului lui Osho la VBVB24. Dharana 101 Sutra/Shloka n°126Explicatia VB24 in data <strong>de</strong> OshoBibliografie VBANEXA 2. VB5. Dharana 8 Sutra/Shloka n° 31ANEXA 3. Explicatia VB5 in comentariului lui Osho la VBANEXA 4. VB6. Dharana 28 Sutra/Shloka n° 51ANEXA 5. Explicatia VB6 data <strong>de</strong> OshoANEXA 6. VB7. Dharana 32 Sutra/Shloka n° 55ANEXA 7. Explicatia VB7 in data <strong>de</strong> OshoANEXA 8. VB8. Dharana 41 Sutra/Shloka n°64ANEXA 9. Explicatia VB8 in data <strong>de</strong> OshoANEXA 10. VB9. Dharana 54 Sutra/Shloka n° 77ANEXA 11. Explicatia VB9 data <strong>de</strong> Osho


Titlu /Title /Titre /Titel/ Título /Titolo: Mergi dincolo <strong>de</strong> lumea iluzorie pri<strong>ne</strong>liminarea limitărilor <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> <strong>inoculate</strong> (implantate) in cursul condiţionării,programării, dresă rii; Decondiţionarea; Deprogramarea; Dezvăţ area/ Unlearning ourlimitations; Transcend the Illusory World of Conditio<strong>ne</strong>d Limitations Deprogramming,DeconditioningDoar cel ce stăpâ<strong>ne</strong>şte axul roţii poate controla periferiaScă<strong>de</strong>rea cunoaşterii mijlocite; Mai puţin ă cunoaştere orizontal ă (indirect ă; mijlocit ă )inseamn ă mai mult ă cunoaştere vertical ă (direct ă; <strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă);Less indirectknowledge is More direct knowledge! In capitolul 48 din Dao De Jing Lao Zispu<strong>ne</strong>: /Verse 48: Tao Te Ching Lao Tzu said: Cunoasterea mijlocită estecastigat ă prin acumulare ( adăugare, crestere, umplere) zilnicăCunoasterea <strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă (Tao) este realizat ă prin <strong>de</strong>zvătare (golire, scă<strong>de</strong>re)zilnic ă" /"Indirect Knowledge is gai<strong>ne</strong>d by daily increment (accumulation, addition,filling up),Tao ( Direct Knowledge) is realised by daily unlearning(<strong>de</strong>crement;emptying)" (chapter 48)Titlul chi<strong>ne</strong>zesc/Titlul lui /Titlul lui Legge /Titlul lui Goddard/忘 知 wàng zh ī: Uitarea cunoasterii / Uitarea cunoasterii / A uita cunoastereaChi<strong>ne</strong>se Title/ Legge's Title/ Susuki's Title/ Goddard's Title/48 忘 知 Forgetting Knowledge/ Forgetting Knowledge/ To Forget Knowledge忘 wàng wang4 wang R: a uita; a <strong>ne</strong>glija; a pier<strong>de</strong>; distrat, absent; absorbit;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 33.36;知 zh ī zhi1 tschi tchi R: a cunoaşte; a percepe; a fi conştient; a înţ elege; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:2.4;Titluri date <strong>de</strong> alţi traducători şi comentatori :Pericolul cunoasterii / The Distress of Knowledge (Walter Gorn Old);Uitarea cunoasterii/ Forgetting Knowledge [ 忘 知 wàng zh ī wang chih] (Henry Wei)Obliare la sapienza (Luciano Pari<strong>ne</strong>tto)Guver<strong>ne</strong>aza folosind non-actiu<strong>ne</strong>a (traducatorul in lb. engleza a scris :inactiu<strong>ne</strong>a) /Conquering the world by inaction (Lin Yutang)Guver<strong>ne</strong>aza folosind actiu<strong>ne</strong>a directa /Govern the world by no busi<strong>ne</strong>ss [ 無 為 / 无 为 wúwéi ] (Shi Fu Hwang)Mai puţin inseamn ă mai mult/ Less is More!/ Weniger ist mehr! (Hilmar Kl<strong>au</strong>s)Co<strong>ne</strong>xiuni: Capitolul 11 (Principiul golirii ); Capitolul 33 (a<strong>de</strong>varata cunoastere siputere); Capitolul 64 (inva ţă s ă se <strong>de</strong>zveţ e / learn unlearning/ Il apprend àdésapprendre)2. Variante antice/Ancient Versions/ Les versionsantiques /Antiguo versio<strong>ne</strong>s /Alte Versio<strong>ne</strong>n/ Le antiche versioni2.1. Textul in lb. chi<strong>ne</strong>za in versiu<strong>ne</strong>a lui Wang Pi Wang Bi ( 王 弼 )(226 – 249e.n):WB: 學 日 益 。 為 道 日 損 。 損 之 又 損 , 以 至 於 無 為 。 無 為 而 不 為 。 取 天 下 常 以 無 事 ,及 其 有 事 , 不 足 以 取 天 下 。2.2. Textul in versiu<strong>ne</strong>a lui Ho-shang Kung Heshang Gong( 河 上 公 )(202-157i.e.n):為 學 日 益 , 為 道 日 損 。 損 之 又 損 〔 之 〕, 以 至 於 無 為 ,無 為 而 無 不 為 。 取 天 下 常 以 無 事 , 及 其 有 事 , 不 足 以 取 天 下 。2.3. Textul in lb. chi<strong>ne</strong>za in versiu<strong>ne</strong>a Fu Yi ( 傅 奕 )(555 - 639 e.n.)爲 學 者 日 益 , 爲 道 者 日 損 。 損 之 又 損 之 , 以 至 於 無 爲 , 無 爲 則 無 不 爲 。將 欲 取 天 下 者 常 以 無 事 , 及 其 有 事 , 又 不 足 以 取 天 下 矣 。2.4. Textul in lb. chi<strong>ne</strong>za in versiu<strong>ne</strong>a Ma Wang Tui ( 馬 王 堆 Mǎ wángdu ī ) dinanul 168 i.e.n..Mawangdui A [versiu<strong>ne</strong>a A]A: 為 □□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□ 取 天 下 也 恆 □□□□□□□□□□□□□□□Mawangdui B[versiu<strong>ne</strong>a B]B: 為 學 者 日 益 聞 道 者 日 云 = 之 有 云 以 至 於 無 □□□□□□□□□□ 取 天 下 恆 無 事 及 亓 有 事 也□□ 足 以 取 天 □□2.5. Textul in versiu<strong>ne</strong>a Kuo Tian ( 郭 店 Guodian) datat inainte <strong>de</strong> 300 i.e.n.GD: 為 學 日 益 , 為 道 者 日 損 。 損 之 或 損 , 以 至 亡 為 也 。 亡 為 而 亡 不 為 。


郭 店 Guōdiàn B2 = 48, 1–4ve<strong>de</strong>ţi semnificaţia fiecărui caracter in dicţionarul situat dup ă note3.1. Traducerea analitic ă (convergent ă) / Analytical (convergent) translation/Traduction analytique(convergente)/ Analytische (konvergenten)Übersetzung / Traducción analítica (convergente) /Traduzio<strong>ne</strong> analitici(convergente)/ the left brain/cerebral hemisphere is verbal li<strong>ne</strong>ar andprocesses information in an analytical and sequential waya. 1-5 Deconditionarea ( <strong>de</strong>programarea , <strong>de</strong>zvatarea )/ Deconditioning( Deprogramming, Unlearning)48.1. 為 學 日 益 , wéi xué rì yì,Cel ce <strong>de</strong>dic ă studiului [învăţăturii], creşte zi <strong>de</strong> zi [ cunoştinţele sale;rătăcirea; agitaţia (<strong>ne</strong>liniştea sufleteasc ă); ataşarea; perturbaţiile;impurifi<strong>care</strong>a; centrarea in minte ] *Act for knowledge (Indirect Knowledge) and there is daily increase(weaccumulate experience, memories, beliefs, <strong>de</strong>sires, activities, agitation,wei).Praktiziere das Ler<strong>ne</strong>n: tägliche Anhäufung,48.2. 為 道 日 損 。wéi dào rì sǔn.Cel ce consacr ă Căii (lui Tao), zi în zi diminueaz ă [ cunoştinţele; rătăcirea;agitaţia (<strong>ne</strong>liniştea sufleteasc ă); ataşarea; perturbaţiile; impurifi<strong>care</strong>a;centrarea in minte] *Act for Tao (the Way of Direct Knowledge) and there is daily <strong>de</strong>crease (weunlearn, drop, release, diminish <strong>de</strong>sires, memories, agitation, activities,wei).praktiziere das Dào: tägliches Loslassen.48.3. 損 之 又 損 : sǔn zh ī yòu sǔn:Diminueaz ă şi înc ă diminueaz ă [ d ă drumul, micşoreaz ă continuu făptuirea ,agitatia; centrarea in minte- inima ( in centrii secundari )],Decrease, and again <strong>de</strong>crease[releasing and again releasing: agitations,<strong>de</strong>sires, conditioning, <strong>de</strong>eds, thoughts, actions, activities],Loslassen und wie<strong>de</strong>r loslassen:48.4. 以 至 於 無 為 ; y ǐ zhì yú wú wéi;Pân ă când ajungi la actiu<strong>ne</strong>a directa [ non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> (Wu-Wei); starea <strong>de</strong>functionare divina, non-dualista, paradoxala ].Till you reach Wu-Wei (thus come to non-interfering action; Non-action;the state without activities).so gelange zum nicht-eingreifen<strong>de</strong>n Han<strong>de</strong>ln;b 05-08 Cucerirea lumii ( interioare si exterioare ) fara lupta / Conquest ofthe world without fighting / Eroberung <strong>de</strong>r Welt oh<strong>ne</strong> Kämpfe48.5. 無 為 而 無 不 為 。wú wéi ér wú bù wéi.Prin non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> (Wu-Wei) nu mai exist ă nimic <strong>care</strong> s ă nu poat ă fi făcut[ făptuit].By Wu-Wei (the state without duality, subjective activities, non-interferingaction; non-action) there is nothing that is not do<strong>ne</strong> (all miraculous powers,siddhis are possible)nicht-eingreifen<strong>de</strong>s Han<strong>de</strong>ln –doch bleibt nichts u<strong>ne</strong>rledigt.48.6. 取 天 下 常 以 無 事 ; q ǔ tiān xià cháng y ǐ wú shì;[De aceea] se recepţio<strong>ne</strong>ază/primeşte lumea prin constant ă stare <strong>de</strong> Wu-Wei [ <strong>ne</strong>făptuire, nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong> ; starea paradoxal ă <strong>de</strong> dincolo <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong> şiinacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, in <strong>care</strong> se instaleaz ă funcţionarea nondualist ă, holografic ă , in <strong>care</strong>se <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>/manifest ă capacitatea <strong>de</strong> cunoaştere direct ă si <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă],


[That is why] to receive the world [o<strong>ne</strong> should] be invariable in a state ofWu-Wei (non doing; paradoxal action; beyond action and inaction)Gewin<strong>ne</strong> die Welt stets durch Nicht-Geschäftigkeit;48.7. 及 其 有 事 jí qí yǒu shìIar a obţi<strong>ne</strong> asta cu făptuire [avand acţiu<strong>ne</strong>(subiectiv ă)]For to reach it with doing [For those who fight to conquer the world (forthose who still have ambitions; subjective actions; for those who act, inor<strong>de</strong>r to win it )],zu erlangen sie mittels Geschäftigkeit48.8. 不 足 以 取 天 下 。 bù zú y ǐ q ǔ tiān xià.nu are <strong>de</strong>stul pentru a cuceri [controla] universul [ci<strong>ne</strong> nu posed ă vidul(calmul) este incapabil s ă se guver<strong>ne</strong>ze pe si<strong>ne</strong> şi s ă receptio<strong>ne</strong>ze lumea(doar ce ce stăpâ<strong>ne</strong>şte axul roţii poate controla periferia (circumferinţaacesteia)]**.not enough for winning/receiving the world[The world is already beyondtheir conquest. (its out of their reach; results in failure)]ist nicht genug zur Eroberung <strong>de</strong>r Welt.Note/Notes /Notenve<strong>de</strong>ţi semnificaţia fiecărui caracter in dicţionarul situat dup ă note* In primele doua propozitii (48.1-2) observam caracterizarea celor douamodalitati <strong>de</strong> functionare a fiintelor uma<strong>ne</strong>: 1. 有 yǒ u ( calea umplerii s<strong>au</strong> adobândirii <strong>de</strong> cunoştinţe) si 2. modalitatea 無 [ 无 ] wú ( <strong>de</strong> golire <strong>de</strong>cunoştinţe) din capitolul 1 si 11. ve<strong>de</strong>ti continuarea in : Comentariu** Fraza finala ( propozitiile: 48.7-8) sunt intelese si ca in lipsa<strong>au</strong>tocontrolului (calmului, stăpânirii <strong>de</strong> si<strong>ne</strong>) în propriul organism şi în ţ araguvernat ă <strong>de</strong> un astfel <strong>de</strong> suveran apar <strong>de</strong>zordini (fiziologice; psiho-afective;sociale).48.5. Propozitia 48.5. apare in Capitolul 37 [J. J.-L. Duyvendak: " En n’agissantpas, il n’y a rien qui <strong>ne</strong> se fasse". (Chapitre 37)]48.6. propozitia apare in Capitolul 57.1 [On gouver<strong>ne</strong> un pays par la rectification, onconduit la guerre par <strong>de</strong>s stratagèmes, — mais on gag<strong>ne</strong> l’Empire par l’inaction.( Chapitre 57.1.)]48.6-8. Richard Wilhelm indica faptul ca ultimele doua fraze apar in capitolul 57.J. J.-L. Duyvendak transfera ultimele doua fraze (48.6-8) in capitolul 57(1-2) , dupamo<strong>de</strong>lul lui Ma Siu-louen, propozitia apare in Capitolul 57.2[ "On gag<strong>ne</strong> l’Empire enrestant constamment dans l’inaction( Chapitre 57.1). Dès qu’on <strong>de</strong>vient actif, on n’estpas à même <strong>de</strong> gag<strong>ne</strong>r l’Empire.(Chapitre 57.2. ) ]3.2. Traducerea analogic ă (divergent ă) / Analogic (divergent) Translation/Latraduction analogique(divergente)/ Analogisch(divergent)Übersetzung/Traducción analógica (divergente) /Traduzio<strong>ne</strong>analogico (divergente)/the right brain/right-hemisphere is analogic, nonli<strong>ne</strong>ar,creative, simulta<strong>ne</strong>ous and intuitive;48.1. Cel ce se <strong>de</strong>dic ă studiului [ învăţăturii; modalitatii mijlocite <strong>de</strong> cunoastere si <strong>de</strong>actiu<strong>ne</strong>], amplifica zi <strong>de</strong> zi [ cunoştinţele sale; rătăcirea; agitaţia (<strong>ne</strong>linişteasufleteasc ă); ataşarea; perturbaţiile; impurifi<strong>care</strong>a ]48.2. Cel ce consacr ă Căii (Tao) [ modalitatii directe <strong>de</strong> cunoastere si <strong>de</strong> actiu<strong>ne</strong>],reduce zi în zi [ cunoştinţele; rătăcirea; agitaţia ( <strong>ne</strong>liniştea sufleteasc ă ); ataşarea;perturbaţ iile; impurifi<strong>care</strong>a ] *48.3. Diminueaz ă şi înc ă diminueaz ă [ d ă drumul, micşoreaz ă continuu făptuirea( agitatia; tulburarea inimii )],48.4. Pân ă când înteleptul [sfântul] ajunge s ă nu mai făptuiasc ă [ajunge la non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong>(Wu-Wei) în <strong>care</strong> nu rămâ<strong>ne</strong> nimic s ă nu poat ă făptui].48.5. Prin non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> nu mai exist ă nimic <strong>care</strong> s ă nu poat ă fi făcut [făptuit].48.6. [De aceea] se recepţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă/primeşte lumea prin constant ă stare <strong>de</strong> Wu-Wei[<strong>ne</strong>făptuire, nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong> ; starea paradoxal ă <strong>de</strong> dincolo <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong> şi inacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, in <strong>care</strong>se instaleaz ă funcţionarea sincronica, nondualist ă, holografic ă , in <strong>care</strong> se<strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>/manifest ă capacitatea <strong>de</strong> cunoaştere direct ă si <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă],


48.7. Iar daca ci<strong>ne</strong>va c<strong>au</strong>ta sa obţina asta prin făptuire [ agitatie, activitate, efort,interventie, prin acţiu<strong>ne</strong> mijlocita ( subiectiv ă) <strong>care</strong> ad<strong>au</strong>ga]48.8. Nu este in stare ( suficient <strong>de</strong> calificat) sa contacteze [ controleze, guver<strong>ne</strong>ze]universul [ rama<strong>ne</strong> in urma, pier<strong>de</strong> contactul, fiindca nu functio<strong>ne</strong>aza sincronic , cidiacronic; ci<strong>ne</strong> nu posed ă vidul (calmul) este incapabil s ă se guver<strong>ne</strong>ze pe si<strong>ne</strong> şi săcontacteze lumea (doar cel ce contacteaza axul roţii, poate controla periferia(circumferinţ a acesteia)] **.48.1. Act for knowledge (Indirect Knowledge) and there is daily increase(weaccumulate experience, memories, beliefs, <strong>de</strong>sires, activities, agitation, wei).48.2. Act for Tao (the Way of Direct Knowledge) and there is daily <strong>de</strong>crease (weunlearn, drop, release, diminish <strong>de</strong>sires, memories, agitation, activities, wei).48.3. Decrease, and again <strong>de</strong>crease[releasing and again releasing: agitations,<strong>de</strong>sires, conditioning, <strong>de</strong>eds, thoughts, actions, activities],48.4.Till you reach Wu-Wei (thus come to non-interfering action; Non-action; thestate without activities).48.5. By Wu-Wei (the state without duality, subjective activities, non-interferingaction; non-action) there is nothing that is not do<strong>ne</strong>(all miraculous powers, siddhis arepossible)48.6. [That is why] to receive the world [o<strong>ne</strong> should] be invariable in a state of Wu-Wei(non doing; paradoxal action; beyond action and inaction)48.7. For to reach it with doing [For those who fight to conquer the world (for thosewho still have ambitions; subjective actions; for those who act, in or<strong>de</strong>r to win it )],48.8. not enough for winning/receiving the world[The world is already beyond theirconquest. (its out of their reach; results in failure)]4. Variante <strong>de</strong> traducere ale acestui capitol in lb. romana, engleza, franceza,italiana, spaniola si germana / Translations versions in Romanian language,in English, French, Italian, Spanish & German / Versions <strong>de</strong> traduction danslangue roumai<strong>ne</strong>, en anglais, français, espagnol , italien et en allemand /Versio<strong>ne</strong>n Übersetzungen in Rumänischer Sprache, in Englisch, Französisch,Italienisch, Spanisch, und Deutsch / Versio<strong>ne</strong>s <strong>de</strong> las traduccio<strong>ne</strong>s en lenguaEspañola, en Rumano, Inglés, Francés, Italiano y Alemán /Traduzio<strong>ne</strong>versioni in lingua rumena, in inglese, francese, italiano, spagnolo e te<strong>de</strong>scoVe<strong>de</strong>ti in Bibliografie prescurtarile utilizate pt <strong>au</strong>tori/See in Bibliography theabreviation fot the <strong>au</strong>thors/Capitolul 48 are 8 propozitii si a <strong>fost</strong> impartit in trei frazeFraza 1 ( propozitiile 1-4 ) Sentence 1 ( 1-4)Fraza 2 ( propozitiile 4-6 ) Sentence 2 ( 4-6)Fraza 3 ( propozitiile 7-8 ) Sentence 3 ( 7-8)Capitolul 48 Fraza 1 ( alcatuita din propozitiile 1-3) /Chapter 48Sentence 1-348.1. 為 學 日 益 , wéi xué rì yì,A actiona in directia învăţării [ dobandirii cunoaşterii mijlocite; modalităţiidiacronice - indirecte <strong>de</strong> cunoaştere şi <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong>], inseamn ă a creşte zi <strong>de</strong> zi[ cunoştinţele; rătăcirea; ataşarea; impurifi<strong>care</strong>a; centrarea in minte,agitaţia ( <strong>ne</strong>liniştea sufleteasc ă); perturbaţiile; activităţile:wei (in Sanskrit:vrittis)].Act for knowledge (Indirect Knowledge) and there is daily increase(weaccumulate experience, memories, beliefs, <strong>de</strong>sires, activities, agitation,wei).Praktiziere das Ler<strong>ne</strong>n: tägliche Anhäufung,"Pentru învăţare (modalitatea diacronica <strong>de</strong> cunoastere si <strong>de</strong> actiu<strong>ne</strong>) câştigaţi zilnic, pentruCale (modalitatea sincronica <strong>de</strong> cunoastere si <strong>de</strong> actiu<strong>ne</strong>) pier<strong>de</strong>ţi zilnic48.2. 為 道 日 損 。wéi dào rì sǔn.


A actiona in directia Că ii (Tao)[ modalităţ ii sincronice- directe <strong>de</strong> cunoaştere si<strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong>], inseamn ă a diminua zi în zi [ cunoştinţele iluzorii, <strong>care</strong>inlocuiesc cunoasterea directa; rătăcirea; ataşarea; impurifi<strong>care</strong>a; centrareain minte, agitaţia ( <strong>ne</strong>liniştea sufleteasc ă); perturbaţiile; activităţile:wei (inSanskrit: vrittis)].Act for Tao (the Way of Direct Knowledge) and there is daily <strong>de</strong>crease (weunlearn, drop, release, diminish <strong>de</strong>sires, memories, agitation, activities, wei(in Sanskrit: vrittis)].praktiziere das Dào: tägliches Loslassen.48.3. 損 之 又 損 : sǔn zh ī yòu sǔn:Diminueaz ă şi înc ă diminueaz ă [d ă drumul / micşoreaz ă continuu făptuirea ,agitatia; centrarea in minte- inima ( in centrii secundari ) ],Decrease, and again <strong>de</strong>crease [ releasing and again releasing: agitations,<strong>de</strong>sires, conditioning, <strong>de</strong>eds, thoughts, actions, activities],Loslassen und wie<strong>de</strong>r loslassen:48.4. 以 至 於 無 為 ; y ǐ zhì yú wú wéi;Pân ă când ajungi la non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> (Wu-Wei); [ la actiu<strong>ne</strong>a directa, la regimul<strong>de</strong> functionare sincronica , divina, non-dualista, paradoxala ].Till you reach Wu-Wei (thus come to non-interfering action; Non-action;the state without activities).so gelange zum nicht-eingreifen<strong>de</strong>n Han<strong>de</strong>ln;Ram Cel <strong>care</strong> se <strong>de</strong>d ă studiului isi sporeste zilnic agitatia. Cel ce c<strong>au</strong>ta Carareamicsoreaza <strong>ne</strong>linistea sufletului. O micsoreaza <strong>ne</strong>incetat pân ă când ajunge la Non-Actiu<strong>ne</strong>. [ apare drept capitolul 49 ]Hin-Shun: Ci<strong>ne</strong> invata, sporeste in fie<strong>care</strong> zi cunostintele sale. Ci<strong>ne</strong> serveste lui Dao,micsoreaza zi cu zi dorintele sale. Prin micsorarea continua, omul ajunge lanonactiu<strong>ne</strong>.Ян Хин- Шун : кто учится, с каждым днем увеличивает [ свои знания].кто служит дао, изо дня в день уменьшает [ свои желания].в непрерывном уменьшении [ человек] доходит до недеяния.Beck The pursuit of learning is to increase day by day. The practice of the Way is to<strong>de</strong>crease day by day. Less and less is do<strong>ne</strong> until o<strong>ne</strong> reaches non-action.Black<strong>ne</strong>y The stu<strong>de</strong>nt learns by daily increment. The Way is gai<strong>ne</strong>d by daily loss, Loss uponloss until At last comes rest.Byn<strong>ne</strong>r "Un om <strong>ne</strong>liniştit sa afle ( <strong>care</strong> alearga dupa cunoştinţe) ad<strong>au</strong>g ă mai mult la el înfie<strong>care</strong> minut; Un om <strong>care</strong> achiziţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă via ţă se pier<strong>de</strong> în ea în fie<strong>care</strong> minut. El are din cein ce mai puţin <strong>de</strong> purtat in minte, Si din ce in ce mai puţin <strong>de</strong> facut. "/ A man anxious forknowledge adds more to himself every minute; A man acquiring life loses himself in it,Has less and less to bear in mind, Less and less to do,Byrn O<strong>ne</strong> who seeks knowledge learns something <strong>ne</strong>w every day. O<strong>ne</strong> who seeks theTao unlearns something <strong>ne</strong>w every day. Less and less remains until you arrive at nonaction.Chan Wing-Tsit: "Căutarea (urmărirea) învătării inseamn ă a creste zi <strong>de</strong> zi. Căutarea(urmarirea) Tao inseamn ă a reduce zi dup ă zi. Acesta consta in a reduce si a reducetot mai mult pân ă când se ajunge la punctul <strong>de</strong> a nu intreprin<strong>de</strong> nicio actiu<strong>ne</strong>/ Thepursuit of learning is to increase day after day. The pursuit of Tao is to <strong>de</strong>crease dayafter day. It is to <strong>de</strong>crease and further <strong>de</strong>crease until o<strong>ne</strong> reaches the point of takingno action.Chang Chung-Yuan : To learn, o<strong>ne</strong> accumulates day by day. To study Tao, o<strong>ne</strong>reduces day by day. Through reduction and further reduction o<strong>ne</strong> reaches non-action,Chen Chao-Hsiu: In the course of learning, o<strong>ne</strong> increases every day. In the course oftao, o<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>creases every day. Decreasing and <strong>de</strong>creasing, until doing nothing.Chen Ellen M.: To pursue (wei) learning o<strong>ne</strong> increases daily. To pursue (wei) tao o<strong>ne</strong><strong>de</strong>creases daily. To <strong>de</strong>crease and again to <strong>de</strong>crease, until o<strong>ne</strong> arrives at not doing(wu-wei).Cheng Lin: With learning o<strong>ne</strong> aims at constant <strong>au</strong>gmentation. With truth o<strong>ne</strong> aims atconstant diminution. The diminution continues and continues until the state of inactionis reached.Chou-Wing Chohan: The person who pursues his studies will be wiser with everypassing day,The person who seeks the tao will <strong>de</strong>crease with every passing day.


Less and less, he will continue to <strong>de</strong>crease, until he reaches the state of non-action,Cleary "Pentru învăţare (modalitatea diacronica <strong>de</strong> cunoastere si <strong>de</strong> actiu<strong>ne</strong>) câştigaţizilnic, pentru Cale pier<strong>de</strong>ţi zilnic / For learning you gain daily; for the Way you lose daily.Losing and losing, thus you reach noncontrivance;Correa Nina : The actions of an educated person increase every day. The actions of o<strong>ne</strong> whobecomes like Dao <strong>de</strong>crease every day. They keep <strong>de</strong>creasing and <strong>de</strong>creasing again to thepoint that there's no reason to take actions.Crowley "Invătatul urmăreşte zilnic creşterea in cunoaştere, sfantul <strong>care</strong> urmeaza Tao,scă<strong>de</strong>rea <strong>de</strong> zi cu zi a lui a face./ The scholar seeks daily increase of knowing; the sage ofDao, daily <strong>de</strong>crease of doing."Duyvendak J. J.-L.: Celui qui poursuit l’étu<strong>de</strong> <strong>au</strong>gmente chaque jour.Celui qui pratique la Voie diminue chaque jour.En diminuant <strong>de</strong> plus en plus, on arrive <strong>au</strong> Non-agir.Evola Julius :Gia-Fu Feng: in the pursuit of learning, every day something is acquired.in the pursuit of tao, every day something is dropped.less and less is do<strong>ne</strong> until non-action is achieved.Gorn-Old Walter Gorn Old : bodily and mental distress is increased every day in theeffort to get knowledge. but this distress is daily diminished by the getting of tao.do you continually curtail your effort till there be nothing of it left?Hansen In <strong>de</strong>em-acting on 'study' o<strong>ne</strong> daily increases. In <strong>de</strong>em-acting on 'the gui<strong>de</strong> ' o<strong>ne</strong>daily <strong>de</strong>creases.Henricks Robert G.: Those who work at their studies increase day after day;those who have heard the tao <strong>de</strong>crease day after day.the <strong>de</strong>crease and <strong>de</strong>crease, till they get to the point where they {do} nothing.Hinton David Hinton: To work at learning brings more each day. To work at way bringsless each day, Less and still less, until you're doing nothing yourself.Ho Lok Sang: the more we learn, the more things are plowed into our minds;the more we follow the dao, the more things are taken out of our minds.as we take more and more things out of our mind, we finally arrive at the state oflosing the senseof contriving and action.Huang Chichung: he who pursues learning daily increases;he who hears the tao daily <strong>de</strong>creases.he <strong>de</strong>creases and <strong>de</strong>creases until he acts notHuang Tao : having a zest for learning yields an increase day by day.hearing the tao brings a loss day by day.losing more and more until inaction results.Hwang Shi Fu: Lao Tze says: "He who <strong>de</strong>votes himself to learning from day to dayincreases his knowledge.He who <strong>de</strong>votes himself to the tao from day to day diminishes his intention.He diminishes it and again diminishes it, till he arrives at doing without intention.Jiyu Ren: the pursuit of learning is to increase (knowledge) day after day.the pursuit of tao is to <strong>de</strong>crease (knowledge) day after day.<strong>de</strong>creasing and <strong>de</strong>creasing again, till o<strong>ne</strong> has reached nonaction (wu-wei).Kim Ha Poong: when you pursue learning, you gain day by day.when you pursue tao, you lose day by day. you lose more and more,until you reach thereby the point of no-action.Kimura Yasuhiko Genku Kimura: the practice of ordinary learning increasescomplexity daily.the practice of the tao increases simplicity daily.simplicity leads to more simplicity, until it reaches the state of pristi<strong>ne</strong> nonaction.Kwok Man-Ho : usually, people read bec<strong>au</strong>se they want to know -but the more you study the tao, the less you want knowledge.and as you want less and less, you come closer to not-doing.LaFargue "Doing learning, o<strong>ne</strong> profits everyday." Doing Tao, o<strong>ne</strong> suffers a losseveryday -Loses, and loses some more, and so arrives at not doing anything.L<strong>au</strong> D. C. : In the pursuit of learning o<strong>ne</strong> knows more every day;in the pursuit of the way o<strong>ne</strong> does less every day.O<strong>ne</strong> does less and less until o<strong>ne</strong> does nothing at all,L<strong>au</strong>er Conradin Von : En s'adonnant à l'étu<strong>de</strong>, on s'accroît chaque jour.En se consacrant à la voie, on diminue chaque jour.Et l'on continue <strong>de</strong> diminuer jusqu'<strong>au</strong> jour où l'on cesse d'agir.Legge : He who <strong>de</strong>votes himself to learning (seeks) from day to day to increase (hisknowledge);


He who <strong>de</strong>votes himself to the tao (seeks) from day to day to diminish (his doing).He diminishes it and again diminishes it, till he arrives at doing nothing (on purpose).Li David H. : Aiming at study, o<strong>ne</strong>'s avarice gains day by day;Aiming at direction, o<strong>ne</strong>'s avarice loses day by day.Losing [avarice] upon losing [avarice], o<strong>ne</strong> ends with laissez-faire.Lin P<strong>au</strong>l J.: the pursuit of learning increases daily.the pursuit of tao <strong>de</strong>creases daily,<strong>de</strong>creasing more and more until it reaches the point of inaction.Liou Kia-hwai: Celui qui continue son étu<strong>de</strong> Augmente <strong>de</strong> jour en jour.Celui qui pratique le Tao Diminue <strong>de</strong> jour en jour.Diminue et diminue encore Pour en arriver à <strong>ne</strong> plus agir.Lind<strong>au</strong>er Act aca<strong>de</strong>mic, daily gain Act tao, daily lose. Losing, again loseLynn Richard John : The pursuit of learning means having more each day,but the pursuit of the dao means having less each day.having less upon having less, eventually o<strong>ne</strong> reaches the point where o<strong>ne</strong>engages in noconscious action,Mair Victor H. : The pursuit of learning results in daily increase,hearing the way leads to daily <strong>de</strong>crease.<strong>de</strong>crease and again <strong>de</strong>crease, until you reach nonaction.Ma Kou : Dans l’étu<strong>de</strong> poursuivie On apprend <strong>de</strong> plus en plus Chaque jour.A la poursuite <strong>de</strong> la voie, On s’app<strong>au</strong>vrit chaque jourDe plus en plus, Jusqu’à ce que rienMabry To pursue learning is to grow a little more every day. To pursue the Tao is to <strong>de</strong>sire alittle less every day.McCarroll Tolbert : in the pursuit of learning, every day something is ad<strong>de</strong>d.in the pursuit of the tao, every day something is dropped.less and less is do<strong>ne</strong> until you come to action with striving.McDonald John H. McDonald: The stu<strong>de</strong>nt of knowledge goes into learning a little day by day;The stu<strong>de</strong>nt of dao reduces his assets by dwindling or losing a bit each day. Learning consistsin adding daily to o<strong>ne</strong>'s stock, and the practice of dao consists in loose dwindling day by day.It could be subtracting till o<strong>ne</strong> has reached inactivity. By steady reductions [of certain sorts]you reach certain sorts of laissez-faire.Merel The follower of knowledge learns as much as he can every day; The follower of theWay forgets as much as he can every day.Mitchell In pursuit of knowledge, every day something is ad<strong>de</strong>d. In the practice of the Tao,every day something is dropped. Stephen Mitchell traduction Benoit Labayle : Dans larecherche du savoir, chaque jour quelque chose est ajouté. Dans la pratique du Tao,chaque jour quelque chose est lâché. De moins en moins as-tu besoin <strong>de</strong> forcer leschoses, jusqu’à ce que finalement tu parvien<strong>ne</strong>s à la non-action.Muller In studying, each day something is gai<strong>ne</strong>d. In following the Tao, each day something islost.Ni Hua-Ching : learning builds daily accumulation,but the practice of the way of spiritual integration with the subtle essence of theuniverse builds daily simplification.simplify and simplify, until all contamination from relative, contradictory thinking iseliminated.OrgLee Sun Chen Org: in or<strong>de</strong>r to enhance his scholarship, a person must strivefor improvement all the time; to enrich his cultivation of te, a person must chip off[his selfish<strong>ne</strong>ss] day after day; [a sage] reduces his [selfish<strong>ne</strong>ss] bit by bit, until heis finally capable of practicing the principle of non-interference;Pari<strong>ne</strong>tto Luciano : Chi si <strong>de</strong>dica allo studio ogni dì aggiunge, chi pratica il Tao ogni dìtoglie, toglie ed ancor toglie fino ad arrivare al non agire:Qixuan Liu: those who approach being aca<strong>de</strong>mically will become filled in mind day byday.those who approach non-being for the way will become freed in mind day by day.when o<strong>ne</strong> is freed of all wanton i<strong>de</strong>as and <strong>de</strong>sires o<strong>ne</strong> arrives at the state of no willfulaction.Red Pi<strong>ne</strong> Those who seek learning gain every day those who seek the Way lose every dayRosenthal S.: When pursuing knowledge, something <strong>ne</strong>w is acquired each day.But when pursuing the way of the Tao, something is subtracted;less striving occurs, until there is no striving.Stanislas Stanislas Julien (1842): Celui qui se livre à l'étu<strong>de</strong> <strong>au</strong>gmente chaque jour (ses connaissances).Celui qui se livre <strong>au</strong> Tao diminue chaque jours (ses passions).Il les diminue et les diminue sans cesse jusqu'à ce qu'il soit arrivé <strong>au</strong> non-agir.


Suzuki D.T. & P<strong>au</strong>l Carus: He who seeks lear<strong>ne</strong>d<strong>ne</strong>ss will daily increase. He who seeksReason will daily diminish. He will diminish and continue to diminish until he arrives at nonassertion.Ta-Kao Ch’u Ta-Kao: He who pursues learning will increase every day; He who pursuesTao will <strong>de</strong>crease every day. He will <strong>de</strong>crease and continue to <strong>de</strong>crease, till he comesto non-action;Tan Han Hiong: In the pursuit of knowledge, your rapacity increases every day.In the pursuit of Tao, your <strong>de</strong>sire <strong>de</strong>creases daily.it will continue to <strong>de</strong>crease until it reaches a state of wu-wei.Tran Cong Tien : By learning, o<strong>ne</strong> advances day by day. By practicing the way, o<strong>ne</strong>reduces day by day. Reducing and reducing, until you reach the state of nondoing.Waley learning consists in adding to o<strong>ne</strong>'s stock day by day;the practice of tao consists in 'subtracting day by day,subtracting and yet again subtracting till o<strong>ne</strong> has reached inactivity.Walker In the pursuit of learning, every day something is ad<strong>de</strong>d. In the pursuit of Tao, everyday something is dropped.Wei Henry: to learn, o<strong>ne</strong> increases day by day; to cultivate tao, o<strong>ne</strong> reduces day byday.reduce and reduce and keep on reducing, till the state of non-action is reached.Wieger By studying, every day o<strong>ne</strong> increases (useless and injurious particular notions, ino<strong>ne</strong>'s memory); by concentrating on the Principle, they are diminished every day. Pushed tothe limit, this diminution ends in non-action, (the consequence of the absence of particulari<strong>de</strong>as). Par l’étu<strong>de</strong>, on multiplie chaque jour (dans sa mémoire les notions particulièresinutiles et nuisibles) ; par la concentration sur le Principe, on les diminue chaque jour. Pousséejusqu’<strong>au</strong> bout, cette diminution aboutit <strong>au</strong> non-agir, (suite <strong>de</strong> l’absence <strong>de</strong> notionsparticulières).Wilhelm Richard: Wer das Ler<strong>ne</strong>n übt, vermehrt täglich.Wer <strong>de</strong>n Sinn übt, vermin<strong>de</strong>rt täglich.Er vermin<strong>de</strong>rt und vermin<strong>de</strong>rt,bis er schließlich ankommt beim Nichtsmachen.Richard Wilhelm / Étien<strong>ne</strong> Perrot : Qui s'adon<strong>ne</strong> à l'étu<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> jour en jour accroît sonsavoir. Qui pratique la VOIE, <strong>de</strong> jour en jour se défait <strong>de</strong> son savoir.Il s'en défait, s'en défait encore pour aboutir finalement <strong>au</strong> non-agir.Wing R.L : to pursue the aca<strong>de</strong>mic, add to it daily.to pursue the tao, subtract from it daily.subtract and subtract again, to arrive at nonaction.World In the pursuit of knowledge, at every moment something is distinguished.In thepursuit of peace and harmony, at every moment something is merged. Less and less is<strong>de</strong>sired until o<strong>ne</strong> is flowing in peace and harmony. When o<strong>ne</strong> is flowing in peace and harmonyall things are accomplished.Wu John C. H.: Learning consists in daily accumulating;The practice of tao consists in daily diminishing.Keep on diminishing and diminishing, Until you reach the state of no-ado.Wu Yi : To pursue learning is to increase daily. To practice the way is to <strong>de</strong>crease daily.<strong>de</strong>creasing and more <strong>de</strong>creasing, o<strong>ne</strong> arrives at non-action.Yang Xiaolin: the more you study a subject, the more you know;the more you study the dao, the less you know;less and less, until at the end you achieve wuwei.Yutang Lin Yutang : The stu<strong>de</strong>nt of knowledge (aims at) learning day by day; Thestu<strong>de</strong>nt of Tao (aims at) losing day by day. By continual losing O<strong>ne</strong> reaches doingnothing (laissez-faire).Zhang Z. Thomas : studying can be of be<strong>ne</strong>fit from day to day.following tao o<strong>ne</strong> uses less force day after day.less and less, o<strong>ne</strong> uses no force.Zhengkun Gu : he who seeks learning must increase his knowledge every day;he who seeks the tao must reduce his knowled every day;he reduces and reduces until he reaches the state of inaction.Zi-chang Tang : to learn daily will increase <strong>de</strong>sires.to follow dao will daily reduce <strong>de</strong>sires.reduce and reduce <strong>de</strong>sires until there is no coveting.Fraza 2 ( propozitiile 5-6 ) Sentence 2 ( 5-6)


48.5. 無 為 而 無 不 為 。wú wéi ér wú bù wéi.Prin non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> (Wu-Wei) nu mai exist ă nimic <strong>care</strong> s ă nu poat ă fi făcut[ făptuit].By Wu-Wei (the state without duality, subjective activities, non-interferingaction; non-action) there is nothing that is not do<strong>ne</strong>(all miraculous powers,siddhis are possible)nicht-eingreifen<strong>de</strong>s Han<strong>de</strong>ln –doch bleibt nichts u<strong>ne</strong>rledigt.48.6. 取 天 下 常 以 無 事 ; q ǔ tiān xià cháng y ǐ wú shì;[De aceea] se recepţio<strong>ne</strong>ază/primeşte lumea prin constant ă stare <strong>de</strong> Wu-Wei [ <strong>ne</strong>făptuire, nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong> ; starea paradoxal ă <strong>de</strong> dincolo <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong> şiinacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, in <strong>care</strong> se instaleaz ă funcţionarea nondualist ă, holografic ă , in <strong>care</strong>se <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>/manifest ă capacitatea <strong>de</strong> cunoaştere direct ă si <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă],[That is why] to receive the world [o<strong>ne</strong> should] be invariable in a state ofWu-Wei (non doing; paradoxal action; beyond action and inaction)Gewin<strong>ne</strong> die Welt stets durch Nicht-Geschäftigkeit;Ram Prin Non-Actiu<strong>ne</strong>, totul poate fi infaptuit. Pentru a carmui tara,trebuie inlaturatatulburarea inimii.Hin-Shun Nu exista nimic <strong>care</strong> sa nu poata fi facut <strong>de</strong> nonactiu<strong>ne</strong>. De aceea, cucerirealumii se realizeaza tot<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong>na cu ajutorul nonactiunii.Ян Хин- Шун : нет ничего такого, что бы не делало недеяние.поэтому овладение поднебесной всегдаосуществляется посредством недеяния.Beck When nothing is do<strong>ne</strong>, nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>. The world is led by not interfering.Black<strong>ne</strong>y By letting go, it all gets do<strong>ne</strong>; The world is won by those who let it go!Byn<strong>ne</strong>r Bec<strong>au</strong>se life, he finds, is well incli<strong>ne</strong>d, Including himself too. Often a man sways theworld like a wind But not by <strong>de</strong>ed;.Byrn When you arrive at non-action, nothing will be left undo<strong>ne</strong>. Mastery of the world isachieved by letting things take their natural course.Translator: T. Byrn (1997) http://www.still<strong>ne</strong>ss.com/tao/ttc_byr<strong>ne</strong>.txtChan Wing-Tsit : No action is un<strong>de</strong>rtaken, And yet nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>. An empire isoften brought to or<strong>de</strong>r by having no activity.Chang Chung-Yuan : and everything is acted upon.therefore, o<strong>ne</strong> often wins over the world through non-action.Chen Chao-Hsiu: doing nothing, yet everything is do<strong>ne</strong>.that is why he who aims at rulership should let things take their course.Chen Ellen M.: not doing (wu-wei) and yet nothing is not do<strong>ne</strong>.always take the empire when there are no busi<strong>ne</strong>sses.Cheng Lin: Bec<strong>au</strong>se of inaction, nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>.when o<strong>ne</strong> constantly abi<strong>de</strong>s by inaction, he can win an empire.Chou-Wing Chohan: and by non-action it is possible to do everything.li chia-mou said:"he who pursues learning acquires knowledge; he who seeks the tao casts off hisignorance.the more the person knows, the more he has to get rid of.Cleary be uncontrived, and nothing is not do<strong>ne</strong>. Taking the world is always do<strong>ne</strong> by notmaking anything of it.Correa Nina: Not purposely taking action, yet <strong>ne</strong>ver without acting.To take hold of the world, constantly be without working at it.Crowley He <strong>de</strong>creases it, again and again, until he does no act with the lust of result.Having attai<strong>ne</strong>d this I<strong>ne</strong>rtia, all accomplishes itself. He who attracts to himself all that is un<strong>de</strong>rHeaven does so without effort.Duyvendak J. J.-L.: En n’agissant pas, il n’y a rien qui <strong>ne</strong> se fasse. (CHAPITRE 37)On gouver<strong>ne</strong> un pays par la rectification, on conduit la guerre par <strong>de</strong>s stratagèmes, — mais ongag<strong>ne</strong> l’Empire par l’inaction.(CHAPITRE 57.1.)Evola Julius :Gia-Fu Feng: when nothing is do<strong>ne</strong>, nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>.the world is ruled by letting things take their course.Gorn-Old Walter Gorn Old : by non-action there is nothing which cannot be effected.a man might, without the least distress, un<strong>de</strong>rtake the government of the world.


Hansen Decrease it and further <strong>de</strong>crease it. In or<strong>de</strong>r to arrive at no <strong>de</strong>em-acting. No <strong>de</strong>emactingand nothing not <strong>de</strong>em-acted. Taking the social world , you treat relying on lackingsocial acts as constant.Henricks Robert G.: {they do nothing and yet there's nothing left undo<strong>ne</strong>}.{when someo<strong>ne</strong> wants to} take control of the world, he must always be unconcer<strong>ne</strong>dwith affairs.Hinton David Hinton: And when you're doing nothing yourself, there's nothing youdon't do.To grasp all be<strong>ne</strong>ath heaven, leave it alo<strong>ne</strong>.Ho Lok Sang: at that point we be in the state of non-action.at that point all actions will be do<strong>ne</strong> in the state of non-action.to win the hearts of all un<strong>de</strong>r heaven,we must always leave people alo<strong>ne</strong>.Huang Chichung: and has no intention to act.he who wishes to win all un<strong>de</strong>r heaven <strong>ne</strong>ver creates disturbances.Huang Tao : inaction results, yet everything is do<strong>ne</strong>.managing the world always involves no<strong>ne</strong>ngagement.Hwang Shi Fu: Having arrived at this point of doing without intention, there isnothing left undo<strong>ne</strong>.He who manages the world's affairs does so by giving himself no trouble.Jiyu Ren: Nonaction and yet there is nothing that is not do<strong>ne</strong> by it.to govern all un<strong>de</strong>r heaven o<strong>ne</strong> usually should not take any arbitrary action.Kim Ha Poong: you do nothing yet leave nothing undo<strong>ne</strong>.you take all un<strong>de</strong>r heaven always through no activity.Kimura Yasuhiko Genku Kimura: then nothing is do<strong>ne</strong>, yet nothing remains undo<strong>ne</strong>.thus, o<strong>ne</strong> who wins the world does so by not meddling with it, through nonaction, withsimplicity.Kwok Man-Ho : wu-wei - this is the way to get things do<strong>ne</strong>.the best way to run the world is to let it take itscourse-LaFargue Michael: Doing nothing, nothing will remain not do<strong>ne</strong>.Taking over the world: only by not working.L<strong>au</strong> D. C. : And when o<strong>ne</strong> does nothing at all there is nothing that is undo<strong>ne</strong>.It is always through not meddling that the empire is won.L<strong>au</strong>er Conradin Von: N'agissant plus, il n'est rien, désormais, qu'on <strong>ne</strong> puisse accomplir.La conduite du roy<strong>au</strong>me revient à qui <strong>de</strong>meure <strong>au</strong>-<strong>de</strong>ssus <strong>de</strong> l'action.Legge James: Having arrived at this point of non-action, there is nothing which hedoes not do.He who gets as his own all un<strong>de</strong>r heaven does so by giving himself no trouble (withthat end).Li David H. : Laissez-faire permeates everything.To govern the world, o<strong>ne</strong> always practices laissez-faire.Lin P<strong>au</strong>l J.: inaction: then nothing cannot be do<strong>ne</strong> by it,therefore the capture of the world should always be do<strong>ne</strong> by inactivity.Liou Kia-hwai: Par le non-agir, Il n’y a rien qui <strong>ne</strong> se fasse. C’est toujours par le non-faire Que l’on gag<strong>ne</strong>le mon<strong>de</strong> entier. (57c'est par le non-faire qu'on gag<strong>ne</strong> l'univers.)Lind<strong>au</strong>er It happens, reaching relating to the absence of acting Absence of acting yetabsence of being without acting.Lynn Richard John : Yet nothing remains undo<strong>ne</strong>.o<strong>ne</strong> who takes all un<strong>de</strong>r heaven as his charge always tends to matterswithout <strong>de</strong>liberateaction.Mair Victor H. : Through nonaction, no action is left undo<strong>ne</strong>.should o<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>sire to gain all un<strong>de</strong>r heaven,o<strong>ne</strong> should remain ever free of involvements.Ma Kou Ne <strong>de</strong>meure inachevé.L’empire se don<strong>ne</strong> toujours A celui qui est <strong>au</strong>-<strong>de</strong>ssus <strong>de</strong> l’agitation.Mabry Desire less and less Until you arrive at "not-doing." When you practice "not-doing,"nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>. If you want to have the whole world, have nothing.McCarroll Tolbert : When you follow this practice, nothing remains undo<strong>ne</strong>.All un<strong>de</strong>r heaven is won by letting things take their course.McDonald John H. McDonald: So <strong>de</strong>crease and further <strong>de</strong>crease until you reach the point oftaking no action. [This is clowning.] By artful inactivity everything [bad] can be set in motion.He who conquers the [insi<strong>de</strong>] domain does so [mostly] by doing nothing. Those who once wonthe adherence of all who live here, did so by not interfering much. Had they interfered, theywould <strong>ne</strong>ver have won this adherence.


Merel By attrition he reaches a state of inaction Wherein he does nothing, but nothingremains undo<strong>ne</strong>. To conquer the world, accomplish nothing;Mitchell Less and less do you <strong>ne</strong>ed to force things, until finally you arrive at non-action.When nothing is do<strong>ne</strong>, nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>. True mastery can be gai<strong>ne</strong>d by letting things gotheir own way. Stephen Mitchell traduction Benoit Labayle: Quand rien n’est fait, rienn’est inachevé. La vraie maîtrise peut être gagnéeen laissant les choses suivre leurcours.Muller Lost and again lost. Until there is nothing left to do. Not-doing, nothing is leftundo<strong>ne</strong>. You can possess the world by <strong>ne</strong>ver manipulating it.Ni Hua-Ching: then o<strong>ne</strong> does nothing, yet nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>.o<strong>ne</strong> who wins the world does so by not meddling with it.Org Lee Sun Chen Org: [after he has habitually internalized the above three selfimprovements]he will be able to administer whatever tasks properly [withouttransgressing the principle of noninterference].those [kings and lords], who had won over the world did not originally set out [with theintention] to triumph over the world;Pari<strong>ne</strong>tto Luciano : quando non agisce nulla v'è che non sia fatto. Quei che reggeilmondo sempre lo faccia senza impren<strong>de</strong>re,Qixuan Liu: o<strong>ne</strong> who does nothing out of personal will can achieve all purposes at thesame time.it is only when no willful actions are <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d, that o<strong>ne</strong> can win the world.Red Pi<strong>ne</strong> they lose and they lose until they find nothing to do nothing to do means nothingnot dome who rules the world isn't busyRosenthal S. : When effort is uncontrived, nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>;the way of nature rules by allowing things to take their course,Stanislas Stanislas Julien (1842): Dès qu'il pratique le non-agir, il n'y a rien qui lui soit impossible.C'est toujours par le non-agir que l'on <strong>de</strong>vient le maître <strong>de</strong> l'empire.Suzuki D.T. & P<strong>au</strong>l Carus: With non-assertion there is nothing that he cannot achieve.When he takes the empire, it is always bec<strong>au</strong>se he uses no diplomacy.Ta-Kao Ch’u: By non-action everything can be do<strong>ne</strong>.Tan Han Hiong: Adhering to non-action, you can accomplish everything easily.you must stick to the principle of noninterference in or<strong>de</strong>r to rule a nation.Tran Cong Tien : Non-doing, and yet not not doing. To win over the world, o<strong>ne</strong> must"have no work".Waley Arthur Waley: but by this very inactivity everything can be activated.'those who of old won the adherence of all who live un<strong>de</strong>r heavenall did so by not interfering.Walker Less and less is do<strong>ne</strong>, until o<strong>ne</strong> arrives at nonaction. When nothing is do<strong>ne</strong>, nothing isleft undo<strong>ne</strong>. The world is won by letting things take their own course.Wei Henry : with non-action there is nothing that cannot be do<strong>ne</strong>.therefore, he who wins the world always resorts to non-action.Wieger Now there is nothing that non-action (letting things go) cannot sort out. It is throughnon-action that o<strong>ne</strong> wins the empire. Or il n’est rien, dont le non-agir (le laisser aller), <strong>ne</strong>vien<strong>ne</strong> à bout. C’est en n’agissant pas, qu’on gag<strong>ne</strong> l’empire.Wilhelm Richard Wilhelm: Beim Nichtsmachen bleibt nichts ungemacht.Das Reich erlangen kann man nur,wenn man immer frei bleibt von Geschäftigkeit.Richard Wilhelm / Étien<strong>ne</strong> Perrot : Dans le non-agir rien <strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>meure inaccompli. On <strong>ne</strong>s<strong>au</strong>rait gag<strong>ne</strong>r l'Empire <strong>au</strong>trement qu'en <strong>de</strong>meurant sans cesse libre d'activité.Wing R.L : Through nonaction nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>.The world is always held without effort.World The world flows in peace and harmony when all things are allowed to manifest and todisintegrateWu John C. H.: No-ado, and yet nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>. To win the world, o<strong>ne</strong> must renounceall.Wu Yi : Non-action, but nothing is left undo<strong>ne</strong>. To have the world, o<strong>ne</strong> always should bein doingnothing.Yang Xiaolin: by wuwei, you can accomplish everything.if you want to govern a country, always try to let nothing happen;Yutang Lin : By doing nothing everything is do<strong>ne</strong>.He who conquers the world often does so by doing nothing.Zhang Z. Thomas : yet, he succeeds in everything.to govern the world, o<strong>ne</strong> interferes nothing.


Prin non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> (Wu-Wei) nu mai exist ă nimic <strong>care</strong> s ă nu poat ă fi făcut[ făptuit].By Wu-Wei (the state without duality, subjective activities, non-interferingaction; non-action) there is nothing that is not do<strong>ne</strong> (all miraculous powers,siddhis are possible)nicht-eingreifen<strong>de</strong>s Han<strong>de</strong>ln –doch bleibt nichts u<strong>ne</strong>rledigt.se mai poate traduce: " cand ai trecut in regimul paradoxal, non-dualist,holografic s<strong>au</strong> divin <strong>de</strong> functionare ( 無 為 wú wéi) [ inseamna ca te-ai eliberat] si nu mai exist ă nimic <strong>de</strong> făcut [ nu mai ai nimic <strong>de</strong> făptuit, fiindca totuleste bi<strong>ne</strong> ]Exista un articol "Mersul pe apa: <strong>Dezvatarea</strong> <strong>de</strong> <strong>Limitarile</strong> <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> <strong>inoculate</strong> incursul conditionarii " <strong>de</strong>dicat prietenului nostru C.G. Walters pt contributia pe <strong>care</strong> aavut-o la intelegerea importantei capitolului 48There is an article "Walking on Water: Unlearning our limitations" as a sign ofgratitu<strong>de</strong> for the contribution to the un<strong>de</strong>rstanding of chapter 48 of Lao Tzu ma<strong>de</strong> byour friend C.G. Waltersarticol publicat pe:http://dmtao.blogspot.com/2010/10/mirahorian-retea-taoism-zen-acupunctura.htmlhttps://www.facebook.com/groups/awakeningnow/permalink/388572981179180/


Mergi dincolo <strong>de</strong> lumea iluzorie si <strong>de</strong> limitarile <strong>care</strong> ti-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> implantate incursul conditionariiTranscend the Illusory World of Conditio<strong>ne</strong>d Limitations Deprogramming,Deconditioning Unlearning our limitationsCi<strong>ne</strong>va poate sa "mearga pe apa" nu fiindca a invatat un mare secret, ci fiindca nu a<strong>fost</strong> "invatat"(programat, conditionat; sa nu uitam: "conceptia comanda perceptia,gandirea si actiu<strong>ne</strong>a") ca nu poate face acest lucru. U<strong>ne</strong>ori corectarea u<strong>ne</strong>i situatii nuinseamna sa facem mai mult, ci sa <strong>ne</strong> oprim din ceea ce facem acum. Pt a invata cevanou trebuie sa <strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>barasam <strong>de</strong> informatia eronata pe <strong>care</strong> am acumulat-o in cursuldrumului vietii.Patanjali spu<strong>ne</strong> ca nu ve<strong>de</strong>m realitatea, ci o mo<strong>de</strong>lare a ei pe ecranul mental(realitatea secunda) realizata cu ajutorul vrittis ( impulsuri, fluctuactii psiho-afective,activitati mentale). Socrate vorbea <strong>de</strong> faptul ca oamenii sunt captivi intr-o pestera in<strong>care</strong> nu privesc lucrurile reale, ci umbrele acestora, proiectate pe peretelepesterii/ecranul mental (ve<strong>de</strong>ti alegoria pesterii redata <strong>de</strong> discipolul s<strong>au</strong> Platon inRepublica VII)ve<strong>de</strong>ti articolul: O realitate separata/ A Separate Realityhttp://www.scribd.com/doc/27464855/The miracles (including the walking on water) are known in the various religious andphilosophical traditions and are usually un<strong>de</strong>rstood as manifestations of our innatedivi<strong>ne</strong> power. Just as the Hindu <strong>de</strong>ities can <strong>de</strong>scend in human forms (avatars), so theHindu saints can, through the practice of asceticism (tapas), rise to godlike status.Thus the saint is often un<strong>de</strong>rstood to be a "god-man" or a "god<strong>de</strong>ss woman" by virtueof having "realized" the divinity innate in all human beings.Someo<strong>ne</strong> may be "walking on water” not bec<strong>au</strong>se they have lear<strong>ne</strong>d a great secret,but rather that they have not "lear<strong>ne</strong>d' that they cannot do such a thing". Sometimesthe correction for a situation is not to do something more, but primarily to stop whatwe have being doing; rather than learning something <strong>ne</strong>w, relinquish limitinginformation that you have acquired along the way.Our past conditioning is an obstacle to holographic functioning of our mind(transpersonal or non-dual state of mind) which is the yoga(the state of union,alignment);Deprogramming/<strong>de</strong>conditioning is bringing that boundless heart space into "life" --allowing for it - creating still<strong>ne</strong>ss more and more. See in chapter 11 of Lao Tzu the useof koans to empty our mind. When we surren<strong>de</strong>r we refresh/reload the page and wereturn insi<strong>de</strong>see: Capitolul 11 Principiul goliriihttp://www.scribd.com/doc/36339652/Capitolul-11-Principiul-goliriiThe indirect knowledge of ordinary science is something built up brick by brick. This isnot the knowledge of the reality, but the knowledge of the reflection of the reality inthe mirror of the mind. In Taoism and Zen, they say "the reflection of the Moon on thesurface of a still lake, is not the Moon itself” …or "the finger pointing at the Moon isnot the Moon itself".It is called mediated or indirect or second-hand knowledge bec<strong>au</strong>se this type ofknowledge is mediated by the signals(impulses; activities; vrittis) from our senses;Direct knowledge (perception) is rather something that gradually becomes visible likethe clear sky and the sun emerges out when the clouds impulses; activities;Chi<strong>ne</strong>se:"wei""; Sanskrit:"vrittis") are not longer present.The knowledge of Tao is something already present in us as a potential, somethingthat arises from within. The knowledge of Truth is thus <strong>ne</strong>ither something laboriouslyconstructed bottom-up out of loose elements, nor <strong>de</strong>rived top-down out of some grandtheory. Direct Knowledge can thus arise, just like a sud<strong>de</strong>n insight, by itself when weremove the clouds(impulses; activities; Chi<strong>ne</strong>se: "wei"; Sanskrit:"vrittis") that standsin its way.That is why there is nothing that is not do<strong>ne</strong> when you arrive in the state of wu-wei.Aware<strong>ne</strong>ss of man's Original Divi<strong>ne</strong> Nature is like watching the reflection of the Moonon the surface of a still lake. Actually the Moon is not in the lake, but if clouds appearand cover the moon, people say that it has <strong>de</strong>parted from the lake, yet it has go<strong>ne</strong>


nowhere. The Universal Soul is always present, always available to gui<strong>de</strong>, but theclouds of the mind(wei, vrittis activities) create the phenomena of apparentseparation.Byn<strong>ne</strong>r : "Un om <strong>ne</strong>liniştit sa afle ( <strong>care</strong> alearga dupa cunoştinţe) ad<strong>au</strong>g ă mai mult la elîn fie<strong>care</strong> minut; Un om <strong>care</strong> achiziţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă via ţă se pier<strong>de</strong> în ea în fie<strong>care</strong> minut. El are dince in ce mai puţin <strong>de</strong> purtat in minte, Si din ce in ce mai puţ in <strong>de</strong> facut. "/ "A man anxious forknowledge adds more to himself every minute; A man acquiring life loses himself in it, Hasless and less to bear in mind, Less and less to do. "De un<strong>de</strong> vi<strong>ne</strong> aceasta <strong>ne</strong>liniste s<strong>au</strong> aviditate dupa cunoastere ?Dintr-o falsa ierarhizare a fiintelor uma<strong>ne</strong> in functie <strong>de</strong> informatiile dobandite, fara sase inteleaga distinctia intre cunoasterea <strong>ne</strong>mijlocita si cunoasterea mijlocita <strong>de</strong>perceptia senzoriala, <strong>de</strong> marturii primite <strong>de</strong> la false <strong>au</strong>toritati ( laice si religioase ) oricea mijlocita <strong>de</strong> procesarea mentala (logica si analogica).Iata un exemplu cu dubla aplicatie, atat in progresul pe calea cunoasterii mijlocite ,cat si in progresul pe calea cunoasterii <strong>ne</strong>mijlocite, cu o singura observatia : uitareaeste calea <strong>de</strong> a elimina ancorarea in lumea umbrelor, fiindca memoria ( smriti) este<strong>de</strong>finita <strong>de</strong> Patanjali ca o clasa <strong>de</strong> impulsuri ( vrittis) stocate (in forma potentiala), oancorare in cunoasterea mijlocita dobandita in cursul experientelor anterioare <strong>de</strong>functionare diacronica, <strong>care</strong> impiedica intrarea in regimul <strong>de</strong> functionare sincronica,directa, divina s<strong>au</strong> holografica :"Important este sa afli ( cel informat e superior celui <strong>ne</strong>informat )Mai important este sa intelegi ( cel ce intelege e superior celui <strong>care</strong> nuintelege )Mai important este sa nu uiti ( cel ce nu uita e superior celui <strong>care</strong> uita )Mai important este sa experimentezi ( cel ce pu<strong>ne</strong> in practica e superiorcelui <strong>care</strong> nu pu<strong>ne</strong> in apli<strong>care</strong> )"J. J.-L. Duyvendak :Celui qui poursuit l’étu<strong>de</strong> <strong>au</strong>gmente chaque jour.Celui qui pratique la Voie diminue chaque jour.En diminuant <strong>de</strong> plus en plus, on arrive <strong>au</strong> Non-agir.En n’agissant pas, il n’y a rien qui <strong>ne</strong> se fasse. (Chapitre 37)On gouver<strong>ne</strong> un pays par la rectification, on conduit la guerre par <strong>de</strong>s stratagèmes, —mais on gag<strong>ne</strong> l’Empire par l’inaction.( Chapitre 57.1.)On gag<strong>ne</strong> l’Empire en restant constamment dans l’inaction. Dès qu’on <strong>de</strong>vient actif,on n’est pas à même <strong>de</strong> gag<strong>ne</strong>r l’Empire.(Chapitre 57.2. )Notes : Richard Wilhelm / Étien<strong>ne</strong> PerrotAux <strong>de</strong>ux <strong>de</strong>rnières phrases comparer le verset 57. (L'expression traduite ici par «empire » y est rendue par « mon<strong>de</strong> » pour éviter u<strong>ne</strong> rencontre avec la première lig<strong>ne</strong>où u<strong>ne</strong> <strong>au</strong>tre expression correspond à « empire »; objectivement cela revient <strong>au</strong>même.)J. J.-L. Duyvendak : " Ce chapitre est un exposé très clair du principe du Non-agir ;voir <strong>au</strong>ssi XXXVIILe texte se termi<strong>ne</strong> par un paragraphe : « On gag<strong>ne</strong> l’empire » jusqu’à « <strong>de</strong> gag<strong>ne</strong>rl’empire », que j’ai transféré, suivant en cela Ma Siu-louen, <strong>au</strong> chapitre LVII (1-2) où ils’accor<strong>de</strong> be<strong>au</strong>coup mieux avec le contexte et, d’après sa phraséologie, estparfaitement à sa place ; c’est un cas idéal <strong>de</strong> correction textuelle.Chapitre 37 "La Voie est constamment inactive, et pourtant il n’y a rien qui <strong>ne</strong> sefasse,Si les rois vass<strong>au</strong>x pouvaient s’y tenir, les dix mille êtres se développeraient d’euxmêmes.Si pendant ce développement les désirs <strong>de</strong>venaient actifs, je les contiendrais<strong>au</strong> moyen <strong>de</strong> la simplicité du sans-nom.Si insignifiante que soit la simplicité du sans-nom, person<strong>ne</strong> dans l’empire <strong>ne</strong> peutl’asservir.Si les rois vass<strong>au</strong>x pouvaient s’y tenir, les dix mille êtres accourraient spontanémentcomme <strong>de</strong>s invités. Le ciel et la terre s’uniraient pour faire tomber u<strong>ne</strong> douce rosée, et


le peuple, sans que person<strong>ne</strong> en pren<strong>ne</strong> soin, en recevrait spontanément u<strong>ne</strong> partégale.Vraiment ils <strong>de</strong>viendraient <strong>au</strong>ssi sans désirs. Étant sans désirs, ils <strong>de</strong>viendraienttranquilles, et l’empire s’affermirait <strong>de</strong> lui-même."Après « simplicité du sans-nom », ces mêmes mots sont répétés et il me semble quele texte n’est pas en ordre. C’est probablement ici qu’il f<strong>au</strong>t placer le passage duchapitre XXXII qui, vu le parallélisme <strong>de</strong> la phraséologie, paraît faire partie <strong>de</strong> cechapitre. Il a été déplacé par erreur et rattaché dans le chapitre XXXII, à la phrasei<strong>de</strong>ntique : « Simplicité du sans-nom ». J’ai donc reconstruit le présent chapitre, en yinsérant le texte du chapitre XXXII, <strong>de</strong>puis : « Si insignifiante », jusqu’à : « Part égale».Le début du chapitre est la formule classique du principe <strong>de</strong> wou wei « inaction, nonagir», formule répétée <strong>au</strong> chapitre XLVIII. Les « rois vass<strong>au</strong>x » (heou wang, 134,expression suspecte qui me semble dater <strong>de</strong>s Han ; la correction en wang heou « roiset seig<strong>ne</strong>urs vass<strong>au</strong>x » est assez artificielle, voir XXXIX et XLII, bien que cetteexpression se rencontre dans le Che ki) doivent prendre ce principe comme règle etconduire le peuple à un état <strong>de</strong> « simplicité naturelle » (comme celle du bois brut).Dans cet état il n’y a pas <strong>de</strong> noms, c’est-à-dire <strong>de</strong> différenciations, et il n’existe pas <strong>de</strong>désirs.« Douce rosée » est un présage favorable ; elle signifie les riches bienfaits du ciel et<strong>de</strong> la terre dont tous, dans cet état <strong>de</strong> simplicité, peuvent jouir, sans qu’il y ait besoind’u<strong>ne</strong> administration compliquée.6. Co<strong>ne</strong>xiuni/ Con<strong>ne</strong>ctions /Con<strong>ne</strong>xions / Verbindungen / Co<strong>ne</strong>xio<strong>ne</strong>s /Con<strong>ne</strong>ssioniCapitolul 11 (Principiul golirii ); Capitolul 33 (a<strong>de</strong>varata cunoastere si putere);Capitolul 64 (inva ţă s ă se <strong>de</strong>zveţ e / learn unlearning/ Il apprend à désapprendre)6.1. Deconditionarea, <strong>de</strong>zvatarea, <strong>de</strong>programareaUltimele dou ă fraze din textul lui Lao Tzu 48 se refera la "Cale <strong>ne</strong>gativ ă s<strong>au</strong> misticaapofatica".Exista un articol <strong>de</strong>spre "via <strong>ne</strong>gativa" s<strong>au</strong> cum s ă mergeti dincolo <strong>de</strong> îndoial ă :Despre centrarea in centrii secundari (minte, inima) si in centrul existentialDespre indoiala (<strong>ne</strong>incre<strong>de</strong>re) si credinta (incre<strong>de</strong>re) ca modalitati <strong>de</strong>eliberare, trezire si trecere la regimul direct <strong>de</strong> functionarehttp://www.scribd.com/doc/118413025/Despre-centrarea-in-centrii-secundari-minteinima-si-in-centrul-existentialhttps://www.facebook.com/download/533145140042481/Despre-indoiala-<strong>ne</strong>incre<strong>de</strong>resi-credinta-incre<strong>de</strong>re-ca-modalitati-<strong>de</strong>-eliberare.pdfPractica nonactiunii in procesul respirator o intalnim in prefaţa călugărului budistDao'an (312-385) la comentariul său <strong>de</strong>spre Anāpāna-sūtra.Vipassan ā s<strong>au</strong> Vipassana bhavana (traduit par "développement <strong>de</strong> la visionsupérieure" ou "vue pénétrante"), est u<strong>ne</strong> métho<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> méditation qui <strong>au</strong>rait étédécouverte par le Bouddha. Elle consiste à simplement prêter attention à la réalité.http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vipassana_bhavanaVipassan ā is also used to refer to the mo<strong>de</strong>rn Buddhist vipassana movement (mo<strong>de</strong>ledafter Theravāda Buddhism meditation practices), which employs vipassan ā andānāpāna meditation as its primary techniques and places emphasis on the teachingsof the Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta) :"Anāpāna este expiraţia şi inspiraţia. Acolo un<strong>de</strong> se afl ă Dao, nu e nimic <strong>care</strong> s ă nu ise conformeze; acolo un<strong>de</strong> st ă Virtutea sa, nu e nimic <strong>care</strong> s ă nu o respecte. Iat ă <strong>de</strong>ce anāpāna ajunge la <strong>de</strong>plinătate prin concentrarea respiraţiei, iar cele patru dhyānaprin concentrarea trupului. Concentrarea respiraţiei cuprin<strong>de</strong> şase stadii, iarconcentrarea trupului patru etape. Stadiile treptate sunt "<strong>de</strong>screşterea, continuarea<strong>de</strong>screşterii, atingerea inacţiunii".Etapele distincte sînt "uitarea dincolo <strong>de</strong> uitare, atingerea <strong>ne</strong>dorinţei" [TextulAnāpāna-sūtra a <strong>fost</strong> tradus în timpul dinastiei Han <strong>de</strong> către An Shigao sub titlul Daanban shouyi jing (Marea Sūtra <strong>de</strong>spre atenţia aplicat ă la inspiraţie şi la expiraţie).Aceast ă prefa ţă este reprodus ă în Zhongguo fojiao sixiang ziliao xuanbian, vol. I, p.34.


[ VB5. Dharana 8 Sutra/Shloka n° 31 si Explicatia VB5 data <strong>de</strong> Osho dincomentariul VB [ Vigyana Bhairava Tantra ( Vijnana Bhairava Tantra)]In comentariul VB5 Osho afirma ca in pregatirea preliminara, pt a incepe instruirea,in scolile secrete <strong>de</strong> pe langa templele antice egipte<strong>ne</strong>, lui Pitagora i s-a cerut sapractice aceasta tehnica <strong>de</strong> catre preotii egipteni. Pitagora a mers, cu aceast ă tehnicăindiana pe <strong>care</strong> a primit-o in Egipt, în Grecia şi ea a <strong>de</strong>venit izvorul, sursa întreguluimisticism si ocultism occi<strong>de</strong>ntal.Patanjali mentio<strong>ne</strong>aza aceasta tehnica sub numele svadhyaya - studierea <strong>de</strong> si<strong>ne</strong>( <strong>au</strong>to-reflectarea, self-reflection), <strong>de</strong> la sva- "propriu" si adhyāya- "studiu, reluare,repetare, lectura inregistrarii memorate in noi" ( adica nu este vorba <strong>de</strong>spre studiultextelor sacre s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>spre repetarea unor mantra, cum se afirma <strong>de</strong> cei ce nu stiusemnificatia termenilor ). http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sv%C4%81dhy%C4%81ya2. DETASARE SENZORIALA (IZOLAREA MISTICA )Tehnica anterioara <strong>de</strong> recapitulare, foloseste ceva din tehnica izolarii ( daca <strong>ne</strong>gandim la suspendarea corpului din "Darul vulturului "/ Eagle's Gift" ori la eliminareaimaginativa a susti<strong>ne</strong>rii corpului din VB22. Dharana 94 Sutra/Shloka n°119 )Yoga Sutra ( Instructiuni <strong>de</strong> aliniere ) foloseste stergerea, <strong>care</strong> este <strong>de</strong>clansata prin<strong>de</strong>tasare senzoriala prin retragerea simturilor ( pratyahara 'withdrawal of thesenses' ). Tehnicile mo<strong>de</strong>r<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>programare s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> spalare a creierului (brainwashing) folosesc izolarea senzoriala, adica tot <strong>de</strong>tasarea senzoriala din Yoga Sutra.Detasare senzoriala este utilizata si <strong>de</strong> toti misticii ( buddhisti, taoisti ori crestini), <strong>care</strong>aleg sa practice in intu<strong>ne</strong>ricul u<strong>ne</strong>i pesteri .In taoism meditatia in <strong>care</strong> se realizeaza <strong>de</strong>tasarea <strong>de</strong> realitatea fenomenala prinretragerea simturilor este numita tso wang ( 坐 忘 ) aseaza-te si uita tot ( sittingforgetting).Termenul chi<strong>ne</strong>zesc zuowang este compus din zuo 坐 "a se aseza; a lualoc; sit; take a seat" si wang 忘 "a uita, a <strong>ne</strong>glija, forget; overlook; <strong>ne</strong>glect".(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zuowang)3. STERGEREA TRAUMELOR PRIN TRANSA HIPNOTICAIn cazul in <strong>care</strong> episoa<strong>de</strong> tr<strong>au</strong>matice din vietile anterioare ( dar si din viata prezenta)impiedica s<strong>au</strong> perturba patologic continuarea viatii curente, se apeleaza la transahipnotica pt inchi<strong>de</strong>rea accesului la memoriile din i<strong>ne</strong>lele concentrice (ca la arbori)stocate pe suport subtil6.4. Co<strong>ne</strong>xiu<strong>ne</strong>a cu procesul <strong>de</strong> golire indicat in capitolul 11 al lui Lao TzuLegat <strong>de</strong> unlearning (<strong>de</strong>zvatare), cum spu<strong>ne</strong>a si Bruce Lee este <strong>de</strong> fapt vorba <strong>de</strong> golire: "Goleste-ti mintea , fii făr ă form ă, făr ă culoare (starea incolora, impartiala), ca apa.Daca pu<strong>ne</strong>ti apa intr-o ceasca, ea <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> ceasca, dac ă ai pus ap ă într-o sticl ă ea<strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> sticla ( ia forma sticlei), daca ai pus apa într-un vas, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> vasul . Apa poatecurge si apa se poate răspandi/ dispersa. Fii ap ă, prietenul meu ! "/ " Empty your mind,be formless, shapeless, like water. If you put water into a cup, it becomes the cup, ifyou put water into a bottle it becomes the bottle, if you put water into a pot, itbecomes the pot. Water can flow and water can crash. Be water, my friend !",Acesta este unul dintre fragmentele din "Interviul pierdut" <strong>care</strong> se afla in:Traducerea capitolului 11 din Tao Te Ching ( Dao De Jing ) al lui Lao Tzu ( Lao Zi )Lao Tzu Lao Tseu Lao Zi Capitolul 11 / Chapter 11 /Chapitre 11 Tao Te Ching/ Dao DeJing Principiul golirii Principiul golirii The Principle of Empti<strong>ne</strong>ss Principe du vi<strong>de</strong> IlPrincipio <strong>de</strong>l Vuoto Iisus: "Goleste-te si te voi umple"/Jesus: "Empty thyself and I shallfill thee"/Jésus:"Vi<strong>de</strong>-toi <strong>de</strong> toi-même et je vais te combler"Padre Pio: "Goleste-te si umple-te <strong>de</strong> Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu"/ "Vi<strong>de</strong> toi <strong>de</strong> toi-même et remplis toi<strong>de</strong> Dieu""Tot aşa, orici<strong>ne</strong> dintre voi, <strong>care</strong> nu se leapăd ă <strong>de</strong> tot ce are, nu poate fi uceniculMeu"/So therefore, any o<strong>ne</strong> of you who does not renounce all that he has cannot bemy disciple (Luca /Luke 14:32-34 )Meister Eckhart: "Indum<strong>ne</strong>zeirea nu este atinsa printr-un process <strong>de</strong> adăugare a cevaîn suflet, ci printr-un proces <strong>de</strong> golire." / Master Eckhart on holi<strong>ne</strong>ss: "God is notattai<strong>ne</strong>d by a process of addition to anything in the soul, but by a process ofsubtraction." Maître Eckhart "Dieu n'est pas atteint par un processus d'addition <strong>de</strong>n'importe quoi dans l'âme, mais par un processus <strong>de</strong> soustraction. Quand touteschoses sont réduites à néant en vous, alors vous pouvez voir Dieu... Dieu est quandvous n'êtes pas."


http://www.scribd.com/doc/36339652/Capitolul-11-Principiul-golirii6.4. Wei Wu Wei 為 無 為 [ 为 无 为 ] wéi wú wéiWu Wei, c’est cette économie <strong>de</strong> vie, c’est épouser le mouvement général. C’estpourquoi Billeter écrit que « wou wei n’est donc pas l’inaction (…) mais u<strong>ne</strong> action qui<strong>ne</strong> force pas (…) <strong>ne</strong> point forcer » (page 108, contre François Julien31). Pour parvenirà sentir ce mouvement, et se laisser bercer par lui, il f<strong>au</strong>t « perdre sa forme », il f<strong>au</strong>t «agirsans-forme ». Wu Wei est peut-être moins « sans agir » que « agir sans …», ou<strong>au</strong>trement dit, Wu Wei c’est « sans-forme agir », ce qui équiv<strong>au</strong>t à « agir sans-forme».L’expression don<strong>ne</strong> d’elle-même la marche à suivre : « Wu ». Cette démarche c’estl’absence <strong>de</strong> perception, le calme <strong>de</strong>s sens, la quiétu<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>s pensées, qui peuvent êtreatteints dans u<strong>ne</strong> attitu<strong>de</strong> physique indifféremment figée ou mouvante, pourvu quenousparvenions à congédier nos sens ordinaires, modifier notre régime quotidien <strong>de</strong>« conscience, et que nous fassions telle chose ou telle <strong>au</strong>tre sans y penser.ve<strong>de</strong>ti articolul <strong>de</strong>dicat Wu Wei:Wei Wu Wei-Stiinta zeilor-Abandonarea luptei si intrarea in starea divina <strong>de</strong>functionare holografica / Wei Wu Wei-The Science of Gods- Invul<strong>ne</strong>rabilityand Holographic Operating Mo<strong>de</strong> / Wei Wu Wei-La Science <strong>de</strong>s Dieuxhttp://www.scribd.com/doc/22358059/http://www.scribd.com/doc/27238503/http://www.danmirahorian.ro/Wei-Wu-Wei.pdf7. Dictionar / Dictionary / Dictionnaire/ Wörterbuch/ Diccionario/Dizionario48. Lista caracterelor din capitolul 48 al Dao De Jing [Tao Te Ching; Tao TeKing] insoţit ă <strong>de</strong> transcripţie şi semnificaţie第 dì di4 ti ti R: prefix înaintea unui număr, pentru numere <strong>de</strong> ordi<strong>ne</strong>: se folosesteprefixul 第 dì <strong>de</strong> genul "al" <strong>care</strong> prece<strong>de</strong> un număr pt a indica ordi<strong>ne</strong>a, secvenţ a,gradul; categoria; clasa; <strong>de</strong> exemplu: primul; cel dintâi /first : 第 一 dì yī; aldoilea/second: 第 二 dì èr; al treilea/third: 第 三 dì sā n; al patrulea/fourth: 第 四 dì sì; alcincilea/fifth: 第 五 dì wǔ; al optulea/eighth: 第 八 dì bā; al nouălea/ ninth: 第 九 dì jiǔ; aldoisprezecelea/twelfth: 第 十 二 dì shí èr; al douăzecilea/ twentieth: 第 二 十 dì èr shí; E:prefix before a number, for or<strong>de</strong>ring numbers, e.g. "first", "number two", etc);sequence, number; gra<strong>de</strong>, <strong>de</strong>gree; or<strong>de</strong>r, <strong>de</strong>gree, class, li<strong>ne</strong>, going along the li<strong>ne</strong>,serves for the formation of the ordinal numbers, merely, only, meanwhile, however,house, apartment, number; G: Reihe, Ordnung, Grad, Klasse, <strong>de</strong>r Reihe nach, dient zurBildung <strong>de</strong>r Ordnungszahlen, lediglich, nur, in<strong>de</strong>ssen, aber, H<strong>au</strong>s, Wohnung, Nummer;四 sì si4 ssu; sse sseu R: patru; 4; al patrulea; 四 處 sì chù: pretutin<strong>de</strong>ni; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:10.44;十 shí shi2 shih che R: zece; 10, al zecelea; zecime; număr întreg,complet; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:11.2;八 bā ba1 pa pa R: opt; eight: ;四 十 八 sì shí bā si4 shi2 ba1: R: patruzeci şi opt;章 zhāng zhang1 chang tchang R: capitol; secţiu<strong>ne</strong>; paragraf; instrucţiu<strong>ne</strong>; regul ă ;statut; tratat; articol; petiţie; memorandum; <strong>de</strong>partament; sigiliu; timbru; bi<strong>ne</strong>;frumos; insign ă colorat ă; disticţie; preţuire; ultimul nume[una dintre cele 100 <strong>de</strong>familii]; E: essay, treatise, paper, petition, memorandum, chapter, <strong>de</strong>partment,paragraph, section, seal, stamp, regulation, instruction, modifier, statute, rule, fair,fi<strong>ne</strong>, nice, be<strong>au</strong>tiful, colored, badge, award, pricing, last name ( o<strong>ne</strong> of the 100families); F: chapitre; ordre; règle; règlement; statuts; cachet; sce<strong>au</strong>; médaille;insig<strong>ne</strong>; G: Aufsatz,Abhandlung, Schriftstück, Eingabe, Denkschrift, Kapitel,Abteilung, Absatz, Abschnitt, Siegel, Stempel, Vorschrift, Bestimmung, Satzung, Regel,Paragraph, schön, bunt, abzeichen, Auszeichnung, Familienname;48.1. 為 學 日 益 , wéi xué rì yì,


Cel ce <strong>de</strong>dic ă studiului [învăţăturii], creşte zi <strong>de</strong> zi [ cunoştinţele sale;rătăcirea; agitaţia (<strong>ne</strong>liniştea sufleteasc ă); ataşarea; perturbaţiile;impurifi<strong>care</strong>a; centrarea in minte ]Act for knowledge (Indirect Knowledge) and there is daily increase(weaccumulate experience, memories, beliefs, <strong>de</strong>sires, activities, agitation,wei).Praktiziere das Ler<strong>ne</strong>n: tägliche Anhäufung,48.1: 為 [ 为 ] wéi; wèi wei2,4 wei: R: a face, a acţiona, a făptui; a c<strong>au</strong>za; motiv;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 2.7;2.7: 為 [ 为 ] wéi wèi wei2,4 wei wei R: a face, a lucra; a opera; a funcţiona; aacţiona ca şi, a făptui; a c<strong>au</strong>za; a servi drept; a <strong>de</strong>veni; a fi; a administra; înnumele; pentru c ă; din pricin ă c ă ; motiv; E: to do, to work (to operate), to act, tofunction, to become (to) act as, serve as, make, let, make, form, to serve as, shallbe construed as, become, be, mean, together with 所 [suo3 so actually; place];handle, govern, to indicate a passive structure; indicating the object of o<strong>ne</strong>'s act ofservice; F: faire, agir, en qualité <strong>de</strong>, comme, <strong>de</strong>venir; pour; pratiquer, être utiliséscomme, sont considérés,pour; à; afin <strong>de</strong>; en vue <strong>de</strong>; 为 所 欲 为 wéi su ǒ yù wéi agir àsa guise; se conduire en maître absolu; se conduire en <strong>de</strong>spote; G: tun, han<strong>de</strong>ln,üben, machen, lassen, veranlassen, bil<strong>de</strong>n, sein, die<strong>ne</strong>n als-, gelten als-, (4) zurBestimmung als Objekt; wirken, han<strong>de</strong>ln; bewirken; wer<strong>de</strong>n (zu); 2.7;48.2: 學 [ 学 ] xué xue2 hsueh hiue hüe R: a studia; a învăţ a, a înţelege, a sesiza;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 20.2;20.2: 學 [ 学 ] xué xue2 hsueh hiue hüe R: a studia; a învăţ a, a înţelege, a sesiza(a prin<strong>de</strong> mental; a apuca mental: ) a preda; a instrui; educaţie; <strong>au</strong>toeducaţie; asfătui; a mustra, a dojeni; a dresa; a condiţiona; a programa; a afla; a se aştepta la;a imita; a mima; şcoal ă, ştiin ţă, invăţat, stu<strong>de</strong>nt; curent (mo<strong>de</strong>l; teorie; mod ă ;paradigm ă; tipar) ştiintific, literar s<strong>au</strong> artistic; metod ă; lecţie, curs; clas ă, sal ă <strong>de</strong>clas ă ; 学 会 宽 容 <strong>de</strong>zvăţarea <strong>de</strong> intoleran ţă ; 學 者 xué zh ě : practicant; stu<strong>de</strong>nt; erudit;invăţat; savant; logos; ştiin ţă ; 美 学 měi xué: estetica (ştiinţa frumosului); 地 質 學 dìzhí xué : geologie; 地 質 學 家 dì zhì xué ji ā : geolog; 地 震 學 dì zhèn xué: seismologie;ştiinţa cutremurelor; 生 物 學 shēng wù xué: biologie; 病 因 學 [ 病 因 学 ] bìng yīn xué:ştiinţa patologiei în medicina tradiţional ă chi<strong>ne</strong>z ă ; 中 醫 學 [ 中 医 学 ] Zhōng y ī xué :tradiţional Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Medici<strong>ne</strong>[TCM]; 武 術 學 院 w ǔ shù xué yuàn: Wushu Aca<strong>de</strong>mia(Institut); 科 學 用 腦 [ 武 術 學 校 ] w ǔ shù xué xiào: Wushu Şcoala; 科 學 訓 練 scientific useof the brain; scientific way of the training; 力 學 lì xué: dinamica (ştiinţa forţelormecanice); 力 學 原 理 lì xué yuán l ǐ : ştiinţ a forţelor si pribipiilor mecanice; 舊 學 [ 旧 学 ]jiù xué : vechea învăţătur ă (învăţătura tradiţional ă chi<strong>ne</strong>z ă ca opus ă <strong>de</strong> ceamaterialist ă din Occi<strong>de</strong>nt); 道 學 dao xue: învăţătura taoist ă, se refer ă la filosofia,ştiinţa şi practica din 道 德 經 Tao Te Ching (Dao De Jing); 學 然 後 知 不 足 xué rán hòuzh ī bù zú: "Cu cât studiem mai mult, cu atât mai mult <strong>de</strong>scoperim ignoranţanoastr ă" Educaţia este o <strong>de</strong>scoperire progresiv ă a ignoranţei noastre; "The morewe study the more we discover our ignorance"; The more you study, the more youwill find yourself ignorant. Education is a progressive discovery of our ignorance;"Plus on etudie, plus on voit que l'on ignore <strong>de</strong> choses" L'éducation est u<strong>ne</strong>découverte progressive <strong>de</strong> notre ignorance [Proverbes chinois recueillis par P<strong>au</strong>lPerny ; 1869); E: to study, to learn, to learning, knowledge; school, study, science,-ology; subject of study, branch of learning, to seek knowledge ; to attend college;education; imitate, mimic; 学 会 宽 容 Unlearning Intolerance F: étudier; apprendreécole; science, enseig<strong>ne</strong>r, s'éduquer, imiter, étudiant; G: ler<strong>ne</strong>n, Schule,Wissenschaft, -lehre, sich <strong>au</strong>sbil<strong>de</strong>n, nachahmen, Stu<strong>de</strong>nt; 20.2;48.1-2: 為 學 weí xué : R: "a face/ a practica/ a urma invatarea" ( calea mijlocita,progresiva <strong>de</strong> cunoastere); E: "Do" learning ("make" learning, practice learning); G:"Tue" ler<strong>ne</strong>n ("betreibe" das Ler<strong>ne</strong>n, praktiziere Ler<strong>ne</strong>n);48.3: 日 rì mì ri4 R: zi; zilnic, soare; Japonia, este u<strong>ne</strong>ori interpretat prin a zice [ uncaracter similar:曰 yu ē ]; E: day, sun, daytime; daily; Japan, 日 本 [ rì běn ] Japan, Japa<strong>ne</strong>se ; date,day of the month; sometimes interpreted as: "to say" [similar character: 曰 yu ē ] G:Tag (Son<strong>ne</strong>), manchmal ge<strong>de</strong>utet als "sagen" (ähnliches Zeichen: 曰 yu ē ).曰 yuē yue1 yüe R: a spu<strong>ne</strong>, a zice; a exprima în cuvinte; vorbire; ve<strong>de</strong>ţ i: 14.6]; E:to say;G: sagen ; zu sagen, zu erzählen; Ausdruck in Worten Sprache;


48.4: 益 yì yi4 i R: be<strong>ne</strong>ficiu; creştere, a creşte, a spori; avantaj; profit; abun<strong>de</strong>nt;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 42.47;42.47: 益 yì yi4 i R: be<strong>ne</strong>ficiu; creştere, a creşte, a spori; a acumula; a faceexcese/abuzuri; a turna pân ă d ă peste margi<strong>ne</strong>; avantaj; profit; aduce be<strong>ne</strong>ficii;abun<strong>de</strong>nt; utilitate; interese; a progresa, a înainta; a profita, a avantaja; ajutor; afavoriza; 損 益 sǔn yì: profit şi pier<strong>de</strong>re, creştere şi <strong>de</strong>screştere; 無 益 wú yì: nu e bunpt, nu e be<strong>ne</strong>fic; 有 益 yo ǔ yì: sănătos; be<strong>ne</strong>fic; 固 腎 益 精 intărirea rinichilor şireumplerea sămânţei (esenţa vital ă jing); 健 脾 益 胃 intărirea spli<strong>ne</strong>i reincar<strong>care</strong>astomacului; 益 謙 yì qiān creştere prin coborâre(umilin ţă ; mo<strong>de</strong>stie)/increase byhumility; titlul capitolui 22; E: increase; profit, be<strong>ne</strong>fit; be<strong>ne</strong>ficial; advantage;increasingly; pour in more; help, utility, interests; to progress; 損 益 sǔn yì: profit andloss, increase and <strong>de</strong>crease 無 益 wú yì : no good, not good for, not be<strong>ne</strong>ficial ; 有 益yo ǔ yì: wholesome; be<strong>ne</strong>ficial; F: avantage; bénéfice, profit, progrès; apporter<strong>de</strong>s avantages; plus; progression; <strong>au</strong>gmentation; grandir; croissance; sedévelopper, prolifèrent, multiplient; abondante; copieux; G: Vorteil, Nutzen, Nutzenbringen, Fortschritt, vergrößern, zu<strong>ne</strong>hmen, vermehren, mehr, reichlich; 42.47;48.2. 為 道 日 損 。wéi dào rì sǔn.Cel ce consacr ă Căii (lui Tao), zi în zi diminueaz ă [ cunoştinţele; rătăcirea;agitaţia (<strong>ne</strong>liniştea sufleteasc ă); ataşarea; perturbaţiile; impurifi<strong>care</strong>a;centrarea in minte]Act for Tao (the Way of Direct Knowledge) and there is daily <strong>de</strong>crease (weunlearn, drop, release, diminish <strong>de</strong>sires, memories, agitation, activities,wei).praktiziere das Dào: tägliches Loslassen.48.5: 為 [ 为 ] wéi; wèi wei2,4 wei: R: a face, a acţiona, a făptui; a c<strong>au</strong>za; motiv;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.1;48.6: 道 dào dao4,3 tao tao R: calea directă şi <strong>de</strong>stinaţia (realitateavertical ă );ve<strong>de</strong>ti: 1.1;道 dào dao4,3 tao tao; Canto<strong>ne</strong>se reading: dou3 dou6; in lb japo<strong>ne</strong>za: do;michi; Japa<strong>ne</strong>se on reading: dou, tou; Japa<strong>ne</strong>se kun reading: michi, iu,michibiku; Coreana/ Korean reading: to R: Tao reprezint ă atât Calea verticalăa cunoaşterii directe s<strong>au</strong> <strong>ne</strong>mijlocite cât şi realitatea sursă (temelia realităţii ) la<strong>care</strong> conduce această cale, din c<strong>au</strong>za suspendării dualităţii dintre cale (mijlocul <strong>de</strong>a a ajunge la <strong>de</strong>stinaţie) şi scop ( ţinta s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>stinaţia aleas ă ). Cu alte cuvinte Tao<strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>ază atât calea direct ă , <strong>de</strong> a parcurge <strong>ne</strong>mijlocit, cât şi <strong>de</strong>stinaţia(realitatea vertical ă primordială din <strong>care</strong> este alcătuită şi in <strong>care</strong> pluteşte intreagarealitate manifestată, ca aisbergul intr-un ocean); Toate celelalte semnificaţiiindirecte, mijlocite <strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> eliminate din start <strong>de</strong> către Lao Tzu din clipa in <strong>care</strong> a<strong>de</strong>finit si a indicat ce semnificaţie acordă caracterului 道 Tao in primul capitol; cualte cuvinte nu este vorba <strong>de</strong>spre semnificaţiile anterioare ale caracterului 道 Tao:<strong>de</strong> cale extern ă, potec ă; drum (exterior) şi nici <strong>de</strong>spre o acţiu<strong>ne</strong> dualistă(activitate-inactivitate) <strong>de</strong> genul lui a călători ( cu trupul, mintea ori imaginaţia) ori<strong>de</strong> a parcurge fizic, imaginativ ori prin comuni<strong>care</strong> verbal ă (a spu<strong>ne</strong>; a <strong>de</strong>scrie; aexprima). In locul caii dualiste a mortii s<strong>au</strong> a caii in <strong>care</strong> suntem prizonieri aicercului acţiunii si inacţ iunii (sistola-diastola; ativitate-rep<strong>au</strong>s) Lao Tzu <strong>ne</strong> cere s<strong>au</strong>rmă m cale vietii (şi a apei) s<strong>au</strong> calea acţiunii din mijlocul inacţiunii, calea acţiuniiparadoxale <strong>care</strong> este acţiu<strong>ne</strong> şi inacţiu<strong>ne</strong> simultan (ve<strong>de</strong>ţi 無 為 wú wéi; wu-wei;Guodian: 亡 為 wáng wéi: nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong>; <strong>ne</strong>fă ptuire; in: 2.52-53); Caracterul 道 Tao amai <strong>fost</strong> tradus drept: Cer (calea cerului); natur ă; a<strong>de</strong>văr; mersul s<strong>au</strong> legea lumii;principiu; raţiu<strong>ne</strong>; doctrin ă; ordi<strong>ne</strong>; calea a<strong>de</strong>vărat ă;In gandirea antică chi<strong>ne</strong>ză 道[Tao, Dao in jap. d ō] este simultan <strong>de</strong>stinaţia şi calea, <strong>care</strong> trebuie urmată, una<strong>de</strong>văr final şi o modalitate <strong>de</strong> a proceda; 道 家 dào ji ā tao-chia : taoism filosofic;Taoism; 道 教 dào jiào dao4 jiao4 tao-chiao : taoism religios; In buddhism<strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă cunoaşterea cea mai înalt ă , principiul, metoda, mijlocul şi calea;Caracterul 道 Tao este alcătuit din: 辶 chuò: a merge; si: 首 shǒuschou : cap;li<strong>de</strong>r; principal; esenţial; capital; origi<strong>ne</strong>, început, a iniţ ia; "primul si ultimul"; "alphaşi omega"; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 14.71; E: tao means "way", in both literal ("path", "road") andmethaphysical (spiritual path) senses; it can also, more rarely, mean "to say", "totell", "to indicate"; method, direction; principle; truth; reason; skill; Tao (ofTaoism);a measure word; to say; to speak; to talk; train, run; Run of the world;nature; world or<strong>de</strong>r; world law; the daoism; the truth; right; virtue, customs,Buddhism: Highest knowledge, teaching method, means and way; Part of aprovince, district, abbot of such a district, D<strong>au</strong>tai (Taotai), Counting word for rivers


etc., direction, way, method, skill, route; F: chemin; voie; principe, moyen, trait,raconter, [fleuve, porte, mur]; lit; cours; moyen; métho<strong>de</strong>; procédé; Dans la penséechinoise antique, le 道 [Tao; Dao; jap. d ō ] 道 est à la fois le but et le chemin à suivre,u<strong>ne</strong> vérité ultime et u<strong>ne</strong> manière <strong>de</strong> procé<strong>de</strong>r; Tao <strong>de</strong> Lao-tseu, fréquemmenttraduit par l’expression "la Voie"; Signalons par ailleurs que « le Dhamma, (ensanskrit: Dharma) signifie la Loi, la Voie, la Doctri<strong>ne</strong> vraie » du Bouddha, telle queprésentée dans les versets (Pada) du Dhammapada. Voir « Introduction à la penséebouddhique », dans Dhammapada, ouvr. cité, p. 7. G: Weg, Pfad, Bahn, L<strong>au</strong>f, L<strong>au</strong>f<strong>de</strong>r Welt, Natur, Weltordnung, Weltgesetz, das "Tao", Daoismus;Taoismus;D<strong>au</strong>ismus, <strong>de</strong>r rechte Weg, richtige Grundsätze, Tugend, Sitten,Vernunft, bud:höchste Erkenntnis, Grundsatz, Lehre, Verfahren, Mittel und Wege, Teil ei<strong>ne</strong>rProvinz, Bezirk, Vorsteher solchen Bezirks, D<strong>au</strong>tai (Taotai), Zählwort für Flüsseusw., sprechen, sagen; Natur;48.7: 日 rì mì ri4; 曰 yuē yue1 yüe ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.3;48.8: 損 sǔ n sun3 sun R: a diminua; a micşora, a pier<strong>de</strong>; a da drumul; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:42.44;42.44: 損 sǔ n sun3 sun R: a diminua; a micşora, a pier<strong>de</strong>; pier<strong>de</strong>re; a da drumul; ase apleca(la); a se coborî (la); a răni; a jigni; a face rău cuiva, a <strong>ne</strong>dreptăti; apăgubi; a prăda, a jefui; a tăia, a <strong>de</strong>sprin<strong>de</strong>; a (se) umili, a înjosi; a se apleca (la); ase coborî (la); bi<strong>ne</strong>voitor; 損 而 益 sǔn ér yì: pier<strong>de</strong> dar castiga ( 42.10); 益 損 yì sǔn:profit şi pier<strong>de</strong>re, creştere şi <strong>de</strong>screştere; E: diminish; <strong>de</strong>crease, to lose, loss, letgo; letting go; damage; injure, to harm; impair; 損 而 益 sǔn ér yì: lose yet win; 益 損 yìsǔ n: profit and loss, increase and <strong>de</strong>crease; F: laisser aller; laissez-faire; laisseraller; G: scha<strong>de</strong>n, beschädigen, verletzen, ver<strong>de</strong>rben, Scha<strong>de</strong>n, Nachteil, Verlust,vermin<strong>de</strong>rn, verkürzen;48.3. 損 之 又 損 : sǔn zh ī yòu sǔn:Diminueaz ă şi înc ă diminueaz ă [ d ă drumul, micşoreaz ă continuu făptuirea ,agitatia; centrarea in minte- inima ( in centrii secundari )],Decrease, and again <strong>de</strong>crease[releasing and again releasing: agitations,<strong>de</strong>sires, conditioning, <strong>de</strong>eds, thoughts, actions, activities],Loslassen und wie<strong>de</strong>r loslassen:48.9: 損 sǔ n sun3 R: ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.8;48.10: 之 zh ī chih tchi R: el; ea; acesta; a lui; a ei; a lor; semn pt. genitiv şiatributiv; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 1.17;1.17: 之 zh ī zhi1 chih tchi tche R: el; ea; acesta, acestea; a lui; a ei; a lor; semnpt. genitiv si atributiv; <strong>care</strong> se duce la; E: he, she, it. this, those, sign for genitive,possessive particle: him, her, it zigzag, untranslatable filler,to go; G: er,sie,es,dieser, je<strong>ne</strong>r, Zeichen <strong>de</strong>s Genitivs, hingehen, gehen, Zickzack, unübersetzbaresFlickwort; F: lui, <strong>de</strong>, il, elle; eux, cela, ces, pronom démonstratif: lui, elle, eux,ceux-ci, ceux-là; liaison; appartenance; remplaçant u<strong>ne</strong> person<strong>ne</strong> ou u<strong>ne</strong> chosecomme complément; Sig<strong>ne</strong> du génitif, aller; Particule <strong>au</strong>xiliaire, d'un usage trèsétenduen chinois. Placée après un nom, elle indique que celui qui la précè<strong>de</strong> estdans sa dépendance, ou <strong>au</strong> cas que nous nommons génitif;placée après lescaractères qui peuvent avoir u<strong>ne</strong> signification verbale, les rend actifs, en fait <strong>de</strong>sparticipe, ou <strong>de</strong>vient elle-même un pronom relatif. etc. Elle signifie <strong>au</strong>ssi "a l'égard<strong>de</strong>","en ce qui concer<strong>ne</strong>". De plus,elle est <strong>au</strong>ssi prise comme verb <strong>de</strong> mouvement:"aller d'un lieu à un <strong>au</strong>tre"; "parvenir à"; "Passer <strong>de</strong>...à" Et encore: négliger (i yè),changer (pién-yè). Un écrivain chinois,cité dans le dictionnaire <strong>de</strong> Khang-hi, dit que"toutes les fois que ce caractère est employé dans le langage, il indique: ou unrapport <strong>de</strong> dépendance <strong>de</strong>s person<strong>ne</strong>s et <strong>de</strong>s choses; ou un rapport <strong>de</strong>'détermination', ou enfin un rapport <strong>de</strong>'mouvement vers' . C'est,dans les trois cas,u<strong>ne</strong> particule <strong>de</strong> "relation'. Le caractère tchi est <strong>au</strong>ssi pris dans u<strong>ne</strong> acceptionpresque synonyme (thoung) <strong>de</strong> 致 tchi, "se rendre dans un lieu eloigné", tandisque le premier signifie "se rendre dans un lieu rapproché <strong>de</strong> celui où l'on setrouve.» (Khang-hi). [Dictionnaire etymologique chinois-annamite latin-francais parG.P<strong>au</strong>thier, Didot,1867];48.11: 又 yoù you4 yu R: şi, <strong>de</strong> aseme<strong>ne</strong>a; i<strong>de</strong>m, la fel ca; acelaşi; din nou; celălalt;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 1.54;1.54: 又 yoù you4 yu R: şi, <strong>de</strong> aseme<strong>ne</strong>a; i<strong>de</strong>m, la fel ca; acelaşi; înc ă , în plus, şimai mult, în continuare, din nou; ambele, precum şi; atât; la rândul său;celălalt;drept; indică repetarea s<strong>au</strong> continuarea actiunii; în continuare; indicăsimulta<strong>ne</strong>itatea respectării mai multor condiţii; drept; mâna dreapt ă ; locul <strong>de</strong>


sinonim cu nimicul fiindc ă 無 wú wu este un imens vid <strong>care</strong> conţi<strong>ne</strong> toatepotenţialităţile; este inter<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt cu 有 yǒuyu, existenţa, manifestatul, fiinţa] ;无 轨 wú gu ǐ: făr ă urme; 無 wú wu <strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă o modalitate <strong>de</strong> funcţionare <strong>care</strong>nu produce reacţiuni şi este caracterizat ă <strong>de</strong> golire, <strong>de</strong> reintoarcere in starea <strong>de</strong>izvor (in loc <strong>de</strong> recipient) şi <strong>de</strong> 無 為 wú wéi; wu-wei; in versiu<strong>ne</strong>a Guodian: 亡 為wáng wéi (lit.: "nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong>; <strong>ne</strong>făptuire"; <strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a nondualist ă ,paradoxal ă, holografic ă in <strong>care</strong> se suspend ă dualitatea subiect-obiect, in <strong>care</strong>dispare subiectivitatea exprimat ă prin dorinţe, aşteptări, expectaţii, speranţe, <strong>care</strong>conduc la <strong>de</strong>localizare, adic ă la ruperea <strong>de</strong> "acum şi aici"; i<strong>de</strong>al fixat in Tao TeChing pt cei ce guver<strong>ne</strong>az ă; (ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 2.52-53); 無 wú modalitate sincronic ă ,complementar ă lui 有 yǒuyu, caracterizat ă <strong>de</strong> umplere, acumulare, trăire in lumeadiacronic ă , a efectelor; E: not existing, there is not, nothing, no, without, un, -less,used for RS8506 wu : origin, mother, ncr 14 the left hand = the holding hand; wucan be translated as o<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>ss of empti<strong>ne</strong>ss and ful<strong>ne</strong>ss: a holding hand + o<strong>ne</strong> =o<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>ss;fire + crossed fire = yin and yang of full<strong>ne</strong>ss and empti<strong>ne</strong>ss, a polaritywhich changes to o<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>ss; 无 轨 wú gu ǐ trackless; Not-Being. Not synonymous withnothing<strong>ne</strong>ss, wu is an immense void containing all potentialities. It is thusinter<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt with yu, Being. F: <strong>ne</strong>....pas; sans; rien; G: nicht vorhan<strong>de</strong>n, esgibt nicht, nichts, kein, oh<strong>ne</strong>, un-, -los, gebr<strong>au</strong>cht für RS8506 (wu) = rt80origin,mother; ncr14 die linke Hand= die halten<strong>de</strong> Hand; 1.13;48.17: 為 [ 为 ] wéi; wèi wei2,4 wei: R: a face, a acţiona, a făptui; a c<strong>au</strong>za; motiv;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.1;48.16-17: 無 為 [ 无 为 ] wú wéi: R: 為 無 為 wéi wú wéi : actiu<strong>ne</strong>a paradoxala, directa s<strong>au</strong>non-dualista; actiu<strong>ne</strong>a fara actiu<strong>ne</strong> (wei; in sanskrit: vrittis ); echivalenta actiunii farareactiu<strong>ne</strong> din Karma Yoga (in sanskrit: naishkarmya); acesti doi termeni sunt tradusi inmod eronat drept: inactiu<strong>ne</strong>; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 2.52-532.52-53: 無 為 [ 无 为 ] wú wéi wu-wei; in japo<strong>ne</strong>z ă : mu i ; in versiu<strong>ne</strong>a Guodian:亡 為 wáng wéi;R: (lit.: "nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong>; non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>ne</strong>fă ptuire"); acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a făr ă lupt ă; acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a fărăreacţiu<strong>ne</strong>;a făptui/acţiona făr ă a făptui/acţiona;acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a <strong>ne</strong>condiţionat ă;a acţionain stare <strong>de</strong> inacţ iu<strong>ne</strong> (făr ă părtinire, alegere, preferinţe, expectaţii, dorinţe,planifi<strong>care</strong>); acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a nondualist ă (in <strong>care</strong> are loc uniu<strong>ne</strong>a şi i<strong>de</strong>ntitatea subiect-obiect); acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a paradoxal ă (acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a <strong>care</strong> nu este nici acţiu<strong>ne</strong> şi nici inacţiu<strong>ne</strong>;acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a din mijlocul inacţ iunii; acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a sincronică in <strong>care</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a este simultanăcu inacţiu<strong>ne</strong>a), acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a holografic ă (cu centrul peste tot) in <strong>care</strong> se suspendădualitatea subiect-obiect, in <strong>care</strong> dispare subiectivitatea exprimat ă prin dorinţe,aşteptări, expectaţii, speranţe, <strong>care</strong> conduc la <strong>de</strong>localizare, adic ă la ruperea <strong>de</strong>"acum şi aici"; 無 為 wú wéi este acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a centrat ă in Acum (făr ă planifi<strong>care</strong>,aşteptări), pura constien ţă imparţial ă s<strong>au</strong> prezent ă in Acum; starea paradoxal ă <strong>de</strong>dincolo <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong> şi inacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, in <strong>care</strong> se instaleaz ă funcţionarea nondualist ă ,holografic ă, in <strong>care</strong> se <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong> /manifest ă capacitatea <strong>de</strong> cunoaştere direct ă si <strong>de</strong>acţiu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă. Miezul invăţăturii taoiste este reprezentat <strong>de</strong> conceptul <strong>de</strong> WeiWu Wei 為 無 為 [ 为 无 为 ] termen tradus prin: non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong>; acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a făr ă lupt ă şisubiectivitate; acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a făr ă reacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a direct ă (<strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă; non-instrumental ă), acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a nondualist ă ( in <strong>care</strong> se suspend ă separarea subiect-obiect) acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a paradoxal ă ori holografic ă; acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a din mijlocul inacţiunii, <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>indic ă atitudi<strong>ne</strong>a şi modalitatea <strong>de</strong> a parcurge Calea (Tao) spre Centrulomniprezent al universului holografic (<strong>care</strong> conţi<strong>ne</strong> in fie<strong>care</strong> parte intregul;invariant cu scara la <strong>care</strong> este cercetat), centru situat inclusiv in noi inşi<strong>ne</strong>; calea<strong>de</strong> a <strong>ne</strong> reintregii şi <strong>de</strong> a elimina separarea <strong>de</strong> izvorul <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong> finanţeaz ă . I<strong>de</strong>alfixat in Tao Te Ching pt cei ce guver<strong>ne</strong>az ă; starea <strong>ne</strong>domesticit ă, <strong>ne</strong>conditionat ă ; 無為 wú wéi <strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă un regim s<strong>au</strong> o modalitate <strong>de</strong> funcţionare caracterizat ă <strong>de</strong>termenul 無 [ 无 ] wú: golire, vidare, indistincţie, imparţialitate, nondiscriminare,lips ă <strong>de</strong> părtinire, non-interferen ţă, conştien ţă în starea <strong>de</strong> martor imparţial, stareincolor ă (in skrt.: "vairagya"; "naishkarmya"): "Prin modalitatea 無 [ 无 ] wú accesămlumea c<strong>au</strong>zelor; prin modalitatea 有 yǒuyu abordăm lumea efectelor (periferia;suprafaţa) [capitolul 1]; cuplul 無 為 [ 无 为 ] wú wéi apare şi in varianta: 無 事 wú shì;<strong>ne</strong>făptuire, nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, noninterferen ţă ; 無 事 non- [fără-] control, - făptuire-impli<strong>care</strong>, -ataşare, interes subiectiv; ocupare (48.6; 57.01); 事 無 事 shì wú shì:săvârşeşte făr ă s ă săvârşeşti; ocupă-te făr ă s ă fii ocupat; f ă afaceri făr ă s ă <strong>de</strong>visclavul lor; (63.02); exista un studiu separat asupra wu-wei; E: in Guodian: 亡 為wáng wéi: without action; non doing; non-action; paradoxal action beyond actionand inaction; non-interfering; "without pretension"; do-nothing, plan-nothing;unconditio<strong>ne</strong>d; un-domesticated; "Pure human aware<strong>ne</strong>ss, prior to experience orknowledge.", 'no thing', "nothing<strong>ne</strong>ss"; 無 為 [ 无 为 ] wú wéi is also presented as: 無 事wú shì: non- [not-] controlling, -doing [ado], -involvement, -busy<strong>ne</strong>ss; (48.6; 57.01;


63.02 ); colourless state, nonattachment (in skrt.: "vairagya"; "naishkarmya"); F:sans action; non-action; non-agir; action sans lutte et subjectivité; l'etat incolore, lenon-attachement , sans agir, non-faire, (en les laissant suivre) leur impulsion innée,sans subjuguer, sans avoir visité, sans-saveur : "Par la modalité 無 [ 无 ] wú on peutaccé<strong>de</strong>r <strong>au</strong> mon<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>s c<strong>au</strong>ses (Par le non-être, saisissons son secret); par lamodalité 有 yǒuyu nous abordons son accès (par l'être, nous abordons lemon<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>s effets; la périphérie; la surface) [Chapitre 1], 2[sans qu'il en soitl'<strong>au</strong>teur; Il produit sans s'approprier. Il agit sans rien attendre. Son oeuvreaccomplie, il <strong>ne</strong> s'y attache pas. Puisqu'il <strong>ne</strong> s'y attache pas,son oeuvre <strong>ne</strong> passerapas], 3, 10 [sans tâche; <strong>ne</strong> pas agir; te passer <strong>de</strong> toute connaissance? produiresans s'approprier, agir sans rien attendre, gui<strong>de</strong>r sans contraindre], 15[peut subirl'usage sans se renouveler], 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 33, 37 ["tao insusi nu actio<strong>ne</strong>aza sitotusi totul se face prin el/le tao lui-même n’agit pas, et pourtant tout se fait par lui"], 43, 47[sans sortir, sans regar<strong>de</strong>r, sans marcher], 48, 51, 57, 60, 63 64["sfantulnu actio<strong>ne</strong>aza si nu esueaza/le saint n'agit pas et n'échoue pas"], 64, 75, 80, nulupta; non-lupta/non-strife/<strong>ne</strong> dispute point: 3, 7-9, 22, 24, 66, 73, 81 G: nichteingreifen<strong>de</strong>n;Nicht-Geschäftigkeit; 2.52-53; apare in capitolele: 2, 3, 10, 37,38, 43, 48, 57, 63, 64; 2.Stiinta zeilor /The Science of Gods /La Science <strong>de</strong>s DieuxWei Wu Wei-Abandonarea luptei si intrarea in starea divina <strong>de</strong>functionare holografica/ Wei Wu Wei Invul<strong>ne</strong>rability and HolographicOperating Mo<strong>de</strong>http://www.danmirahorian.ro/Wei-Wu-Wei.pdfhttp://www.scribd.com/doc/22358059/48.5. 無 為 而 無 不 為 。wú wéi ér wú bù wéi.Prin non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong> (Wu-Wei) nu mai exist ă nimic <strong>care</strong> s ă nu poat ă fi făcut[ făptuit].By Wu-Wei (the state without duality, subjective activities, non-interferingaction; non-action) there is nothing that is not do<strong>ne</strong> (all miraculous powers,siddhis are possible)nicht-eingreifen<strong>de</strong>s Han<strong>de</strong>ln –doch bleibt nichts u<strong>ne</strong>rledigt.48.18: 無 [ 无 ] wú wu2 wu R: nu exist ă, nu are; făr ă;<strong>ne</strong>gaţie, nu; lipsă; gol; vid;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.16;48.19: 為 [ 为 ] wéi; wèi wei2,4 wei: R: a face, a acţiona, a făptui; a c<strong>au</strong>za; motiv; ;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.1;48.20: 而 ér ör erh eul R: astfel; apoi; atunci, şi dar, îns ă; înc ă, tu;dvs; sufix; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:1.45;1.45: 而 ér er2 erh eul R: A. ("astfel; în acele circumstante", în calitate <strong>de</strong>: )sufix în frazele adverbiale; particul ă <strong>de</strong> legătur ă: şi <strong>de</strong> aseme<strong>ne</strong>a; dar, îns ă; înc ă ;apoi; atunci, B. tu;dvs; C. particul ă final ă ; E: and ; as well as ; and so ; but (not) ;yet (not) ; (indicates c<strong>au</strong>sal relation) ; (indicates change of state) ; (indicatescontrast; express coordination, similar to but or yet, con<strong>ne</strong>ct c<strong>au</strong>se and effect, aimand means or action, indicate a change from o<strong>ne</strong> state to another; F: et, <strong>au</strong>ssi,mais, tandis que; alors que; (clé 126); G: und dabei, und <strong>de</strong>mgemäß,gleichwie,aber, son<strong>de</strong>r, und doch, gleichwohl, in<strong>de</strong>ssen, du <strong>de</strong>in, leeres Wort amSatzen<strong>de</strong>n<strong>de</strong>;48.21: 為 [ 为 ] wéi; wèi wei2,4 wei: R: a face, a acţiona, a făptui; a c<strong>au</strong>za; motiv; ;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.1;48.22: 不 bù bu4 pu p’u: R: nu; non; făr ă; nici; <strong>ne</strong>gaţie; prefix <strong>ne</strong>gativ: a-; <strong>ne</strong>-; non-;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 2.19;2.19: 不 bù bu4 pu pou R: nu; non; făr ă; <strong>ne</strong>gaţie; prefix <strong>ne</strong>gativ: a-; <strong>ne</strong>-; non-;mai puţin, nu face; comand ă <strong>ne</strong>gativ ă, nu înc ă; termen folosit cu semnificaţ ia lui 無wú (ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 1.13), pentru a indica acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a <strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă nondualist ă s<strong>au</strong> paradoxal ă :無 為 [ 无 为 ] wú wéi non-acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a ori <strong>ne</strong>făptuirea (ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 2.52-53), atunci când esituat inaintea unui verb: <strong>de</strong> pild ă expresia 不 言 bù yán lit.: "făr ă cuvinte",<strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă "acţiu<strong>ne</strong>a <strong>de</strong> comuni<strong>care</strong> direct ă, <strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă <strong>de</strong> cuvinte" şi a <strong>fost</strong>tradus ă drept: "instruire nonverbal ă", "tăcere"; făr ă s ă vorbeşti; făr ă cuvinte; 不 言中 (bù yán zhōng): miezul (se afl ă în ceea ce este) <strong>ne</strong>spus explicit; comuni<strong>care</strong>nonverbal ă ; 不 為 nu se străduieşte; nu aspir ă s ă; nu încearc ă s ă ; 欲 不 欲 yù bù yù:"doreşte lipsa <strong>de</strong> dorinţe/<strong>de</strong>sire no <strong>de</strong>sire"[64.20]; 不 爭 bù zhēng : făr ă luptă(conflict; controvers ă )[8; 66]; 不 以 力 相 抗 bù yi lì xian kang: făr ă for ţă / nu te opu<strong>ne</strong>cu forţa/ do not resist with force; 不 動 bù dòng: făr ă miş<strong>care</strong>; făr ă acţiu<strong>ne</strong>; menţi<strong>ne</strong>


<strong>ne</strong>miş<strong>care</strong>a, invarianţa ori imobilitatea centrului (indic ă : 無 為 wú wéi); 不 动 bù dòng: <strong>ne</strong>mişcat/ motionless; 不 丟 不 頂 bù di ū bù dǐng: nici respingere, nici opoziţie/Nolosing/rejecting, lose nor resisting/going against; Do not lose contact and do notresist; 不 丟 頂 勁 bù di ū dǐng jìn ): puterea <strong>de</strong> a nu respinge şi <strong>de</strong> a nu te opu<strong>ne</strong>/ theJin of no losing and no resisting; 不 辭 bù cí : nu e părăsit; nu e refuzat; fărăcontrol/făr ă direcţionare; not refused; nicht abgewiesen; 不 即 不 離 bù jí bù lí : niciapu<strong>care</strong> (atracţie; ataşare; control) nici separare/ <strong>ne</strong>ither controlling norseparating; 不 調 而 調 bù tiào er tiào : control făr ă control; coordonare făr ă efort/regulation without regulation; 不 有 bù yǒu: făr ă s ă pose<strong>de</strong>; 不 宰 bù zǎ i: făr ă sădomi<strong>ne</strong>; 不 恃 bù shì: făr ă s ă aştepte/reclame; 不 敢 bù gǎn: făr ă flatare (l<strong>au</strong>d ă ;indrăz<strong>ne</strong>al ă; intâietate; practica mo<strong>de</strong>stiei; nonimportanţe, umilinţei); 不 仁 bù rén :imparţialitate, <strong>ne</strong>utralitate, stare lips ă/eliberat ă <strong>de</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>, făr ă pă rtinire; 不 闚bú ku ī: făr ă s ă priveşti; 不 闚 牖 , 見 天 道 。 bù ku ī yǒu, jiàn tiān dào: "Făr ă s ă priveştipe ferestrele [casei; corpului: apelând la simţuri], se poate ve<strong>de</strong>a Calea Cerului"(47); 不 見 而 名 ( 明 ), bù jiàn ér míng: "Nu priveşte dar ve<strong>de</strong>[47. 5]; 不 先 不 後 bu xianbu hou: nici inainte si nici dup ă ; nici in trecut nici in viitor; not prior and not after;不 行 而 知 , bù xíng ér zh ī, făr ă s ă mearg ă/nu călă toreşte, dar cunoaşte[47]; 知 不 知上 , zh ī bù zh ī shàng: A stii ca nu stii/a cunoaste ignoranta este cel mai inaltlucru/To know, not to know – the highest[71.01] 不 見 bú jiàn făr ă s ă vezi; 視 之 不 見 :shì zh ī bù jiàn Privim făr ă s ă o ve<strong>de</strong>m / On regar<strong>de</strong> sans le voir/We look at itwithout seeing it[14.1]; 不 爭 氣 bù zhēng qì - a fi infrânt; <strong>de</strong>zamăgit, a nu reuşi s ă seridice la înălţimea aşteptărilor; 不 起 bùq ǐ: făr ă ridi<strong>care</strong>; 氣 遍 身 軀 不 少 滯 Qi Bian ShenQu Bu Sao Zhi : to circulate Qi around the entire body without slight stagnation; 平人 者 不 病 也 píng rén zh ě bù bìng y ě: "un om cu egalitate mental ă/ liniştit/impăcat/calm nu se imbolnăveşte"/ "A peaceful man will not get sick" unii comentatoriconsi<strong>de</strong>r ă c ă forma veche, <strong>care</strong> a <strong>fost</strong> ulterior simplificat ă ca 不 bù este: 懷 [ 怀 ]huái: a gândi la; a nutri (un sentiment, o speran ţă); a păstra cu duioşie, a păstra însuflet; minte; inim ă ; sân; <strong>de</strong>cizia <strong>de</strong> a realiza «eliberarea»; /to think of, to cherish,mind, heart, bosom, breast; carry in bosom; E: no, not; without; <strong>ne</strong>gative prefix:un-; <strong>ne</strong>gation, used to form a <strong>ne</strong>gative, used to indicate non-action, indifference;used to indicate a choice to get free, freedom within limits; 不 足 : in-a<strong>de</strong>quate, <strong>de</strong>ficient;不 割 bù g ē : without offending; 不 為 don't strive; "<strong>ne</strong>ver attempt"; F: <strong>ne</strong>pas (être), non, la négation, utilisé pour former un négatif; <strong>ne</strong>... pas; <strong>ne</strong> doit pasêtre ainsi, <strong>ne</strong> pas faire; négation absolue, -moins; la forme négative <strong>de</strong> comman<strong>de</strong>;n'a pas envie <strong>de</strong> faire; utilisé pour indiquer le nonagir, la nonaction, ce qui rend trèslibre <strong>de</strong> se détacher, l'indifférence; utilisé pour indiquer un choix pour obtenirgratuitement, la liberté dans les limites; placé avant un mot <strong>au</strong> quatrième ton; G:grundsätzliche, absolute Ver<strong>ne</strong>inung, <strong>ne</strong>in, nicht, (nicht so sein, nicht da sein, nichttun), un-, -los, ver<strong>ne</strong>i<strong>ne</strong>n<strong>de</strong> Befehlsform, wolle nicht, tue ja nicht, noch nicht, gebr.für erheblich, sehr sich frei machen, sich lösen, Freiheit in Grenzen; 不 足 : ungenügend,un-zulänglich. 不 為 erstreben nicht; „versuchen nie". 2.19;48.23: 為 [ 为 ] wéi; wèi wei2,4 wei: R: a face, a acţiona, a făptui; a c<strong>au</strong>za; motiv; ;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.1;48.6. 取 天 下 常 以 無 事 ; q ǔ tiān xià cháng y ǐ wú shì;[De aceea] se recepţio<strong>ne</strong>ază/primeşte lumea prin constant ă stare <strong>de</strong> Wu-Wei [ <strong>ne</strong>făptuire, nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong> ; starea paradoxal ă <strong>de</strong> dincolo <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong> şiinacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, in <strong>care</strong> se instaleaz ă funcţionarea nondualist ă, holografic ă , in <strong>care</strong>se <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>/manifest ă capacitatea <strong>de</strong> cunoaştere direct ă si <strong>de</strong> acţiu<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>mijlocit ă],[That is why] to receive the world [o<strong>ne</strong> should] be invariable in a state ofWu-Wei (non doing; paradoxal action; beyond action and inaction)Gewin<strong>ne</strong> die Welt stets durch Nicht-Geschäftigkeit;48.24: 取 q ǔ qu3 tsü : R: a primi; a receptiona; a lua; a obti<strong>ne</strong>; a cuceri; a accepta;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 12.48;12.48: 取 q ǔ qū qu3 tsü : R: a primi; a receptiona; a lua; a obti<strong>ne</strong>; a cuceri; aapuca; a prin<strong>de</strong>; a îmbrăţ işa; a accepta; <strong>ne</strong>voie; a recepţiona; a pu<strong>ne</strong> mâna pe; acuceri; a captura; a aduce; a adopta; a alege; a cere, <strong>ne</strong>voie, cerinţă, <strong>ne</strong>cesitate;exact; a lua/urma exemplu <strong>de</strong> la altul; a imita; 去 取 qù q ǔ : respingere –acceptare;E: to take, to get, to seize; to choose, to fetch; receive, obtain; select; obtain; tochoose, to conquer ; erobern aim at, seek, adopt; 去 取 to reject – to accept; F:prendre; reprendre; obtenir ; adopter; choisir; G: <strong>ne</strong>hmen, holen, bringen,empfangen, sich verschaffen, weg<strong>ne</strong>hmen, ab<strong>ne</strong>hmen, erobern, for<strong>de</strong>rn, wählen,


ud: Ergreifen <strong>de</strong>s Sinnlichen, skr upadana, ergreifen, gebr<strong>au</strong>cht für RS8059: tsüei<strong>ne</strong> Fr<strong>au</strong> <strong>ne</strong>hmen; 12.48;48.25: 天 tiā n tian1 tien t’ien: R: cer; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 1.15 ;1.15: 天 tiā n tian1 tien t’ien R: cer[lumea cereasc ă ; rai]; cer[atmosfera];vremea; lumina; ziua; natura; puterea cereasc ă ; Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu; 天 下 tiān xià: ceea cese află sub cer; subcerescul; lumea pământeană s<strong>au</strong> lumea fenomenală a celor zecemii <strong>de</strong> lucruri ( 萬 物 wàn wù); guvernare; dominare; E: heaven, sky, god, celestial,provi<strong>de</strong>nce, divi<strong>ne</strong>, heavenly, imperial, heaven's v<strong>au</strong>lt, day, weather, nature,natural, absolutely <strong>ne</strong>cessary, essential, origin condition, body condition; 天 下 tiānxià; world; land un<strong>de</strong>r heaven, rule, domination F: ciel; jour; nature, Dieu; temps;saison; nature; univers; G: Himmel, Vorsehung, Gott, göttlich, himmlisch,kaiserlich, Himmelsgewölbe, Tag, Wetter, Natur, natürlich, unumgänglich,Ursprungszustand, Körperzustand;48.26: 下 xià xia4 hsia hia R: jos, sub; coborâre; <strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong>subt; mic; a coborî; a micşora;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 2.2;2.2: 下 xià xia4 hsia hia R: jos, sub; <strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong>subt; mic; inferior; coborâre; a micşora;<strong>de</strong>gradare; a <strong>de</strong>pu<strong>ne</strong> ou ă; traducerea acestui termen poate fi spaţial ă (sub;coborâre) temporal ă (dup ă) s<strong>au</strong> calitativ ă (<strong>de</strong>gradare); a înscrie; a trece în contulcuiva; 天 下 tiā n xià: subcerescul; lumea, universul; E: down, below, un<strong>de</strong>r, lower,low, inferior, subordinate, second, <strong>ne</strong>xt, cut down, sit, lay down, lay (eggs), <strong>de</strong>scend,get off, fall, issue, put in, form an i<strong>de</strong>a, finish work, give birth to, F: sous; ci-<strong>de</strong>ssous,en bas, diminuer; <strong>de</strong>scendre; suivant-e; prochain-e; faible, inférieur, subalter<strong>ne</strong>,<strong>de</strong>uxième, prochai<strong>ne</strong>, réduire, come, déposer, pondre <strong>de</strong>s oeufs, <strong>de</strong> dépenser, a étéadoptée (comman<strong>de</strong>s); G: unten, unter, untere, hinab, niedrig, gering,min<strong>de</strong>rwertig, Untergebe<strong>ne</strong>r, ich mein, zweite, nächste, senken, hinabsteigen, sichdaranmachen, anfangen, begin<strong>ne</strong>n, ablegen, nie<strong>de</strong>rlegen, Eier legen, <strong>au</strong>sgeben,erlassen (Befehle), ein Mal. ein Schlag; 2.2;48.27: 常 cháng chang2 ch’ang tch’ang R: constant; perma<strong>ne</strong>nt; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 1.5 ;1.5: 常 cháng chang2 ch’ang tch’ang Canto<strong>ne</strong>se reading: soeng4; Japa<strong>ne</strong>se onreading: jou shou; Japa<strong>ne</strong>se kun reading: tsu<strong>ne</strong> toko tsu<strong>ne</strong>ni; Korean reading:sang; Vietnamese reading thườ ng R: obişnuit; comun; uzual, <strong>care</strong> durează,dăinuie şi sugerează realitatea şi constanta vieţii <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> zi; întot<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong>na; <strong>de</strong>s;a<strong>de</strong>sea; frecvent; normal, ge<strong>ne</strong>ral; fix; constant; constante fizice; invariabil; steag(a atârna moale, flasc; a slăbi, a se moleşi); iris; regul ă , lege; principiu; conventie;<strong>de</strong>cret; ordin; rit, regulat; perma<strong>ne</strong>nt; etern; <strong>ne</strong>sfârşit, infinit, veşnic; ce nu arecapăt;ceva în balans - ca rezultat al acţiunii principiilor 陰 yin1 ( 小 xiao) şi 陽 yang2( 冖 mi ); caracterul este compus din: 小 冖 口 巾 狛 / 小 + 吊 ; 小 : mic; puţin;slab; tânăr;<strong>ne</strong>însemnat; mic; infinitezimal; jos; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 32.7+ 冖 mi[a acoperi; coroan ă ; mare;sus]+ 巾 jin1 [a echilibra; o bucat ă <strong>de</strong> pânz ă în echilibru]+ 口 kou3[ gur ă ;<strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>re; intrare]; 常 chang2= intrare în starea <strong>de</strong> echilibru jos-sus, pămant-cer,yin-yang , <strong>care</strong> conduce la invarianţă; R.L. Wing,1986: caracterul pt absolut s<strong>au</strong>etern 常 cháng este compus dintr-un acoperiş [mián] <strong>care</strong> separă [ ba] vântul şiploaia. Acest acoperiş are şi semnificaţia <strong>de</strong> ceea ce este superior; sub acoperişexistă o fereastră [ 口 kou kou3] <strong>de</strong> <strong>care</strong> este suspendată o bucată <strong>de</strong> ţesătură[ jiong3]. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>a ţesăturii atârnate [shu4] reprezintă un drapel s<strong>au</strong> un steag inperma<strong>ne</strong>nţă miş<strong>care</strong>; 反 常 fan ch'ang: anomalie (fizică); 非 常 fei tch'ang:extraordinar; excepţional; foarte; extrem; 五 常 w ǔ cháng five constant virtues ofConfucianism, namely: be<strong>ne</strong>volence 仁 / , righteous<strong>ne</strong>ss 義 / | 义 / , propriety 禮 / | 礼 /, wisdom 智 / and fi<strong>de</strong>lity 信 / five cardinal relationships of Confucianism (betweenruler and subject, father and son, husband and wife, brothers, friends); E:perma<strong>ne</strong>nt, constant, eternal, always, continual, often, frequently, frequent, usually,normally, normal, ordinary, common, normal, regular; proper, usual, <strong>de</strong>finite, ever,ge<strong>ne</strong>ral, invariable, rule, principle, basic virtue, basis, last name (o<strong>ne</strong> of the 100families); 常 常 cháng cháng: frequently, usually, 常 規 [ 常 规 ] cháng gu ī :conventional (weapons), conventional, common, routi<strong>ne</strong>; 常 軌 [ 常 轨 ] cháng gu ǐ :normal practice; A contented mind is perpetual feast. 知 足 常 乐 . 知 zhi1 = zhi4know, perceive, comprehend ; 足 zu2= ju4 foot; attain, satisfy, enough ; 乐 le4 yue4yao4 luo4 liao2=happy, glad; enjoyable; music chang2: something in balance - asa result of the working principle of yin and yang (xiao); 五 常 wou tch'ang: fiveconstant virtues of Confucianism, namely: be<strong>ne</strong>volence 仁 , righteous<strong>ne</strong>ss 義 | 义 ,propriety 禮 | 礼 , wisdom 智 and fi<strong>de</strong>lity 信 / five cardinal relationships of Confucianism


(between ruler and subject, father and s F: souvent ; fréquemment ; ordinaire ;commun; constant; invariable; 常 人 tch'ang jen: person<strong>ne</strong> ordinaire; 常 驻 tch'angtchou: rési<strong>de</strong>nt ; permament; 常 住 tch'ang tchou rési<strong>de</strong>nt <strong>de</strong> longue durée ;rési<strong>de</strong>nce perma<strong>ne</strong>nte; éter<strong>ne</strong>lle; 不 主 故 常 pou tchou kou tch'ang <strong>ne</strong> pas s'en tenir<strong>au</strong>x ancien<strong>ne</strong>s conventions; G: ständig, beständig, ewig, immer, fortwährend,oft,häufig, gewöhnlich, alltäglich, regelmäßig, or<strong>de</strong>ntlich, üblich, feststehend,Regel,Grundsatz, Grundtugend, Grundlage, Familienname; apare in capitolele: 1;3; 16; 27; 28; 32; 34; 38; 46; 48; 49; 52; 55; 61; 64; 65; 74; 79;48.28: 以 y ǐ yi3 i R: a folosi; folos, în acord cu; pt.ca s ă;<strong>de</strong>, <strong>de</strong> către, <strong>de</strong> la; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:48.13;48.29: 無 [ 无 ] wú wu2 wu R: nu exist ă, nu are; făr ă;<strong>ne</strong>gaţie, nu; lipsă; gol; vid;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.16;48.30: 事 shì shi4 schi: R: afacere, treab ă; activitate; a servi; lucru; circumstan ţă ;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 2.55;2.55: 事 shì shi4 shih che R: afacere, fapt ă; ocazie; treab ă; munc ă ; activitate;sarcin ă; acţiu<strong>ne</strong>; făptuire; 無 事 wú shì; <strong>ne</strong>făptuire, nonacţiu<strong>ne</strong>, noninterferen ţă ; 無 事non- [fără-] control, - făptuire -impli<strong>care</strong>, -ataşare, interes subiectiv; ocupare (48.6;57.01); 事 無 事 shì wú shì : săvârşeşte făr ă s ă săvârşeşti; ocupă-te făr ă s ă fii ocupat;f ă afaceri făr ă s ă <strong>de</strong>vi sclavul lor; (63.02); ocazie; 吉 事 jí shì: ocazie fericit ă (31);relaţie, legături, implicări; 人 事 ren shi: relaţ ii uma<strong>ne</strong>; (abstract) lucru; ceva;materie, circumstan ţă, inci<strong>de</strong>nt, acţiu<strong>ne</strong>, slujb ă; job (loc <strong>de</strong> munc ă ), acci<strong>de</strong>nt; aexecuta; a face; a servi; 事 天 shì tiān: serveşte cerul (59.01); a merge,inconvenient, problem ă , <strong>ne</strong>linişte, a servi (a administra afacerile în calitate <strong>de</strong>: );E: work; activity; <strong>de</strong>ed; action; busi<strong>ne</strong>ss, affair, matter, thing, item, trouble,acci<strong>de</strong>nt, inci<strong>de</strong>nt; job, work, responsibility, involvement, be engaged; to serve; 無事 or: non- [not-] controlling, -doing [ado], -involvement, -busy<strong>ne</strong>ss; 人 事 ren shi:human relations; 事 天 shì tiā n serve Heaven; F: affaire, chose, évé<strong>ne</strong>ment; G:Angelegenheit, Sache, Umstän<strong>de</strong>, Vorfall, Vorgang, Tätigkeit, Anlässen;Beschäftigung, Unter<strong>ne</strong>hmen, <strong>au</strong>sführen, tun, die<strong>ne</strong>n, etwas los, Ungelegenheit,Schwierigkeiten, Unruhen, Hän<strong>de</strong>l; 無 事 Nicht-Kontrolle, -Getue, -Engagement,-Geschäftigkeit. 2.55;48.7. 及 其 有 事 jí qí yǒu shìIar a obţi<strong>ne</strong> asta cu făptuire [ avand acţiu<strong>ne</strong> (subiectiv ă)]For to reach it with doing [For those who fight to conquer the world (forthose who still have ambitions; subjective actions; for those who act, inor<strong>de</strong>r to win it )],zu erlangen sie mittels Geschäftigkeit48.31: 及 jí ji2 ki R: a atinge, a ajunge( din urmă; la); a obţi<strong>ne</strong>, a surprin<strong>de</strong>; ve<strong>de</strong>ti:13.51;13.51: 及 jí ji2 ki;R: a atinge, a ajunge ( din urmă; la); a obţi<strong>ne</strong>, a dobândi; asurprin<strong>de</strong>, a lua pe <strong>ne</strong>aşteptate; surprins; a <strong>de</strong>păşi; împreun ă cu; privind pe;referitor la; pân ă în; şi; când; E: to reach; to come up to, attain, extend; toachieve; obtain; to un<strong>de</strong>rstand; con<strong>ne</strong>cting nouns; also; and; till; until; reffering to;F: atteindre, se con<strong>ne</strong>cter, il arriva que, venir à, et le lien entre les noms;effectuer; couvrir, élargir; et, avec adresse, avec référence, concernant, etc; G:erreichen, sich erstrecken, verbin<strong>de</strong>n, erlangen<strong>au</strong>ch; verstehen, leisten. und, mit,bis, angehen, mit Bezug <strong>au</strong>f-, betreffs, es kam dazu, daß-, und so; 13.51;48.32: 其 qí qi2 ch’i k'i R: a ei,a lui,lor; acela; particul ă modal ă;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 1.31;1.31: 其 qí qi2 ch’i k'i R: a ei, a lui,lor;acela particul ă modal ă (ce marcheaz ă oopinie ori o optiu<strong>ne</strong> subiectiv ă); particul ă final ă ce se refer ă la propozitia <strong>care</strong> opreced ă ; E: used within a sentence to refer to somebody or somrthing mentio<strong>ne</strong><strong>de</strong>arlier: he she it, they, his, her, its, their, that, such; F: son, sa, leur, leur, ils, ils,elles; G: er,sie es, dieser, je<strong>ne</strong>r, an<strong>de</strong>rer, sein, ihr, <strong>de</strong>ssen, <strong>de</strong>ren, davon,Einleitungswort, etwa=nämlich, drückt Wunschform <strong>au</strong>s: möge;48.33: 有 yǒ u you3 yu R: a avea; a exista; plin; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 1.19;1.19: 有 yǒ u you3 yu yeou R: a avea; a fi prezent; a exista (prin posesie s<strong>au</strong>umplere <strong>de</strong> calităţi, caracteristici, atribute: form ă ; nume); manifestarea; realitateafenomenal ă; plinul; fiinţa; existenţ a[ceea ce are caracteristici şi <strong>de</strong>ci un nume];termenul 有 yǒ u <strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă existenţa condiţionat ă, localizat ă (particul ă ; realitatea


diacronic ă, in <strong>de</strong>venire, succesiu<strong>ne</strong>) <strong>de</strong> tip "a avea", opus ă /complementar ă lui 無wú, ca existen ţă <strong>ne</strong>condiţionat ă , <strong>de</strong>localizat ă (und ă ; câmp omniprezent; realitateasincronic ă nu e localizat ă in spaţiu şi timp fiindca "acum" nu aparţi<strong>ne</strong>timpului) <strong>de</strong>tip "a fi", fără ego, minte şi posesiuni ( 無 wú nu exist ă, nu are; făr ă ; nu; golul; vidul,no<strong>ne</strong>xistenţ a); 有 形 Yu Hsing : vizibil; tangibil; stilat (persoan ă); ve<strong>de</strong>ţi opoziţia:vid-plin: 無 有 wú yǒu in cap.11; 有 無 yǒu wú: a avea ori a nu avea; surplus şi<strong>de</strong>ficit; tangibil şi intangibil; corporal şi incorporal; in filosofie: Fiinţa; in buddhism:existenţa; skr: "bhava" (<strong>de</strong>venire; succesiu<strong>ne</strong>a <strong>de</strong> stări: mentale, emoţionale; inbhakti: predarea <strong>de</strong>voţional ă); alcă tuirea caracterului 有 = 左 zu ǒ (stânga; est;<strong>ne</strong>ortodox; impropriu)+ 月 yuè (luna; calendar lunar); E: to have, to possess, toexist, there is, the being, to own the existence; The Sanskrit term bhāva (Skt. भाव,status of being, a subjective becoming, states of mind, from भू bh ū , to become) isoften translated as feeling, emotion, mood, <strong>de</strong>votional state of mind. In Buddhistthought, bhāva <strong>de</strong>notes the continuity of life and <strong>de</strong>ath, including reincarnation,and the maturation arising therefrom. In the bhakti traditions, bhāva <strong>de</strong>notes themood of ecstasy, self-surren<strong>de</strong>r, and chan<strong>ne</strong>lling of emotional e<strong>ne</strong>rgies that isinduced by the maturation of <strong>de</strong>votion to o<strong>ne</strong>'s ishta<strong>de</strong>va (object of <strong>de</strong>votion). F:avoir; possé<strong>de</strong>r; il y a; exister; 有 人 Yu Jen person<strong>ne</strong>s; quelqu'un; occupé; 有 力 Yu Lié<strong>ne</strong>rgique; puissant; 有 如 Yu Ju être comme; semblable à; comme; 有 用 Yu Yungutile; 有 利 Yu Li favorable / avantageux ;有 名 Yu Ming connu / réputé; 有 钱 YuCh'ien être riche; 有 心 YuHsin avoir l'intention<strong>de</strong> / avoir envie <strong>de</strong> / projeter <strong>de</strong> / exprès / intention<strong>ne</strong>llement / à <strong>de</strong>ssein; 有 志YuChih être ambitieux; 有 为 Yu Wei plein <strong>de</strong> promesses / prometteur; G: haben,vorhan<strong>de</strong>n sein, es gibt, phil: das Sein, bud: das Dasein;48.34: 事 shì shi4 schi: R: afacere, treab ă; activitate; a servi; lucru; circumstan ţă ;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.30;48.8. 不 足 以 取 天 下 。 bù zú y ǐ q ǔ tiān xià.nu are <strong>de</strong>stul pentru a cuceri [controla] universul [ci<strong>ne</strong> nu posed ă vidul(calmul) este incapabil s ă se guver<strong>ne</strong>ze pe si<strong>ne</strong> şi s ă receptio<strong>ne</strong>ze lumea(doar ce ce stăpâ<strong>ne</strong>şte axul roţii poate controla periferia (circumferinţaacesteia)]**.not enough for winning/receiving the world[The world is already beyondtheir conquest. (its out of their reach; results in failure)]ist nicht genug zur Eroberung <strong>de</strong>r Welt.48.35: 不 bù bu4 pu p’u: R: nu; non; făr ă; nici; <strong>ne</strong>gaţie; prefix <strong>ne</strong>gativ: a-; <strong>ne</strong>-; non-;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.22;48.36: 足 zú zu2tsu: R: picior; pas; <strong>de</strong>stul; suficient; a atinge; capabil <strong>de</strong>;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:17.23;17.23: 足 zú zu2tsu ju4: R: picior; pas; a atinge, a satisface, a fi suficient;<strong>de</strong>stul; complet; 知 足 zh ī zú multumit cu situatia; a cunoaste multumirea (<strong>de</strong> aicifericirea) a fi satisfacut; in lb. skrt.: "santosha"; 富 足 fù zú: bogat; in<strong>de</strong>stulat;capabil <strong>de</strong>, <strong>care</strong> merit ă (s ă ), <strong>care</strong> e <strong>de</strong>mn(<strong>de</strong>); (metal) <strong>de</strong> puritate standard; trebuies ă în<strong>de</strong>pli<strong>ne</strong>asc ă ; 不 足 : ina<strong>de</strong>cvat, <strong>de</strong>ficient; E: foot, step; attain, satisfy, enough;satisfy, enough ample, to be sufficient; complete; 知 足 zh ī zú content with o<strong>ne</strong>'ssituation; to know contentment (hence happi<strong>ne</strong>ss); 富 足 fù zú rich, plentiful; 不 足 :in-a<strong>de</strong>quate, <strong>de</strong>-ficient; F: pied; pas; suffisante; 知 足 zh ī zú se contenter <strong>de</strong>; êtresatisfait; G: Fuß, Bein, (ei<strong>ne</strong>s Tisches usw.),Schritt, Stufe,Grad,genug, reichlich,befriedigen, zufrie<strong>de</strong>n, geeig<strong>ne</strong>t, dazu angetan,daß -; genügend, um zu(veranlassen, daß-); vollständig, durch<strong>au</strong>s; unverfälscht, vollwertig; 不 足 : ungenügend,un-zulänglich; apare prima data in: 17.23;48.37: 以 y ǐ yi3 i R: a folosi; folos, în acord cu; pt.ca s ă;<strong>de</strong>, <strong>de</strong> către, <strong>de</strong> la; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi:48.13;48.38: 取 q ǔ qu3 tsü :R: a apuca; a lua; a obţi<strong>ne</strong>; a îmbrăţ işa; a accepta; <strong>ne</strong>voie;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.24;48.39: 天 tiā n tian1 tien t’ien: R: cer; ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.25 ;48.40: 下 xià xia4 hsia hia R: jos, sub; coborâre; <strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong>subt; mic; a coborî; a micşora;ve<strong>de</strong>ţi: 48.26;


8. BIBLIOGRAFIE / BIBLIOGRAPHY/ BIBLIOGRAPHIE /BIBLIOGRAFIALao Tzu Translations-A collection of all translations of the Lao-tzu (Lao Tseu)Prescurtari pt. <strong>au</strong>torul fie<strong>care</strong>i variante <strong>de</strong> traducere a textului lui Lao TzuAbreviations for the <strong>au</strong>thor of each translation variant of the text of Lao Tzu


Add & Lomb [Stephen Addiss and Stanley Lombardo, Title: Lao-Tzu Tao Te Ching, translated, withtranslator's preface, glossary, and pronunciation gui<strong>de</strong>, with paintings by Stephen Addiss, introduced byBurton Watson; Published: Cambridge: Hackett Publishing Co., 1993 ISBN 0-87220-232-1]Alan [Ralph Alan Dale ,The Tao Te Ching, 81 Verses By Lao Tzu with Introduction andCommentary,2007]Allchin [Allchin, Douglas, Tao Te Ching: Classics of Integrity and the Way,2002]Ames[ Roger T. Ames ,Title: Tao<strong>de</strong>jing : making this life significant : a philosophical translationPublished: Beijing: Xueyuan chubanshe, 2004].Ames& Hall [Roger Ames and David Hall Tao De Ching: A Philosophical Translation, Ballanti<strong>ne</strong>, 2003]Ames&Young [Rhett Y. W. Young, Roger T. Ames, Title: Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu) : text, notes, andcomments (by Chen Kuying; translated and adapted by Rhett Y. W. Young, Roger T. Ames), Published:San Francisco: Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Materials Center, 1977]Anonymous [Dutch - English by Anonymous]Aria<strong>ne</strong> [Aria<strong>ne</strong> Rump in collaboration with Wing-tsit Chan , Title: Commentary on the Lao Tzu (by WangPi), Published: Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii, 1979]Armel[Armel Guer<strong>ne</strong> Lao Tseu, Tao Tê King, Club français du livre, 1963].Bahm [Archie J. Bahm,The King by Lao Tzu: Interpreted as Nature and Intelligence by Archie J. Bahm.1958 ,Fourth printing 1967, Fre<strong>de</strong>rick Ungar Publishing Company]


Balfour [Balfour, Fre<strong>de</strong>ric Henry The Tao Tê Ching translated by Fre<strong>de</strong>ric Henry Balfour Shanghai andLondon, 1884, Onli<strong>ne</strong> document 2004]Bod<strong>de</strong>[Derk Bod<strong>de</strong> A History of Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Philosophy, Vol. 1: The Period of the Philosophers (from theBeginnings to Circa 100 B. C.) by Yu-lan Fung (Author), Derk Bod<strong>de</strong> (Translator); Princeton UniversityPress,492 pp, 1983; Bod<strong>de</strong>, Derk, Further remarks on the i<strong>de</strong>ntification of Lao Tzu: a last reply toProfessor Dubs, In: Journal of the American Oriental Society, 64, 1944, 24-27]Beck [San<strong>de</strong>rson Beck, English interpolation,1996]Blak<strong>ne</strong>y [Raymond B. Blak<strong>ne</strong>y, Title: The Way of Life: Tao Te Ching(Wang Bi): The Classic Translation,by Lao Tzu translation; Published: London, New York: Penguin Putnam, 1955, 1983. Mentor Books]Bullen [David Bullen]Byn<strong>ne</strong>r[Byn<strong>ne</strong>r, Witter, The Way of Life, According to L<strong>au</strong> Tzu.New York: Putnam,1944,Perigee/Penguin, 1972]Byrn [Tormod Kin<strong>ne</strong>s 1997 Kin<strong>ne</strong>s, Tormo[n]d [Byrn]: "Tao De Jing - Tao Te Ching" - Interpolation byTormod Kin<strong>ne</strong>s, based on the English versions of Lin Yutang, Arthur Waley and Wing-tsit Chan.http://oaks.nvg.org/re3ra3.html]Translator: T. Byrn (1997) http://www.still<strong>ne</strong>ss.com/tao/ttc_byr<strong>ne</strong>.txtByr<strong>ne</strong> [Byr<strong>ne</strong>, Patrick Michael,Title: Tao Te Ching: The Way of Virtue, Published: Gar<strong>de</strong>n City Park, NY:SquareO<strong>ne</strong> Classics, 1963, Lao-zi: Tao De Jing, Santa Fe, NM: Sun Pub. Co., 1991]Carus [Dr. P<strong>au</strong>l Carus, Lao-Tze's Tao-Teh-king, Chicago, London: The Open Court Pub. Co. ; K. P<strong>au</strong>l,Trench, Trueb<strong>ne</strong>r, 1898; Carus, P<strong>au</strong>l, and D.T. Suzuki , The Canon of Reason and Virtue: Lao Tzu’s TaoTeh King. La Salle, Ill.: Open Court Publications, 1913.].Chalmers [John Chalmers, The Speculations on Metaphysics, Polity and Morality of the Old PhilosopherL<strong>au</strong> Tsze, Published: London: Trub<strong>ne</strong>r, 1868]Chan [Chan, Wing-tsit. The Way of Lao Tzu: A Translation and Study of the Tao-te Ching. Translated,with introductory essays, comments, and notes, by Chan, Wing-tsit, Published: New York: Macillan,Bobbs-Merrill Company, 1963, The Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 62-b21266; Chan, Wingtsit,A Source Book in Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Philosophy., Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1963]Chang [Chang Chung-yuan, Tao: A New Way of Thinking, a translation of the Tao Te Ching, with anintroduction and commentaries, New York : Harper & Row, 1975; Chang, Chung-yuan. Le Mon<strong>de</strong> duTao : creativite et taoisme, essai sur la philosophie, la poesie et l'art chinois / Chang Chung-Yuan ;traduit <strong>de</strong> l'americain par Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong> Elsen. - Paris : Stock, 1979 (27-evreux : impr. Herissey). - 217 p. :couv. ill. ; 18 cm. (Stock plus, ISSN 0154-361X).Trad. <strong>de</strong> : "Creativity and taoism" - ISBN 2-234-01056-X]Chen [Chen, Chao-Hsiu, Tao Te Ching: Lao Tzu's Classic Text in 81 Cards, Boxed Set, translation basedon a version from Qing Dynasty, illustrated with art and calligraphy by Chao-Hsiu Chen, Eddison SaddEditions, Published by Marlowe & Company, New York, 2003; Chao-Hsiu Chen, Tao Te Ching : Lecélèbre texte taoïste présenté sur 81 cartes ,178 pages ,Editeur : Le Courrier du Livre, 2004]Chen E M[Chen, Ellen Marie , The Tao Te Ching: A New Translation with Commentary. New York:Paragon House, 1989; Chen, Ellen Marie, "Tao, Nature, Man, A Study of the Key I<strong>de</strong>as in the Tao TeChing," Dissertation, Philosophy, Ph.D.,Fordham University, 1967]ChengA [ Cheng, An<strong>ne</strong>, Histoire <strong>de</strong> la pensée chinoise, 657 p., chap. II.7, « Le Taodu non-agir dans le Lao Tseu », p. 176 – 199., Paris, Le Seuil, 1997]ChengF[François Cheng, Vi<strong>de</strong> et plein: le langage pictural chinois, Éditions du Seuil, Paris, 1979, 1991;Francois Cheng, Vid si plin; Limbajul pictural chi<strong>ne</strong>zesc, Ed. Meridia<strong>ne</strong>, Bucuresti, 1983; François ChengDes extraits du livre <strong>de</strong> F. Cheng, Vi<strong>de</strong> et Plein http://www.lacanchi<strong>ne</strong>.com/L_Cheng-vi<strong>de</strong>.html ]ChengHong [David Hong Cheng, On Lao Tzu . Wadsworth. Belmont, 2000, ISBN 0-534-57609-5]ChengLin [Cheng Lin The works of Lao Tzyy : Truth and Nature popularly known as Daw Der Jingappen<strong>de</strong>d with chi<strong>ne</strong>se texts and the ol<strong>de</strong>st commentaries; Published by the World BookCompany,Taipei,Taiwan,China,ju<strong>ne</strong>,1969]Clatfel<strong>de</strong>r [Jim Clatfel<strong>de</strong>r, The Tao Te Ching by Lao Tzu , Introduction to the Headless Tao]Chilcott [Chilcott, Tim, Tao De Jing. Lao Tseu - TAO TE CHING Lao Tzu.,Chi<strong>ne</strong>se - English tclt.org.uk2005, pdf, 2005,www.tclt.org.uk/Tao<strong>de</strong>_jing_intro.htm, http://www.tclt.org.uk/Tao<strong>de</strong>_jing.htm]Chou [Chou-Wing Chohan& Bellenteen, Abe (Translators)Tao TE Ching: The Cor<strong>ne</strong>rsto<strong>ne</strong> of Chi<strong>ne</strong>seCulture.Astrolog Publishing House, 2003, 128 p., www.sanmayce.com/,http://home.pages.at/onkellotus/TTK/English_Chohan_TTK.html]Chung [Tsai Chih Chung, Le message <strong>de</strong> Lao Tseu , La sagesse suprême , Traduction collective,Collection Philo-Bédé, Editeur Editions Jouvence , ISBN 2-914395-02-7, 105 pages, 2000]Clatfelter [Headless version Jim Clatfelter, 2000, http://www.geocities.com/~jimclatfelter/jimztao.html]Cleary [Cleary-Thomas Cleary,The Essential Tao: An Initiation into the Heart of Taoism through theAuthentic Tao Te Ching and the In<strong>ne</strong>r Teachings of Chuang Tzu Translated and Presented by ThomasCleary. 1991. HarperSanFrancisco ISBN 0-06-250216-6 ;Cleary, Thomas. Istruzioni <strong>ne</strong>ll’efficacia e <strong>ne</strong>lla regola. In: Sesso e longevità. La pratica sessuale taoistacome via per il be<strong>ne</strong>ssere fisico e mentale (Sex, Health, and Long Life, 1994). “I Piccoli Libri”, Armenia,Milano 1996.Cleary, Thomas. L’essenza <strong>de</strong>l Tao. Tao Te Ching e Chuang-tzu (The essential Tao: aninitiation into the heart of Taoism through the <strong>au</strong>thentic Tao Te Ching and the in<strong>ne</strong>r teachings ofChuang-tzu, 1991). “Piccoli saggi”, Oscar Mondadori, Milano, agosto 1994. Thomas Cleary, 1991]Conche [Conche, Marcel ,Tao Te King, trad, et commentaire par Marcel Conche, Paris, PressesUniversitaires <strong>de</strong> France, 2003]


Condron [Daniel R. Condron, Title: The Tao Te Ching Interpreted and Explai<strong>ne</strong>d;Published: Windyville,MO: SOM Publishing, 2003]]Correa [Correa, Nina, My Tao De Jing (The Path of Love and Happi<strong>ne</strong>ss), translation and commentary,Tao Is Open, 2005 (see also Your Tao Te Ching, 2004]Cronk [George Cronk, 1999]Crowley Aleister Crowley The Tao Teh King (Liber CLVII), A New Translation by Ko Yuen(AleisterCrowley) The Equinox (Volume III, No. VIII.) 1923]Da Liu [Da Liu The Tao and Chi<strong>ne</strong>se culture, New York : Schocken Books, 1979]Dalton [Jerry O. Dalton, Title: Tao Te Ching: A New Approach, Published: New York, Avon, 1993]Derek Bryce [Derek Bryce, Leon Wieger , Tao-Te-Ching The Classic Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Work in EnglishTranslation, Lao-Tzu ,Wisdom of the Taoist Masters: The Works of Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu) , Lie Zi(Lieh Tzu), Tchouang Tseu(Zhuang zi; Chuang Tzu) ren<strong>de</strong>red into English by Derek Bryce from theFrench of Leon Wieger's Les Peres du System Taoiste (Cathasia, Les Belles Lettres, Paris),1984,1991,1999 Liarech Enterprises]DerekLin [Derek Lin The ”Ancient Child” http://truetao.org/ttc/ancient.htm,www.truetao.org/theway/suffer.htm]Dicus [Dicus, John, Tao Teh Ching. English interpolation, 2002, www.rivenrock.com/tao.htm]Dieterich [Dieterich, Wulf, Lao Tseu Tao<strong>de</strong>jing.English & German translations, each character linked toa dictionary (GIF + sealscript characters). http://home.<strong>de</strong>bitel.<strong>ne</strong>t/user/wulf.dieterich/in<strong>de</strong>x.html]Donohue [Donohue, Estra Brian M.A., Poems of the Universe: Lao Tzu's Tao Te Ching, Lulu.com, 2005]Duyvendak[Duyvendak, J.-J.-L., Tao Tö King, Le Livre <strong>de</strong> la Voie et <strong>de</strong> la Vertu, Paris, A.Maison<strong>ne</strong>uve, 1953 1987; The Book of the Way and Its Virtue translated from the Chi<strong>ne</strong>se andAnnotated by Duyvendak, J.-J.-L., John Murray. London, 1954; Duyvendak, J. J. L. (a cura di). Tao têching. Il Libro <strong>de</strong>lla Via e <strong>de</strong>lla virtú; “gli A<strong>de</strong>lphi”, A<strong>de</strong>lphi (c 1973), Milano, ottobre 1994],Edwin [Edwin Sha, "Tao Te Ching" - Translation with some commentary by Dr. Edwin Sha from theperspective of a Buddhist. July 14, 1996]Eiichi [Eiichi Shimomiss, Lao Tzu: The Tao Te Ching / An English Translation, 1998]Eichi KimuraÉracle [Jean Éracle Lao-Tseu, Tao te King, Paris, Albin Michel, 1984].Erkes [Eduard Erkes,Title: Ho-shang-kung's commentary on Lao-tse ,Published: Ascona, Switzerland:Artibus Asiae, 1950]Ettilio [Andreini, Attilio. Lao Tseu. Ge<strong>ne</strong>si <strong>de</strong>l «Tao<strong>de</strong>jing». “Biblioteca”, Ein<strong>au</strong>di, Torino, agosto 2004]Evola [Evola, Julius, Il libro <strong>de</strong>lla Via e <strong>de</strong>lla Virtú, ed. Dott Gino Carabba Editore, Lanciano, 1923;Carabba Editore, Lanciano, 1947;ed (anastatica) Edizioni Arktos, Carmagnola, 1982; Evola,Julius, Lao Tze, Il libro <strong>de</strong>l principio e <strong>de</strong>lla sua azio<strong>ne</strong> (Tao-Tê-Ching), Roma: Nuovapresentazio<strong>ne</strong>,Casa Editrice Ceschina, Milano,1959; “Orizzonti <strong>de</strong>llo spirito”, Edizioni Mediterra<strong>ne</strong>e,Roma,1972; Ristampe: 1987,1989,1992,1995; 1997; Julius Evola, Taoism: The Magic, the Mysticism, Anintroduction to a 1959 Italian translation of the Tao-Te-Ching, translated, with an introduction, by GuidoStucco; foreword by Jean Bernachot, Holmes Publishing Group; Edmonds(Washington)1993,1995;Evola, Julius (pseud.). Le Taoisme, presentation <strong>de</strong> Jean Bernachot ; trad. <strong>de</strong> l'italien par Jean Bernachotet Philippe Baillet; Ed. Pardès, Puise<strong>au</strong>x, 53p., 1989]Fex [Aalar Fex, Tao Te King(Wang Bi), 2006 ]Foucquet [Jean-François Foucquet (1665-1741)Second complete translation into Latin and French]Fukunaga [Fukunaga Mitsuji]G<strong>au</strong>thier [G<strong>au</strong>thier, Andre, Tao Te Ching. Chi<strong>ne</strong>se – English. Images by Penny Dow<strong>ne</strong>s (in: The NomadWeb Site).http://home.pages.at/onkellotus/TTK/English_G<strong>au</strong>thier_TTK.html, www.archive.org/ ®www.nomad.mcmail.com/tao/docs/taote.htm]Gia Fu Feng [Laotse,Tao te king,Translated by Gia Fu Feng]Gia-Fu&Eng [Feng Gia Fu and Ja<strong>ne</strong> English, Lao Tsu: Tao Te Ching, A <strong>ne</strong>w translation, Published: NewYork: Vintage, 1972]Gib-Cheng [Gibbs Tam C., Cheng Man-ch'ing, Title: Lao-tzu, my words are very easy to un<strong>de</strong>rstand :lectures on the Tao Teh Ching (by Zhèng Mànqīng, Cheng Man-ch'ing; translated from the Chi<strong>ne</strong>se byTam C. Gibbs, Published: Richmond, CA: North Atlantic Books, c1981]Giles [Giles, Lio<strong>ne</strong>l. The Sayings of Lao Tzu. London: John Murray, 1905, 1950].Goddard- Dwight Goddard, Laotzu's Tao and Wu Wei translation Brentano's Publishers. New York,1919]Gol<strong>de</strong>n [Seán Gol<strong>de</strong>n & Marisa Presas , Lao Tseu : Tao<strong>de</strong>jing El llibre <strong>de</strong>l ‘Tao’ i <strong>de</strong>l ‘<strong>de</strong>’ Traducció <strong>de</strong>lxinès, introducció i comentaris <strong>de</strong> Gol<strong>de</strong>n, Seán i Presas, Marisa,Editor: Servei <strong>de</strong> Publicacions <strong>de</strong> laUniversitat Autònoma <strong>de</strong> Barcelona, Publicacions <strong>de</strong> l'Abadia <strong>de</strong> Montserrat, UAB/Publicacions <strong>de</strong>l’Abadia <strong>de</strong> Montserrat, Barcelona, 2000, Tao<strong>de</strong>jing. El llibre <strong>de</strong>l "Tao" i <strong>de</strong>l "<strong>de</strong>". Barcelona: EdicionsProa, 2006. (Trans. from chi<strong>ne</strong>se to catalan, preface and comments by Seán Gol<strong>de</strong>n & Marisa Presas).Gong [Gong, Tienzen (Jeh-Tween) 龚 天 任 The Tao Te Ching by Lao Tzu Translated by Tienzen (Jeh-Tween).International East-West University in Honolulu, Hawaii,http://home.pages.at/onkellotus/TTK/English_Gong_TTK.htmlwww.terebess.hu/english/tao/gong.html, www.archive.org/ www.iewu.edu/Lao1.htm]


Gorn-Old [Old, Walter Gorn. The Simple Way, Laotze. London: Philip Wellby, 1904, 1905. Walter Gorn-Old, Lao Tze: The Tao-Teh-King: A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary (Formerlypublished un<strong>de</strong>r the title "The Book of the Simple Way" in 1904) , Published: London: Ri<strong>de</strong>r & Co., 1929]Gu [ Ve<strong>de</strong>ti: Zhengkun Gu ,Title: Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu): The Book of Tao and Teh Published:Beijing: Peking University Press, 1995]Guenon[Guénon, René. Apercus sur l'esoterisme islamique et le taoisme / Re<strong>ne</strong> Guenon ; avant-propos<strong>de</strong> Roger Maridort. –Paris, Gallimard, 1992 (53-Mayen<strong>ne</strong> : Impr. Floch). - 157 p. : couv. ill. ; 19 cm. -(Collection Tradition).ISBN 2-07-072749-1, René Guénon. Tao-te-king, ch. XI. - Cf. L'Omphalos, symboledu Centre, juin 1926; René Guénon, Le Centre du Mon<strong>de</strong> dans les doctri<strong>ne</strong>s Extrême-Orientales,Regnabit - 6e année – N° 12 – Tome XII – Mai 1927]Guir<strong>au</strong>d [Daniel Guir<strong>au</strong>d, in I Ching / Tao Te Ching, Courrier du livre, 1987, ISBN 2702901972]Hansen[Chad Hansen, A Taoist Theory of Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Thought, Oxford University Press, 2000]Hatcher [Bradford Hatcher,Tao Te King(Wang Bi), 2005]Headless version [see Clatfel<strong>de</strong>r Jim]Hardy [Hardy, Julia M., "Influential Western Interpretations of the Tao Te Ching," in Lao-Tzu and theTao-te-ching, edited by Livia Kohn, and Michael Lafargue, State University of New York, 1998]Haven [Haven Marc, Tao Te King. Lao Tseu. Le livre du Tao et <strong>de</strong> sa vertu, initialement u<strong>ne</strong> traductionpar un <strong>au</strong>teur anonyme, éditions Devy-Livres. Paris 1969 Lao Tseu - Tao Te King, le livre du Tao et <strong>de</strong>sa vertu , suivi d'Aperçus sur les Enseig<strong>ne</strong>ments <strong>de</strong> Lao Tseu. Traduit par Marc Haven et Daniel Nazir,Docteur Marc Heaven qui <strong>de</strong>manda, avant son décès, à son ami Daniel Nazir <strong>de</strong> termi<strong>ne</strong>r son oeuvre,éditions Dervy-Livres, Paris, collection "Mystiques et Religions”, 1988, 245 p Lao Tseu, Tao Te King”,trad. Marc Haven et Daniel Nazir, Editions Dervy 1996]Hei<strong>de</strong>r [John Hei<strong>de</strong>r, 1985,]Hei<strong>de</strong>gger [Hei<strong>de</strong>gger Martin, P<strong>au</strong>l Shih-yi Hsiao translation of eight chapters from the Tao TeChing,1946 ; see: "A Dialogue on Language (between a Japa<strong>ne</strong>se and an Inquirer)." in Hei<strong>de</strong>gger, Onthe Way to Language, P. D. Hertz, trans. (New York: Harper & Row, 1971). Hereafter OWL.]Henricks 1[Henricks, Robert G. The Tao Te Ching by Lao Tzu (trad., annot. et intro.)]Henricks 2[Henricks, Robert G., Title: Lao-Tzu: Te-Tao Ching: A New Translation Based On TheRecently Discovered Mawangdui Texts, Published: New York: Ballanti<strong>ne</strong> Books, 1989,]Henricks 3[Henricks, Robert G.,Title: Lao Tzu’s Tao Te Ching: A Translation of the Startling NewDocuments Found at GuodianPublished: New York: Columbia University Press, 2000]Hin-Shun [Yan Hin(Khin)-shun Lao Tzî - Tao De Tzîn, a lui Ian Hin-Şun, Filosoful antic chi<strong>ne</strong>z Lao Tzî şiinvătătura sa; Editura <strong>de</strong> stat pentru literatura stiintifica,1953, 165 pagini (traducere din lb.rusa)Yan Hin Shun — The Ancient Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Philosopher Lao Tse and His Teaching. Publ. Moscow-Leningrad,by AN USSR, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950, Ян Хин- Шун, Лао Цзы. Дао дэ Цзин,Древнекитайскийфилософ Лао- Цзы и его учение; Ян Хин- Шун, Академия Наук СССР. Институт философии. М. Л. : АНСССР, 1950]Hinton [Hinton, David, Tao Te Ching, Lao Tzu. Washington, DC: Counterpoint, 2000]Ho [Ho, Lok Sang, The Living Tao:The Art and Way of Living,A Rich & Truthful Life, translation withannotations ,Lingnan University,September 1, 2002 ]Hoff [Benjamin Hoff, The Way to Life, At the Heart of the Tao Te Ching, 1981]Hogan [ Ron Hogan(previously known as Jesse Garon), 2000]Hond [Bram <strong>de</strong>n Hond, Chi<strong>ne</strong>se (Mawang Dui)]Houang [Houang, François et Pierre Leyris, Lao-Tzeu, La Voie et sa vertu, Tao-tê-king, texte chinoisprésenté et traduit par François Houang et Pierre Leyris, Collection " Points-Sagesses", n° 16, Paris,Editions du Seuil, 181 p.,1949, 1979]Hsuing[Hsuing, Y.T. Lao Tze, Tao Te Ching. Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Culture. Vol. 18. Taiwan: China Aca<strong>de</strong>my, Ju<strong>ne</strong>,1977]Huang C. [Huang, Chichung, Tao Te Ching: A Literal Translation, JAIN PUB, 2003]Huang T. [Huang, Tao, Laoism: The Complete Teachings Of Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu) 312 pp,Publisher:Brumby Holdings, 2001]Hwang [Shi Fu Hwang, Tao Teh Chin: The Taoists' New Library Publisher: Taoism Pub Date Published:1991 ]Hu [Hu Tse-ling. Lao Tzu, Tao Teh Ching. Chengtu, Szechuan: Canadian Mission Press, 1936]Hughes [Hughes, Er<strong>ne</strong>st Richard , “Tao Te Ching,” Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Philosophy in Classical Times. London: J.M.Dent, 1942, 1950; Hughes, E. R., Shikantaza, An Introduction to Zen, by Edited and Translated by E. R.Hughes]Inouye [Inouye, Shuten. Laotse, Tao Teh King. Tokoyo: Daitokaku, 1928]Intoppa [Italian interpretation-interpolation by Francesco Intoppa, 2000]Ivanhoe [Philip Ivanhoe The Tao<strong>de</strong>jing of Lao Tseu, Seven Bridges Press, 2002]Jeff [Jeff Rasmussen, Spirit of Tao Te Ching, Nisi Sunyatta, 2000]JiyuRen [Ren Jiyu, He Guanghu, Gao Shining, Song LiTao and Xu Junyao, Title: A Taoist Classic TheBook of Lao Tseu . Published: Beijing: Foreign Languages Press, 1985, 1993. ISBN 7-119-01571-0]Julien [Stanislas Julien, 1842 Julien, Stanislas, Lao Tseu, Tao-Te-King, Le Livre <strong>de</strong> la Voie et <strong>de</strong> la Vertu,composé dans le vi. siècle avant l'ère chrétien<strong>ne</strong>. Paris, Ed.Duprat, Paris, 1842;La traduction française


<strong>de</strong> Stanislas Julien s'appuie pour les passages difficiles sur le fameux commentaire <strong>de</strong> Heshang gong(fin du II-e ap. J.-C.)].Kaltenmark [Kaltenmark, Max, Lao Tseu et le taoïsme, Seuil, coll. «Maîtres spirituels », 190 p.Paris,1982]Kim [Ha Poong Kim, Title: Reading Lao Tzu: A Companion to the Tao Te Ching with a New TranslationPublished: Phila<strong>de</strong>lphia, PA: Xlibris, 2003]Khin-shun[ve<strong>de</strong>ti/see: Hin-Shun];Kimura [Yasuhiko Genku Kimura, Tókyó 1959]Kitselman [A.L. Kitselman II. ,Title: Tao <strong>de</strong> jing (The way of peace) of Lao Tseu, 600 B.C. Published:Palo Alto, CA: The School of Simplicity, c1936]Kiyoashi [Kiyoshi Miki, Tetsuroo Watsuji, Tao Te Ching]Kli<strong>ne</strong> [A. S. Kli<strong>ne</strong>,Lao Tzu, Tao Te Ching(The Book of the Way and its Virtue), 2003]Kromal [Karl Kromal, 2002 Tao Te King(Wang Bi) ]Ku<strong>ne</strong>sh [Tom Ku<strong>ne</strong>sh ]Kwok [Man-Ho Kwok, Palmer, Ramsay, 1993]LaFargue[LaFargue, Michael, The Tao of the Tao Te Ching: A Translation and Commentary. Albany:State University of New York Press, Suny, 1992; LaFargue, Michael, Tao and Method. A Reaso<strong>ne</strong>dApproach to the Tao TeChing. Albany: State University of New York Press,1994]Lao [Lao C’en. The Way of the Tao: An Interpretation of the Writings of Lao Tzu. La Jolla, CA: Day Press,1980]Larose [English interpretation by Ray Larose, ~ 2000 http://www.Taozang.com/Tao<strong>de</strong>jing.html]Larre [Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong> Larre, François Cheng, Tao <strong>de</strong> Jing : Le Livre <strong>de</strong> la voie et <strong>de</strong> la vertu, Lao Zi( Lao Tzu;Lao Tseu), traduit par : et commentaire spirituel <strong>de</strong> Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong> Larre, préface <strong>de</strong> : François Cheng, DescléeDe Brouwer, Paris, Parution : 14-03-2002; Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong> Larre Lao Tseu, Tao Te King. 1984, ISBN 2226021183(Poche); Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong> Larre and Elizabeth Richat <strong>de</strong> la Valée, Rooted in Spirit, The Heart of Chi<strong>ne</strong>seMedici<strong>ne</strong>.Translated by. Sarah Stang. (Barrytown: Station Hill Press, 1995) 190, 91; Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong> Larre, Il libro<strong>de</strong>lla Via e <strong>de</strong>lla Virtú (Le livre <strong>de</strong> la Voie et <strong>de</strong> la Vertu, 1977). “Di fronte e attraverso”, Jaca Book,Milano, maggio 1993. http://books.google.ro/books?id=Q_dUmISd38YC&pg=PA192&dq=Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong>+Larre&lr=&hl=en#v=o<strong>ne</strong>page&q=Cl<strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong>%20Larre&f=false]L<strong>au</strong> [L<strong>au</strong>, D.C., Lao Tzu: Tao Te King, Published: London, New York: Harmondsworth: Penguin Books,1963; Tao Te Ching, Hong Kong: The Chi<strong>ne</strong>se University Press, 1968, 1982 (éd. révisée; rev. of earlieredition without Chi<strong>ne</strong>se text,); Allan, Sarah (Editor and Introduction), Lao Tzu : Tao Te Ching :Translation of the Ma Wang Tui Manuscripts, translated by D. C. L<strong>au</strong>, Alfred A. Knopf, 1994 Edition]L<strong>au</strong>er [Conradin Von L<strong>au</strong>er]Leary [Timothy Francis Leary Tao Te Ching, 1966, Poets Press]Leebrick [John R. Leebrick Lao Tse, Tao Teh Ching ,Classic of the Way and Its Nature, 1980]Legge[James Legge ,The Tao Teh King or, The Tao and its Characteristics by Lao-Tse; James, Legge."The Texts of Taoism", translation., London, 1881, 1891]Le Guin [Le Guin, Ursula K. with the collaboration of J. P. Seaton, A Book about the Way and the Powerof the Way (Lao Tzu: Tao Te Ching translation), , A Book about the Way and the Power/Nature of theWay, Published: Boston: Shambhala Publications, October, 1997, 1998 Le Guin, Ursula K., Shambhala,1997]Li David [David H. Li Tao <strong>de</strong> Jing: A New-Millennium Translation, Premier Publishing]Lin P.J. [Lin, P<strong>au</strong>l J., A Translation of Lao Tzu’s Tao Te Ching and Wang Pi’s Commentary. Ann ArborCenter for Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Studies,The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 1977]Lind<strong>au</strong>er[David Lind<strong>au</strong>er]LiouKiaHwai [Liou Kia-hway, Lao-tseu: Tao Tö King. Traduit du chinois par Liou Kia-hway, prefaced'Etiemble, Editions Gallimard, Paris, 1967, 1969;Philosophes taoïstes, tome 1 : Lao-Tseu, Tchouang-Tseu, Lie-Tseu Traduit du chinois par Be<strong>ne</strong>dyktGrynpas et Liou Kia-Hway. Édition <strong>de</strong> Be<strong>ne</strong>dykt Grynpas et <strong>de</strong> Liou Kia-Hway. Avant-propos, préface etbibliographie par Étiemble. Collection : « Bibliothèque <strong>de</strong> la Pléia<strong>de</strong> » (No 283), 896 pages, Paris,Gallimard ,1980; Liou Kia-hway, L’oeuvre complète <strong>de</strong> Tchouang-tseu. Paris : Gallimard, « Connaissance<strong>de</strong> l’Orient », n° 28, (1969) 1978 ]Liu Shi [Liu Shicong (Yang Shu'an), Title: Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu); Published: Beijing, China: Chi<strong>ne</strong>seLiterature Press, 1997].Ludd [Ned Ludd, Tao Te Ching]Lynn [Richard John Lynn, Title: The classic of the way and virtue : a <strong>ne</strong>w translation of the Tao-te chingof Lao Tseu as interpreted by Wang Bi, Published: New York: Columbia University Press, c1999 ]Mabry [John R. Mabry, PhD]Mair [Victor H. Mair, Tao Te Ching : The Classic Books of Integrity and the Way. New York: Bantam,1990. ]Ma Kou [Ma Kou, Lao Tseu: Tao Te King – Le livre <strong>de</strong> la voie et <strong>de</strong> la vertu. Traduit par Ma Kou. AlbinMichel, Paris, 1984]Ma Lin [Ma, Lin (2006), Deciphering Hei<strong>de</strong>gger's Con<strong>ne</strong>ction with the Tao<strong>de</strong>jing, Asian Philosophy. Vol16, No. 3, pp. 149–171]


Martin [William Martin, 1999]M<strong>au</strong>rer [M<strong>au</strong>rer, Herrymon, Lao Tzu/Tao Teh Ching: The Way of the Ways ,Tzu, Lao; Translated withCommentary By Herrymon M<strong>au</strong>rer ,Libraire: Ron Ramswick Books, Schocken Books, New York, NewYork, USA., 1985]MacHovec [Frank J. MacHovec, 1962]Marshall [Bart Marshall, Lao Tsu Tao Te Ching, A New English Version, 2006]Matgioi [Matgioi (Albert <strong>de</strong> Pouvourville), Le Tao <strong>de</strong> Laotseu, traduit du chinois par MATGIOI(Albert <strong>de</strong>Pourvourvilles), Paris, Librairie <strong>de</strong> l'Art Indépendant,1894; La via taoista (La Voie ratio<strong>ne</strong>lle). “I libri <strong>de</strong>lGraal”, Basaia, Roma, aprile 1985.]McDonald [John H. McDonald, Tao Te Ching, by Lao-Tzu, complete onli<strong>ne</strong> text, a translation for thepublic domain, 1996]McCarroll [Tolbert McCarroll, 1982]Mears [Isabella Mears, Tao Te Ching, London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1916, 1922; Mears,Isabella (1853-1936), Tao Te King, A Tentative Translation from the Chi<strong>ne</strong>se, 1916 translation, resetwith corrections and revisions by Dr. Mears London: Theosophical Publishing House, 1922, facsimilereprint with introduction and notes by Isabella Mears and with an appen<strong>de</strong>d introduction by P<strong>au</strong>l Tice,available from The Book Tree, 2003]Medhurst [C. Spurgeon Medhurst, 1905]Merel 1 [Peter Merel]Merel 2 [Peter Merel]<strong>Mirahorian</strong> [<strong>Mirahorian</strong> Dan, Florin Bratila, Tao Jian Wen, Cartea Caii si Virtutii, Intelepciu<strong>ne</strong>a Orientuluiantic in opera lui Lao Tseu si rezonantele sale actuale, Colectia Camp Fundamental, Ed. Ioana, 1992,224 pagini, ve<strong>de</strong>ti aceasta traducere completa pe: http://www.scribd.com/essenza_divina ]Mitchell [Stephen Mitchell, Title: Tao Te Ching: An Illustrated Jour<strong>ne</strong>y, Published: 1988, London:Frances Lincoln, 1999]Moran [Moran, Patrick Edwin. Three Smaller Wisdom Books: Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu)’s Tao De Jing.Lanham, NY: University Press of America, 1993.]Moss [Moss Roberts, Chi<strong>ne</strong>se (MWD, Guodian), 2001]Muller [Charles Muller,The Tao Te Ching by Lao Tzu; Translated during the summer of 1991, Revised,July 1997; Yi-Ping Ong, "The World of Lao Tzu and the Tao Te Ching," Tao Te Ching, translation byCharles Muller, with Introduction and notes by Yi-Ping Ong, pp. xiii-xxxi, Bar<strong>ne</strong>s and Noble Books, 2005]Nakamura [Nakamura, Julia V., The Japa<strong>ne</strong>se tea ceremony; an interpretation for Occi<strong>de</strong>ntals, by JuliaV Nakamura; [with combi<strong>ne</strong>d teachings from Tao<strong>de</strong>jing and Zen Buddhism], Peter P<strong>au</strong>per Press, 1965]Ni [Ni Hua-Ching, Title: Complete works of Lao Tzu: Tao teh ching & Hua hu ching, Published: Malibu,CA: Shri<strong>ne</strong> of the Eternal Breath of Tao, 1979]Noël [François Noël(1651-1729) - brought to France by Antoi<strong>ne</strong> G<strong>au</strong>bil (1689-1759) First completetranslation of the Tao<strong>de</strong> jing - into Latin]Nyssen [Olivier Nyssen Lao Tsé Tao-te-king]Org [Org, Lee Sun Ching. Lee Sun Chen Org Lao Tzu: Tao Te Ching Translation Based on His Taoism.Writers Cub Press, 1999. ]Ould [Ould, Herman. The Way of Acceptance. London: A. Dakers, 1946.]Old [Walter R. Old, The book of the path of virtue : or, A version of the Tao-Teh-King of Lao-Tze; with anintroduction & essay on the Tao as presented in the writings of Chuang-Tze / by Walter R. Old.Tao <strong>de</strong> jing. English, Madras : Theosophical Society, 1894]Pari<strong>ne</strong>tto [Luciano Pari<strong>ne</strong>tto Lao Tse. La Via in cammino (Taotêching). “Civiltà antiche”, La Vita Felice,Milano, febbraio 1955. http://www.liberliber.it/biblioteca/l/lao_tzu/tao_te_ching/html/in<strong>de</strong>x.htm]P<strong>au</strong>thier [P<strong>au</strong>thier, Jean Pierre Guill<strong>au</strong>me. Le Taò-té-King, ou le Livre révéré <strong>de</strong> la Raison suprême et<strong>de</strong> la Vertu par Lao Tseu,Ed. Didot, Paris,1938 Traduit en français et publié pour la première fois enEurope avec u<strong>ne</strong> version lati<strong>ne</strong> et le texte chinois en regard, accompagné du commentaire complet <strong>de</strong>Sie-Hoéï, d'origi<strong>ne</strong> occi<strong>de</strong>ntale, et <strong>de</strong> notes tirées <strong>de</strong> divers <strong>au</strong>tres commentateurs chinois (Paris: Didot1838); P<strong>au</strong>thier G., Lao-tseu, Tao-te-King ( Livre <strong>de</strong> la Raison Supreme et <strong>de</strong> la Vertu) traducere sicomentariu P<strong>au</strong>thier G., in" Chefs-d'oeuvre litteraires <strong>de</strong> l'In<strong>de</strong>, <strong>de</strong> la Perse, <strong>de</strong> l’Egypte et <strong>de</strong> la Chi<strong>ne</strong>"tome <strong>de</strong>uxieme :" Chi-King" p.399, Ed.Maison<strong>ne</strong>we et C-ie, Paris, 1872].Qixuan [Qixuan, Liu, Lao Tseu: The Way. A New Translation, The Mid-America Press, Inc., 2002, 38 p.]Ram[Lao Tse/Lao Tze , "Tao Te King"- Cararea si virtutea, 82 paragrafe(I - LXXXII), Elie Dulcu, Aninoasa-Gorj, Editura Ram,1932,(aceasta editie , cu 82 (in loc <strong>de</strong> 81) capitole, este prezentata in paralel cuvarianta <strong>care</strong> o plagiaza [4] Lao-Tze ,Tao Te King s<strong>au</strong> Cartea Cararii Supremului A<strong>de</strong>var, <strong>de</strong> GregorianBivolaru, reprezinta o copiere "imbunatatita si corectata" a editiei publicate in 1932, <strong>de</strong> Editura Ram,Aninoasa-Gorj, intitulata: Lao Tse , TAO TE KING - Cararea si virtutea]Red Pi<strong>ne</strong> [Pi<strong>ne</strong>, Red (Bill Porter) Lao-tzu’s Taoteching. San Francisco: Mercury House, 1996.]Rémusat [Abel-Rémusat, M. "Memoire sur la vie et les opinions <strong>de</strong> Laou-Tseu",première traductionpartielle du Tao-Te-King, Paris, 1823. Mémoires <strong>de</strong> l’Aca<strong>de</strong>mie Royale <strong>de</strong>s inscriptions et belles lettres,vol. VII].Rick [Rick Harb<strong>au</strong>gh, Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Characters: A Ge<strong>ne</strong>alogy and Dictionary, 550 pages , Editeur :Zhongwen.Com ,1998, ISBN-10: 0966075005 http://zhongwen.com/Tao.htm]Roberts [Moss Roberts, Chi<strong>ne</strong>se (MWD, Guodian), 2001]


RobertsH [Roberts, Holly, Tao Te Ching: the Art and the Jour<strong>ne</strong>y (Illustrated), Anjeli Press, 2005]Robi<strong>ne</strong>t [ Robi<strong>ne</strong>t, Isabelle, Lao Tseu et le Tao, Paris, Bayard, 1996; Robi<strong>ne</strong>t, Isabelle, Lescommentaires du Tao tö king jusqu'<strong>au</strong> Vile siècle,Paris : Collège <strong>de</strong> France : Institut <strong>de</strong>s h<strong>au</strong>tes étu<strong>de</strong>schinoises , 1977]Rosenthal [Rosenthal, Stanley (Shi-tien Roshi), The Tao. Cardiff: The <strong>au</strong>thor, 1977; IX 1984,The Tao TeChing. An Introduction by Stan Rosenthal. [“British School of Zen Taoism”] IX 1984 , © ReligiousWorlds~ Revised (August) 2006]) http://www.still<strong>ne</strong>ss.com/tao/ttc_rosenthal.txtRubin [Rubin, Vera C., "Dark Matter in the Universe," [highly readable scientific paper with "DENNIS"cartoon illustrated above, by the astronomer Dr. Vera Cooper Rubin, whose early theories (1974) ondark matter were revolutionary — with exquisite, uninten<strong>de</strong>d parallels to Tao Te Ching cosmology].Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Vol 132 (1988), No 4, pp. 434-443.Sakurazawa Yukikazu (George Ohsawa)]Schmidt [Schmidt, Karl Otto. Tao-Teh-Ching: Lao Tzu’s Book of Life. (tr. fr. German by Leo<strong>ne</strong> Muller).Lakemont, GA: CSA Press, 1975]Seddon [Keith H. Seddon, Lao Tzu Tao Te Ching. A New Version, with Introduction, Notes, Glossary andIn<strong>de</strong>x]Sheets & Tovey [Alan Sheets & Barbara Tovey, "The Way of the Action of the Soul", Tao Te KingChi<strong>ne</strong>se - English by Alan Sheets & Barbara Tovey, 2002]Sorrell [Sorrell, Ro<strong>de</strong>ric & Amy Max Sorrell, Tao Te Ching ma<strong>de</strong> easy. Observations on the Tao. The Artof Peace. Translation and Commentary by Ro<strong>de</strong>ric Sorrell+ Amy Max Sorrell. New Mexico: Truth orConsequences, 2003]Star [Star, Jonathan, Tao Te Ching: The Definitive Edition. New York: Putnam, Jeremy P.Tarcher,Penguin, 2001]Sumitomo [Sumitomo, O., Das Tao Te King von Lao Tse German interpretation by O. Sumitomo, 1945]Suzuki [D.T. Suzuki & P<strong>au</strong>l Carus , Lao-tze's Tao Teh King, Chi<strong>ne</strong>se and EnglishTranslation, 1913Suzuki D.T. and P<strong>au</strong>l Carus, The Canon of Reason and Virtue (Lao-tze's Tao Teh King) Chi<strong>ne</strong>se andEnglish; A translation of Tao te Ching by two promi<strong>ne</strong>nt 20th century Buddhists. Inclu<strong>de</strong>s the completeChi<strong>ne</strong>se text of the Tao te Ching as embed<strong>de</strong>d graphics]Ta-Kao [Ch'u Ta-Kao, Lao Tzu, Tao Te Ching: Translated From the Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Ch'u Ta-Kao, Foreword byDr. Lio<strong>ne</strong>l Giles. 95pp, Fifth impression of original issued by the Buddhist Society in 1937, translation.,New York, Samuel Weiser, 1973].Tan [Han Hiong Tan, The wisdom of Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu): a <strong>ne</strong>w translation of Tao De jing(ThePower of Tao) by Han Hiong Tan,Publisher: Aspley, Qld. : H. H. Tan (Medical), 2003.]Taplow [Alan B. Taplow, Lao Tzu Talks to Be, An interpretation of the Tao Te Ching,First published in1982 - ISBN 0-941758-01-X 1997]Terence [Terence James Stannus Gray (Wei Wu Wei) Open Secret , Hong Kong University Press,TheOxford University Press, Amen House, London, E.C.4, And 417 Fifth Avenue, New York 16, Are TheExclusive Agents For All Countries Except Asia East Of Burma, First printing, April 1965, 1000 copies,©T. J. Gray 1965,Printed in Hong Kong by CATHAY PRESS 31 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Aber<strong>de</strong>enTran Cong [Tien Cong Tran, Phenomenological Interpretation of Lao Tzu's Tao Te Chingby Tien CongTran, Published Authorhouse2001, 2002]Trottier[John Louis Albert Trottier, The Way of the Universe: Tao Teh Ching,The Classic Words of Tao &Virtue,The Laws of the Universe and Power, 1994]Ts'ao [Ts'ao Tao-Chung (Cao Taochong, 道 德 經 , Taoist nun, fl. 1119-1125), Lao Tzu Chu, (Commentaryon the Tao Te Ching), 21 citations, published in Lao Tzu's Tao Te Ching, translated by Red Pi<strong>ne</strong>, MercuryHouse, 1996 (see chapters: 1, 7, 14, 15, 20, 25, 26, 32, 33, 34, 48, 54, 56, 61, 63, 70, 71, 72, 78, 80 &81)]Unknown [Translator: unknown; Title: A Taoist classic, the book of Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu),Published: Beijing: Foreign Languages Press, 1993]Vladimir [Vladimir Antonov, Lao Tse, Tao Te Ching,Translated from Russian by Mikhail Nikolenko,Published in 2007 by New Atlanteans 1249 Birchview Rd Lakefield, Ontario K0L 2H0, Canada ]Wag<strong>ne</strong>r [Wag<strong>ne</strong>r, Rudolf G. Title: A Chi<strong>ne</strong>se reading of the Tao<strong>de</strong>jing: Wang Bi's commentary on theLao Tseu with critical text and translation, Published: Albany: State University of New York Press, c2003]Waley [Arthur Wailey, Title: Tao Te Ching, Published: 1934,Hertfordshire: Wordsworth Editions, 1997,http://afpc.asso.fr/wengu/wg/wengu.php?l=Tao<strong>de</strong>jing]Walker [Walker, Brian Brow<strong>ne</strong>, 1996; Tao Te Ching (The Tao Te Ching of Lao Tzu, 1995). “PiccolaBiblioteca Oscar”, Mondadori, Milano, giugno 1998]Wang [Wang, Robin R., "Zhou Dunyi's Diagram of the Supreme Ultimate Explai<strong>ne</strong>d (Taijitu shuo): AConstruction of the Confucian Metaphysics" [with commentary on Tao<strong>de</strong>jing, Chapters 16, 28, 37, 40,42], Journal of the History of I<strong>de</strong>as, Vol. 66 (2005) No. 3, pp. 307-323]Watters [Watters, Thomas , Lao-Tzu, a study in Chi<strong>ne</strong>se philosophy, Published: Hongkong, 1870]Watts [Watts Alan, Al Chung-liang Huang, Tao: The Watercourse Way(Tao: Calea ca o curgere aapei), Pantheon, New York, 1975; in traducerea lui Dinu Luca: Tao, Calea ca o curgere <strong>de</strong> apa,Humanitas, 1995]


Wawrytko [Wawrytko, Sandra A., "The Viability (Tao) and Virtuosity (De) of Taoist Ecology: Reversion(Fu) as Re<strong>ne</strong>wal," Journal of Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Philosophy, Volume 32 (March, 2005), #1, pp. 89-103. (JCP)]Wei [Henry Wei, The Guiding Light of Lao Tzu: a <strong>ne</strong>w translation and commentary on the Tao TehChing, A QUEST BOOK, Edition: Mild Wear , Publisher: Theosophical Publishing House, 234 pages ,Datepublished: 1982]Welch [Jerry C. Welch(Khiron), Thou Dei Jinn translated by Khiron (Jerry C. Welch), the Kuei-Shen Hsien1998.,Published on electronic media in the United States of America. Written and Illustrated by Khiron(Jerry C. Welch) the Kuei-Shen Hsien. Calligraphy by Walter E. Harris III. Digitally Mastered by ErikStackhouse.,1998 Chi<strong>ne</strong>se (Mawang Dui); ]Wieger [Wieger, Léon S.J., Lao-tzeu, Tao-tei-king, traducere si interpretare in " Les Pères du systèmetaoïste, Sienhsien, 1913. Léon Wieger, Les Pères Du Système Taoïste, I Lao-Tzeu, II Lie Tzeu,III Tchoang-Tzeu, Les Humanités D’extrême-Orient,Série Culturelle Des H<strong>au</strong>tes Étu<strong>de</strong>s De Tien-Tsin, Sociétéd’Édition Les Belles Lettres, 95 Boulevard Raspail, Paris, Cathasia,1913, 1950, 1975. /Leon Wieger-Wisdom of the Taoist Masters: The Works of Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu) , Lie Zi (Lieh Tzu), TchouangTseu(Zhuang zi)(Chuang Tzu); Tao Te Ching. L’opera di Lao-tzu. In: I Padri <strong>de</strong>l Taoismo (Les Pères duSystème Taoïste). “Grandi Pensatori d’Oriente e d’Occi<strong>de</strong>nte. Le Tradizioni”, Luni, Milano, febbraio1994.]Wilhelm [Wilhelm Richard, Tao Te King, trad., Ed. <strong>de</strong> Medicis, 1984; Wilhelm, Richard, Tao Te Ching,trans. H.G. Ostwald. London: Arkana/Routledge & Kegan P<strong>au</strong>l, 1985.]Wing [R.L. Wing, The Tao of Power, Lao Tzu's Classic Gui<strong>de</strong> to Lea<strong>de</strong>rship, Influence and Excellence, ANew Translation of Tao Te Ching from Chi<strong>ne</strong>se into English by R.L. Wing,Publisher: Broadway, ÉditionDoubleway, 192 pages ,1986]Wong [Eva Wong, Li Ying-Chang, Lao-Tzu's Treatise on the Response of the Tao: A ContemporaryTranslation of the Most Popular Taoist Book in China by Eva Wong, Religion - 102 pages Sean (INT)Dennison - Jul 2003, Wong, Eva, The Tao<strong>de</strong> Jing in Practice, in Teaching the Tao<strong>de</strong> Jing, ed. by Gary D.DeAngelis, Oxford University Press, 2008]Wrigley [Wrigley, Ted, English interpretation by Ted, Wrigley,http://www.geocities.com/Athens/Bridge/7687/taote.html,http://home.pages.at/onkellotus/TTK/English_Wrigley_TTK.html,www.terebess.hu/english/tao/wrigley.html, www.geocities.com/Athens/Bridge/7687/taote.html]Wu John [ Wu, John C.H, Tao The Ching,1939; New York: St. John’s University Press, 1961]Wu Yi [Wu Yi, The Book of Lao Tzu (Tao Te Ching). San Francisco: Great Learning Publishing Company,1989.]Xiao [Xiao Min Feng Lao Tseu, La Voie du Tao, Éditions Alternatives, ISBN : 2 86227 243 4,Paris, 2000]Yang [Xiaolin Yang,Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu) A Mo<strong>de</strong>rn Chi<strong>ne</strong>se And English Translation, Six StarPublishing, 2002]Yen [Yen Ling-feng. A Reconstructed Lao Tzu. (tr. fr. Chi<strong>ne</strong>se by Chu Ping-yi). Taipei: Ch’eng Wen Pub.,1976]Yu-lan Feng [Yu-lan Fung A History of Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Philosophy, Vol. 1: The Period of the Philosophers (fromthe Beginnings to Circa 100 B. C.),by Yu-lan Fung (Author), Derk Bod<strong>de</strong> (Translator); PrincetonUniversity Press,492 pp,1952, 1983; Fong Yeou-Lan; Précis d'histoire <strong>de</strong> la philosophie chinoise :D'après le texte anglais édité par Derk Bod<strong>de</strong>;Traduction <strong>de</strong> Guill<strong>au</strong>me Dunstheimer; Préface <strong>de</strong> P<strong>au</strong>lDemiéville , 367 p. Éditions PAYOT - Paris. l édition : 1952, Paris, Éd. Le Mail, 1992; Fung, Yu-lan, Laotzuand Chuang-tzu. In: The spirit of Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Philosophy (translator: E.R. Hughes), London: Kegan P<strong>au</strong>l,1947, 59-80],Yutang [Yutang, Lin, The Tao Te Ching, The Wisdom of Laotze(Laotse). New York: published byRandom House Mo<strong>de</strong>rn Library,1948]Zhang [Thomas Z. Zhang, Jackie X. Zhang, Tao Te Jing in Plain English,104pp, Publisher: Authorhouse,2004]Zhengkun [Gu Zhengkun, Lao Zi( Lao Tzu; Lao Tseu): the Book of Tao and Teh, Peking UniversityPress, Pages: 320, Publication Date: 1995]Zi-chang [Tang, Zi-chang, Wisdom of Tao, Published: San Rafael, CA.: T. C. Press, 1969 ]"Mersul pe apa : <strong>Dezvatarea</strong> <strong>de</strong> <strong>Limitarile</strong> <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> <strong>inoculate</strong>" ;<strong>de</strong>spre <strong>de</strong>programare, <strong>de</strong>conditionare, <strong>de</strong>zvatare"Walking on Water: Unlearning our limitations" About Unlearning,Deprogramming, Deconditioningarticol publicat pe: http://dmtao.blogspot.com/2010/10/mirahorian-retea-taoism-zenacupunctura.htmlhttps://www.facebook.com/groups/awakeningnow/permalink/388572981179180/situri:Other translations of the Tao te Ching onli<strong>ne</strong>http://mysticwicks.com/archive/in<strong>de</strong>x.php/t-195145.htmlTao Te King Versions (http://home.pages.at/onkellotus/http: //www.tao-te-king.org


http: //home.pages.at/onkellotus/TTK/Chi<strong>ne</strong>se_Uni-WB_TTK.htmlDictionar buddhisthttp: //www.orientaloutpost.com/dictionary.phpOutil : Convertir un texte chinois en pinyinhttp: //www.ramou.<strong>ne</strong>t/iphp/romaniser.phpDictionnaire chinois EFEO Pinyin Wa<strong>de</strong>-Gileshttp: //www.chi<strong>ne</strong>-informations.com/chinois/dictionnaire/in<strong>de</strong>x.phpPeter A. Merel. Tao De Ching - Lao Tzehttp: //www.chinapage.com/gnl.htmlhttp: //www.nlc.gov.cn/zxfw/jiangzuozhanlan/zhanlan/dao<strong>de</strong>jing/html/01.htmhttp: //home.pages.at/onkellotus/TTK/_In<strong>de</strong>xTTK.htmlTao Te Ching By Lao Tzu, Laozi, Stephen Addiss, Stanley Lombardohttp://books.google.com/books?id=hXoEv5WpqukC&printsec=frontcover&dq=Tao+Te+Ching+By+Lao+Tzu,+Laozi,+Stephen+Addiss,+Stanley+LombardoTranslated Chi<strong>ne</strong>se Textshttp: //www.a01creative.com/work_<strong>de</strong>tails.php?writing=dao-<strong>de</strong>-jing-way-of-virtueclassic&category=chi<strong>ne</strong>se-texts"The Tao Teh King" or "The Tao and Its Characteristics", translated by James Legge,1891. (Source: Project Gutenberg)"The Canon of Reason and Virtue", translated by D. T. Suzuki and P<strong>au</strong>l Carus, 1913.(Source: Inter<strong>ne</strong>t Sacred Text Archive)"Laotzu's Tao and Wu Wei" translated by Dwight Goddard and Henri Borel, 1919.(Source: Inter<strong>ne</strong>t Sacred Text Archive)http: //www.yellowbridge.com/onli<strong>ne</strong>lit/dao<strong>de</strong>jing.phphttp: //www.duhtao.com/translations.htmlhttp: //www.tao-te-king.orghttp: //translate.google.com/http: //ctext.org/dictionary.pl?if=en&id=98330http: //<strong>de</strong>.thefreedictionary.com/<strong>au</strong>ssch%c3%bcttenhttp: //www.wordhippo.com/what-is/the-meaning-of/german-word-ebenfalls.htmlhttp: //www.babylon.com/affiliates/landing/in<strong>de</strong>x.php?id=12315http: //www.zdic.<strong>ne</strong>t/zd/zi/ZdicE8ZdicB0ZdicB7.htmhttp: //www.mdbg.<strong>ne</strong>t/chindict/chindict.php?wdrst=0&popup=1&wdqchid=%E8%BE%9F%E8%B0%B7http: //cailab.<strong>ne</strong>t/cgi-bin/wordlook.pl?searchtype=chi<strong>ne</strong>se&word=traditionalhttp: //dict.youdao.com/w/%E7%9C%9F%E4%BA%BA/http: //www.ramou.<strong>ne</strong>t/ texte chi<strong>ne</strong>ze adnotateOutil : Convertir un texte chinois en pinyinhttp: //www.ramou.<strong>ne</strong>t/iphp/romaniser.phptexte adnotate http: //www.ramou.<strong>ne</strong>t/zhCadreActualite.htmdictionare http: //www.ramou.<strong>ne</strong>t/di/diTable.htmZhuang Zi | Ch 01《 庄 子 · 内 篇 · 逍 遥 游 第 一 》- Chapitre 1 - Libre Errancehttp: //cjk.elikozoe.<strong>ne</strong>t/in<strong>de</strong>x.php?id=zhuangzi-01http: //www.chi<strong>ne</strong>sedic.com/en/to+fast+or+abstain+from+meat,+wi<strong>ne</strong>+etchttp: //i<strong>ne</strong>dia.info/zhongwen/http: //www.wudangdao.com/TAOISM/yellowbridge/dao<strong>de</strong>jing/dao<strong>de</strong>jingINDEX.htmZhuang Zi | Ch 01《 庄 子 · 内 篇 · 逍 遥 游 第 一 》- Chapitre 1 - Libre Errancehttp: //cjk.elikozoe.<strong>ne</strong>t/in<strong>de</strong>x.php?id=zhuangzi-01http: //www.chi<strong>ne</strong>sedic.com/en/to+fast+or+abstain+from+meat,+wi<strong>ne</strong>+etchttp: //i<strong>ne</strong>dia.info/zhongwen/http: //www.wudangdao.com/TAOISM/yellowbridge/dao<strong>de</strong>jing/dao<strong>de</strong>jingINDEX.htmBibliografie VB1. Bhagwan Shree Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh (Osho), The Book of Secrets. Discourses on "VigyanaBhairava Tantra" ( Vijnana Bhairava Tantra), Poona: Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh Foundation, 1974http://www.livingworkshop.<strong>ne</strong>t/ob-bookofsec-comp.htmlPDF format Complete English texthttp://www.livingworkshop.<strong>ne</strong>t/PDF-files/bookofthesecrets_comp.pdf


Audio mp3's – Discourses complete from The Book of Secrets (BOS)http://www.livingworkshop.<strong>ne</strong>t/ob-bookofsec1.htmlVigyan Bhairav Tantra : An introduction by Oshohttp://www.meditationiseasy.com/mCor<strong>ne</strong>r/techniques/Vigyan_bhairav_tantra/introduction.htmIn<strong>de</strong>x of 112 Meditation techniques of Vigyan Bhairav Tantrahttp://www.meditationiseasy.com/mCor<strong>ne</strong>r/techniques/Vigyan_bhairav_tantra/Meditation_techniques_in<strong>de</strong>x.htmhttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vigyan_Bhairav_Tantrahttp://www.oshoworld.com/discourses/<strong>au</strong>dio_eng.asp?cat=AllVigyan Bhairav Tantra Vol 1 01-40http://www.oshoworld.com/discourses/<strong>au</strong>dio_eng.asp?album_id=38Vigyan Bhairav Tantra Vol 2 01-40http://www.oshoworld.com/discourses/<strong>au</strong>dio_eng.asp?album_id=392. Bhagwan Shree Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh (Osho ), "Le livre <strong>de</strong>s secrets" par, Editions AlbinMichel S.A., 1983, tradusa din lb. engleza <strong>de</strong> Swami Shanti<strong>de</strong>va et Marti<strong>ne</strong>Witnitzer3. Osho, Vijnana Bhairava Tantra, Cartea secreta esentiala a caii tantrice, EdituraRAM, 1997 traducere realizata <strong>de</strong> Sorin Voi<strong>ne</strong>a ( adaptarea textului Angela Mayer siMarius Petre); Titlu original: "Le livre <strong>de</strong>s secrets" (par Bhagwan Shree Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh,Editions Albin Michel S.A., 1983),4. Osho , Cartea secretelor- o abordare contemporan ă a celor 112 meditaţii <strong>de</strong>scriseîn Vigyan Bhairav Tantra; Editura Pro-Editura, Colecţia Osho, octombrie 2011,traducător: L<strong>au</strong>ra Kivu; Alice Haţegan;Titlu original: The Book of Secrets (Raj<strong>ne</strong>shFoundation, Poona, India,1974).1296 pagini ; http://www.eusunt.ro/carte-Carteasecretelor~2251/5. P<strong>au</strong>l Reps, Nyogen Senzaki, Zen Flesh, Zen Bo<strong>ne</strong>s: A Collection of Zen and Pre-Zen Writings, Turtle Publishing, 1957, 1985, 1998; Doubleday, 1989; (Centering, a4,000 year-old teaching from India that some consi<strong>de</strong>r to be the roots of Zen)http://www.spiritual-learning.com/centering-reps.htmlhttp://www.isalovearagon.com/writings/shiva-yoga.html6. P<strong>au</strong>l Reps, Nyogen Senzaki, Le Zen en chair et en os. Textes rassemblés parP<strong>au</strong>l Reps. Traduit <strong>de</strong> l'anglais par C. Mallerin et P.-A. Dujat. Chez Albin Michel -Espaces libres, 1993Pages 181-197: 'L'atteinte du centre'. Il s'agit pratiquement d'u<strong>ne</strong> méditation guidée,pas à pas. En voici quelques extraits:http://www.ex-premie.org/papers-fr/biblio-fr.htmhttp://shiva<strong>de</strong>vi.blogspot.com/7. P<strong>au</strong>l Reps, Nyogen Senzaki , 101 povestiri Zen , Traducere <strong>de</strong> Liviu Radu.Editur ă: Concept Publishing, Colectia: Cogito, Bucureşti,1992, ISBN: 973-95684-0-8.8. P<strong>au</strong>l Reps, Nyogen Senzaki, Zen - cele mai frumoase scrieri, traducere din lb.englez ă <strong>de</strong> Dana Ligia Ilin, Bucureşti : Humanitas, 2009. 198 p.http://www.eusunt.ro/carte-Zen---cele-mai-frumoase-scrieri~1654/9. La adresa <strong>de</strong> mai jos se atribuie eronat calugarului Zen numit C.M. Chen scriere<strong>au</strong>nor precepte pentru intelegerea starilor spirituale incercate <strong>de</strong> discipolii ce practicacontemplarea( ve<strong>de</strong>ti diferenta intre contemplatie, meditatie si concentrare in capitolul 10)In textul <strong>de</strong> mai sus se foloseste culoarea albastru pt aceste precepte, <strong>care</strong> sunttraduceri ale Vijnana Bhairava; http://forum.ioanistrate.ro/showthread.php?409-Esoteric/page3810. Lilian Silburn , Le Vijnana Bhairava Tantra, texte traduit et commenté par LilianSilburn Directrice <strong>de</strong> recherche <strong>au</strong> CNRS, Editeur College <strong>de</strong> France, Publications <strong>de</strong>l’Institut <strong>de</strong> Civilisation Indien<strong>ne</strong>, serie in 8, fascicule 15, Paris, 1961, Editions E. <strong>de</strong>Boccard, 1983.11. Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh (Swami Lakshmana Joo's disciple) – Vijnana Bhairava or Divi<strong>ne</strong>Conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss, A Treasury of 112 Types of yoga, Sanskrit text with EnglishTranslation, Expository Note, Introduction and Glossary of technical Terms Printed inIndia, Motilal Banarsidass, 173 pages First Edition: Delhi, 1979 Reprint: Delhi, 1981,1991, 1993, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2006http://www.abhidharma.ru/A/Simvol/Indyizm/Cadxy/Jai<strong>de</strong>va%20Singh/0004.pdfhttp://mandhataglobal.com/wp-content/custom/articles/Vijnanabhairava.pdf


http://www.scribd.com/doc/91944000/Vijnanabhairava12. Swami Lakshmanjoo, Vijnana Bhairava Tantra, The Manual for Self Realizationrevealed by Swami Lakshmajoo; introduction by John Hughes; 112 different spiritualpractices for entering in the transcen<strong>de</strong>ntal state of conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss; First India (ThirdRevised) Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers, Edition, 2011, 2012;http://universalshaivafellowship.org/usf/vijnana_bhairava0.htmlSwami Lakshman Joo, Vijnana Bhairava: The Practice of Centring Aware<strong>ne</strong>ssby Commentary By: Swami Lakshman Joo, Paperback (Edition: 2002), Indica BooksISBN 8186569359, Pages: 22213. Swami Saraswati Satyasangananda – Sri Vijnana Bhairava Tantra: The Ascent,Yoga Publications Trust: Bihar School of Yoga, India, 2003, "You do not have to bringthe light from outsi<strong>de</strong>.Work hard and purify yourself:the light will unfold from within."14. Dmitri Semenov, Vijnanabhairava or Techniques for Entering LiminalConscious<strong>ne</strong>ss ,Sattarka Publications, 2010 , 198 pagini [ This book gives 112 recipes for attainingspecial, liminal state of conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. It is a translation of an ancient text -VijnanaBhairava]ANEXERECAPITULAREA- INVERSAREA TIMPULUI PRIN CONSTIENTA RETROACTIVA ,DEOSEBIRI FATA DE CONSTIENTA DIACRONICA SI SINCRONICA; DARULVULTURULUI CASTANEDA ; PSIHANALIZA; CATHARSIS; REGRESIAHIPNOTICA ; SVADHYAYA;VB22. Dharana 94 Sutra/Shloka n°119 si comentariul lui Osho la VB [ VigyanaBhairava Tantra ( Vijnana Bhairava Tantra)] in traducerea lui <strong>Mirahorian</strong> folosindvarianta [1] a cartii "Cartea Secretelor / The Book of Secrets" din Bibliografie VB"Cartea Secretelor / The Book of Secrets"


Osho - Cartea secretelor / Le livre <strong>de</strong>s secrets /The Book ofSecretsVijnana Bhairava Tantra ( Vigyan Bhairav Tantra)Calea (doctrina; tehnologia; tantra) <strong>de</strong> acces la regimului direct [ intuitiv; divin;nondualist; holografic) <strong>de</strong> funcţionare ( conştienţă; bhairava) accesibil in urmacentrării in corpul conştienţei (vijnana)O abordare contemporană a celor 112 modalităţi <strong>de</strong> centrare (dharana) <strong>de</strong> trezire(trecere la regimul direct <strong>de</strong> funcţionare) s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> eliberare ( din conştienţa periferică;realitatea secundă) <strong>de</strong>scrise în VB - Vijnana Bhairava Tantra ( Vigyan Bhairav Tantra)intr-o nouă traducere <strong>de</strong> <strong>Mirahorian</strong>VB [ Vijnana Bhairava Tantra ( Vigyan Bhairav Tantra)], este o carte a primitdiferite titluri <strong>de</strong> la diferiţii cercetători, traducători şi comentatori <strong>care</strong> <strong>au</strong>abordat-o :-Practici <strong>de</strong> centrare: 112 moduri <strong>de</strong> a <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong> uşa invizibil ă a conştiinţei / CenteringPractices: 112 ways to open the invisible door of conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss (P<strong>au</strong>l Reps,1957)[5]-Discriminarea realitatii ultime/ La Discrimination <strong>de</strong> la Réalité ultime ( LilianSilburn,1961) [10]-Vijnanabhairava, ori Conştiinţa Divin ă - Un tez<strong>au</strong>r al celor 112 tipuri <strong>de</strong> modalităţi <strong>de</strong>aliniere (yoga)/ Vijnanabhairava, or Divi<strong>ne</strong> Conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss - A Treasury of 112 Types ofyoga (Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh,1979 )[11]-Tehnici (dharanas) pentru accesarea conştiinţei liminale/Techniques pour l'entréedans la Conscience Liminaire/Techniques for Entering Liminal Conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss (DmitriSemenov, 2010).[14]-Manual pentru realizare <strong>de</strong> si<strong>ne</strong>- 112 practici spirituale diferite pentru intrarea instarea transce<strong>de</strong>ntala a constiintei / The Manual for Self Realization- 112 differentspiritual practices for entering in the transcen<strong>de</strong>ntal state of conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss ( SwamiLakshmanjoo, 2012)[12]-Calea (doctrina; tehnologia; tantra) <strong>de</strong> acces la regimului direct [ intuitiv (sattarka )divin; nondualist; holografic) <strong>de</strong> funcţionare ( conştienţa; bhairava) accesibil in urmacentrarii in corpul constientei (vijnana) - 112 modalitati (dharana) <strong>de</strong> trezire (trecere laregimul direct <strong>de</strong> functionare) s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> eliberare ( din constienta periferica; realitateasecunda) (<strong>Mirahorian</strong>, 2012)Nota DM: Despre utilizarea eronata a termenului TANTRA si motivul inlocuirii salecu VBOsho foloseşte formulări <strong>de</strong> genul "tantra zice/ spu<strong>ne</strong>/consi<strong>de</strong>r ă " , iar acest lucru nureprezint ă o exprimare conform ă cu realitatea, din moment ce termenul tantra ( carte,tratat, cale, ştiin ţă , tehnic ă, ţesătur ă ) este in Occi<strong>de</strong>nt sinonim doar cu"sexualitatea". Aceasta inţelegere a termenului "tantra" este fals ă şi pt textele <strong>care</strong> serefer ă doar la medicin ă [ <strong>de</strong> pilda textul <strong>de</strong> baza al medicinii tibeta<strong>ne</strong>, pe <strong>care</strong>-lstudiaza toti medicii, se numeste "Cele patru tantra" si a <strong>fost</strong> predat <strong>de</strong> insusi Buddha/The basic text of Tibetan Medici<strong>ne</strong> is called the "Four Tantras" and was t<strong>au</strong>ght byBuddha himself. All Tibetan physicians study it] s<strong>au</strong> pt textele <strong>care</strong> se refer ă numai latehnologia navelor spatiale si interdimensionale(vimana) [Vimana Tantra, cunoscuta sisub numele <strong>de</strong> Vaimanika Shastra]. Utilizarea termenului "tantra" nu are justifi<strong>care</strong>nici in cazul VB- Vigyana Bhairava Tantra ( Vijnana Bhairava Tantra) ( Bibliografie) ,<strong>care</strong> este un text al shivaismului nondualist din Kashmir, in <strong>care</strong> sunt expuse cele 112meto<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> trezire s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> eliberare din realitatea secund ă . In timpul lecturiitermenului "Tantra", acesta trebuie inţeles drept o prescurtare pentru VB- VigyanaBhairava Tantra ( Vijnana Bhairava Tantra) , o carte a "shivaismul nondualist dinKashmir" in <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong> intalnim cu "STIINTA TREZIRII"( ştiinta transce<strong>de</strong>rii s<strong>au</strong> a eliberăriidin minte, ca realitate separat ă).Cuvântul "tantra", compus din dou ă cuvinte sanskrite: tanoti (extin<strong>de</strong>re) si trayati(eliberare), este <strong>de</strong>rivat din rădăcina verbal ă "tan" (a extin<strong>de</strong>, a prelungi). Astfel,cuvantul "tantra" poate însemna o doctrin ă s<strong>au</strong> ştiin ţă , în <strong>care</strong> u<strong>ne</strong>le învăţături suntcontinuate s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>zvoltate. A inţelege termenul sanskrit "tantra" drept sexualitate esteo eroare fiindc ă semnificaţia sa este : fir, continuitate, urzeal ă, textur ă, ţesătur ă ,succesiu<strong>ne</strong>, doctrin ă, tratat, text <strong>care</strong> expu<strong>ne</strong> aceast ă doctrin ă s<strong>au</strong> cale, tehnic ă ,stiin ţă. Semnificaţia <strong>de</strong> "tratat", "stiinta", tehnic ă s<strong>au</strong> tehnologie , atribuitătermenului sanskrit "tantra", o intalnim in textele <strong>de</strong>dicate medicinii, e<strong>ne</strong>rgiilor subtile(prana, kundalini), centrelor e<strong>ne</strong>rgetice subtile (chakra) ori constructiei navelorspatiale si interdimensionale numite "vimana". [ observaţi c ă nu folosesc "sanscrit"s<strong>au</strong> "casmir" ca in lb. franceza, ci forma <strong>de</strong> transliterare oficial ă a limbii sanskrite( adic ă " sanskrit", "Kashmir")].


Abhinavagupta a precizat <strong>de</strong>stul <strong>de</strong> direct lipsa <strong>de</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntitate dintre tantra sisexualitate atunci cand a afirmat: "Daca tantra ( textele din traditia shivaitanondualista din Kashmir ) ar fi avut ceva <strong>de</strong>-a face cu sexualitatea, atunci măgarul(curul) meu mi-ar fi <strong>fost</strong> maestru "/"If Tantra would have something to do withsexuality, then my donkey (ass) would be my master "/« Si le tantrisme avait quelquechose à voir avec la sexualité, alors mon â<strong>ne</strong>(cul) serait mon maître. »VB22. Dharana 94 Sutra/Shloka n°119In randurile <strong>de</strong> mai jos este prezentata, in diferite variante <strong>de</strong> traducere,tehnica <strong>de</strong> recapitulare expusa in sutra VB 22:Priveşte-ţi trecutul, ca un vis făr ă a te i<strong>de</strong>ntifica/ implica/ Regar<strong>de</strong>z votrepassé dés-i<strong>de</strong>ntifié /Ve<strong>de</strong>re il passato come un sogno : Lasă-ţi atenţia ( faraa te i<strong>de</strong>ntifica) s ă se indrepte catre un loc un<strong>de</strong> se ve<strong>de</strong> ceva ce se întâmplăin trecut; dupa ce elimini orice susti<strong>ne</strong>re a corpului , atunci chiar forma dvs.,isi pier<strong>de</strong> caracteristicile sale actuale si este transformat ă . [DM]/ Las ă minteas ă revad ă cu <strong>de</strong>taşare u<strong>ne</strong>le întâmplări trecute şi chiar şi forma ta, pierzându-şicaracteristicile prezente, astfel este transformat ă . [3] vol.1-p.254/ Laşi atenţia într-unloc din <strong>care</strong> vezi o întâmplare trecut ă, şi chiar forma ta, dup ă ce pier<strong>de</strong> toatetrăsăturile <strong>de</strong> acum, este transformat ă. ([4] p. 241) / Aşează-ţi atenţia intr-un loc in<strong>care</strong> vezi ceva intâmplat in trecut, şi atunci pân ă şi forma ta, <strong>care</strong> şi-a pierdutcaracteristicile prezente, este transformat ă ([8] sutra 94) /Let attention be at a placewhere you are seeing some past happening, and even your form, having lost itspresent characteristics, is transformed. / Placez votre attention sur un évé<strong>ne</strong>mentpassé, et même votre forme, ayant perdu ses caractéristiques présentes, seratransformée. /Que ton attention se porte en un lieu où tu vois quelque évé<strong>ne</strong>mentpassé, et même ta forme, ayant perdu ses caractéristiques présentes, esttransformée./ Fai che la tua attenzio<strong>ne</strong> sia in un punto dove puoi ve<strong>de</strong>re qualcheevento passato, e perfino la tua forma, avendo perso le sue attuali caratteristiche, ètrasformata. /At the sight of a land, when o<strong>ne</strong> lets go all the thought of the remembered objects(and concentrates only on the experience which was the basis of that memory) andmakes his body supportless, then the Lord (who as the experience was the basis ofthe memory) appears. [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ]A la vue d’un certain lieu, qu’on laisse aller sa pensée vers <strong>de</strong>s objets dont on sesouvient. Dès qu’on prive son corps <strong>de</strong> tout support, le Souverain omniprésents’avance. [10] [ Lilian Silburn, 1961 ] ve<strong>de</strong>ti explicatia VB22Explicatia VB22 in comentariului lui Osho la VB [ Vijnana Bhairava Tantra( Vigyan Bhairav Tantra)] se afla in Capitolul 15 si Capitolul 16 ( <strong>de</strong>dicatraspunsurilor la intrebari)Nota DM: Asa cum am aratat in prezentarea noii traduceri a cartii lui Eckhart Tolle:"Puterea lui ACUM/ The Power of NOW" ( http://www.danmirahorian.ro/Despre-Puterea-lui-ACUM.pdf) textele spirituale trebuie redate in original, iar nu doar intraducerea alterata <strong>de</strong> programarea si conditionarea unor traducatori, <strong>care</strong> nu <strong>au</strong> <strong>au</strong>zitsi nu <strong>au</strong> trait in viata lor <strong>de</strong>cat ca fiinte adormite, prizoniere in realitatea secunda,<strong>de</strong>cat ca morti in viata. Analfabetismul spiritual nu poate fi inlaturat folosind carticenzurate prin traduceri simplificate, realizate <strong>de</strong> orbi, <strong>care</strong> nu vad si nu inteleg ceeace spu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>au</strong>torul, ci ceea ce le comanda conceptiile si credintele <strong>care</strong> le-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong><strong>inoculate</strong> in cursul procesului <strong>de</strong> conditionare, dresare, programare s<strong>au</strong> castrare.ve<strong>de</strong>ti articolul : "O realitate separata/ A Separate Reality "http://www.scribd.com/doc/53606252/Capitolul 15 / Chapter 15: Inspre <strong>ne</strong>atinsa realitate interioar ă / Toward theuntouched in<strong>ne</strong>r realitySUTRELE


22 Laşi atenţia într-un loc din <strong>care</strong> vezi o întâmplare trecut ă , şi chiar formata, dup ă ce pier<strong>de</strong> toate trăsăturile <strong>de</strong> acum, este transformat ă. 22. VB22.Dharana 94 Sutra/Shloka n°11922. LET ATTENTION BE AT A PLACE WHERE YOU ARE SEEING SOME PASTHAPPENING, AND EVEN YOUR FORM, HAVING LOST ITS PRESENTCHARACTERISTICS, IS TRANSFORMED. 23.23 Simţi obiectul din faţa ta. Simţi absenţa tuturor celorlalte obiecte. Apoi,laşi la o parte simţireaobiectului şi a absenţei, înţ elegi. VB23. Dharana 97 Sutra/Shloka n°122Explicatia VB23 in comentariului lui Osho la VB23. FEEL AN OBJECT BEFORE YOU. FEEL THE ABSENCE OF ALL OTHEROBJECTS BUT THIS ONE. THEN, LEAVING ASIDE THE OBJECT-FEELING ANDTHE ABSENCE-FEELING, REALIZE.24 Simţi o pornire împotriva s<strong>au</strong> pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, nu o pu<strong>ne</strong> pe seama aceluia,ci rămâi centrat.24. WHEN A MOOD AGAINST SOMEONE OR FOR SOMEONE ARISES, DO NOTPLACE IT ON THE PERSON IN QUESTION, BUT REMAIN CENTERED.VB24. Dharana 101 Sutra/Shloka n°126 Explicatia VB24 in data <strong>de</strong> OshoUnul dintre cei mai mari maestrii ai timpului său, George Gurdjieff , spu<strong>ne</strong>a căi<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a este singurul păcat.Următoarea sutra, cea <strong>de</strong>-a zecea sutra pentrucentrare – pe <strong>care</strong> vom încerca s ă o pătrun<strong>de</strong>m în seara aceasta –, are legătur ă cui<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a.Deci, trebuie s ă fiţi complet lămuriţi cu privire la ceea ce este i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a.O<strong>ne</strong> of the great tantrics of this age, George Gurdjieff, says that i<strong>de</strong>ntification is theonlysin. The <strong>ne</strong>xt sutra, the tenth sutra on centering -- which we are going to pe<strong>ne</strong>tratetonight-- is concer<strong>ne</strong>d with i<strong>de</strong>ntification. So first be crystal clear on what i<strong>de</strong>ntificationmeans.Nota DM: Lipsa prezentei (conştienţei) este c<strong>au</strong>za i<strong>de</strong>ntificării. Tehnica reamintiriiprezenţei ("Eu sunt ") s<strong>au</strong> aceea a reamintirii ca realitatea temporal ă este o lume aefectelor ( "o proiecţie iluzorie") elimin ă şi i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a (aceste doua tehnici suntprezentate <strong>de</strong>taliat in capitolul 5 si 6: Modalităţi <strong>de</strong> trecere dincolo <strong>de</strong> vis). Cuvântulgrecesc hamartia ( ἁ μαρτία), tradus in Noul Testament prin "păcat"( pt a face posibilămanipularea prin culpabilizare şi comerţul cu iertări, indulgenţe), inseamn ă in limbagreac ă clasic ă: lipsa prezenţei, lipsa conştienţei; absenţa; "a lipsi"(atenţia), "a rataţinta (obiectivul)", "a pier<strong>de</strong> marca(nivelul cerut; starea <strong>de</strong> martor)". Cum se afirm ă inDhammapada 2, "conştienţa ( prezenţa; atenţia) conduce la imortalitate; in timp ceaceia lipsiţi <strong>de</strong> conştien ţă (prezen ţă; atenţie) sunt <strong>de</strong>ja morţi"/ As stated in theDhammapada, "aware<strong>ne</strong>ss(attention) leads to immortality, while those <strong>de</strong>prived ofaware<strong>ne</strong>ss(attention, conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss) are already <strong>de</strong>ad"/ "Comme est indiqué dans leDhammapada 2, «la présence (l'attention) mè<strong>ne</strong> à l'immortalité, tandis que ceux quin'ont pas conscience (présence; attention), ils sont déjà morts"/ "Come indicato <strong>ne</strong>lDhammapada 2, "consapevolezza (presenza, l'attenzio<strong>ne</strong>) conduce all'immortalità,mentre quelli privi di coscienza (assenti; disattenti) sono come già morti" [ San<strong>de</strong>rsonBeck , Dhammapada (The Path of Truth ) 2. Aware<strong>ne</strong>ss English version by San<strong>de</strong>rsonBeck http://www.san.beck.org/Dhammapada.html"Aware<strong>ne</strong>ss is the path of immortality; thoughtless<strong>ne</strong>ss is the path of <strong>de</strong>ath.Those who are aware do not die. The thoughtless are as if <strong>de</strong>ad already"]"Atenţia in Acum este poarta către Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu/Attention in the present is the doorwayto God"Atenţia in prezent nu este o aşteptare a lui Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu, ci o intrare in tăramul luiDum<strong>ne</strong>zeu/ Attention in the present is not an expectation of God but an entering inthe realm of God "(<strong>Mirahorian</strong>)"Conştienţa/atenţia/prezenţa in cel mai inalt grad, este acelaşi lucru cu rugăciu<strong>ne</strong>a/L’attention, à son plus h<strong>au</strong>t <strong>de</strong>gré, est la même chose que la prière"(Simo<strong>ne</strong> Weil,Œuvres, Gallimard, coll. « Quarto », 1999, VI-2, 297)


Odinioar ă aţi <strong>fost</strong> copii; acum nu mai sunteţi. Ci<strong>ne</strong>va ajunge la ti<strong>ne</strong>reţe, altci<strong>ne</strong>vaajunge la bătrâ<strong>ne</strong>ţe, copilăria aparţi<strong>ne</strong> trecutului. Ti<strong>ne</strong>reţea a trecut, dar înc ă v ă maii<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi cu copilăria voastr ă. Nu o ve<strong>de</strong>ţi ca pe ceva ce se întâmpl ă altora; nu puteţis ă fiţi un martor al copilăriei altora. De fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când v ă ve<strong>de</strong>ţi copilăria, nu sunteţiîn<strong>de</strong>părtaţi <strong>de</strong> ea, sunteţi una cu ea. De fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când ci<strong>ne</strong>va îşi aminteşte <strong>de</strong>ti<strong>ne</strong>reţea lui, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> una cu ea.Este a<strong>de</strong>vărat, acum este numai un vis. Şi, dac ă v ă puteţi ve<strong>de</strong>a copilăria ca pe un vis,ca pe unfilm <strong>care</strong> se <strong>de</strong>ruleaz ă în faţa ochilor voştri şi cu <strong>care</strong> nu v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi, din <strong>care</strong> nufaceţi parte, căruia îi sunteţi doar martori, atunci veţi avea o subtil ă percepţie ainteriorului vostru. Dac ă puteţi ve<strong>de</strong>a trecutul ca pe un film, ca pe un vis – făr ă a fiparte din el, ca fiind în afar ă…cum, <strong>de</strong> fapt, şi sunteţi –, multe lucruri se vor întâmpla.Dac ă v ă gândiţi la copilăria voastr ă, nu sunteţi în ea –nu puteţi s ă fiţi în ea.Copilăria este numai o amintire, o amintire din trecut.You were a child once; now you are not. Someo<strong>ne</strong> becomes young, someo<strong>ne</strong> becomesold, and childhood becomes a past thing. Youth has go<strong>ne</strong>, but still you are i<strong>de</strong>ntifiedwithyour childhood. You cannot see it as happening to someo<strong>ne</strong> else; you cannot be awit<strong>ne</strong>ssto it. Whe<strong>ne</strong>ver you see your childhood, you are not aloof from it, you are o<strong>ne</strong> with it.Whe<strong>ne</strong>ver someo<strong>ne</strong> remembers his youth, he is o<strong>ne</strong> with it.Really, now it is just a dream. And if you can see your childhood as a dream, as a filmpassing before you and you are not i<strong>de</strong>ntified with it, you are just a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss, you willachieve a very subtle insight into yourself. If you see your past as a film, as a dream --you are not part of it, you are just out of it... and really you are -- then many things will happen. If you are thinking about yourchildhood, you are not in it -- you cannot be. The childhood is just a memory, just apastmemory.Rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi SEPARATI/<strong>de</strong>părtaţi <strong>de</strong> ea şi o priviţi. Sunteţi diferiţi: sunteţi un martor. Dacăputeţi simţi c ă sunteţi un martor, dac ă puteţi s ă v ă ve<strong>de</strong>ţi copilăria ca pe un film <strong>care</strong>se <strong>de</strong>ruleaz ă pe un ecran, se vor petrece multe.You are remaining aloof and looking at it. You are different: you are a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss.If you can feel this wit<strong>ne</strong>ssing and then see your childhood as a film on a screen, manythings will happen.Primul: dac ă copilăria a <strong>de</strong>venit numai un vis pe <strong>care</strong> îl puteţi ve<strong>de</strong>a, indiferent <strong>de</strong>ceea ce sunteţi astăzi, mâi<strong>ne</strong> va fi vis. Dac ă sunteţi bătrâni, şi bătrâ<strong>ne</strong>ţea voastr ă va<strong>de</strong>veni un vis.O<strong>ne</strong>: if childhood has become just a dream which you can see, then whatsoever youarejust now will become a dream the <strong>ne</strong>xt day. If you are young, then your youth willbecome a dream. If you are old, then your old age also will become a dream.Intr-o zi eraţi copii; acum copilăria a <strong>de</strong>venit un vis pe <strong>care</strong> îl puteţi ve<strong>de</strong>a.Este bi<strong>ne</strong> s ă începeţi cu trecutul. Observaţi trecutul şi <strong>de</strong>sprin<strong>de</strong>ţi-v ă <strong>de</strong> el; <strong>de</strong>veniţi unmartor. Apoi, observaţi viitorul, imaginaţi-v ă orice <strong>de</strong>spre viitor şi fiţi martori şi la acellucru. Dup ă aceea v ă veţi putea observa prezentul cu uşurin ţă, căci atunci veţi şti căorice este prezent acum a <strong>fost</strong> viitor pentru ieri, iar mâi<strong>ne</strong> va <strong>de</strong>veni trecut.O<strong>ne</strong> day you were a child; now the childhood has become just a dream and you canobserve it.It is good to start with the past. Observe the past and disi<strong>de</strong>ntify yourself from it;becomea wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. Then observe the future, whatsoever you imagi<strong>ne</strong> about the future, and beawit<strong>ne</strong>ss to that also. Then you can observe your present very easily, bec<strong>au</strong>se then youknow that whatsoever is present just now was future yesterday, and tomorrow it willbecome the past.Dar faptul c sunte i martori nu face niciodat parte din trecut, nu face parte dină ţ ăviitor.Conştientul martor este etern ACUM ; nu face parte din timp. De aceea tot ce sepetrece în timp <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> un vis.


But your wit<strong>ne</strong>ss is <strong>ne</strong>ver past, <strong>ne</strong>ver future. Your wit<strong>ne</strong>ssing conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss is eternal;it is not part of time. That is why everything that happens in time becomes a dream.Reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi înc ă un lucru: <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când visaţi ceva în timpul nopţii, v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţicu acel vis şi, în vis, nu v ă amintiţi niciodat ă c ă este un vis. Numai dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, dup ă cev ă treziţi din vis, v ă amintiţi c ă nu a <strong>fost</strong> realitate, a <strong>fost</strong> doar vis. De ce?Remember this also: whe<strong>ne</strong>ver you are dreaming something in the night you becomei<strong>de</strong>ntified with it, and you can <strong>ne</strong>ver remember in your dream that this is a dream.Only in the morning, when you have awake<strong>ne</strong>d from the dream, can you rememberthat itwas a dream and not a reality. Why?Deoarece dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa v-aţi SEPARAT / în<strong>de</strong>părtat <strong>de</strong> vis, nu mai sunteţi în el. S-a creatun gol. Exist ă un spaţiu liber şi puteţi ve<strong>de</strong>a c ă a <strong>fost</strong> un vis. Dar ce este întregulvostru trecut? Golul este acolo,spaţiul este acolo. Incercaţi s ă ve<strong>de</strong>ţi trecutul ca peun vis.Bec<strong>au</strong>se then you are aloof, not in it. Then there is a gap. Some space is there, andyou can see that it was a dream. But what is your whole past? The gap is there, thespace is there.Try to see it as a dream. 197 of 1083Acum este un vis; acum nu este mai mult <strong>de</strong>cât unvis, <strong>de</strong>oarece, aşa cum visul nopţiidimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> amintire, tot aşa şi trecutul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> amintire. Nu puteţi dovedi căceea ce numiţi copilărie a <strong>fost</strong> cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat copilărie, şi nu a <strong>fost</strong> doar un vis.Este greu <strong>de</strong> dovedit.Se prea poate s ă fi <strong>fost</strong> doar un vis, se prea poate s ă fi <strong>fost</strong> real. Memoria nu poatespu<strong>ne</strong> dac ă a <strong>fost</strong> vis s<strong>au</strong> realitate. Psihologii spun c ă oamenii bătrâni confundă<strong>de</strong>seori visul cu realitatea.Now it is a dream; now it is nothing more than a dream, bec<strong>au</strong>se just as the dreambecomes a memory, your past has become just a memory. You cannot prove reallythatwhatsoever you think was your childhood was real or just a dream. It is difficult toprove.It may have been just a dream, it may have been real. The memory cannot saywhether itwas real or a dream. Psychologists say that old men occasionally get confusedbetweenwhat they have dreamed and what was real.Copiii sunt <strong>de</strong> multe ori confuzi. Dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, copiii mici nu pot face diferenţa. Nimic dinceea ce <strong>au</strong> văzut în vis nu a <strong>fost</strong> real, dar pot s ă plâng ă ore în şir pentru o jucăriedistrus ă în vis.Chiar şi voi, înc ă mai sunteţi afectaţi <strong>de</strong> vis, câteva minute dup ă ce v-aţi trezit dinsomn. Dac ă în vis ci<strong>ne</strong>va v ă uci<strong>de</strong>a, chiar dac ă v-aţi trezit, inima v ă bate cu putere,circulaţia sângelui esteaccelerat ă. Poate c ă înc ă mai transpiraţi, poate c ă înc ă v ă mai încearc ă teama. Acumsunteţi treji, visul a trecut, dar veţi avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> câteva minute pentru a v ă daseama c ă a <strong>fost</strong> vis, şi nu realitate. Când v ă daţi seama c ă a <strong>fost</strong> un vis, şi nu realitate,aţi ieşit din el şi teama v-a trecut.Dac ă puteţi simţi c ă trecutul a <strong>fost</strong> doar un vis – nu trebuie s ă proiectaţi acest lucru,nu trebuie s ă forţaţi i<strong>de</strong>ea c ă trecutul este numai un vis; este o consecin ţă –dacăputeţi s ă observaţi acest lucru; dac ă puteţi fi conştienţi <strong>de</strong> el, făr ă s ă v ă şi implicaţi î<strong>ne</strong>l, făr ă s ă v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi cu el; dac ă puteţi doar s ă staţi <strong>de</strong>oparte şi să-l priviţi, atunciva <strong>de</strong>veni un vis. Toate lucrurile la <strong>care</strong> v ă puteţi uita ca nişte martori <strong>de</strong>vin vise.Children always get confused. In the morning, small children cannot differentiate.Whatsoever they have seen in the dream was not real, but they may weep for a toy<strong>de</strong>stroyed in the dream. And you also, for a few moments after sleep is broken, arestillaffected by your dream. If someo<strong>ne</strong> was mur<strong>de</strong>ring you in the dream, even thoughyoursleep is broken and you are wi<strong>de</strong> awake, your heart still beats fast, your bloodcirculationis fast. You may be still perspiring, and a subtle fear is still there hovering around you.Now you are awake and the dream has passed, but you will take a few minutes to feelthat it was simply a dream and nothing else.When you can feel that it was a dream, then you are out of it and there is no fear.


If you can feel that the past was just a dream -- you are not to project this and forcethei<strong>de</strong>a that the past was just a dream, it is a consequence -- if you can observe this; ifyoucan be aware of it without getting involved in it, without being i<strong>de</strong>ntified with it; if youcan stand aloof and look at it, it will become a dream. Anything that you can look at asawit<strong>ne</strong>ss is a dream.De aceea Shankara şi Nagarjuna <strong>au</strong> putut spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă aceast ă lume este doar un vis. Nuc ă este un vis; nu er<strong>au</strong> nişte prostănaci, nişte idioţi, <strong>care</strong> s ă consi<strong>de</strong>re c ă lumea esteun vis. Voi<strong>au</strong> s ă spun ă c ă s-<strong>au</strong> transformat în martori.Ei <strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>venit martori chiar şi ai acestei lumi, <strong>care</strong> este atât <strong>de</strong> real ă.That is why Shankara and Nagarjuna could say that this world is just a dream. Not thatit IS adream; they were not fools, not simpletons saying this world actually is a dream. Theymeant bysaying this that they have become wit<strong>ne</strong>sses.Even to this world which is so actual, they have become wit<strong>ne</strong>sses.Şi, odat ă ce ai <strong>de</strong>venit martorul a ceva, acel ceva <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> vis.De aceea lumea este numit ă maya, o iluzie.Nu înseamn ă c ă nu este real ă, înseamn ă numai c ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va poate <strong>de</strong>veni martorul ei. Şi,odat ă ce a <strong>de</strong>venit martor –conştient, pe <strong>de</strong>plin conştient, totul se dizolv ă , ca<strong>de</strong>, ca unvis, căci exist ă spaţiul, distanţa, <strong>care</strong> anuleaz ă i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a cu visul. Dar noicontinuăm cu i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a.And once you become a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss of anything, it becomes a dream. That is thereason why the world is called MAYA, an illusion. It is not that it is unreal, but that o<strong>ne</strong>can become a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss to it. And once you become a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss – aware, fully aware – thewhole thing drops just like a dream for you, bec<strong>au</strong>se the space is there and you arenot i<strong>de</strong>ntified with it. But we go on being i<strong>de</strong>ntified.Doar cu câteva zile în urm ă citeam Confesiunile lui Jean-Jacques Rousse<strong>au</strong>.Este o carte rar ă. Este prima carte din lume în <strong>care</strong> <strong>au</strong>torul se <strong>de</strong>zvăluie pe si<strong>ne</strong> însuşi.Orice păcate ar fi comis, orice imoralitate, el se <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>, se <strong>de</strong>zgoleşte, se prezintăgol-golu ţ.Just a few days before I was reading Jean Jacques Rousse<strong>au</strong>'s CONFESSIONS. This is arare book. It is really the first book in world literature in which someo<strong>ne</strong> bares himself,totally naked. Whatsoever sins he has committed, whatsoever immorality, he openshimself up, totally naked.Dar dac ă citiţi Confesiunile lui Rousse<strong>au</strong> nu aveţi cum s ă nu simţiţi cât <strong>de</strong> mult îiplace; se simte extaziat. Vorbind <strong>de</strong>spre păcatele sale, <strong>de</strong>spre imoralitatea sa, el sesimte extaziat.Pare c ă savureaz ă totul. La început, în introducere, Rousse<strong>au</strong> spu<strong>ne</strong>: „Când va veniziua Ju<strong>de</strong>căţii<strong>de</strong> Apoi, îi voi spu<strong>ne</strong> lui Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu Atotputernicul:«Nu-ţi face griji în legătur ă cu mi<strong>ne</strong>. Citeşte aceast ă carte şi vei şti totul.»"Înainte <strong>de</strong> el nimeni nu s-a confesat cu atâta sinceritate.Iar la sfârşitul cărţii spu<strong>ne</strong>: „Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeule Atotputernic, Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeule Etern, împli<strong>ne</strong>şte-mi singuradorin ţă. Am mărturisit totul; acum las ă mulţimea uriaş ă s ă se apropie şi să-mi asculteconfesiunile."Deci, putem s ă presupu<strong>ne</strong>m c ă el a mărturisit şi fapte pe <strong>care</strong> nu le-a comis. Se simteextaziat şi savureaz ă totul. S-a i<strong>de</strong>ntificat.But if you read the CONFESSIONS of Rousse<strong>au</strong> you are bound to feel that he isenjoying it; he feels very much elated. Talking about his sins, talking about hisimmoralities, he feels elated. It seems as if he is enjoying it with much relish. In thebeginning, in the introduction, Rousse<strong>au</strong> says, "When the last day of judgement willcome, I will say to God, to the almighty, `You <strong>ne</strong>ed not bother about me. Read thisbook and you will know everything.'"No o<strong>ne</strong> before him has ever confessed so truthfully. And at the end of the book hesays,"Almighty God, eternal God, fulfill my only <strong>de</strong>sire. I have confessed everything; nowleta big crowd gather to listen to my confessions."


So it is rightly suspected that he may have confessed some sins also which he has notcommitted. He feels so elated and he is enjoying the whole thing. He has becomei<strong>de</strong>ntified.Nu exist ă <strong>de</strong>cât un singur păcat pe <strong>care</strong> nu îl recunoaşte – acela <strong>de</strong> a se i<strong>de</strong>ntifica.S-a i<strong>de</strong>ntificat cu fie<strong>care</strong> păcat pe <strong>care</strong> l-a comis s<strong>au</strong> pe <strong>care</strong> nu l-a comis, iar acestaeste singurul păcat pentru cei <strong>care</strong> cunosc în profunzime modul în <strong>care</strong> funcţio<strong>ne</strong>azămintea ome<strong>ne</strong>asc ă.And there is only o<strong>ne</strong> sin which he has not admitted to -- the sin of being i<strong>de</strong>ntified.With whatsoever sin he has committed or not committed he is i<strong>de</strong>ntified, and that isthe only sin for those who know <strong>de</strong>eply how the human mind functions. 198 of 1083Când a citit pentru prima oar ă confesiunile, în faţa unui mic grup <strong>de</strong> intelectuali, şi-aspus c ă se va petrece ceva cutremurător, căci, dup ă cum spu<strong>ne</strong>a, era primul om <strong>care</strong>se mărturisea sincer. Intelectualii nu numai c ă nu <strong>au</strong> ascultat lectura, ba, mai mult, <strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong>venit din ce în ce mai plictisiţi. Rousse<strong>au</strong> nu s-a simţit în largul său, pentru căsperase s ă se petreac ă ceva miraculos.Când a terminat <strong>de</strong> citit, toţi s-<strong>au</strong> simţit uşuraţi, dar nimeni nu a spus nimic.Pentru câteva minute, a domnit o tăcere <strong>de</strong> mormânt. Inima lui Rousse<strong>au</strong> a <strong>fost</strong>zguduit ă. Îşiînchipuise c ă a creat un lucru revoluţionar, cutremurător, istoric, şi singurul răspunsera tăcerea. Toţi se gân<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong> numai cum s ă scape mai repe<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> acolo.Pe ci<strong>ne</strong> ar putea interesa păcatele voastre, în afar ă <strong>de</strong> voi?Pe nimeni nu intereseaz ă virtuţile voastre, pe nimeni nu intereseaz ă păcatele voastre.Omul esteîn aşa fel alcătuit încât el se simte înălţat, întărit în ego-ul său, atât prin virtuţile, cât şiprin păcatele sale.When for the first time he read his confessions amongst a small group of intellectuals,hewas thinking that something earthshaking would happen, bec<strong>au</strong>se he was the firstman toconfess so truthfully, as he said. The intellectuals liste<strong>ne</strong>d, and they became more andmore bored.Rousse<strong>au</strong> felt very u<strong>ne</strong>asy bec<strong>au</strong>se he was thinking something miraculous was goingtohappen. When he en<strong>de</strong>d, they all felt relieved, but no o<strong>ne</strong> said anything. There wascomplete silence for a few moments. Rousse<strong>au</strong>'s heart was shattered. He was thinkingthat he had created a very revolutionary thing, earthshaking, historical, and there wassimply silence. Everyo<strong>ne</strong> was just thinking about how to get away from there.Who is interested in your sins except yourself? No o<strong>ne</strong> is interested in your virtues, noo<strong>ne</strong> is interested in your sins. Man is such that he becomes elated, he becomesstrengthe<strong>ne</strong>d in his ego, by his virtues and by his sins also.Dup ă ce şi-a scris Confesiunile, Rousse<strong>au</strong> a început s ă se consi<strong>de</strong>re un înţelept, unsfânt, <strong>de</strong>oarece se confesase/ SPOVEDISE .Dar păcatul fundamental rămăsese. Păcatul <strong>de</strong> a se fi i<strong>de</strong>ntificat cu întâmplăriletimpului. Orice se întâmpl ă în dimensiu<strong>ne</strong>a timp este ca un vis şi, dac ă nu v ă <strong>de</strong>taşaţi,nu veţi cunoaşte niciodat ă fericirea.I<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a înseamn ă <strong>ne</strong>fericire; <strong>ne</strong>i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a înseamn ă fericire. Cea <strong>de</strong>-a zeceatehnic ă trateaz ă <strong>de</strong>spre i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>.After writing CONFESSIONS, Rousse<strong>au</strong> began to think himself a sage, a saint, bec<strong>au</strong>sehe hadconfessed. But the basic sin remai<strong>ne</strong>d. The basic sin is being i<strong>de</strong>ntified withhappeningsin time. Whatsoever happens in time is dreamlike, and unless you get unattachedfrom it,not i<strong>de</strong>ntified with it, you will <strong>ne</strong>ver know what bliss is.I<strong>de</strong>ntification is misery; non-i<strong>de</strong>ntification is bliss. This tenth technique is concer<strong>ne</strong>dwith i<strong>de</strong>ntification.RECAPITULAREA- INVERSAREA TIMPULUI PRIN CONSTIENTA RETROACTIVA ,DEOSEBIRI FATA DE CONSTIENTA DIACRONICA SI SINCRONICA; DARULVULTURULUI CASTANEDA ; PSIHANALIZA; CATHARSIS; REGRESIA HIPNOTICA ;SVADHYAYA;


22. VB22. Dharana 94 Sutra/Shloka n°11922 Priveşte-ţi trecutul, făr ă a te implica.Cea <strong>de</strong> a zecea tehnic ă <strong>de</strong> centrare: laşi atenţia într-un loc din <strong>care</strong> vezi o întâmplaretrecut ă, şi chiar forma ta, dup ă ce pier<strong>de</strong> toate trăsăturile <strong>de</strong> acum, este transformat ă.The tenth sutra: LET ATTENTION BE AT A PLACE WHERE YOU ARE SEEING SOME PASTHAPPENING, AND EVEN YOUR FORM, HAVING LOST ITS PRESENTCHARACTERISTICS, IS TRANSFORMED.V ă amintiţi trecutul – orice întâmplare trecut ă. Copilăria, iubirile, moartea tatei, amamei… totul. Priviţi, dar nu v ă implicaţi. Amintiţi-v ă ca şi cum v-aţi aminti <strong>de</strong> viaţaaltcuiva. Şi, când întâmplarea se <strong>de</strong>ruleaz ă din nou pe ecran, când o ve<strong>de</strong>ţi din nou,ca pe un film, fiţi atenţi, fiţi conştienţi, fiţi martori, rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi <strong>de</strong>taşaţi. Silueta voastrătrecut ă este acolo, în film, în poveste.Dac ă v ă amintiţi <strong>de</strong> prima voastr ă iubire, veţi fi acolo împreun ă cu persoana iubit ă ;silueta voastrătrecut ă va fi acolo împreun ă cu persoana iubit ă. Nu v ă puteţi aminti în alt fel. Detaşaţi-v ă şi <strong>de</strong> forma voastr ă trecut ă. Priviţi întregul fenomen ca şi când altci<strong>ne</strong>va ar iubi pealtci<strong>ne</strong>va, ca şi când fenomenul nu v ă aparţi<strong>ne</strong>.You are remembering your past -- any happening. Your childhood, your love affairs,the<strong>de</strong>ath of your father or mother... anything. Look at it, but do not get involved in it. Remember it as if you areremembering someo<strong>ne</strong> else's life. And when this happening is being filmed again, isonthe screen again, be attentive, aware, a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss, remaining aloof. Your past form willbethere in the film, in the story.If you are remembering your love affair, your first love affair, you will be there withyourbeloved; your past form will be there with your beloved. You cannot rememberotherwise. Be <strong>de</strong>tached from your past form also. Look at the whole phenomenon as ifsomeo<strong>ne</strong> else were loving someo<strong>ne</strong> else, as if the whole thing doesn't belong to you.Sunteţi numai un martor, un observator.You are just a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss, an observer.Este o tehnic ă fundamental ă. A <strong>fost</strong> mult folosit ă, mai ales <strong>de</strong> Buddha. Aceast ă tehnicăare multe variante; puteţi găsi propria modalitate <strong>de</strong> abordare. De exemplu, seara,când sunteţi pe cale s ă adormiţi, rememoraţi întâmplările zilei. Nu începeţi cu celepetrecute dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa.Incepeţi <strong>de</strong> acolo <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> sunteţi, din pat – ultimul <strong>de</strong>taliu –, şi <strong>de</strong> acolo porniţi înapoi.Mergeţi înapoi, pas cu pas, şi ajungeţi la prima experien ţă <strong>de</strong> dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă , din momentulîn <strong>care</strong> v-aţi trezit din somn. Mergeţi înapoi amintindu-v ă mereu c ă nu sunteţiimplicaţi.De exemplu, după-mas ă, ci<strong>ne</strong>va v-a insultat.Uitaţi-v ă la voi, la silueta voastr ă, uitaţi-v ă cum ci<strong>ne</strong>va v ă insult ă, dar rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi numaiun observator. Nu v ă implicaţi; nu v ă e<strong>ne</strong>rvaţi din nou. Dac ă v ă e<strong>ne</strong>rvaţi din nou,atunci v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi. Atunci aţi ratat scopul meditaţiei. Nu v ă e<strong>ne</strong>rvaţi.This is a very, very basic technique. It has been used much, particularly by Buddha.There are many forms of this technique; you can find your own way of approachingthis.For example, when you are just falling into sleep at night, just ready to fall into sleep,gobackwards through the memories of the whole day. Do not start from the morning.Startright from where you are, just on the bed -- the last item -- and then go back. Then goback by and by, step by step, just to the first experience in the morning when you firstbecame awake. Go back, and remember continuously that you are not gettinginvolved.For example, in the afternoon someo<strong>ne</strong> insulted you. See yourself, the form ofyourself,being insulted by someo<strong>ne</strong>, but you remain just an observer.Do not get involved; do not get angry again. If you get angry again, then you are


i<strong>de</strong>ntified. Then you have missed the point of meditation. Do not get angry. 199 of1083Nu v ă insult ă pe voi, insult ă silueta <strong>care</strong> se afla acolo după-mas ă. Acea siluet ă adispărut acum.Sunteţi întocmai ca un râu; siluetele, formele curg.In copilăria voastr ă aveaţi o form ă pe <strong>care</strong> acum nu o mai aveţi; forma aceea adispărut.He is not insulting you, he is insulting the form that was in the afternoon. That formhas go<strong>ne</strong> now.You are just like a river flowing: the forms are flowing. In your childhood you had o<strong>ne</strong>form, and now you do not have that form; that form has go<strong>ne</strong>.La fel ca şi un râu, v ă schimbaţi mereu. Deci seara, când meditaţi la cele petrecute întimpul zilei, amintiţi-v ă c ă sunteţi un martor – nu v ă e<strong>ne</strong>rvaţi. Ci<strong>ne</strong>va v-a lăudat – nuv ă extaziaţi.Priviţi scena cu aceeaşi indiferen ţă cu <strong>care</strong> aţi privi un film. Este foarte important să<strong>de</strong>rulaţi întâmplările înapoi, în ordi<strong>ne</strong>a invers ă fa ţă <strong>de</strong> cum s-<strong>au</strong> petrecut, mai alespentru cei <strong>care</strong> <strong>au</strong> probleme cu somnul.River-like, you are changing continuously. So when in the night you are meditatingbackwards on the happenings of the day, just remember that you are a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss -- donot get angry. Someo<strong>ne</strong>was praising you -- do not get elated. Just look at the whole thing as if you are lookingindifferently at a film. And backwards it is very helpful, particularly for those who haveany trouble with sleep.Dac ă aveţi probleme cu somnul, dac ă suferiţi <strong>de</strong> insomnie, dac ă nu puteţi adormi<strong>de</strong>cât foarte greu, acest lucru v ă va ajuta. De ce? Deoarece este un fel <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>rulare, <strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong>stin<strong>de</strong>re a minţii. Când v ă întoarceţi în timp, <strong>de</strong>rulaţi mintea. Dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, începeţi săo rulaţi, iar mintea <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> prins ă în multe lucruri, în multe locuri. Neterminate,incomplete, multe lucruri v ă rămân în minte, pe <strong>care</strong> nu le puteţi lăsa s ă se aşezechiar în momentul în <strong>care</strong> se petrec.Deci, în timpul nopţii, reveniţi asupra lor. Este un proces <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>rulare. Şi când ajungeţiînapoi la momentul dimi<strong>ne</strong>ţii, la momentul în <strong>care</strong> eraţi în pat, la primul lucru pe <strong>care</strong>l-aţi făcut dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, veţi avea din nou acea minte proaspăt ă pe <strong>care</strong> aţi avut-odimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa. Şi veţi putea adormi la fel <strong>de</strong> uşor ca un prunc.If you have any trouble with sleep, insomnia, sleepless<strong>ne</strong>ss, if you find it difficult to fallinto sleep, this will help <strong>de</strong>eply. Why? Bec<strong>au</strong>se this is an unwinding of the mind. Whenyou go back you are unwinding the mind. In the morning you start winding, and themindbecomes tangled in many things, in many places. Unfinished and incomplete, manythings will remain on the mind, and there is no time to let them settle at the verymomentthat they happen.So in the night go back. This is an unwinding process. And when you will be gettingback to the morning when you were just on your bed, to the first thing in the morning,you will again have the same fresh mind that you had in the morning.And then you can fall asleep like a very small child.Puteţi folosi aceast ă tehnic ă <strong>de</strong> revenire în trecut pentru întreaga voastr ă via ţă.Mahavira a folosit foarte mult aceast ă TEHNIC Ă A ÎNTOARCERII.RECAPITULARIIIn America exist ă acum o miş<strong>care</strong> numit ă dia<strong>ne</strong>tic ă. A<strong>de</strong>pţii ei folosescaceast ă metod ă şi o găsesc foarte util ă. Ei spun c ă toate bolile <strong>de</strong> <strong>care</strong>suferiţi sunt numai rămăşiţe din trecut.Şi <strong>au</strong> dreptate. Dac ă puteţi s ă v ă întoarceţi în timp şi s ă v ă <strong>de</strong>rulaţi întreaga via ţă ,odat ă cu acea <strong>de</strong>rulare, este posibil ca toate bolile voastre s ă dispar ă cu totul.You can use this technique of going back for your whole life also. Mahavir used thistechnique of going back very much. And now there is a movement in America calleddia<strong>ne</strong>tics. They are using this method and finding it very, very useful. This movement,dia<strong>ne</strong>tics, says that all your diseases are just hangovers of the past. And they areright. Ifyou can go backwards and unwind your whole life, with that unwinding many diseases


will disappear completely.Este un fapt dovedit <strong>de</strong> foarte multe întâmplări pli<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong> succes; sunt multe cazuri în<strong>care</strong> s-<strong>au</strong> înregistrat succese. Multe persoa<strong>ne</strong> sufer ă <strong>de</strong> o anumit ă boal ă şi nimic nu leajut ă, nici psihologii, nici medicii; boala progreseaz ă. Boala pare a fi psihologic ă.And this has been proven by so many successful inci<strong>de</strong>nts;there are so many successful cases now.So many persons suffer from a particular disease, and nothing physiological, nothingmedical helps; the disease continues. The disease seems to be psychological.Ce putem face în legătur ă cu asta? A spu<strong>ne</strong> cuiva c ă boala lui este psihologic ă nuajut ă. Mai <strong>de</strong>grab ă poate s ă strice, căci nimănui nu-i ca<strong>de</strong> bi<strong>ne</strong> când i se spu<strong>ne</strong> aşaceva. Şi, atunci, ce este <strong>de</strong> făcut? Se simte <strong>ne</strong>ajutorat.Aceast ă întoarcere în timp este o metod ă miraculoas ă.What to do about it? To say to someo<strong>ne</strong> that his disease is psychological is no help.Rather, it mayprove harmful, bec<strong>au</strong>se no o<strong>ne</strong> feels good when you say his disease is psychological.What can he do then? He feels he is helpless.This going backwards is a miraculous method.Dac ă v ă întoarceţi încet – <strong>de</strong>rulând încet mintea pân ă la primul moment în <strong>care</strong> aapărut boala –,dac ă v ă întoarceţi treptat la momentul în <strong>care</strong> v-a atacat boala, dac ă ajungeţi lamomentul acela, atunci veţi ajunge s ă v ă daţi seama c ă boala este, <strong>de</strong> fapt, uncomplex <strong>de</strong> lucruri, <strong>de</strong> chestii psihologice. Prin întoarcerea în timp, acele lucruri vorIESI LA SUPRAFATA.If you go back slowly -- slowly unwinding the mind to the first moment when thisdisease happe<strong>ne</strong>d -- if by and by you go back to when for the first time you wereattacked by this disease, if you can unwind to that moment, you will come to knowthat this disease is basically a complex of certain other things, certain psychologicalthings.By going back those things will bubble up.Dac ă veţi trece prin momentul în <strong>care</strong> boala v-a atacat pentru prima dat ă, v ă daţiseama, dintr-odat ă , <strong>care</strong> sunt factorii psihologici <strong>care</strong> <strong>au</strong> contribuit la <strong>de</strong>clanşarea ei.Şi nu trebuie s ă faceţi nimic, trebuie numai s ă fiţi conştienţi <strong>de</strong> acei factori psihologicişi s ă v ă întoarceţi în timp. Multe boli dispar, pur şi simplu, ca urmare a ruperii aceluicomplex. In momentul în <strong>care</strong> aţi <strong>de</strong>venit conştienţi <strong>de</strong> complex, nu mai este <strong>ne</strong>voie<strong>de</strong> el; sunteţi curăţaţi <strong>de</strong> el, sunteţi purificaţi.If you pass through that moment when the disease first attacked you, sud<strong>de</strong>nly youwillbecome aware of what psychological factors contributed to it. And you are not to doanything, you are just to be aware of those psychological factors and go onbackwards.Many diseases simply disappear from you bec<strong>au</strong>se the complex is broken. When youhave become aware of the complex, then there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed of it; you are clea<strong>ne</strong>d of it,purged.Acesta este un catharsis profund. Şi, dac ă faceţi acest lucru zilnic, veţi simţi în voi onou ă sănătate, o nou ă prospeţime.This is a <strong>de</strong>ep catharsis. And if you can do it daily, you will feel a <strong>ne</strong>w health, a <strong>ne</strong>wfresh<strong>ne</strong>ss coming to you.Şi, dac ă îi puteţi învăţa pe copii s ă fac ă zilnic acest lucru, trecutul nu le va fi niciodatăo povar ă.Nu vor avea niciodat ă <strong>ne</strong>voie s ă se întoarc ă în trecut, vor fi mereu aici şi acum. Nimicdin trecut nu va plana asupra lor.And if we can teach children to do it daily, they will <strong>ne</strong>ver be bur<strong>de</strong><strong>ne</strong>d by their past.They will not <strong>ne</strong>ed ever to go to the past, they will be always here and now. Therewon't be any hang-up; nothing will be hovering over them from the past. 200 of 1083


Puteţi face zilnic acest lucru. V ă va da o nou ă viziu<strong>ne</strong> asupra întoarcerii înapoi. Minteaar vrea săînceap ă cu dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, dar reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi, atunci nu ar mai fi <strong>de</strong>rulare înapoi. Mai <strong>de</strong>grab ă ,toate vor fi accentuate. Dac ă începeţi cu dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, <strong>de</strong>mersul este greşit.You can do it daily. It will give you a <strong>ne</strong>w insight for going backward through the wholeday. The mind would like to start from the morning, but remember, then there is nounwinding. Rather, the whole thing is re-emphasized. If you start from the morning,youare doing a very wrong thing.Sunt mulţi aşa-zişi învăţători în India, <strong>care</strong> v ă sugereaz ă s ă faceţi acest lucru – săreflectaţi asupra întregii zile – şi v ă recomand ă s ă începeţi cu dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa.Este greşit şi dăunător, căci atunci daţi mai mult ă greutate celor petrecute şi adânciţicapcana în <strong>care</strong> v ă aflaţi.There are many so-called teachers in India who suggest to do it -- to reflect on thewhole day -- and they always say to do it again from the morning. That is wrong andharmful,bec<strong>au</strong>se then you are re-emphasizing the whole thing and the trap will be <strong>de</strong>epe<strong>ne</strong>d.Nu <strong>de</strong>rulaţi niciodat ă începând cu cele petrecute <strong>de</strong> dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă, începeţi <strong>de</strong>rularea cumomentul în <strong>care</strong> v ă aflaţi, seara în pat, şi <strong>de</strong>rulaţi înapoi. Numai aşa puteţi curăţa,purifica totul. Mintea ar vrea s ă înceap ă <strong>de</strong>rularea cu cele petrecute <strong>de</strong> dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă ,<strong>de</strong>oarece este mai uşor; mintea ştie acest lucru. Dac ă începeţi <strong>de</strong>rularea invers ă ,dintr-odat ă simţiţi c ă aţi făcut un salt în dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă şi c ă aţi început s ă <strong>de</strong>rulaţi înainte.Fiţi atenţi, nu faceţi acest lucru.Never go from the morning to the evening, always go backward. Only then can youcleanthe whole thing, purge the whole thing. The mind would like to start from the morningbec<strong>au</strong>se it is easy: the mind knows it and there is no problem. If you start goingbackward, sud<strong>de</strong>nly you will feel you have jumped into the morning and you havestartedgoing forward again. Do not do that -- be aware, go back.V ă puteţi antrena mintea s ă se întoarc ă şi prin alte modalităţi. Inapoi <strong>de</strong> la 100 – 99,98, 97… înapoi. Număraţi <strong>de</strong> la o sut ă la unu. Nu vi se va părea uşor, <strong>de</strong>oarece minteaeste obişnuit ă s ă numere <strong>de</strong> la unu la o sut ă, nu invers. În acelaşi fel trebuie sămergeţi înapoi şi cu aceast ă tehnic ă.You can train your mind to go back through other things also. Just go back from ahundred -- 99, 98, 97... go back. Go from a hundred to o<strong>ne</strong>, backwards. You will feel adifficulty bec<strong>au</strong>se the mind has a habit to go from o<strong>ne</strong> to hundred, <strong>ne</strong>ver from ahundredto o<strong>ne</strong>. In the same way you have to go backward with this technique.Ce se va întâmpla? Derulând înapoi întâmplările, <strong>de</strong>rulând mintea, <strong>de</strong>veniţi un martor.Ve<strong>de</strong>ţi ce vi s-a întâmplat din postura unui martor. Nu vi se mai întâmpl ă vou ă , voisunteţi numai un observator, totul se întâmpl ă pe ecranul minţii.What will happen? Going backward, unwinding the mind, you are a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. You areseeing things that happe<strong>ne</strong>d to you, but now they are not happening to you. Now youare just an observer and they are happening on the screen of the mind.Făcând acest lucru zilnic, într-o zi ajungeţi s ă v ă daţi seama c ă în timpul zilei, laserviciu, la pia ţă s<strong>au</strong> oriun<strong>de</strong>, puteţi fi un martor la ceea ce vi se întâmpl ă.Dac ă mai târziu veţi putea fi martori, dac ă v ă veţi putea uita ca observatori lamomentul în <strong>care</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong>va v-a insultat, făr ă s ă v ă e<strong>ne</strong>rvaţi, atunci <strong>de</strong> ce s ă nu puteţi fimartori la ceea ce se întâmpl ă chiar în acest moment?While doing this daily, sud<strong>de</strong>nly o<strong>ne</strong> day you will become aware during the day, whileworking in the market, in your office or anywhere, that you can be a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss to eventsthat are happening just now. If you can be a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss later on, and look back atsomeo<strong>ne</strong>who had insulted you without becoming angry about it, why not right now, to what ispresently happening?Ci<strong>ne</strong>va v ă insult ă: în ce const ă dificultatea? V ă puteţi trage <strong>de</strong>oparte şi puteţi ve<strong>de</strong>acum ci<strong>ne</strong>va v ă insult ă, şi totuşi sunteţi separaţi <strong>de</strong> corpul vostru, <strong>de</strong> mintea voastr ă ,


<strong>de</strong> ceea ce este insultat. Puteţi fi martori la ceea ce se petrece. Şi, dac ă puteţi fimartori, atunci nu v ă veţi e<strong>ne</strong>rva; atunci este imposibil s ă v ă e<strong>ne</strong>rvaţi.Mânia este posibil ă numai atunci când v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi.Dac ă nu v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi, mânia este imposibil ă – mânia înseamn ă i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>.Someo<strong>ne</strong> is insulting you: what is the difficulty? You can pull yourself asi<strong>de</strong> just nowand you can see that someo<strong>ne</strong> is insulting you, and still you are different from yourbody,from your mind, from that which is insulted.You can wit<strong>ne</strong>ss it. If you can be a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss to this, you will not get angry; then it isimpossible. Anger is possible only when you are i<strong>de</strong>ntified. If you are not i<strong>de</strong>ntified,anger is impossible -- anger means i<strong>de</strong>ntification.Aceast ă tehnic ă spu<strong>ne</strong> s ă priviţi la toate întâmplările din trecut – forma voastr ă va fiacolo. Sutra spu<strong>ne</strong>: forma voastr ă, nu voi. Voi nu aţi <strong>fost</strong> niciodat ă acolo.Mereu a <strong>fost</strong> implicat ă numai forma voastr ă; voi nu aţi <strong>fost</strong> niciodat ă implicaţi. Atuncicând m ă insultaţi, nu m ă insultaţi pe mi<strong>ne</strong>. Nu m ă puteţi insulta pe mi<strong>ne</strong>, puteţi insultanumai forma. Forma <strong>care</strong> sunt este aici numai acum, pentru ti<strong>ne</strong>. Poţi s ă insulţiaceast ă form ă, iar eu m ă pot <strong>de</strong>taşa <strong>de</strong> ea. De aceea hinduşii <strong>au</strong> insistat mereu pe<strong>de</strong>taşarea <strong>de</strong> form ă şi <strong>de</strong> nume. Voi nu sunteţi nici forma voastr ă , nici numele vostru.Voi sunteţi conştientul <strong>care</strong> cunoaşte forma şi numele, iarconştientul este diferit, total diferit.This technique says, look at any happening of the past -- your form will be there. Thesutra says your form, not you. You were <strong>ne</strong>ver there. Always your form is involved;youare <strong>ne</strong>ver involved. When you insult me, you do not insult ME. You cannot insult me,you can insult only the form. The form which I am is there just here and now for you.You can insult that form and I can <strong>de</strong>tach myself from the form. That is why Hindushavealways been insisting on being <strong>de</strong>tached from name and form. You are <strong>ne</strong>ither yournamenor your form. You are the conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss who knows the form and the name, and theconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss is different, totally different.Dar este foarte greu. Deci începeţi cu trecutul, şi va fi uşor, căci acum trecutul nu maireprezint ă o urgen ţă. Ci<strong>ne</strong>va v-a insultat acum douăzeci <strong>de</strong> ani, <strong>de</strong>ci nu mai este niciourgen ţă. Omul <strong>care</strong> v-a insultat poate c ă a şi murit între timp, şi atunci totul s-aterminat. Este numai o întâmplare moart ă din trecut; este uşor s ă fim conştienţi <strong>de</strong> ea.Şi, odat ă ce aţi <strong>de</strong>venit conştienţi, nu mai este greu s ă faceţi acelaşi lucru şi cu ceeace se întâmpl ă acum şi aici.Este greu s ă începeţi <strong>de</strong> aici şi <strong>de</strong> acum. Problema este atât <strong>de</strong> urgent ă şi atât <strong>de</strong>recent ă, încât nu aveţi spaţiu <strong>de</strong> miş<strong>care</strong>.But it is difficult. So start with the past, then it is easy, bec<strong>au</strong>se now, with the pastthere isno urgency. Someo<strong>ne</strong> insulted you twenty years back, so there is no urgency in it. Theman may have died and everything is finished. It is just a <strong>de</strong>ad affair, just <strong>de</strong>ad fromthepast; it is easy to be aware of it. But once you can become aware there is no difficultyindoing the same with what is happening just here and now.But to start from here and now is difficult. The problem is so urgent and it is so <strong>ne</strong>arthatthere is no space to move. 201 of 1083Este greu s ă creaţi un spaţiu şi s ă v ă în<strong>de</strong>părtaţi <strong>de</strong> inci<strong>de</strong>nt. Aceast ă sutra v ă spu<strong>ne</strong>s ă începeţi cu trecutul: priviţi-v ă propria form ă, <strong>de</strong>taşaţi, retraşi, diferiţi, şi prin ea,schimbaţi-v ă.Veţi fi transformaţi prin ea <strong>de</strong>oarece este o purifi<strong>care</strong> profund ă , o <strong>de</strong>rulare. Atunciputeţi s ă ştiţi cătrupul vostru, mintea voastr ă, existenţa voastr ă în timp nu sunt o realitate esenţial ă.It is difficult to create space and move away from the inci<strong>de</strong>nt. That is why the sutrasaysto start with the past: look at your own form, <strong>de</strong>tached, standing aloof and different,andbe transformed through it.


You will be transformed through it bec<strong>au</strong>se it is a <strong>de</strong>ep cleaning, an unwinding. Thenyoucan know that your body, your mind, your existence in time are not your basic reality.Realitatea fundamental ă este diferit ă. Lucrurile vin şi trec peste ea făr ă s ă o ating ă .Rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi inocenţi, <strong>ne</strong>atinşi; rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi virgini.Totul trece, viaţa toat ă trece; bi<strong>ne</strong>le şi răul, succesul şi eşecul, l<strong>au</strong>da şi acuzele – toatetrec. Boala şi moartea, ti<strong>ne</strong>reţea şi bătrâ<strong>ne</strong>ţea, naşterea şi moartea, toate trec şi nuv ă ating.Dar cum s ă ajungeţi s ă cunoaşteţi realitatea <strong>ne</strong>atins ă din voi? Acesta este scopulacestei tehnici. Începeţi cu trecutul. Exist ă un gol, un spaţiu liber, când priviţi latrecutul vostru; perspectiva este posibil ă. S<strong>au</strong> priviţi spre viitor. Dar este greu <strong>de</strong> privitîn viitor. Sunt puţini oamenii pentru <strong>care</strong> privitul în viitor nu este greu – pentru poeţi,pentru oamenii cu imaginaţie, <strong>care</strong> pot privi în viitor aşa cum privesc realitatea. Dar,în mod obişnuit, trecutul este mai util pentru a fi folosit în aceast ă tehnic ă; puteţi priviîn trecut. Pentru ti<strong>ne</strong>ri, privitul în viitor ar putea fi un lucru bun. Pentru ei,este mai uşor s ă priveasc ă în viitor, <strong>de</strong>oarece ti<strong>ne</strong>reţea priveşte spre viitor.The substantial reality is different. Things come and go upon it without touching it intheleast. You remain innocent, untouched; you remain virgin. The whole thing passes, thewhole life passes: good and bad, success and failure, praise and blame -- everythingpasses. Disease and health, youth and old age, birth and <strong>de</strong>ath -- everything passes,andyou are untouched by it.But how to know this untouched reality within you? That is the purpose of thistechnique.Start with the past. There is a gap when you look at your past; the perspective ispossible.Or look at the future. But to look at the future is difficult. Only for a few persons isobserving the future not difficult -- for poets, for people with imagination who can lookinto the future as if they are looking at reality. But ordinarily the past is good to use;youcan look into the past. For young men it may be good to look into the future. It iseasierfor them to look into the future bec<strong>au</strong>se youth is future-oriented.Pentru oamenii în vârst ă, nu exist ă viitor, exist ă numai moarte. Ei nu pot privi spreviitor; se tem. De aceea oamenii în vârst ă se gân<strong>de</strong>sc numai la trecut. Se întorcmereu, mereu în trecut, dar fac aceeaşi greşeal ă.Încep dinspre trecut spre prezent – iar acest lucru este greşit: ar trebui s ă <strong>de</strong>rulezeinvers.Dac ă pot face acest lucru <strong>de</strong> mai multe ori, încet-încet, încep s ă simt ă c ă sunt curăţaţi,spălaţi,eliberaţi <strong>de</strong> trecut. Şi-atunci, un om poate s ă moar ă făr ă ca trecutul s ă mai atâr<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>el. Şi ci<strong>ne</strong> moare în acest fel moare conştient; va muri <strong>de</strong>plin conştient.Moartea nu va mai fi moarte. Mai <strong>de</strong>grab ă, va fi o întâlnire cu <strong>ne</strong>-moartea.For old men there is no future except <strong>de</strong>ath.They cannot look into the future; they are afraid. That is why old men always startthinking about the past. They always go again and again into their memories, but theycommit the same mistake. They start from the past toward their present state ofbeing --that is wrong, they should go backward.If they can go backward many times, by and by they will feel that their whole past iswashed away from them. And then a person can die without the past clinging to him.Ifyou can die without the past clinging to you, you will die consciously; you will die fullyaware. Then <strong>de</strong>ath will not be a <strong>de</strong>ath to you. Rather, it will be a meeting with the<strong>de</strong>athless.Curăţaţi-v ă conştientul <strong>de</strong> profunzimile trecutului, şi întreaga voastr ă fiin ţă se vatransforma prin asta.Incercaţi acest lucru. Aceast ă metod ă nu este foarte grea, este <strong>ne</strong>voie numai <strong>de</strong>consecven ţă; metoda nu este dificil ă. Este simpl ă şi puteţi începe s ă o aplicaţi chiar


din seara aceasta. In seara aceasta, când staţi culcaţi în pat, <strong>de</strong>rulaţi înapoievenimentele zilei şi v ă veţi simţi frumoşi, v ă veţi simţi fericiţi. Şi-atunci, întreaga zi vafi trecut. Dar nu v ă grăbiţi, lăsaţi-o s ă treac ă încet, înaşa fel încât s ă nu pier<strong>de</strong>ţi nimic. Este un sentiment ciudat, căci multe lucruri v ă vorapărea în faţa ochilor.Aţi trecut pe lâng ă multe lucruri, pentru c ă aţi <strong>fost</strong> foarte prinşi în ceea ce făceaţi. Darmintea colecţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă informaţii chiar şi atunci când nu v ă daţi seama <strong>de</strong> acest lucru.Clean the whole conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss of the <strong>de</strong>pth of the past, and your very being will betransformed through it. Try this. This method is not very difficult, only persistent effortis<strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d; there is no inherent difficulty in the method. It is simple, and you can startwithyour day. Just tonight on your bed go backward, and you will feel very be<strong>au</strong>tiful, youwill feel very blissful. And then the whole day will have passed. But do not be in ahurry,pass it slowly so that nothing is missed. It is a very strange feeling, bec<strong>au</strong>se manythingswill come up before your eyes. Many things you have really missed while passingthrough the day bec<strong>au</strong>se you were too much engaged.But the mind goes on collecting even when you are unaware.Treceaţi pe strad ă. Ci<strong>ne</strong>va cânta, dar nu aţi acordat atenţie acestui lucru. Se poate canici măcar s ă nu fi <strong>fost</strong> conştienţi <strong>de</strong> faptul c ă aţi <strong>au</strong>zit su<strong>ne</strong>tul, când treceaţi pestrad ă. Dar mintea l-a <strong>au</strong>zit şi l-a înregistrat. Acum, acest lucru va rămâ<strong>ne</strong> agăţat; fărăs ă v ă fie <strong>ne</strong>cesar, va <strong>de</strong>veni o povar ă. Deci întoarceţi-v ă , dar foarte încet, ca atuncicând un film este <strong>de</strong>rulat cu încetinitorul.Intoarceţi-v ă şi ve<strong>de</strong>ţi <strong>de</strong>taliile; ziua vi se va părea foarte, foarte lung ă . Şi chiar a <strong>fost</strong>,<strong>de</strong>oarece mintea a avut <strong>de</strong> înregistrat mult ă, foarte mult ă informaţie.Intoarceţi-v ă. Treptat veţi fi în stare s ă cunoaşteţi tot ce a <strong>fost</strong> înregistrat.Şi, odat ă ce v ă întoarceţi, este la fel ca în cazul unui casetofon: este sters.You were passing through a street. Someo<strong>ne</strong> was singing, but you might not have paidany attention. You might not have even been aware that you have heard the sound,justpassing in the street. But the mind has heard and recor<strong>de</strong>d it. Now that will cling; thatwill become a bur<strong>de</strong>n to you un<strong>ne</strong>cessarily. So go back, but go very slowly, as if a filmisbeing shown to you in very slow motion. Go back and see the <strong>de</strong>tails, and then youro<strong>ne</strong>day will look very, very long. It is, really, bec<strong>au</strong>se for the mind there has been so muchinformation, and the mind has recor<strong>de</strong>d everything. Now go back.By and by you will become capable of knowing everything that has been recor<strong>de</strong>d.Andonce you can go back, it is just like a tape recor<strong>de</strong>r: it is washed away. 202 of 1083Pân ă când ajungeţi la cele petrecute dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, <strong>de</strong>ja dormiţi, iar calitatea somnului vafi diferit ă – va fi un somn meditativ. Iar dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, dup ă ce v-aţi trezit, nu <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>ţiochii imediat. Intoarceţi-v ă din nou, <strong>de</strong> data asta înapoi în noapte.Va fi greu la început. Poate veţi reuşi doar parţial. Se poate s ă v ă vin ă în minte unfragment din visul pe <strong>care</strong> tocmai îl visaţi când somnul v-a <strong>fost</strong> întrerupt. Treptat,printr-un efort gradat, veţi fi capabili s ă pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi tot mai adânc şi, dup ă o perioadă<strong>de</strong> trei luni, v ă veţi puteaîntoarce înapoi în punctul un<strong>de</strong> aţi adormit.By the time you will reach the morning you will fall asleep, and the quality of the sleepwill be different --it will be meditative. Then again, in the morning when you feel that you haveawake<strong>ne</strong>d,do not open your eyes immediately. Go backward into the night.It will be difficult in the beginning. You may go a little. Some part, some fragment of adream which you were just dreaming before the sleep was broken may come to yourmind. But by and by, with gradual effort, you will be able to pe<strong>ne</strong>trate more and moreand more, and after a three-month period you will be capable of moving backward tothepoint when you fell asleep.


Şi, dac ă puteţi s ă mergeţi adânc înapoi în visul vostru, calitatea somnului şi a trezituluidimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa se va schimba complet, căci atunci nu veţi mai visa; visul va fi <strong>de</strong>venitinutil. Dac ă veţi reuşi s ă v ă întoarceţi înapoi în zi şi în noapte, nu mai aveţi <strong>ne</strong>voie săvisaţi.In zilele noastre, psihologii spun c ă visul este o <strong>de</strong>rulare. RECAPITULARE/INVERSARE A DESFASURARIIDac ă aţi făcut voi înşiv ă acest lucru, atunci nu mai este <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> vis. Tot ceea ce vărămăseseîn minte, tot ceea ce rămăsese <strong>ne</strong>împlinit, incomplet încearc ă s ă se completeze în vis.Treceaţi pe o strad ă şi aţi văzut ceva – o cas ă frumoas ă –, şi o dorin ţă subtil ă <strong>de</strong> a fistăpânul ei s-a trezit în voi. Dar, cum eraţi în drum spre serviciu şi nu aveaţi timp săvisaţi cu ochii <strong>de</strong>schişi, doar aţi trecut pe lâng ă ea. Nici măcar nu v-aţi dat seama cămintea crease dorinţa ca acea cas ă s ă fie a voastr ă. Dar acum dorinţa este acolo şi,dac ă nu poate fi înlăturat ă, v ă va fi greu s ă adormiţi.And if you can go backward <strong>de</strong>ep within your sleep, your quality of sleep and wakingwill change completely, bec<strong>au</strong>se then you cannot dream; dreaming will have becomefutile. If you can go back in the day and in the night, dreaming is not <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d.Now psychologists say that dreaming is really an unwinding. If you yourself have do<strong>ne</strong>it, then there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed. All that has been hanging in the mind, all that has remai<strong>ne</strong>dunfulfilled, incomplete, tries to complete itself in the dream.You were passing and you have seen something -- a be<strong>au</strong>tiful house -- and a subtle<strong>de</strong>sirearose in you to possess it. But you were going to your office and that was no time fordaydreaming, so you just passed by. You did not even notice that the mind hadcreated a<strong>de</strong>sire to possess this house. But now that <strong>de</strong>sire is hanging there, suspen<strong>de</strong>d, and if itcannot be removed it will be difficult to sleep.Dac ă aveţi probleme cu somnul, acestea înseamn ă, <strong>de</strong> fapt, un singur lucru: ziua încămai atârn ă <strong>de</strong>asupra voastr ă şi nu v ă puteţi elibera <strong>de</strong> ea. V ă ţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi scai <strong>de</strong> ea.Noaptea, veţi visa c ă aţi <strong>de</strong>venit stăpânul casei, c ă locuiţi în ea. În momentul în <strong>care</strong>visaţi acest lucru, mintea este eliberat ă.Difficulties in sleep basically mean only o<strong>ne</strong> thing, that your day is still hanging overyouand you cannot be relieved of it. You are clinging to it. Then in the night you will see adream that you have become the ow<strong>ne</strong>r of this house -- now you are living in thishouse.The moment this dream comes to you, your mind is relieved.Deci, în mod obişnuit, oamenii <strong>care</strong> cred c ă visele nu fac <strong>de</strong>cât s ă le perturbe somnulgreşesc. Visele nu v ă perturb ă somnul. Ele nu v ă perturb ă somnul; <strong>de</strong> fapt, chiar văajut ă. Făr ă vise nu aţi putea dormi <strong>de</strong>loc. Aşa cum sunteţi, nu puteţi dormi făr ă vise,<strong>de</strong>oarece visele v ă ajut ă s ă v ă completaţi ceea ce a rămas incomplet.Şi sunt lucruri pe <strong>care</strong> le-aţi lăsat incomplete.So ordinarily people think that dreams are disturbances to sleep -- that is absolutelywrong. Dreams are not disturbances to your sleep. They are not disturbing your sleep,they are really helping; without them you could not sleep at all.As you are you cannot sleep without dreams, bec<strong>au</strong>se your dreams are helping tocomplete things which have remai<strong>ne</strong>d incomplete.Mintea continu ă s ă aib ă dorinţe absur<strong>de</strong>, <strong>care</strong> nu pot fi împlinite în realitate; şi-atunci,ce este <strong>de</strong> făcut?Aceste dorinţe incomplete trăiesc în voi şi v ă fac s ă speraţi şi s ă v ă gândiţi mereu. Ceeste, <strong>de</strong>ci, <strong>de</strong> făcut?And there are things which cannot be completed. Your mind goes on <strong>de</strong>siring absurd<strong>de</strong>sires, and they cannot be completed in reality, so what to do? Those incomplete<strong>de</strong>siresgo on in you, and they keep you hoping, they keep you thinking. So what to do?Aţi văzut o femeie frumoas ă şi v ă simţiţi atraşi. Aţi dori ca ea s ă fie a voastr ă . S-arputea s ă nu fie posibil, poate c ă ea nici nu s-a uitat la voi. Ce este <strong>de</strong> făcut?Visul v ă va ajuta.You have seen a be<strong>au</strong>tiful woman and you were attracted to her. Now the <strong>de</strong>sire hasarisen to


possess her. It may not be possible, the woman may not even look at you. So what todo?The dream will help you.In vis femeia poate fi a voastr ă; atunci, mintea este uşurat ă . In ceea ce o priveşte peea, pe minte, nu exist ă nicio diferen ţă între vis şi realitate. Care este diferenţa?Pentru minte, <strong>care</strong> este diferenţa între a iubi o femeie în vis şi a o iubi în realitate? Nuexist ă nicio diferen ţă.In a dream you can possess the woman, and then the mind is relieved. As far as themindis concer<strong>ne</strong>d, there is no difference between dream and reality. What is thedifference?Loving a woman in reality and loving a woman in a dream, what is the difference forthemind? There is no difference.S<strong>au</strong> diferenţa poate s ă fie aceasta: visul poate fi mai frumos, <strong>de</strong>oarece femeia nu văva <strong>de</strong>ranja. Este visul vostru, <strong>de</strong>ci puteţi face ce vreţi, iar femeia nu v ă va creaprobleme. Celălalt este absent, sunteţi singuri. Nu exist ă nicio barier ă, <strong>de</strong>ci puteţi facece vreţi.Or this may be the difference, that the dream phenomenonmay be more be<strong>au</strong>tiful, bec<strong>au</strong>se then the woman will not disturb you. It is your dreamand you can do anything, and the woman will not create any problems for you. Theotheris absent completely, you are alo<strong>ne</strong>. There is no barrier, so you can do whatsoever youlike.Pentru minte nu exist ă nicio diferen ţă; mintea nu poate s ă fac ă diferenţa între vis şirealitate. De exemplu, dac ă aţi fi în com ă timp <strong>de</strong> un an şi aţi visa încontinuu, în anulacela nu aţi simţi c ă ceea ce ve<strong>de</strong>ţi e vis. Va fi real, iar visul va dura un an. It will bereal, and the dream will continue for o<strong>ne</strong> year.There is no difference for the mind; mind cannot make any distinction between what isdream and what is reality. For example, if you could be put in a coma for o<strong>ne</strong> wholeyear,and you dream on and on, for o<strong>ne</strong> year you will not be able to feel in any way thatwhatsoever you are seeing is a dream. 203 of 1083Psihologii spun c ă, dac ă unui om i se poate induce o com ă <strong>de</strong> o sut ă <strong>de</strong> ani, el va visavreme <strong>de</strong> o sut ă <strong>de</strong> ani şi nu va simţi nici măcar o secund ă c ă nu face <strong>de</strong>cât s ă viseze.Iar dac ă moare, nu va şti c ă viaţa lui a <strong>fost</strong> numai un vis, c ă nu a <strong>fost</strong> real ă nicio clip ă .Pentru minte, nu exist ă nicio diferen ţă ; visul şi realitatea sunt una. Deci, în vis, mintease poate <strong>de</strong>rula. REINFASURADac ă practicaţi aceast ă tehnic ă, nu veţi mai avea <strong>ne</strong>voie s ă visaţi. DECLANSEAZATREZIREA- CONSTIENTA SINCRONICACalitatea somnului vostru va fi total schimbat ă, căci, făr ă vise, că<strong>de</strong>ţi în adâncul fiinţeivoastre; făr ă vise, veţi fi conştienţi în timpul somnului.De aceea Krishna spu<strong>ne</strong>, în Gita, c ă, în timp ce toat ă lumea doarme, yoghinul nudoarme, yoghinul este treaz.Asta nu înseamn ă c ă yoghinul nu doarme – doarme şi el, dar calitatea somnului luieste diferit ă.Somnul vostru este numai un inconştient drogat. Somnul yoghinului YOGA NIDRA esteo relaxare în <strong>care</strong> inconştientul nu exist ă. Intregul lui corp este relaxat; fie<strong>care</strong> fibr ă ,


fie<strong>care</strong> celul ă a corpului său este relaxat ă, făr ă urm ă <strong>de</strong> tensiu<strong>ne</strong>. Dar el este perfectconştient <strong>de</strong> întregul fenomen.Psychologists say that if you can put a man in a coma for a hundred years he willdreamfor a hundred years, not for a single moment suspecting that whatsoever he is doingisjust a dream. And if he dies he will <strong>ne</strong>ver know that his life was just a dream, that itwas<strong>ne</strong>ver real. For the mind there is no difference: reality and dream are both the same.Somind can unwind itself in dream.If you do this technique, then there will be no <strong>ne</strong>ed for dreams. The quality of yoursleepwill be changed totally, bec<strong>au</strong>se without dreams you fall to the very bottom of yourbeing, and without dreams you will be aware in your sleep.That is what Krishna says in the Gita, that while everyo<strong>ne</strong> is <strong>de</strong>eply asleep the yogi isnot, the yogi is awake. That doesn't mean that the yogi is not sleeping -- he is alsosleeping, but the quality of the sleep is different. Your sleep is just like a druggedunconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. A yogi's sleep is a <strong>de</strong>ep relaxation with no unconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. Hiswholebody is relaxed; every fiber and cell of his whole body is relaxed, with no tension left.But he is fully aware of the whole phenomenon.Incercaţi aceast ă tehnic ă. Incepeţi în seara aceasta, apoi şi dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa. Şi atunci cândveţi simţi c ă sunteţi în ton cu ea, c ă o puteţi practica, dup ă o săptămân ă, aplicaţi-opentru tot trecutul vostru. Luaţi-v ă o zi liber ă.Mergeţi într-un loc singuratic. Va fi bi<strong>ne</strong> şi dac ă postiţi – postiţi şi tăceţi. Intin<strong>de</strong>ţi-văun<strong>de</strong>va pe o plaj ă pustie s<strong>au</strong> sub un pom şi, din acest punct, mişcaţi-v ă spre trecut:staţi întinşi pe plaj ă, simţind nisipul şi soarele, şi mişcaţi-v ă înapoi. Pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi tot maiadânc şi mai adânc, pân ă la ultimul lucru pe <strong>care</strong> vi-l puteţi aminti.Try this technique. Start from tonight, try it, and then do it in the morning also. Andwhen you feel that you are attu<strong>ne</strong>d to the technique, that you can do it, after o<strong>ne</strong>week tryit for your whole past.Just take o<strong>ne</strong> day off. Go to some lo<strong>ne</strong>ly place. It will be good if you fast -- fast and besilent. Lie down on some lo<strong>ne</strong>ly beach or un<strong>de</strong>r some tree, and just move toward yourpast from this point: you are lying on the beach feeling the sand and the sun, and nowmove backward. Go on pe<strong>ne</strong>trating, pe<strong>ne</strong>trating, pe<strong>ne</strong>trating, and find out the lastthingthat you can remember.Veţi fi surprinşi. În mod obişnuit, nu v ă puteţi aminti multe şi nu puteţi trece <strong>de</strong> barieravârstei <strong>de</strong> trei ani; atunci intervi<strong>ne</strong> un blocaj şi totul se întu<strong>ne</strong>c ă. Dar, dac ă încercaţiaceast ă tehnic ă, treptat, veţi străpunge bariera şi v ă veţi aminti cu uşurin ţă chiar <strong>de</strong>ziua în <strong>care</strong> v-aţi născut. Aceasta va fi , cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat, o revelaţie.Când reveniţi pe plaja cu soare şi nisip, sunteţi un alt om. Dac ă mai faceţi un efort,veţi putea pătrun<strong>de</strong> chiar în viaţa intr<strong>au</strong>terin ă. Şi aveţi amintiri din acea via ţă – nouăluni <strong>de</strong> amintiri cu mama voastr ă. Acea perioad ă <strong>de</strong> nou ă luni este şi ea înregistrată<strong>de</strong> minte.Când mama voastr ă era <strong>de</strong>primat ă, aţi înregistrat acest lucru, <strong>de</strong>oarece şi voi eraţi<strong>de</strong>primaţi. Eraţi atât <strong>de</strong> legaţi <strong>de</strong> mama voastr ă, atât <strong>de</strong> uniţi, încât orice i se întâmplamamei vi se întâmpla şi vou ă. Când ea era furioas ă, eraţi şi voi furioşi. Când ea erafericit ă, eraţi şi voi fericiţi.Când ea era apreciat ă, eraţi şi voi apreciaţi. Când era bolnav ă, şi voi simţeaţi durerea,suferinţa, totul.You will be surprised. Ordinarily you cannot remember much, and you cannot pass thebarrier of four or five years of age. Those who have a very good memory may go backtothe age barrier of three years, but then sud<strong>de</strong>nly a block comes and everything goesdark.But if you try with this technique, by and by you will break the barrier, and very easilyyou can come to remember the first day you were born. And that is a revelation.Back again with your sun and beach, you will be a different man. If you make more


effort, you can pe<strong>ne</strong>trate to the womb. And you have memories of the womb -- ni<strong>ne</strong>months of memories with your mother. That ni<strong>ne</strong>-month period is also recor<strong>de</strong>d in themind. When your mother was <strong>de</strong>pressed, you have recor<strong>de</strong>d it bec<strong>au</strong>se you felt<strong>de</strong>pressed. You were so con<strong>ne</strong>cted with the mother, so united, so o<strong>ne</strong>, thatwhatsoeverhappe<strong>ne</strong>d to your mother was happening to you. When she was angry, you wereangry.When she was happy, you were happy. When she was praised, you felt praised. Whenshewas ill, you felt the pain, the suffering, everything.Dac ă puteţi pătrun<strong>de</strong> pân ă în pântece, atunci sunteţi pe calea cea bun ă. Şi, treptat, văamintiţi chiar şi <strong>de</strong> momentul în <strong>care</strong> aţi pătruns acolo.Numai datorit ă acestei amintiri, Mahavira şi Buddha <strong>au</strong> putut spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă exist ă vieţitrecute, renaşteri.Renaşterea nu este un principiu, este numai o experien ţă psihologic ă profund ă . Şi,dac ă v ă amintiţi <strong>de</strong> momentul în <strong>care</strong> aţi intrat în pântecele mamei voastre, atunciveţi reuşi s ă pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi înc ă şi mai adânc şi veţi ajunge s ă v ă amintiţi moartea vieţiitrecute. Odat ă ce aţi atins acest punct, metoda este în mâinile voastre; v ă puteţimişca în voie, cu uşurin ţă, spre toate vieţile trecute.If you can pe<strong>ne</strong>trate to the womb, now you are on the right track. And then, by andby,you can pe<strong>ne</strong>trate more and you can remember the first moment when you enteredthewomb.Only bec<strong>au</strong>se of this remembrance, Mahavir and Buddha could say that there are pastlives, rebirth. Rebirth is not really a principle, it is just a <strong>de</strong>ep psychologicalexperience.And if you can remember the first moment you entered the womb of your mother,thenyou can pe<strong>ne</strong>trate more and you can remember the <strong>de</strong>ath of your past life. Once youtouch that point then the method is in your hands; then you can move very easily toallyour past lives. 204 of 1083Este o experien ţă cu un rezultat extraordinar, căci veţi afla c ă mai multe vieţi la rândaţi trăit acelaşi nonsens pe <strong>care</strong> îl trăiţi şi în aceast ă via ţă. Aţi făcut aceleaşi lucrurilipsite <strong>de</strong> sens în mod repetat. Tiparul este acelaşi, formatul este acelaşi, doar <strong>de</strong>taliilesunt diferite. Aţi iubit o femeie, acum iubiţi alta. Aţi adunat bani… banii er<strong>au</strong> atunci <strong>de</strong>un fel, acum sunt altfel.Dar tiparul este acelaşi; se repet ă. Odat ă ce aţi văzut c ă vreme <strong>de</strong> multe, multe vieţiaţi făcut aceleaşi lucruri lipsite <strong>de</strong> sens, odat ă ce aţi văzut ce stupid a <strong>fost</strong> acest cercvicios, v ă treziţi şi totul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> un vis. Sunteţi aruncaţi <strong>de</strong>parte şi nu veţi mai vrea sărepetaţi acelaşi lucru în viitor.This is an experience, and the result is phenomenal, bec<strong>au</strong>se then you know thatthroughmany, many lives you have lived the same nonsense that you are living now. Youhavebeen doing this whole nonsense so many times, repeatedly. The pattern is the same,theformat is the same, only the <strong>de</strong>tails differ. You loved some other woman, now you lovethis woman. You gathered mo<strong>ne</strong>y... the coins were of o<strong>ne</strong> kind, now the coins aredifferent. But the whole pattern is the same; it is repetitive.Once you can see that for many, many lives you have lived the same nonsense, howstupid has been this whole vicious circle, sud<strong>de</strong>nly you are awake<strong>ne</strong>d and the wholethingbecomes a dream. You are thrown away from it, and now you do not want to repeatthesame thing in the future.Dorinţa înceteaz ă, <strong>de</strong>oarece dorinţa nu este <strong>de</strong>cât trecutul proiectat în viitor. Dorinţanu este altceva <strong>de</strong>cât experienţa trecut ă, <strong>care</strong> c<strong>au</strong>t ă s ă se repete.Dorinţa nu este <strong>de</strong>cât o veche experien ţă pe <strong>care</strong> vreţi s ă o repetaţi, înc ă o dat ă şiînc ă o dat ă – nimic altceva.


Şi nu puteţi scăpa <strong>de</strong> dorin ţă, dac ă nu <strong>de</strong>veniţi conştienţi <strong>de</strong> fenomen. Cum puteţiscăpa? Trecutul este acolo, ca o barier ă imens ă <strong>de</strong> piatr ă. Se afl ă <strong>de</strong>asupra capuluivostru; v ă împinge spre viitor. Dorinţele sunt create <strong>de</strong> trecut şi proiectate în viitor.Desire stops, bec<strong>au</strong>se <strong>de</strong>sire is nothing but the past being projected into the future.Desireis nothing but your past experience in search of another repetition again. Desiremeansjust an old experience that you want to repeat again -- nothing else. And you cannotleave<strong>de</strong>sire unless you become aware of this whole phenomenon. How can you leave it?Thepast is there as a great barrier, a rock-like barrier. It is upon your head; it is pushingyoutoward the future. Desires are created by the past and projected into the future.Şi, dac ă ajungeţi s ă cunoaşteţi trecutul ca pe un vis, dorinţele rămân <strong>ne</strong>putincioase.Ele cad, se ofi lesc, iar viitorul dispare.In acea dispariţie a trecutului şi a viitorului, se produce transformarea voastr ă.If you can know the past as a dream, all <strong>de</strong>sires become impotent. They fall down,they just witheraway -- and the future disappears. In that disappearance of past and future, you aretransformed.23. VB23. Dharana 97 Sutra/Shloka n°122Simte un obiect şi <strong>de</strong>vino acel obiect : Simte un obiect în faţa ta. In afar ă <strong>de</strong>acesta, simte absenţa tuturor celorlalte obiecte. Apoi, dincolo <strong>de</strong> prezenţa obiectului şiabsenţa celorlalte, realizeaz ă . ([3] vol.1-p.254). Simţi obiectul din faţa ta. Simţiabsenţa tuturor celorlalte obiecte. Apoi, laşi la o parte simţirea obiectului şi aabsenţei, înţelegi. ([4] p. 247) / Simte un lucru aflat in faţa ta. Simte absenţa tuturorcelorlalte obiecte in afara acestuia. Apoi, lăsând la o parte simţirea lucrului şi simţireaabsenţei, inţ elege.([8] sutra 97)/ Feel an object before you. Feel the absence of allother objects but this o<strong>ne</strong>. Then, leaving asi<strong>de</strong> the object-feeling and the subjectfeeling,realize. / Ressentez la présence d'un objet <strong>de</strong>vant vous. Ressentez l'absence<strong>de</strong> tous les <strong>au</strong>tres objets. Puis, <strong>au</strong>-<strong>de</strong>là <strong>de</strong> la présence <strong>de</strong> l'un et <strong>de</strong> l'absence <strong>de</strong>s<strong>au</strong>tres, réalisez. /Sens un objet <strong>de</strong>vant toi. Sens l’absence <strong>de</strong> tous les <strong>au</strong>tres objets,s<strong>au</strong>f <strong>de</strong> celui-ci. Puis laissant <strong>de</strong> côté l’objet-sensation et l’absence-sensation, prendsconscience./ Senti un oggetto di fronte a te. Percepisci l’assenza di ogni altro oggetto,fatta eccezio<strong>ne</strong> per questo. Poi, lascialo da parte la sensazio<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>ll’oggetto e lasensazio<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>ll’assenza, realizza.Când ci<strong>ne</strong>va percepe un anumit obiect, vacuitatea se stabileste cu privire latoate celelalte obiecte. Dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va contempl ă pe aceasta vacuitate cumintea eliberata <strong>de</strong> toate gândurile, apoi chiar dac ă un anumit obiect maieste cunoscut s<strong>au</strong> perceput, aspirantul realizeaza linişte <strong>de</strong>plin ă . / When o<strong>ne</strong>perceives a particular object. vacuity is established regarding all otherobjects. If o<strong>ne</strong> contemplates on this vacuity with mind freed of all thought,then even though the particular object be still known or perceived, theaspirant has full tranquillity. [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ]Atunci când este perceput un anumit obiect( <strong>de</strong> pilda o durere), vacuitatea (inhibitia;stingerea;) se instaleaza treptat, fa ţă <strong>de</strong> celelalte obiecte. Dup ă ce se mediteaza ingândire pe aceasta vacuitate, chiar dac ă obiectul rama<strong>ne</strong> perceput/cunoscut, seobti<strong>ne</strong> pacifi<strong>care</strong>a( linistirea durerii)./ Alors qu’on perçoit un objet déterminé, lavacuité s’établit peu à peu à l’égard <strong>de</strong>s <strong>au</strong>tres objets. Ayant médité en pensée surcette vacuité même, bien que l’objet reste connu, on s’apaise. [10] [ Lilian Silburn,1961 ]Explicatia VB23 in comentariul lui Osho la VB23 Simte un obiect şi <strong>de</strong>vino acel obiect.Cea <strong>de</strong>-a unsprezecea tehnic ă <strong>de</strong> centrare: Simţi obiectul din faţa ta. Simţi absenţatuturor celorlalte obiecte. Apoi, laşi la o parte simţirea obiectului şi a absenţei,înţelegi.The eleventh technique: FEEL AN OBJECT BEFORE YOU. FEEL THE ABSENCE OF ALLOTHER OBJECTS BUT THIS ONE. THEN LEAVING ASIDE THE OBJECT-FEELING AND


THE ABSENCE-FEELING, REALIZE.Simţi obiectul din faţa ta – orice obiect. De exemplu, un trandafir. Orice. Simţi obiectuldin faţa ta. Mai întâi, îl simţi. Nu este <strong>de</strong>stul s ă îl vezi – trebuie s ă îl simţi. Ve<strong>de</strong>ţi untrandafir, dar inima voastr ă nu s-a oprit, înseamn ă c ă nu-l simţiţi; altminteri, aţi începes ă plângeţi s<strong>au</strong> s ă râ<strong>de</strong>ţi şi s ă dansaţi. Nu-l simţiţi, doar îl ve<strong>de</strong>ţi. Şi nici chiar acest actnu este complet, <strong>de</strong>oarece niciodat ă nu ve<strong>de</strong>ţi complet. Trecutul, amintirea v ă spun căeste un trandafir, şi treceţi mai <strong>de</strong>parte. De fapt, nu l-aţi văzut. Mintea v ă spu<strong>ne</strong> căeste un trandafir. Ştiţi totul <strong>de</strong>spre el, aţi mai văzut trandafiri înainte, ce are ă sta mai<strong>de</strong>osebit? Deci, treceţi MAI DEPARTE .O singur ă privire este suficient ă pentru a trezi amintirea trecut ă a unor trandafiri, <strong>de</strong>citreceţi mai <strong>de</strong>parte. Nici măcar nu-l ve<strong>de</strong>ţi complet.FEEL AN OBJECT BEFORE YOU -- any object. For example, a roseflower. Anythingwill do. FEEL AN OBJECT BEFORE YOU. First, feel it. Seeing won't do -- feel it. Yousee a roseflower, but your heart is not stilled, you are not feeling it; otherwise youmaystart weeping and crying, otherwise you may start l<strong>au</strong>ghing and dancing. You are notfeeling it, you are just seeing it. And even that seeing may not be complete, bec<strong>au</strong>seyou<strong>ne</strong>ver see completely. The past, the memory, says that this is a rose, and you pass on.You have not seen it really. The mind says that this is a rose. You know everythingaboutit, as you have known roses before, so what about this o<strong>ne</strong>? So you pass on. Just aglimpse is enough to revive the memory of your past experience of roses, and youpasson. Even seeing is not complete.Rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi cu trandafirul. Opriţi-v ă la el. Ve<strong>de</strong>ţi-l, simţiţi-l. Ce s ă faceţi pentru a-l simţi?Îl mirosiţi,îl atingeţi, îl pipăiţi, îl lăsaţi s ă se transforme într-o experien ţă senzorial ă profund ă .Închi<strong>de</strong>ţi ochii şi v ă atingeţi toat ă faţa cu trandafirul. Simţiţi-l. Il pu<strong>ne</strong>ţi pe ochi, lăsaţiochii să-l ating ă; îl mirosiţi. Il pu<strong>ne</strong>ţi pe inim ă, tăceţi împreun ă cu el; daţi-i unsentiment.Uitaţi <strong>de</strong> toate, uitaţi <strong>de</strong> restul lumii. Simţi obiectul din faţa ta, apoi simţi absenţatuturor celorlalte obiecte în afar ă <strong>de</strong> acesta, căci, dac ă mintea voastr ă se maigân<strong>de</strong>şte şi la alte lucruri, acest sentiment nu va pătrun<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>stul <strong>de</strong> adânc.Uitaţi <strong>de</strong> alţi trandafiri, uitaţi <strong>de</strong> alte persoa<strong>ne</strong>, uitaţi <strong>de</strong> orice altceva. Lăsaţi doartrandafirul acolo.Numai trandafirul, trandafirul, trandafirul! Uitaţi <strong>de</strong> orice altceva, lăsaţi trandafirul săv ă învăluie complet… v ă cufundaţi total în trandafir.Va fi dificil pentru c ă noi nu avem chiar atât <strong>de</strong> mult ă sensibilitate. Pentru femei nu vafi atât <strong>de</strong> greu; ele simt cu mai mult ă uşurin ţă.Remain with the rose. See it, then feel it. What to do to feel it? Smell it, touch it, let itbecome a <strong>de</strong>ep bodily experience. First close your eyes and let the rose touch yourwholeface. Feel it. Put it on the eyes, let the eyes touch it; smell it. Put it against the heart,besilent with it; give a feeling to the rose. Forget everything, forget the whole world.FEELAN OBJECT BEFORE YOU AND FEEL THE ABSENCE OF ALL OTHER OBJECTS,bec<strong>au</strong>se if your mind is still thinking of other things then this feeling will not pe<strong>ne</strong>trate<strong>de</strong>eply. Forget all other roses, forget all other persons, forget everything. Just let thisroseremain there. Only the rose, the rose, the rose! Forget everything else, let this roseenvelope you completely... you are drow<strong>ne</strong>d in the rose.This will be difficult bec<strong>au</strong>se we are not so sensitive. But for women it will not be sodifficult; they can feel it more easily. 205 of 1083Pentru bărbaţi poate fi ceva mai greu, mai ales dac ă nu <strong>au</strong> un sim ţ al frumosului<strong>de</strong>zvoltat, ca al unui poet s<strong>au</strong> ca al unui muzician – <strong>care</strong> simt altfel lucrurile. Darîncercaţi. Copiilor le va fi foarte uşor.Predam aceast ă metod ă fiului unuia dintre prietenii mei. El simţea cu foarte multăuşurin ţă. Când i-am dat trandafirul şi i-am spus tot ceea ce v-am spus şi vou ă, a făcuttotul întocmai şi i-a plăcut foarte mult. Apoi l-am întrebat: "Cum te simţi?" El mi-a


ăspuns: "Am <strong>de</strong>venit un trandafir – asta simt. Sunt trandafir." Copiii pot face cuuşurin ţă acest lucru, dar nu-i antrenăm niciodat ă ; altminteri, ar putea fi cei mai buni înmeditaţie. Uitaţi complet <strong>de</strong> toate celelalte obiecte. Simţi absenţa tuturor celorlalteobiecte în afar ă <strong>de</strong> acesta. Asta se întâmpl ă atunci când iubim. Dac ă sunteţiîndrăgostiţi<strong>de</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong>va, uitaţi <strong>de</strong> restul lumii. Dac ă înc ă v ă mai aduceţi aminte <strong>de</strong> lume, atunci săştiţi c ă nu este iubire.Aţi uitat <strong>de</strong> lumea întreag ă; rămâ<strong>ne</strong> numai persoana iubit ă. De aceea spun c ă iubireaeste meditaţie. Puteţi s ă folosiţi aceast ă tehnic ă ca pe o tehnic ă a iubirii; uitaţi <strong>de</strong>orice altceva.For men it may be a little bit more difficult, unless they have a very <strong>de</strong>velopedaesthetic sense, like a poet or a painter or a musician -- they can feel things. But try.Children can do it very easily.I was teaching this method to the son of o<strong>ne</strong> of my friends. He could feel very easily.When I gave him a roseflower and I told him all that I have told to you, he did it, andheenjoyed it <strong>de</strong>eply. And then I asked him, "How are you feeling?" He said, "I havebecomea roseflower -- that is the feeling. I have become a roseflower." Children can do it veryeasily, but we <strong>ne</strong>ver train them; otherwise they could be the best meditators.Forget all other objects completely. FEEL THE ABSENCE OF ALL OTHER OBJECTSBUT THIS ONE. This is what happens in love. If you are in love with someo<strong>ne</strong>, youforget the whole world. If you are still remembering the world, then know well that thisisnot love. You have forgotten the whole world; only the beloved or the lover remains.That is why I say love is a meditation. You can use this technique also as a lovetechnique: forget everything else.Acum câteva zile <strong>au</strong> venit la mi<strong>ne</strong> un prieten şi soţia lui. Soţia lui se plângea <strong>de</strong> unanumit lucru: <strong>de</strong>aceea veniser ă.Prietenul mi-a spus: "Am <strong>de</strong>ja un an <strong>de</strong> când meditez, sunt adâncit în meditaţie. Şi, întimp ce meditez, atunci când se apropie momentul culminant, simt <strong>ne</strong>voia s ă strig«Osho, Osho, Osho!». Acest lucru m ă ajut ă foarte mult; îns ă , s-a întâmplat un lucruciudat. Atunci când fac dragoste cu soţia mea, când ajung în momentul culminant,încep s ă strig «Osho, Osho, Osho!». Din aceast ă c<strong>au</strong>z ă, soţia mea este foarte supăratăşi-mi spu<strong>ne</strong>: «Faci dragoste cu mi<strong>ne</strong>, meditezi, s<strong>au</strong> ce faci?» De ce intervi<strong>ne</strong> aceststrigăt «Osho, Osho, Osho?"»Omul mi-a spus: "Imi este foarte greu, pentru c ă, dac ă nu strig «Osho, Osho!», nuating punctul culminant. Iar dac ă strig, soţia mea se supăr ă. Incepe s ă plâng ă şi să-mifac ă sce<strong>ne</strong>. Ce s ă fac? Am venit şi cu soţia mea."Nemulţumirea soţiei era perfect justificat ă, nu dorea ca altci<strong>ne</strong>va s ă intervin ă între ei.Iubirea are<strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> intimitate – absolut ă intimitate. Intimitatea este esenţial ă pentru a uita <strong>de</strong>restul lumii.Just a few days ago a friend came to me with his wife. His wife was complaining aboutacertain thing; that is why she had come. The friend said, "I have been meditating for ayear and now I am <strong>de</strong>ep in it. And while I meditate I have found it helpful when a peakcomes to my meditation to sud<strong>de</strong>nly cry, `Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh, Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh, Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh!' It helps me,butnow a strange thing has happe<strong>ne</strong>d. When I am making love to my wife, when I cometo asexual peak, I start crying, `Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh, Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh, Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh!' Bec<strong>au</strong>se of this my wife isvery much disturbed, and she says, `Are you making love with me, are youmeditating, orwhat are you doing? And why does this "Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh" come in?'"The man said to me, "It is now very difficult bec<strong>au</strong>se if I do not cry, `Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh,Raj<strong>ne</strong>esh!' I cannot achieve a peak.And if I cry, my wife is very much disturbed. She starts crying and weeping andmakinga sce<strong>ne</strong>. So what to do? Thus, I have brought my wife." Of course, his wife's complaintisright, bec<strong>au</strong>se she does not like for someo<strong>ne</strong> else to be present between them. That iswhy


love <strong>ne</strong>eds privacy -- absolute privacy. The privacy is meaningful, just to forget allelse.În America şi în Europa se practic ă sexul în grup.O prostie! Mai multe cupluri făcând dragoste în aceeaşi camer ă . Este o prostie, pentruc ă într-o astfel <strong>de</strong> situaţie iubirea nu poate fi profund ă . Va <strong>de</strong>veni numai o orgiesexual ă. Prezenţa celorlalţi <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> o barier ă; nu poate fi meditativ ă.Cu orice obiect, dac ă uitaţi <strong>de</strong> restul lumii, sunteţi în iubire profund ă – fie c ă estevorba <strong>de</strong>spre un trandafir, <strong>de</strong>spre o piatr ă s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>spre orice altceva. Condiţia este săsimţim prezenţa acelui obiect şi absenţa oricăror altor obiecte. Lăsaţi acest obiect săfie singurul din conştientul vostru. Va fi mult mai uşor dac ă încercaţi acest lucru cu unobiect <strong>care</strong> v ă este foarte drag.In Europe and America, now they are working with group sex. That is nonsense --manycouples making love in o<strong>ne</strong> room. It is absolute nonsense bec<strong>au</strong>se then love can <strong>ne</strong>vergovery <strong>de</strong>ep. It will become just a sex orgy. The presence of others becomes a barrier;thenit cannot be meditative.With any object, if you can forget the whole world you are in a <strong>de</strong>ep love -- with a roseorwith a sto<strong>ne</strong> or with anything. But the condition is to feel the presence of this objectandfeel the absence of all else. Let this object be the only existential thing in yourconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. It will be easy if you try with some object you are naturally in love with.Ar fi greu pentru voi dac ă v-aţi pu<strong>ne</strong> în fa ţă o piatr ă şi aţi încerca s ă uitaţi <strong>de</strong> restullumii. Ar fi greu, dar maeştrii Zen <strong>au</strong> făcut-o. Ei <strong>au</strong> grădini <strong>de</strong> piatr ă pentru meditaţie.Făr ă flori, făr ă pomi, făr ă nimic altceva – numai nisip şi pietre.It would be difficult for you to put a sto<strong>ne</strong>, a rock, before you and forget the wholeworld.It would be difficult, but Zen masters have do<strong>ne</strong> it. They have rock gar<strong>de</strong>ns formeditation. No flowers, no trees, nothing -- just rocks and sand.Şi mediteaz ă asupra u<strong>ne</strong>i pietre <strong>de</strong>oarece, spun ei, dac ă poţi avea o relaţie cu o piatr ă ,atunci nimeni nu te poate opri în spatele u<strong>ne</strong>i bariere.Oamenii sunt ca pietrele. Dac ă poţi iubi o piatr ă, atunci poţi iubi un om, nu este nicioproblem ă. Oamenii sunt ca stâncile – chiar mai rezistenţi. Este dificil să-i spargi şi săpătrunzi în interiorul lor.Dar alegeţi un obiect <strong>de</strong> <strong>care</strong> sunteţi în mod normal ataşaţi şi uitaţi <strong>de</strong> restul lumii.And they meditate on a rock bec<strong>au</strong>se, they say, if you can have a <strong>de</strong>ep loverelationship with a rock, then no man can create a barrier for you.And men are like rocks. If you can love a rock, then you can love a man, then there isnoproblem. Men are like rocks -- even more stony. It is difficult to break them andpe<strong>ne</strong>tratethem. But choose some object you naturally love, and then forget the whole world.206 of 1083Bucuraţi-v ă <strong>de</strong> prezenţa lui, gustaţi prezenţa lui, simţiţi-l, pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi adânc în el şilăsaţi-l s ă pătrund ă adânc în voi. Apoi, laşi la o parte… Urmeaz ă partea cea mai grea aacestei tehnici.Aţi lăsat toate celelalte obiecte, a rămas numai acesta.Aţi uitat <strong>de</strong> toate, a rămas numai acesta.Acum, laşi la o parte simţirea obiectului… Acum lăsaţi <strong>de</strong>oparte sentimentul pe <strong>care</strong> îlaveţi pentruobiect. Laşi la o parte simţirea obiectului şi a absenţei – celorlalte obiecte. Acum <strong>au</strong>rămas numai dou ă lucruri; tot restul a dispărut, este absent. Acum lăsaţi la o parte şiabsenţa. Numai aceast ă piatr ă , acest chip, acest om, acest trandafir este prezent.Lăsaţi la o parte şi acest lucru, şi părăsiţi şi simţirea, sentimentul. Dintr-odat ă, că<strong>de</strong>ţiîntr-un vid absolut şi nu mai rămâ<strong>ne</strong> nimic. Iar Shiva spu<strong>ne</strong>: Inţelegi. Inţelegeţi,


ealizaţi acest vacuum, aceast ă <strong>ne</strong>fiin ţă. Aceasta este natura voastr ă, este fiinţareapur ă.Ar fi foarte greu s ă te apropii direct <strong>de</strong> acest vid, <strong>de</strong> <strong>ne</strong>fiin ţă. Dar <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> uşor dacătreci printr-un obiect folosit ca vehicul. Mai întâi, îţi pui în minte un obiect şi îl simţi cuatâta putere încât nu mai este <strong>ne</strong>voie s ă îţi aminteşti altceva. Intreaga conştiin ţă seumple <strong>de</strong> acest obiect. Apoi, uiţi şi asta.Dup ă <strong>care</strong> urmeaz ă că<strong>de</strong>rea în abis. Nu a mai rămas nimic, niciun obiect. Doarsubiectivitatea voastr ă a rămas acolo – pur ă, <strong>ne</strong>contaminat ă, <strong>ne</strong>ocupat ă.Relish the presence, taste the presence, feel it, go <strong>de</strong>ep into it and let it go <strong>de</strong>ep intoyou. THEN,LEAVING ASIDE THE OBJECT... And then comes the most difficult part of thistechnique. You have left all other objects, and only o<strong>ne</strong> object has remai<strong>ne</strong>d. You haveforgotten all, only o<strong>ne</strong> has remai<strong>ne</strong>d.Now, LEAVING ASIDE THE OBJECT-FEELING... Now leave asi<strong>de</strong> the feeling thatyou have for this object. LEAVING ASIDE THE OBJECT-FEELING AND THEABSENCE-FEELING -- of other objects. Now there are only two things; everything elseis absent. Now leave that absence also. Only this rose, this face, this woman, thisman,this rock, is present. Leave this also, and leave the feeling as well. Sud<strong>de</strong>nly you fallintoan absolute vacuum and nothing remains. And Shiva says, REALIZE. Realize thisvacuum, this nothing<strong>ne</strong>ss. This is your nature, this is pure being.It will be difficult to approach nothing<strong>ne</strong>ss directly -- very difficult and arduous. So it iseasy to pass through o<strong>ne</strong> object as a vehicle. First put o<strong>ne</strong> object in the mind, and feelitso totally that you <strong>ne</strong>ed not remember anything else. Your whole conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss isfilledwith this o<strong>ne</strong> object.Then leave this also, forget this also.You fall into an abyss. Now nothing remains, no object. Only your subjectivity is there--pure, uncontaminated, unoccupied.Aceast ă fiin ţă pur ă, aceast ă conştiin ţă pur ă este natura voastr ă. Dar faceţi acest lucrutreptat; nu încercaţi întreaga tehnic ă dintr-odat ă. Mai întâi creaţi un sentiment pentruobiectul acela. Vreme <strong>de</strong> câteva zile, faceţi numai acest lucru, nu întreaga tehnic ă.Mai întâi, timp <strong>de</strong> câteva zile s<strong>au</strong> chiar <strong>de</strong> câteva săptămâni, faceţi numai o parte –prima parte.Creaţi-v ă sentimentul pentru obiect. Şi folosiţi un singur obiect, nu-l tot schimbaţi,<strong>de</strong>oarece cu fie<strong>care</strong> obiect ar trebui s ă luaţi efortul <strong>de</strong> la capăt. Dac ă aţi ales unanumit trandafir, atunci folosiţi-l pe acela în fie<strong>care</strong> zi. Dar umpleţi-v ă <strong>de</strong> el într-atâtîncât s ă puteţi spu<strong>ne</strong>, într-o bun ă zi: "Acum sunt floarea." Atunci, aţi împlinit primaparte. Când a rămas numai floarea şi aţi uitat <strong>de</strong> orice altceva, savuraţi aceast ă i<strong>de</strong>ecâteva zile. Este frumoas ă în ea însăşi – este foarte, foartefrumoas ă, vie, puternic ă, în ea însăşi. Simţiţi acest lucru vreme <strong>de</strong> câteva zile. Apoi,cândv-aţi pus în perfect acord cu el, când simţiţi c ă a <strong>de</strong>venit uşor, strădania nu mai este<strong>ne</strong>cesar ă. Atunci floarea vi<strong>ne</strong> dintr-odat ă, lumea întreag ă dispare şi rămâ<strong>ne</strong> numaifloarea.This pure being, this pure conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss, is your nature. But do it in steps; do not trythe whole technique at once. First create an objectfeeling. For a few days only do thispart, do not do the whole technique.First, for a few days or for a few weeks, just do o<strong>ne</strong> part -- the first part. Create anobjectfeeling;be filled with the object. And use o<strong>ne</strong> object, do not go on changing objects,bec<strong>au</strong>se with every object you will have to make the same effort again. If you havechosen o<strong>ne</strong> roseflower, then go on using that roseflower every day. Be filled with it sothat o<strong>ne</strong> day you can say, "Now I am the flower." Then the first part is fulfilled. Whenonly the flower is there and all else is forgotten, then relish this i<strong>de</strong>a for a few days. Itisbe<strong>au</strong>tiful in itself -- very, very be<strong>au</strong>tiful, vital, powerful in itself.Just feel it for a few days. And then, when you are attu<strong>ne</strong>d to it and it has becomeeasy,then you <strong>ne</strong>ed not struggle. Then the flower comes there sud<strong>de</strong>nly, the whole world isforgotten and only the flower remains.


Dup ă aceea puteţi încerca partea a doua: închi<strong>de</strong>ţi ochii şi uitaţi şi <strong>de</strong> floare. Dac ă aţitrecut cu bi<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong> prima parte, cea <strong>de</strong>-a doua nu va fi greu <strong>de</strong> făcut – reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi acestlucru. Dar, dac ă încercaţi întreaga tehnic ă într-o singur ă şedin ţă , a doua parte va fiimposibil ă – <strong>de</strong>oarece, dac ă puteţi s ă faceţi prima parte, dac ă puteţi s ă uitaţi <strong>de</strong> lumeaîntreag ă pentru o floare, exist ă riscul s ă uitaţi <strong>de</strong> floare pentru gol, pentru nimicnicie.Deci, partea a doua va veni, dar trebuie s ă v ă străduiţi pentruea. Mintea, îns ă, este foarte înşelătoare. Mintea va încerca mereu s ă v ă spun ă săfaceţi totul dintr-odat ă, şi nu veţi reuşi. Mintea va spu<strong>ne</strong> mereu: "Nu e <strong>ne</strong>voie" s<strong>au</strong> "Nueste pentru mi<strong>ne</strong>". Incercaţi pe părţi, dac ă vreţi s ă reuşiţi. Lăsaţi prima parte s ă serealizeze pe <strong>de</strong>plin, apoi treceţi la a doua.Then try the second part: close your eyes and forget the flower also. If you have do<strong>ne</strong>thefirst, the second will not be difficult -- remember. But if you try the whole technique ino<strong>ne</strong> sitting, the second will be impossible -- bec<strong>au</strong>se if you can do the first, if you canforget the whole world for o<strong>ne</strong> flower, you can forget the flower also for nothing<strong>ne</strong>ss.So the second part will come, but first you have to struggle for it. But the mind is verytricky. The mind will always say to try the whole thing, and then you will not succeed.Then the mind will say, "It is not useful," or, "It is not for me." Try it in parts if youwantto succeed. Let the first part be complete, and then do the second.Atunci obiectul nu mai este acolo şi rămâ<strong>ne</strong> doar conştiinţa voastr ă , întocmai ca olumin ă, ca o fl acăr ă, în jurul căreia nu este nimic.Aveţi o lamp ă, şi lumina ei ca<strong>de</strong> pe mai multe obiecte. Vizualizaţi-o. În camera voastrăaveţi multe,multe obiecte. Dac ă aduceţi o lamp ă în întu<strong>ne</strong>ricul camerei, toate obiectele suntluminate. Lampa radiaz ă lumin ă pe fie<strong>care</strong> obiect, <strong>de</strong>ci puteţi s ă le ve<strong>de</strong>ţi. Apoirămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi cu un singur obiect; numai cu unul singur. Lampa este aceeaşi, dar acum înlumina ei este numai un obiect. Inlăturaţi şi acel obiect: lumina rămâ<strong>ne</strong> făr ă niciunobiect.Then the object is not there and only your conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss remains, just like a light, aflame without anything around it.You have a lamp and the lamp's light falls on many objects. Visualize it. In your roomthere are many, many objects. If you bring o<strong>ne</strong> lamp into the dark<strong>ne</strong>ss of the room, alltheobjects are lighted. The lamp radiates light on every object so that you can see them.Now remain with an object; let there be o<strong>ne</strong> object. The lamp is the same, but nowonlyo<strong>ne</strong> object is there in its light. Now remove that object also: now light remains withoutany object. 207 of 1083Acelaşi lucru se întâmpl ă şi cu conştiinţa voastr ă.Sunteţi o fl acăr ă, o lumin ă; lumea întreag ă este obiectul vostru. Lăsaţi întreaga lumeşi alegeţi unobiect asupra căruia s ă v ă concentraţi. Flacăra voastr ă rămâ<strong>ne</strong> aceeaşi, dar acum numai este ocupat ă cu mai multe obiecte, este ocupat ă numai cu unul. Renunţaţi, apoi,şi la acel obiect.Dintr-odat ă, rămâ<strong>ne</strong> numai lumina – conştiinţa. Nu ca<strong>de</strong> pe nimic. Buddha a numitaceasta nirvana; Mahavira a numit acest lucru kaivalya – izolarea /singurătatea total ă.Upanişa<strong>de</strong>le <strong>au</strong> numit-o experienţa brahmanului s<strong>au</strong> atma. Shiva spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă, dacăputeţi practica fie şi numai aceast ă tehnic ă, veţi realiza supremul.The same happens with your conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. You are a flame, a light; the whole worldisyour object. You leave the whole world, and you choose o<strong>ne</strong> object for yourconcentration. Your flame remains the same, but now it is not occupied withmultiobjects,it is occupied with only o<strong>ne</strong>. And then drop that object also. Sud<strong>de</strong>nly there issimply light -- conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. It is not falling on anything. This Buddha has calledNIRVANA; this Mahavir has called KAIVALYA -- the total alo<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>ss.The Upanishads have called it the experience of the BRAHMAN, or the ATMAN. Shivasays that if you can do this single technique, you will realize the supreme.


24. VB24. Dharana 101 Sutra/Shloka n°126Ai grij ă la stă rile sufleteşti : Când apare o stare pentru s<strong>au</strong> împotriva u<strong>ne</strong>ipersoa<strong>ne</strong>, nu o îndrepta spre persoana în c<strong>au</strong>z ă, ci ră mâi centrat. [3] vol.1-p.254/Simţi o pornire împotriva s<strong>au</strong> pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, nu o pu<strong>ne</strong> pe seama aceluia, ci rămâicentrat. ([4] p. 249)/ Când ţi se isc ă o dispoziţie bun ă s<strong>au</strong> rea fat ă <strong>de</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong>va, nu oaseza pe acea persoan ă , ci ramâi echilibrat. ([8] sutra 101)/ / Atunci cand simti ca aiceva impotriva cuiva s<strong>au</strong> pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, nu te plasa asupra persoa<strong>ne</strong>i in chestiu<strong>ne</strong>,ci ramai in centru.[9] When a mood against someo<strong>ne</strong> or for someo<strong>ne</strong> arises, do notplace it on the person in question, but remain centered. / Quand vous éprouvez unsentiment envers quelqu'un, quelque soit ce sentiment, <strong>ne</strong> le projetez pas sur laperson<strong>ne</strong> en c<strong>au</strong>se, mais restez <strong>au</strong> centre <strong>de</strong> vous-même./ Quand surgit u<strong>ne</strong> humeurcontre quelqu’un ou un attachement pour quelqu’un, <strong>ne</strong> les fixe pas sur la person<strong>ne</strong>en question mais <strong>de</strong>meure centré./ Quando insorge uno stato d’animo controqualcuno o a favore di qualcuno, non attribuirlo alla persona in questio<strong>ne</strong>, restacentrata.The aspirant should <strong>ne</strong>ither maintain the attitu<strong>de</strong> of aversion nor of attachmenttowards anyo<strong>ne</strong>. Since he is freed of both aversion and attachment, there <strong>de</strong>velopsbrahmabhava or the nature of the divi<strong>ne</strong> conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss (which is also the nature ofthe essential Self) in his heart. [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ]On <strong>ne</strong> doit nourir nulle hai<strong>ne</strong> à l'égard <strong>de</strong> quiconque ; on <strong>ne</strong> doit pas non plus nourrird'attachement. Dans ce repos <strong>au</strong> centre ( ou cet état intermédiaire) qui est libérationd'attachement comme <strong>de</strong> hai<strong>ne</strong>. Le brahman se glisse. [10] [ Lilian Silburn, 1961 ]Explicatia VB24 in data <strong>de</strong> Osho24 Ai grij ă la stările sufleteşti.A douăsprezecea tehnic ă <strong>de</strong> centrare: Simţi o pornire împotriva s<strong>au</strong> pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, nuo pu<strong>ne</strong> pe seama aceluia, ci rămâi centrat.The twelfth technique: WHEN A MOOD AGAINST SOMEONE OR FOR SOMEONE ARISES,DO NOT PLACE IT ON THE PERSON IN QUESTION, BUT REMAIN CENTERED.Dac ă simţim ur ă fa ţă <strong>de</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong>va s<strong>au</strong> dac ă simţim iubire pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, ce facem? Oproiectăm asupra acelei persoa<strong>ne</strong>.Dac ă simţiţi ur ă fa ţă <strong>de</strong> mi<strong>ne</strong>, atunci, în ura voastr ă, uitaţi total <strong>de</strong> voi; eu <strong>de</strong>vinobiectul CENTRULvostru. Dac ă simţiţi iubire pentru mi<strong>ne</strong>, iarăşi uitaţi <strong>de</strong> tot <strong>de</strong> voi, <strong>de</strong>oarece eu <strong>de</strong>vinobiectul. V ă proiectaţi iubirea s<strong>au</strong> ura asupra mea. Uitaţi total <strong>de</strong> centrul interior aliubirii voastre; celălalt <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> centrul. Aceast ă sutra spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă , atunci când se naşteiubirea s<strong>au</strong> ura s<strong>au</strong> orice alt ă pornire fa ţă <strong>de</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong>va s<strong>au</strong> împotriva cuiva, nu trebuie săproiectaţi acea pornire asupra persoa<strong>ne</strong>i în c<strong>au</strong>z ă. Nu uitaţi c ă voi sunteţi sursa ei.If hate arises for someo<strong>ne</strong> or against someo<strong>ne</strong>, or love arises for someo<strong>ne</strong>, what do wedo? We project it on the person. If you feel hate toward me, you forget yourselfcompletely in your hate; only I become your object. If you feel love toward me, youforget yourself completely; only I become the object. You project your love or hate orwhatsoever upon me. You forget completely the in<strong>ne</strong>r center of your being; the otherbecomes the center. This sutra says when hate arises or love arises, or any mood fororagainst anyo<strong>ne</strong>, do not project it on the person in question. Remember, you are thesourceof it.Te iubesc – simt c ă tu eşti sursa acestui sentiment.Dar nu este chiar aşa. Eu sunt sursa, tu eşti numai ecranul pe <strong>care</strong> eu îmi proiecteziubirea. Eşti numai un ecran; îmi proiectez iubirea pe ti<strong>ne</strong> şi spun c ă tu eşti sursa din<strong>care</strong> izvorăşte iubirea mea. Dar acesta nu este a<strong>de</strong>văr, este ficţiu<strong>ne</strong>. Eu îmi extrage<strong>ne</strong>rgia iubirii şi o proiectez asupra ta. In acea e<strong>ne</strong>rgie proiectat ă a iubirii, tu <strong>de</strong>viiminunat ă. Dar poate pentru altci<strong>ne</strong>va nu eşti minunat ă ; poate pentru altci<strong>ne</strong>va eşti<strong>de</strong>-a dreptul respingătoare.I love you -- the ordinary feeling is that you are the source of my love. That is notreallyso. I am the source, you are just a screen on which I project my love. You are just ascreen; I project my love on you and I say that you are the source of my love. This isnot


fact, this is fiction. I draw my love e<strong>ne</strong>rgy and project it onto you. In that love e<strong>ne</strong>rgyprojected onto you, you become lovely. You may not be lovely to someo<strong>ne</strong> else, youmaybe absolutely repulsive to someo<strong>ne</strong> else.De ce? Dac ă tu eşti sursa iubirii, atunci toat ă lumea trebuie s ă te iubeasc ă , dar nu eştitu sursa ei. Eu proiectez iubirea, şi-atunci tu <strong>de</strong>vii minunat ă; ci<strong>ne</strong>va îşi proiecteazăasupra ta ura, şi-atunci <strong>de</strong>vii respingătoare. Iar altci<strong>ne</strong>va nu proiecteaz ă nimic asuprata, este indiferent; nici măcar nu s-a uitat la ti<strong>ne</strong>.Ce se întâmpl ă? Ne proiectăm propriile porniri asupra altora.De aceea, dac ă v ă aflaţi în luna <strong>de</strong> miere, luna <strong>de</strong> pe cer este minunat ă, grozav ă ,fantastic ă. Lumea întreag ă pare alta. Dar, în aceeaşi noapte, pentru vecinul tău,noaptea poate s ă nu fie <strong>de</strong>loc minunat ă. Tocmai i-a murit copilul – aceeaşi lun ă estetrist ă, insuportabil ă.Dar, pentru voi, este încântătoare, fascinant ă; v ă în<strong>ne</strong>bu<strong>ne</strong>şte, pur şi simplu. De ce?S ă fie luna sursa, s<strong>au</strong> ea este numai ecranul pe <strong>care</strong> v ă proiectaţi pe voi înşiv ă?Why? If you are the source of love then everyo<strong>ne</strong> will feel loving toward you, but youarenot the source. I project love, then you become lovely; someo<strong>ne</strong> projects hate, thenyoubecome repulsive. And someo<strong>ne</strong> else doesn't project anything, he is indifferent; hemaynot even have looked at you. What is happening? We are projecting our own moodsuponothers.That is why, if you are on your ho<strong>ne</strong>ymoon, the moon looks be<strong>au</strong>tiful, miraculous,won<strong>de</strong>rful. It seems that the whole world is different. And on the same night, just foryour <strong>ne</strong>ighbor, this miraculous night may not be in existence at all. His child has died--then the same moon is just sad, intolerable. But for you it is enchanting, fascinating; itismad<strong>de</strong>ning. Why? Is the moon the source or is the moon just a screen and you areprojecting yourself?Aceast ă sutra spu<strong>ne</strong>: Simţi o pornire împotriva s<strong>au</strong> pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, nu o pu<strong>ne</strong> pe seamaaceluia – s<strong>au</strong> pe seama obiectului respectiv. Rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi centraţi. Nu uitaţi c ă voi sunteţisursa, <strong>de</strong>ci nu v ă mişcaţi spre celălalt, mişcaţi-v ă spre surs ă. Când simţiţi ur ă , numergeţi spre obiectulurii. Mergeţi spre punctul <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> por<strong>ne</strong>şte ura. Nu mergeţi spre persoana spre <strong>care</strong>se îndreapt ă ura, ci spre centrul din <strong>care</strong> por<strong>ne</strong>a. Mergeţi spre centru, pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi spreel. Folosiţi-v ă ura, folosiţi-v ă mânia s<strong>au</strong> orice altceva pentru o călătorie spre centrulvostru interior, spre surs ă. Mişcaţi-v ă spre surs ă şi rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi acolo.This sutra says, WHEN A MOOD AGAINST SOMEONE OR FOR SOMEONEARISES, DO NOT PLACE IT ON THE PERSON IN QUESTION -- or on the object inquestion. Remain centered. Remember that you are the source, so do not move to theother, move to the source. When you feel hate, do not go to the object. Go to thepointfrom where the hate is coming. Go not to the person to whom it is going, but to thecenterfrom where it is coming. Move to the center, go within. Use your hate or love or angeroranything as a jour<strong>ne</strong>y toward your in<strong>ne</strong>r center, to the source. Move to the source andremain centered there.208 of 1083Încercaţi! Este o tehnic ă ştiinţific ă, psihologic ă.Ci<strong>ne</strong>va v-a insultat – brusc, erupe mânia, v ă simţiţi cuprinşi <strong>de</strong> febr ă . Mânia curge sprepersoana <strong>care</strong> v-a insultat. Acum v ă veţi proiecta toat ă mânia asupra ei.Ea nu a făcut nimic. Dac ă v-a insultat, ce a făcut? V-a ciupit numai, a făcut ca mâniavoastr ă s ă se trezeasc ă – dar mânia este a voastr ă. Dac ă merge la Buddha şi-l insult ă ,nu va fi în stare s ă provoace mânie în Buddha.S<strong>au</strong>, dac ă merge la Iisus, acesta îi va întin<strong>de</strong> şi celălalt obraz. S<strong>au</strong>, dac ă merge laBodhidharma, acesta va râ<strong>de</strong> în hohote. Deci, reacţia fiecăruia <strong>de</strong>pin<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong>.Nu celălalt este sursa, sursa este mereu în voi. Celălalt nu face <strong>de</strong>cât s ă loveascădirect la surs ă, dar, dac ă în voi nu exist ă mânie, atunci nu are cum s ă ias ă în afar ă .


Dac ă loviţi un Buddha, din el nu poate s ă ias ă <strong>de</strong>cât compasiu<strong>ne</strong>, <strong>de</strong>oarece în el existănumai compasiu<strong>ne</strong>.Nu va ieşi mânie, <strong>de</strong>oarece în el nu exist ă mânie.Dac ă aruncaţi o găleat ă într-o fântân ă goal ă, nu scoateţi nimic, nu aveţi ce scoate.Dac ă aruncaţi găleata în fântâna plin ă şi scoateţi ap ă, apa este din fântân ă , apa nueste a găleţii, este a fântânii. Găleata nu face <strong>de</strong>cât s ă v ă ajute s ă o scoateţi. Deci,ci<strong>ne</strong>va <strong>care</strong> v ă insult ă nu face <strong>de</strong>cât s ă arunce în voi o găleat ă, pe <strong>care</strong> o scoate plină-ochi <strong>de</strong> mânie, <strong>de</strong> ur ă, <strong>de</strong> foc s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> ceea ce esteîn voi. Voi sunteţi sursa, nu uitaţi acest lucru.Try it! This is a very, very scientific, psychological technique. Someo<strong>ne</strong> has insultedyou-- anger sud<strong>de</strong>nly erupts, you are feverish. Anger is flowing toward the person whohasinsulted you. Now you will project this whole anger onto him. He has not do<strong>ne</strong>anything.If he has insulted you, what has he do<strong>ne</strong>? He has just pricked you, he has helped youranger to arise -- but the anger is yours. If he goes to Buddha and insults him, he willnotbe able to create any anger in him. Or if he goes to Jesus, Jesus will give him the othercheek. Or if he goes to Bodhidharma, he will roar with l<strong>au</strong>ghter. So it <strong>de</strong>pends.The other is not the source, the source is always within you. The other is hitting thesource, but if there is no anger within you it cannot come out. If you hit a buddha, onlycompassion will come out bec<strong>au</strong>se only compassion is there. Anger will not come outbec<strong>au</strong>se anger is not there. If you throw a bucket into a dry well, nothing comes out.In awater-filled well, you throw a bucket and water comes out, but the water is from thewell.The bucket only helps to bring it out. So o<strong>ne</strong> who is insulting you is just throwing abucket in you, and then the bucket will come out filled with the anger, hate, or firethatwas within you. You are the source, remember.Pentru aceast ă tehnic ă, nu uitaţi c ă voi sunteţi sursa a tot ceea ce proiectaţi asupracelorlalţi. Şi, <strong>de</strong> câte ori simţiţi vreo pornire pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va s<strong>au</strong> împotriva cuiva,pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi imediat în adâncul vostru, acolo un<strong>de</strong> se afl ă sursa. Rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi centraţiacolo; nu v ă mutaţi spre obiectul pornirii. Ci<strong>ne</strong>va v-a dat şansa s ă <strong>de</strong>veniţi conştienţi<strong>de</strong> propria voastr ă mânie – mulţumiţi-i şi uitaţi <strong>de</strong> el.Inchi<strong>de</strong>ţi ochii, mişcaţi-v ă în interiorul vostru, priviţi sursa din <strong>care</strong> vi<strong>ne</strong> iubirea s<strong>au</strong>ura.De un<strong>de</strong> vi<strong>ne</strong>? Mergeţi înăuntru, mişcaţi-v ă înăuntru.Veţi găsi sursa, <strong>de</strong>oarece voi sunteţi sursa.Voi sunteţi sursa urii, a iubirii s<strong>au</strong> a orice altceva.Şi este uşor s ă mergeţi la surs ă în momentul în <strong>care</strong> sunteţi mânioşi, în <strong>care</strong> iubiţi s<strong>au</strong>în <strong>care</strong> urâţi, <strong>de</strong>oarece atunci sunteţi înfierbântaţi. Atunci v ă este uşor s ă pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi.Firul este fierbinte şi puteţi s ă pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi împreun ă cu el, împreun ă cu fierbinţeala lui.Şi, când ajungeţi în punctul rece din interior, v ă veţi da seama <strong>de</strong> dimensiu<strong>ne</strong>a diferităa lucrurilor, <strong>de</strong> lumea diferit ă <strong>care</strong> se <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong> în faţa voastr ă. Folosiţi mânia, folosiţiura, folosiţi iubirea pentru a pătrun<strong>de</strong> în voi înşiv ă.Le folosim întot<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong>na pentru a <strong>ne</strong> mişca spre celălalt şi <strong>ne</strong> simţim frustraţi atuncicând nu avem asupra cui s ă <strong>ne</strong> proiectăm pornirile. Şi-atunci le proiectăm şi asupraobiectelor <strong>ne</strong>însufleţite. Am văzut persoa<strong>ne</strong> <strong>care</strong> îşi proiect<strong>au</strong> mânia asupra pantofilorlor, pe <strong>care</strong> îi arunc<strong>au</strong> în timpul accesului <strong>de</strong> mânie. Ce fac aceştia? Am văzutpersoa<strong>ne</strong> furioase <strong>care</strong> împinge<strong>au</strong> o uş ă cu toat ă furia şi puterea lor, trântind-o şiînjurând-o. Ce fac ei?For this technique, remember that you are the source of everything that you go onprojecting onto others.And whe<strong>ne</strong>ver there is a mood against or for, immediately move within and go to thesource from where this hate is coming. Remain centered there; do not move to theobject.Someo<strong>ne</strong> has given you a chance to be aware of your own anger -- thank himimmediately and forget him. Close your eyes, move within, and now look at the sourcefrom where this love or anger is coming. From where? Go within, move within. You willfind the source there bec<strong>au</strong>se the anger is coming from your source.Hate or love or anything is coming from your source. And it is easy to go to the sourceat


the moment you are angry or in love or in hate, bec<strong>au</strong>se then you are hot. It is easy tomove in then. The wire is hot and you can take it in, you can move inward with thathot<strong>ne</strong>ss. And when you reach a cool point within, you will sud<strong>de</strong>nly realize a differentdimension, a different world opening before you. Use anger, use hate, use love to gowithin.We use it always to move to the other, and we feel very much frustrated if no o<strong>ne</strong> isthereto project upon. Then we go on projecting even on inanimate objects. I have seenpersonsbeing angry at their shoes, throwing them in anger. What are they doing? I have seenangry persons pushing a door in anger, throwing their anger on the door, abusing thedoor, using dirty language against the door. What are they doing?Voi sfârşi cu INTUITIA percepţia pe <strong>care</strong> o <strong>au</strong> a<strong>de</strong>pţii Zen în legătur ă cu aceste lucruri.I will end with o<strong>ne</strong> Zen insight about this.Unul dintre cei mai mari maeştri Zen, Lin Chi, obişnuia s ă spun ă: "Când eram tânăr,eram fascinat <strong>de</strong> bărci. Aveam o bărcu ţă cu <strong>care</strong> ieşeam, singur, pe lac. Obişnuiam săst<strong>au</strong> acolo cu orele.Intr-o noapte frumoas ă, pe când m ă aflam în barc ă şi meditam cu ochii închişi, o altăbarc ă, goal ă, adus ă <strong>de</strong> curent, a lovit barca mea. Aveam ochii închişi; mi-am zis:«Ci<strong>ne</strong>va a ieşit cu barca pe lac şi a lovit barca mea.»O<strong>ne</strong> of the greatest of Zen masters, Lin Chi, used to say, "While I was young I wasveryfascinated by boating. I had o<strong>ne</strong> small boat, and I would go on the lake alo<strong>ne</strong>. Forhourstogether I would remain there."Once it happe<strong>ne</strong>d that with closed eyes I was in my boat meditating on the be<strong>au</strong>tifulnight. O<strong>ne</strong> empty boat came floating downstream and struck my boat. My eyes wereclosed, so I thought, `Someo<strong>ne</strong> is here with his boat, and he has struck my boat.'Am simţit cum m ă cuprin<strong>de</strong> furia şi tocmai m ă pregăteam să-i spun vreo câtevaindividului aceluia, când mi-am dat seama c ă barca era goal ă. Nu aveam cum s ă mămişc CENTRU EXTERIOR PE CARE SA MA DECARC . Barca era goal ă.Nu făcuse <strong>de</strong>cât, purtat ă fiind <strong>de</strong> curent, s ă loveasc ă barca mea. Nu aveam ce s ă fac.Nu aveam cum să-mi proiectez mânia asupra u<strong>ne</strong>i bărci goale."Anger arose. I ope<strong>ne</strong>d my eyes and I was just going to say something to that man inanger, thenI realized that the boat was empty. Then there was no way to move. To whom could Iexpress the anger? The boat was empty. It was just floating downstream, and it hadcomeand struck my boat. So there was nothing to do. There was no possibility to project theanger on an empty boat." 209 of 1083Lin Chi a continuat: "Am închis ochii. Mânia era acolo, dar pentru c ă nu găseam niciocale <strong>de</strong> scăpare, am închis ochii şi am început s ă plutesc înapoi cu mânia.Barca aceea m-a ajutat s ă înţeleg. Am ajuns într-un punct din interiorul meu, în aceanoapte liniştit ă. Barca goal ă a <strong>fost</strong> maestrul meu. Acum, dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va vi<strong>ne</strong> la mi<strong>ne</strong> şim ă insult ă, râd şi-i spun: «Şi barca asta e goal ă.»Apoi închid ochii şi pătrund adânc în mi<strong>ne</strong>."Folosiţi aceast ă tehnic ă; poate face minuni pentru voi.So Lin Chi said, "I closed my eyes. The anger was there, but finding no way out, Iclosedmy eyes and just floated backward with the anger. And that empty boat became myrealization. I came to a point within myself in that silent night. That empty boat wasmymaster. And now if someo<strong>ne</strong> comes and insults me, I l<strong>au</strong>gh and I say, `This boat isalsoempty.' I close my eyes and I go within."Use this technique. It may work miracles for you.THE END. 210 of 1083Capitolul 16 / Chapter 16:


Dincolo <strong>de</strong> păcatul inconştienţei / Beyond the sin of unconscious<strong>ne</strong>ssINTREBARI1. Cum s ă practicăm <strong>ne</strong>proiectarea emoţiilor noastre asupra altora făr ă a <strong>ne</strong> reprima?2. De ce psihanaliştii din Occi<strong>de</strong>nt nu <strong>au</strong> succes foarte mare cu tehnica"recapitularii/<strong>de</strong>bobinării"?3. Este a<strong>de</strong>vărat c ă nicio metod ă nu este puternic ă dac ă cel <strong>care</strong> o practic ă nu esteiniţiat în practi<strong>care</strong>a ei?4. Dac ă i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a este singurul păcat, <strong>de</strong> ce este folosit ă <strong>de</strong> multe tehnici şi sespu<strong>ne</strong> s ă <strong>de</strong>vii una cu lucrul ?1. Prima întrebare: Ultima tehnic ă pe <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>-ai prezentat-o ieri <strong>ne</strong> învăţa ca, atuncicând avem o pornire împotriva cuiva s<strong>au</strong> pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, s ă nu o proiectăm asuprapersoa<strong>ne</strong>i respective, ci s ă rămâ<strong>ne</strong>m centraţi. Dar când experimentăm cu aceastătehnic ă asupra mâniei s<strong>au</strong> asupra urii noastre etc., simţim c ă <strong>ne</strong> reprimăm emoţiile,ceea ce creeaz ă un complex. Deci, te rugăm s ă <strong>ne</strong> explici cum s ă <strong>ne</strong> eliberăm <strong>de</strong>complexele <strong>de</strong> refulare când practicăm aceast ă tehnic ă.The first question: THE LAST TECHNIQUE YOU DISCUSSED YESTERDAY SAID THATWHEN A MOOD AGAINST SOMEONE OR FOR SOMEONE ARISES, NOT TO PLACE IT ONTHE PERSON IN QUESTION BUT TO REMAIN CENTERED. BUT WHEN WEEXPERIMENT WITH THIS TECHNIQUE ON OUR ANGER, HATRED, ETC., WEFEEL THAT WE ARE SUPPRESSING OUR EMOTION AND IT BECOMES ASUPPRESSED COMPLEX. SO PLEASE CLARIFY HOW TO BE FREE FROMTHESE SUPPRESSED COMPLEXES WHILE PRACTISING THE ABOVETECHNIQUE.Exprimarea şi reprimarea sunt cele dou ă feţe ale aceleiaşi mo<strong>ne</strong><strong>de</strong>. Ele sunt contrare,dar, dac ă <strong>ne</strong> gândim bi<strong>ne</strong>, nu sunt diferite. Atât în exprimare, cât şi în reprimare,celălalt este centrul.Sunt furios – îmi reprim furia. Urma să-mi exprim mânia pe <strong>care</strong> o am altcuiva; acum,îns ă, am reprimat-o. Dar, fie c ă o exprim, fie c ă o reprim, mânia mea este proiectatăasupra altcuiva.Aceast ă tehnic ă nu este pentru suprimare. Tehnica schimb ă temelia însăşi aexprimării şi a refulării.Expression and suppression are two aspects of o<strong>ne</strong> coin. They are contradictory, butbasically they are not different. In expression and in suppression, in both, the other isthecenter.I am angry -- I suppress the anger. I was going to express anger against you; now Isuppress the anger against you. But the anger goes on being projected onto youwhetherexpressed or suppressed.This technique is not for suppression. This technique changes the very base ofexpressionand suppression both.Tehnica aceasta v ă spu<strong>ne</strong> s ă nu proiectaţi nimic asupra celuilalt; voi sunteţi sursa.Fie c ă v ă exprimaţi, fie c ă reprimaţi, voi sunteţi sursa.Accentul nu ca<strong>de</strong> nici pe exprimare, nici pe reprimare. Accentul ca<strong>de</strong> peCONŞTIENTIZAREA sursei. Trebuie s ă v ă mişcaţi spre centru, spre sursa <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong>izvorăsc mânia, ura s<strong>au</strong> iubirea. Atunci când reprimaţi, nu mergeţi spre centru, văluptaţi cu exprimarea.This technique says, do not project it on the other, you are the source. Whether youexpress it or suppress it, you are the source. The emphasis is <strong>ne</strong>ither on expressionnor on suppression. The emphasis is on knowing from where this anger arises. Youhave to move to the center, the source from where anger, hate and love arise.When you suppress you are not moving to the center, you are struggling with theexpression.


In mi<strong>ne</strong> a crescut mânia. In mod obişnuit, pot face dou ă lucruri: s ă o exprim,proiectând-o asupra cuiva, s<strong>au</strong> s ă o reprim. Dar, orice aş alege, <strong>de</strong> fapt, m ă preocupăcelălalt, m ă preocup ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia mâniei <strong>care</strong> a ieşit la suprafa ţă EFECTUL – nu sursa.Tehnica aceasta are drept scop s ă <strong>ne</strong> fac ă s ă uităm complet <strong>de</strong> celălalt. Urmăriţi doare<strong>ne</strong>rgia mâniei <strong>care</strong> creşte în voi şi coborâţi adânc în voi înşiv ă pentru a ve<strong>de</strong>a <strong>de</strong>un<strong>de</strong> vi<strong>ne</strong>. In momentul în <strong>care</strong> găsiţi sursa, rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi centraţi pe ea.Reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi: nu faceţi nimic cu mânia. Când o exprimaţi s<strong>au</strong> o manifestaţi, faceţi ceva cumânia. Când o reprimaţi s<strong>au</strong> o refulaţi, faceţi ceva cu mânia. Tehnica v ă spu<strong>ne</strong> s ă nufaceţi nimic cu mânia; nu o atingeţi; folosiţi-o numai ca pe o cărare. Coborâţi înadâncul vostru pentru a ve<strong>de</strong>a <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> a pornit. Şi, în momentul în <strong>care</strong> găsiţi sursa,este foarte uşor s ă v ă centraţi acolo. Mânia trebuie folosit ă ca o cale <strong>de</strong> a găsi sursa.Şi orice alt ă emoţie poate fi folosit ă în acest scop.Când reprimaţi, nu aveţi cum s ă găsiţi sursa, nu faceţi <strong>de</strong>cât s ă luptaţi cu e<strong>ne</strong>rgia <strong>care</strong>a ieşit la suprafa ţă şi vrea s ă fie exprimat ă.Anger has arisen in me. Ordinarily, I can do two things: express it onto someo<strong>ne</strong> orrepress it. But in both the cases I am concer<strong>ne</strong>d with the other and I am concer<strong>ne</strong>dwiththe e<strong>ne</strong>rgy of anger that has come to the surface -- not with the source.This technique is to forget the other completely. Just look at your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy of angerarisingand move <strong>de</strong>ep down to find the source within yourself from where it is coming. Andthemoment you find the source, remain centered in it. Do not do anything with anger --remember. In expression you are doing something with anger; in suppression also youaredoing something with anger. Do not do anything with anger; do not touch it, just use itasa path. Just go <strong>de</strong>ep down into it to know from where this has arisen. And the momentyou will find the source, it is very easy to be centered there. Anger has to be used,really,as a path to find the source. Any emotion can be used.When you suppress you are not going to find the source, you are just struggling withe<strong>ne</strong>rgy that has come up and wants to be expressed.O puteţi reprima, dar, mai <strong>de</strong>vreme s<strong>au</strong> mai târziu, ea va trebui exprimat ă , <strong>de</strong>oarecenu puteţi lupta la <strong>ne</strong>sfârşit cu e<strong>ne</strong>rgia <strong>care</strong> trebuie s ă ias ă la suprafa ţă . Ea trebuieexprimat ă. Poate nu o exprimaţi asupra lui A, o veţi exprima asupra lui B s<strong>au</strong> lui C. Defie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când găsiţi pe ci<strong>ne</strong>va mai slab <strong>de</strong>cât voi, v ă veţi exprima e<strong>ne</strong>rgia, îi veţida frâu liber.Iar dac ă nu o exprimaţi, v ă veţi simţi împovăraţi, încordaţi şi nu veţi fi în largul vostru,nu veţi fi <strong>de</strong>stinşi.You can suppress it, but it will be expressed soo<strong>ne</strong>r or later bec<strong>au</strong>se you cannotstruggle forever with the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy that has come up. It has to be expressed. So you maynot express it upon A, but then you will express it upon B or C. Whe<strong>ne</strong>ver you findsomeo<strong>ne</strong> who is weaker than you, you willexpress the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy. And unless you express it you will feel bur<strong>de</strong><strong>ne</strong>d, tense, heavyand illat ease. 211 of 1083Deci, va fi exprimat ă. Nu o puteţi reprima la <strong>ne</strong>sfârşit. Un<strong>de</strong>va exist ă o fisur ă prin <strong>care</strong>începe săias ă, iar dac ă nu, v ă va <strong>de</strong>ranja în perma<strong>ne</strong>n ţă. Reprimarea, aşadar, nu înseamnăaltceva <strong>de</strong>cât amânarea exprimării. Pur şi simplu amânaţi.Sunteţi furioşi pe şeful vostru, dar nu puteţi da frâu liber furiei; ar fi riscant, nu ar fidiplomatic. Aşadar, o împingeţi înapoi, dup ă <strong>care</strong> aşteptaţi pân ă apare situaţia în <strong>care</strong>o veţi putea revărsa pe soţia s<strong>au</strong> pe copilul vostru, s<strong>au</strong> pe altci<strong>ne</strong>va – pe servitor, <strong>de</strong>exemplu.Şi veţi face acest lucru în momentul în <strong>care</strong> ajungeţi acas ă. Desigur, veţi găsi motive,IN AFARA pentru c ă omul este un animal <strong>care</strong> gân<strong>de</strong>şte. TIPUL REACTICEl se va gândi şi va găsi un motiv, ceva <strong>ne</strong>semnificativ, dar <strong>care</strong> acum capătădimensiuni noi, căci v ă ajut ă s ă v ă exprimaţi mânia.Reprimarea nu este altceva <strong>de</strong>cât amânare. Puteţi amâna luni <strong>de</strong> zile, ani <strong>de</strong> zile chiar.Şi cei <strong>care</strong> ştiu <strong>de</strong>spre ce vorbesc susţin c ă o puteţi amâna chiar mai multe vieţi, dar,la un moment dat, tot va trebui exprimat ă.


Aceast ă tehnic ă nu are nimic <strong>de</strong>-a face cu exprimarea s<strong>au</strong> cu suprimarea – nu!Aceast ă tehnic ă foloseşte pornirile voastre, e<strong>ne</strong>rgia voastr ă, ca pe o cărare pe <strong>care</strong> săo folosiţi pentru a coborî adânc în voi.So it will be expressed. You cannot suppress it continuously. From somewhere it willleak out, bec<strong>au</strong>se if it is not going to leak out you will be constantly worried by it. Sosuppression is really nothing but postponing expression. You will simply postpo<strong>ne</strong>.You are angry at your boss and you cannot express it; it is not economical. You willhaveto push it down, so you just wait until you can express it upon your wife or upon yourchild or somewhere -- upon your servant... And the moment you reach your home youwill express it. You will find c<strong>au</strong>ses, of course, bec<strong>au</strong>se man is a rationalizing animal.Hewill rationalize; he will find something -- something very trivial, but now that willbecome very meaningful bec<strong>au</strong>se you have something to express.Suppression is nothing but postponing. You can postpo<strong>ne</strong> for months, for years. Andthose who know say that you can postpo<strong>ne</strong> for lives also, but it will have to beexpressed.This technique is not concer<strong>ne</strong>d at all with suppression or expression -- no! Thistechnique uses your mood, your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy, as a path for you to go <strong>de</strong>ep down withinyourself.Gurdjieff obişnuia s ă creeze situaţii prin <strong>care</strong> s ă provoace în ti<strong>ne</strong> furie s<strong>au</strong> ur ă , s<strong>au</strong>orice alt ă pornire; era un fenomen creat. Nu îţi dă<strong>de</strong>ai seama <strong>de</strong> ce urmeaz ă s ă sepetreac ă.Gurdjieff stătea cu discipolii săi şi, în momentul în <strong>care</strong> intrai, nu aveai habar <strong>de</strong> ceeace avea s ă urmeze, dar ei te aştept<strong>au</strong> pregătiţi s ă te provoace, s ă <strong>de</strong>clanşeze în ti<strong>ne</strong>furia. Se purt<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> aşa manier ă... ci<strong>ne</strong>va urma s ă spun ă ceva şi întregul grup se purtaatât <strong>de</strong> insultător, încât cel <strong>care</strong> tocmai intrase ajungea s ă se înfurie. Iar când ve<strong>de</strong>ac ă te afli în punctul în <strong>care</strong> fie explo<strong>de</strong>zi,fie pătrunzi în ti<strong>ne</strong>, când ve<strong>de</strong>a c ă eşti pe cale s ă explo<strong>de</strong>zi, spu<strong>ne</strong>a: "Inchi<strong>de</strong> ochii.Acum conştientizează-ţi mânia şi f ă calea întoars ă."Gurdjieff used to create situations in which he would force anger upon you, or hatred,orany other mood, and that was a created phenomenon. You would not be aware ofwhat isgoing to happen.Gurdjieff is sitting with his disciples, and as you enter you are not aware of what isgoingto happen, but they are ready to create anger in you.They will behave in such a way... Someo<strong>ne</strong> will say something, and the whole groupwillbehave so insultingly that you will become furious. Sud<strong>de</strong>nly anger will come up; youareaflame. And when Gurdjieff has seen that now a point has come from where you ca<strong>ne</strong>ither go <strong>de</strong>ep down or you can go out, when the peak has come within you and youarejust going to explo<strong>de</strong>, then he will say, "Close your eyes. Now be aware of your angerand go back."Numai în acel moment îţi dă<strong>de</strong>ai seama c ă situaţia era creat ă, trucat ă, mimat ă .Nimeni nu avea niciun interes s ă te insulte – era numai o înscenare, dar mânia seiscase. Şi, chiar dac ă ajungeai să-ţi dai seama c ă era numai o înscenare, e<strong>ne</strong>rgia totnu putea s ă coboare brusc, era <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> un anume timp. Dar puteai coborî împreunăcu e<strong>ne</strong>rgia pân ă la surs ă. E<strong>ne</strong>rgia te ajuta săcobori pân ă în locul <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> pornise; te putea co<strong>ne</strong>cta la sursa originar ă . Iar aceastaeste una dintre cele mai bu<strong>ne</strong> meto<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> meditaţie.Only then would you realize that the situation was a created o<strong>ne</strong>. No o<strong>ne</strong> wasinterestedin insulting you -- that was just a drama, a psychodrama -- but the anger has arisen.An<strong>de</strong>ven if you come to know that it was simply a drama, the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy cannot sud<strong>de</strong>nly godown, it will take time. Now you can move down with the falling e<strong>ne</strong>rgy to the source.This e<strong>ne</strong>rgy will just help you to go down to where it has come from; you can con<strong>ne</strong>ctnow with the original source. And this is o<strong>ne</strong> of the most successful methods ofmeditation.


Creaţi orice stare… dar chiar nu este <strong>ne</strong>voie, <strong>de</strong>oarece ziua este plin ă <strong>de</strong> ele. Folosiţi-v ă <strong>de</strong> ori<strong>care</strong> dintre ele pentru a medita. Apoi uitaţi complet <strong>de</strong> celălalt şi nu maireprimaţi nimic. Coborâţi împreun ă cu e<strong>ne</strong>rgia <strong>care</strong> a urcat. Fie<strong>care</strong> e<strong>ne</strong>rgie por<strong>ne</strong>şte<strong>de</strong> la sursa ei, <strong>de</strong>ci poteca este cald ă şi o puteţi folosi pentru a reface drumul ei. Iar înmomentul în <strong>care</strong> ajungeţi la surs ă,e<strong>ne</strong>rgia se va afunda în surs ă.Create any mood... but there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed bec<strong>au</strong>se thewhole day moods are there. Use anymood to meditate. Then you have forgotten the other completely, and you are notsuppressing anything. You are just moving down with some e<strong>ne</strong>rgy which has comeup.Every e<strong>ne</strong>rgy comes from the source, so right now the path is warm and you can usethatpath to go back. And the moment you reach to the original source, the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy willsubsi<strong>de</strong> into the original source.Asta nu este reprimare: e<strong>ne</strong>rgia s-a întors înapoi în locul <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> a izvorât.Şi, când sunteţi în stare s ă v ă reuniţi e<strong>ne</strong>rgia cu sursa originar ă, aţi <strong>de</strong>venit stăpânulcorpului vostru, al minţii voastre, al e<strong>ne</strong>rgiei voastre. Le puteţi controla. Aţi <strong>de</strong>venitstăpânul. Acum nu v ă veţi mai risipi e<strong>ne</strong>rgia.It is not suppression: the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy has go<strong>ne</strong> back to the original source. And when youbecome capable of reuniting your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy with your original source, you have becomethemaster of your body, your mind, your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy. You have become the master. Now youwill not dissipate your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy.Odat ă ce aţi aflat cum ca<strong>de</strong> e<strong>ne</strong>rgia, împreun ă cu voi, înapoi în centru, nu mai aveţi<strong>ne</strong>voie s ă reprimaţi nimic şi nu mai aveţi <strong>ne</strong>voie s ă exprimaţi nimic.Chiar în acest moment, sunteţi furioşi. V ă spun ceva şi v ă înfuriaţi. De un<strong>de</strong> vi<strong>ne</strong>aceast ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgie? Acum un moment nu eraţi furioşi, dar e<strong>ne</strong>rgia era în voi. Şi, dacăaceast ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgie poate s ă cad ă înapoi în surs ă, veţi fi cei <strong>care</strong> aţi <strong>fost</strong> acum unmoment.Once you can know how the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy falls back with you to the center, there is no <strong>ne</strong>edofany suppression and there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed of any expression. Right now you are not angry.Isay something -- you become angry. From where is this e<strong>ne</strong>rgy coming? A momentbefore you were not angry, but the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy was in you. If this e<strong>ne</strong>rgy can fall backagainto the source, you will again be the same as you were a moment before. 212 of 1083Reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi acest lucru: e<strong>ne</strong>rgia nu este nici mânie, nici ur ă , nici iubire. E<strong>ne</strong>rgia estenumai e<strong>ne</strong>rgie – este <strong>ne</strong>utr ă . Aceeaşi e<strong>ne</strong>rgie <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> mânie; aceeaşi e<strong>ne</strong>rgie <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong>sex; aceeaşi e<strong>ne</strong>rgie <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> iubire; aceeaşi e<strong>ne</strong>rgie <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> ur ă . Nu sunt <strong>de</strong>cât formeale aceleiaşi e<strong>ne</strong>rgii. Voi sunteţi cei <strong>care</strong> daţi forma, mintea voastr ă d ă forma, iare<strong>ne</strong>rgia intr ă în ea.Nu uitaţi: dac ă iubiţi profund, nu v ă mai rămâ<strong>ne</strong> prea mult ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgie pentru furie. Dacănu iubiţi <strong>de</strong>loc, veţi avea foarte mult ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgie pentru a fi mânioşi şi veţi şi găsi situaţiiîn <strong>care</strong> s ă fiţi mânioşi. Dac ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia voastr ă se manifest ă prin sex, veţi fi mai puţinviolenţi.Dac ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia voastr ă nu se manifest ă prin sex, veţi fi mai violenţi. De aceeacomandanţii militari nu le permit soldaţilor s ă întreţin ă relaţii sexuale. Dac ă le-arpermite, soldaţii ar <strong>de</strong>veni <strong>ne</strong>putincioşi în bătălie. COMPETITII SPORTIVERemember this: e<strong>ne</strong>rgy is <strong>ne</strong>ither anger nor love nor hate. E<strong>ne</strong>rgy is simply e<strong>ne</strong>rgy --<strong>ne</strong>utral. The same e<strong>ne</strong>rgy becomes anger; the same e<strong>ne</strong>rgy becomes sex; the samee<strong>ne</strong>rgybecomes love; the same e<strong>ne</strong>rgy becomes hate. These are all forms of the samee<strong>ne</strong>rgy.You give the form, your mind gives the form, and the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy moves into it.So remember, if you love <strong>de</strong>eply you will not have much e<strong>ne</strong>rgy to be angry. If you donot love at all, then you will have much e<strong>ne</strong>rgy to be angry, and you will go on findingsituations in which to be angry. If your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy is expressed through sex, you will belessviolent. If your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy is not expressed through sex, you will be more violent. That iswhy militaries will <strong>ne</strong>ver allow sexual relationships for the soldiers.If it is allowed, the militaries will become absolutely impotent to fight.


De aceea, ori <strong>de</strong> câte ori o civilizaţie atinge nivelul cel mai înalt, nu mai poate sălupte. De aceea civilizaţiile mai rafinate, mai <strong>de</strong>zvoltate sunt cucerite <strong>de</strong> barbari; <strong>de</strong>fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă se întâmpl ă aşa, pentru c ă o societate rafinat ă se preocup ă <strong>de</strong> toate<strong>ne</strong>voile cetăţenilor ei, inclusiv <strong>de</strong> cele sexuale. Când într-o societate civilizat ă <strong>ne</strong>voilesexuale sunt satisfăcute, membrii acelei societăţi nu pot lupta. Puteţi lupta cu uşurinţădac ă <strong>ne</strong>voile voastre sexuale nu sunt satisfăcute.Deci, dac ă vreţi o lume în <strong>care</strong> s ă dom<strong>ne</strong>asc ă pacea, ar trebui s ă existe o mai marelibertate sexual ă. Dac ă vreţi o lume a războiului, atunci interziceţi sexul, creaţi oatitudi<strong>ne</strong> antisex.That is why, whe<strong>ne</strong>ver civilization comes to a peak, it cannot fight. So always, morecultured and more civilized societies are overrun and <strong>de</strong>feated by lesser civilizations --always, bec<strong>au</strong>se a more <strong>de</strong>veloped society <strong>care</strong>s about its individuals' every <strong>ne</strong>ed,and sexis inclu<strong>de</strong>d. So when a society is really established, affluent, everybody's sexual <strong>ne</strong>edisfulfilled -- but when the sexual <strong>ne</strong>ed is fulfilled you cannot fight. You can fight veryeasily if the sexual <strong>ne</strong>ed is not fulfilled. So if you want a world of peace, more freedomfor sex will be <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d. If you want a world of warring, fighting, then <strong>de</strong>ny sex,suppresssex, create anti-sex attitu<strong>de</strong>s.Este un paradox aici; aşa-numiţii sfinţi şi înţelepţii vorbesc şi <strong>de</strong>spre pace, dar vorbescşi <strong>de</strong>spre sex. Ei creeaz ă o atmosfer ă antisex, dar, în acelaşi timp, spun cu glas tare călumea are <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> pace, nu <strong>de</strong> războaie. Acest lucru este absurd.Hipioţii sunt mai corecţi; sloganul lor are dreptate: "Faceţi dragoste, nu război." Aşa şieste.Dac ă puteţi iubi mai mult, atunci nu puteţi face războaie.De aceea aşa-numiţii sannyasini, <strong>care</strong> <strong>au</strong> suprimat sexul, vor fi mereu violenţi şifurioşi, făr ă niciun motiv; vor fi pur şi simplu furioşi, vor clocoti <strong>de</strong> mânie şi vor aşteptas ă explo<strong>de</strong>ze. Intreaga lor e<strong>ne</strong>rgie este <strong>ne</strong>exprimat ă.Brahmacharya, castitatea real ă, celibatul a<strong>de</strong>vărat, ascetismul, nu sunt posibile dacăe<strong>ne</strong>rgia nu ca<strong>de</strong> înapoi la surs ă.This is a very paradoxical thing: the so-called saints and sages go on talking aboutpeace,and they go on talking against sex also. They go on creating an anti-sex atmosphere,andat the same time they go on saying that the world <strong>ne</strong>eds peace, not war. This isabsurd.Hippies are more correct; their slogan is right: "Make love, do not make war." That isright. If you can make love more, really you cannot make war.That is why the so-called sannyasins who have suppressed sex will always be violent,angry about nothing: just angry, just violent, bubbling, waiting to explo<strong>de</strong>. Their wholee<strong>ne</strong>rgy is u<strong>ne</strong>xpressed. Unless the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy falls down to the source, noBRAHMACHARYA, no real celibacy is possible.Puteţi suprima sexul – şi va <strong>de</strong>veni violen ţă. Dac ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia sexual ă se mişc ă în jos sprecentru, atunci <strong>de</strong>veniţi ca nişte copii.Copilul are mai mult ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgie sexual ă <strong>de</strong>cât voi, dar aceasta se afl ă înc ă în sursa ei;înc ă nu s-a mişcat spre corp. Se va mişca. Atunci când corpul este pregătit, cândglan<strong>de</strong>le sunt pregătite, când corpul s-a maturizat, e<strong>ne</strong>rgia se va mişca.INOCENTADe ce un copil arat ă atât <strong>de</strong> inocent? E<strong>ne</strong>rgia se afl ă înc ă în interiorul sursei; înc ă nu s-a mişcat. Acelaşi lucru se întâmpl ă şi cu ci<strong>ne</strong>va <strong>care</strong> a dobândit iluminarea. Toatăe<strong>ne</strong>rgia se mişc ă spre surs ă, iar persoana <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> ca un copil. Asta vrea s ă spun ă Iisusprin: "Numai cei precum copiii vor putea intra în împărăţia lui Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu."Ce înseamn ă asta? Din punct <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re ştiinţific, înseamn ă c ă toat ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia voastr ă s-a întors la surs ă.Dac ă o exprimaţi, iese afar ă. Şi, când o exprimaţi, o obişnuiţi s ă ias ă, s ă se scurg ă .Dac ă o reprimaţi, nici nu se întoarce în surs ă şi nici nu iese afar ă: rămâ<strong>ne</strong> suspendat ă .Iar e<strong>ne</strong>rgia suspendat ă <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> o povar ă.You can suppress sex -- then it will become violence. If the sex e<strong>ne</strong>rgy moves down tothe center, you will be just like a child.


The child has more sex e<strong>ne</strong>rgy than you, but it is still in the source; it has not movedtothe body yet. It will move. When the body will be ready and the glands will be readyandthe body will be mature, the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy will move. Why does a child look so innocent? Thee<strong>ne</strong>rgy is at the source; it has not moved. Again the same thing happens whensomeo<strong>ne</strong>becomes enlighte<strong>ne</strong>d. The whole e<strong>ne</strong>rgy moves to the source, and the personbecomeschildlike. That is what Jesus means when he says, "Only those who are like childrenwillbe able to enter into my kingdom of God."What does it mean? Scientifically it means your whole e<strong>ne</strong>rgy has moved back to thesource. If you express, it has moved out. And when it is expressed, you are creating ahabit for the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy to move out, to leak out. If you suppress, then the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy has notmoved to the source and it has not moved out: it is suspen<strong>de</strong>d. And a suspen<strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong><strong>ne</strong>rgy isa bur<strong>de</strong>n.De aceea, dac ă v-aţi exprimat furia cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat, v ă simţiţi uşuraţi. Dac ă eliberaţie<strong>ne</strong>rgia prin sex, v ă simţiţi uşuraţi.Dac ă distrugeţi ceva, ura este eliberat ă şi v ă simţiţi uşuraţi. De ce v ă simţiţi atât <strong>de</strong>uşuraţi?Deoarece e<strong>ne</strong>rgia suspendat ă atârn ă foarte greu.V ă înceţoşeaz ă mintea. Fie o eliberaţi, fie o faceţi s ă reintre în surs ă; aveţi <strong>de</strong> alesîntre aceste dou ă variante.That is why, if you really express anger, you feel relief. If you go through sex, you feelrelief. If you <strong>de</strong>stroy something, your hate is released and you feel relief. Why is thisrelief felt? Bec<strong>au</strong>se suspen<strong>de</strong>d e<strong>ne</strong>rgy is bur<strong>de</strong>nsome, heavy. Your mind is cloudy withit.You have to throw it out or allow it to move back to the original source; these are theonly two things. 213 of 1083Dac ă se întoarce în surs ă, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> făr ă form ă. In surs ă, e<strong>ne</strong>rgia nu are form ă . Deexemplu, electricitatea SI PRANA nu are form ă. Atunci când pătrun<strong>de</strong> într-un ventilatorpentru a-l acţiona, dobân<strong>de</strong>şte o form ă. Atunci când se afl ă într-un bec, ia alt ă form ă .Puteţi s ă o ve<strong>de</strong>ţi într-o mie<strong>de</strong> forme – dar e<strong>ne</strong>rgia este aceeaşi.Mânia este un mecanism, sexul este un mecanism, iubirea este un mecanism, uraeste un mecanism. Când e<strong>ne</strong>rgia trece în canalul urii, ea <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> ur ă. Dac ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia semut ă în iubire, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> iubire. Iar când se mut ă în surs ă, nu este <strong>de</strong>cât e<strong>ne</strong>rgie fărăform ă, e<strong>ne</strong>rgie pur ă. Nu este nici ur ă , nici iubire, nici mânie, nici sex, este pur şisimplu e<strong>ne</strong>rgie. Atunci este inocent ă, <strong>de</strong>oarece lipsa formei este inocen ţă absolut ă.If it goes back to the source, it becomes formless. In the source, e<strong>ne</strong>rgy is formless.Forexample, electricity is formless. When it moves into a fan, it takes o<strong>ne</strong> kind of form.When it moves into a bulb, it takes a different form. You can use it in a thousand ways--the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy is the same. The form is given by the mechanism through which it moves.Anger is a mechanism, sex is a mechanism, love is a mechanism, hate is amechanism.When e<strong>ne</strong>rgy moves into the chan<strong>ne</strong>l of hate, it becomes hate. If the same e<strong>ne</strong>rgymovesinto love, it becomes love. And when it moves into the source, it is formless e<strong>ne</strong>rgy --pure e<strong>ne</strong>rgy. It is <strong>ne</strong>ither hate nor love nor anger nor sex, simply e<strong>ne</strong>rgy. Then it isinnocent, bec<strong>au</strong>se formless<strong>ne</strong>ss is absolute innocence.De aceea Buddha arat ă atât <strong>de</strong> inocent, la fel ca un copil. E<strong>ne</strong>rgia s-a mutat în surs ă.Nu eliberaţi e<strong>ne</strong>rgia, căci nu faceţi <strong>de</strong>cât s ă o risipiţi şi îl ajutaţi şi pe celălalt s ă orisipeasc ă.Nu o reprimaţi, căci creaţi un fenomen <strong>de</strong> suspendare, <strong>de</strong> amânare, <strong>care</strong> în cele dinurm ă ajunge tot la eliberare. AMANARE Şi-atunci ce este <strong>de</strong> făcut?Aceast ă tehnic ă spu<strong>ne</strong> s ă nu faceţi nimic cu pornirea însăşi, ci s ă v ă întoarceţi înapoi,la sursa un<strong>de</strong> îşi are origi<strong>ne</strong>a. Cât timp pornirea este acut ă, calea este clar ă, vizibil ă îninterior; puteţi merge <strong>de</strong>-a lungul ei. Folosiţi aceste porniri pentru meditaţie.


Rezultatul este miraculos, aproape <strong>de</strong> <strong>ne</strong>crezut. Şi, odat ă ce găsiţi cheia <strong>care</strong> v ă aratăcum s ă faceţi ca e<strong>ne</strong>rgia s ă intre înapoi însurs ă, personalitatea voastr ă se va îmbunătăţi, calitatea ei va fi mai bun ă . Atunci nuveţi maidisipa, nu veţi mai împrăştia nimic, vi se va părea ridicol.That is why Buddha looks so innocent, childlike. The e<strong>ne</strong>rgy has moved to the source.Do not express, bec<strong>au</strong>se you are wasting your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy and helping the other also towastehis. Do not suppress, bec<strong>au</strong>se then you are creating a suspen<strong>de</strong>d phenomenon whichwillhave to be released. Then what to do?This technique says, do not do anything with the mood itself, just go back to thesourcefrom where the mood is coming. And while the mood is hot, the path is clear, visibleinsi<strong>de</strong>; you can move on it. Use moods for meditation. The result is miraculous,unbelievable. And once you find the key that shows you how to pour the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy backtothe source, you will have a different quality of personality.Then you will not be dissipating anything, then it will look stupid.Buddha spu<strong>ne</strong>a c ă, <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când sunteţi furioşi pe ci<strong>ne</strong>va, v ă pe<strong>de</strong>psiţi pe voiînşiv ă pentru ceea ce a făcut acea persoan ă . Persoana aceea v-a insultat, ea a comisfapta, iar voi v ă pe<strong>de</strong>psiţi pe voi înşiv ă făcându-v ă <strong>ne</strong>rvi; v ă risipiţi e<strong>ne</strong>rgia. Ceea ceeste o prostie.Şi ascultându-i pe Buddha, pe Mahavira şi pe Iisus, începeţi s ă v ă reprimaţi furia. Văgândiţi c ă este o prostie s ă fiţi furioşi.Buddha has said that whe<strong>ne</strong>ver you are angry against someo<strong>ne</strong>, you are punishingyourself for the mis<strong>de</strong>ed of the other. He has insulted you -- that is his <strong>de</strong>ed -- and youare punishing yourself by being angry; you are dissipating your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy. This is stupid.But then, listening to Buddha, Mahavir, Jesus, we start repressing; we startsuppressingour e<strong>ne</strong>rgy. Then we think that it is not good, that it is stupid to be angry.Şi-atunci, ce faceţi? V ă reprimaţi mânia, nu mai sunteţi furioşi, v ă controlaţi, văînchi<strong>de</strong>ţi.V ă luptaţi cu furia şi o reprimaţi. Şi ajungeţi ca şi când aţi sta pe o bomb ă ce ar puteaexploda în orice clip ă. Este ca şi când aţi sta pe Vezuviu – poate erupe în oricemoment.Şi acumulaţi. Adunaţi mânia u<strong>ne</strong>i zile întregi, a u<strong>ne</strong>i luni întregi, a unui an întreg, <strong>au</strong><strong>ne</strong>i vieţi, apoipe cea a mai multor vieţi. Este acolo; poate exploda în orice moment.Şi-atunci, v ă temeţi chiar şi pentru faptul c ă sunteţi vii, căci ştiţi c ă oricând s-ar puteaîntâmpla ceva ce ar <strong>de</strong>clanşa explozia. V ă este team ă şi fie<strong>care</strong> moment este o luptăinterioar ă.Psihologii spun c ă este mai bi<strong>ne</strong> s ă exprimăm <strong>de</strong>cât s ă reprimăm, dar religia nu poatespu<strong>ne</strong> acelaşi lucru.So what to do? Suppress the anger, do not be angry, pull yourself in, close yourself.Fightwith your anger and suppress it. But then you will be sitting on something which willexplo<strong>de</strong> any moment. You are sitting on a Vesuvius -- any moment it will explo<strong>de</strong>.You go on collecting. The whole day's anger is collected; the whole month's anger iscollected; the whole year's anger, and the anger of your whole life, and then the angerofmany lives, is collected. It is there; it can explo<strong>de</strong> at any moment. Then you becomeveryafraid of being alive even, bec<strong>au</strong>se any moment anything can go in and you willexplo<strong>de</strong>.You become afraid, every moment is an in<strong>ne</strong>r struggle.Psychologists say it is better to express than to suppress, but religion cannot say this.Religia AUTENTICA spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă ambele atitudini sunt greşite. Dac ă exprimaţi ceea cesimţiţi, v ă faceţi rău şi vou ă, le faceţi rău şi celorlalţi. Dac ă reprimaţi, v ă faceţi răuvou ă şi, într-o zi, s-ar putea s ă faceţi rău şi altcuiva. Mergeţi spre surs ă , aşa încâte<strong>ne</strong>rgia s ă cad ă înapoi în ea şi s ă <strong>de</strong>vin ă făr ă form ă. Atunci v ă veţi simţi puternici fărăs ă fiţi mânioşi. Atunci veţi simţi e<strong>ne</strong>rgia, e<strong>ne</strong>rgia vital ă.


Veţi fi vii, veţi avea o via ţă intens ă, făr ă forme.Veţi impresiona prin simpla prezen ţă. Nu va fi <strong>ne</strong>voie s ă dominaţi pe nimeni, prezenţavoastr ă va fi suficient ă pentru ca toţi s ă simt ă o puternic ă surs ă.De fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când ci<strong>ne</strong>va merge la Buddha s<strong>au</strong> la Krishna, simte c ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia propriesufer ă o schimbare, datorit ă sursei atât <strong>de</strong> puternice.Religion says both are stupid. In expression you are harming the other and alsoyourself.In suppression you are harming yourself, and you will harm someo<strong>ne</strong> else someday.Move to the source so that the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy falls back to the source and becomes formless.Then you will feel very powerful without being angry. Then you will feel e<strong>ne</strong>rgy -- vitale<strong>ne</strong>rgy. You will be alive, you will have an intense life without forms. Anyo<strong>ne</strong> will beimpressed just by your presence. You <strong>ne</strong>ed not dominate anyo<strong>ne</strong>, just your presenceandthey will feel that some powerful source has come. Whe<strong>ne</strong>ver someo<strong>ne</strong> goes to aBuddha or to a Krishna, sud<strong>de</strong>nly his e<strong>ne</strong>rgy feels a change of climate bec<strong>au</strong>se of sucha powerful source.In momentul în <strong>care</strong> eşti aproape, te simţi mag<strong>ne</strong>tizat. Nimeni nu te mag<strong>ne</strong>tizeaz ă ,nimeni nu încearc ă să-ţi fac ă ceva, este vorba numai <strong>de</strong>spre prezen ţă.The moment you move <strong>ne</strong>ar, you are mag<strong>ne</strong>tized. No o<strong>ne</strong> is mag<strong>ne</strong>tizing you, no o<strong>ne</strong>is trying anything, there is just the presence. 214 of 1083Iţi poţi închipui c ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va te-a hipnotizat, dar nu este aşa. Prezenţa unui buddha – acărui e<strong>ne</strong>rgie a <strong>de</strong>venit făr ă form ă, a cărui e<strong>ne</strong>rgie s-a întors în surs ă , <strong>care</strong> estecentrat în surs ă –, simpla lui prezen ţă este hipnotizatoare. Devi<strong>ne</strong> charismatic.Buddha a dobândit iluminarea. Inainte <strong>de</strong> iluminare, avea cinci discipoli. Duce<strong>au</strong> ovia ţă ascetic ă , iar când Buddha, el însuşi un ascet <strong>care</strong> inventa mereu noi meto<strong>de</strong>pentru a-şi tortura trupul, găsea o nou ă tortur ă , cei cinci îl urm<strong>au</strong> cu <strong>de</strong>votament.Apoi, Buddha a simţit c ă toate acestea er<strong>au</strong> absur<strong>de</strong>. Torturarea propriului trup nuajut ă pe nimeni s ă se <strong>de</strong>scopere, s ă se găseasc ă . Când şi-a dat seama <strong>de</strong> acest lucru,a renunţat la viaţa ascetic ă . Cei cinci discipoli l-<strong>au</strong> abandonat imediat. Au spus: "Ai<strong>de</strong>căzut. Nu mai eşti un ascet." Şi l-<strong>au</strong> părăsit.You may feel that someo<strong>ne</strong> has hypnotized you, but no o<strong>ne</strong> is hypnotizing. Thepresence of a buddha -- whose e<strong>ne</strong>rgy has become formless, whose e<strong>ne</strong>rgy has go<strong>ne</strong>tothe source, who is centered at his source -- the very presence is hypnotizing. Itbecomescharismatic.Buddha became enlighte<strong>ne</strong>d. Before his enlightenment he had five disciples. Theywereascetics and when Buddha himself was a great ascetic, torturing his body in many,manyways, inventing <strong>ne</strong>w and more sadistic techniques to torture himself, those five werehisar<strong>de</strong>nt followers. Then Buddha felt that this was wholly, absolutely absurd. Just bytorturing o<strong>ne</strong>'s body o<strong>ne</strong> is not going to realize o<strong>ne</strong>self. When he realized this, he leftascetic ways. Those five followers left him immediately.They said, "You have fallen down. You are no more an ascetic." They left him.Când Buddha a dobândit iluminarea, primul lui gând a <strong>fost</strong> la cei cinci discipoli pe <strong>care</strong>îi avusese.Odinioar ă fuseser ă discipolii lui; trebuia s ă mearg ă la ei. Simţea c ă este <strong>de</strong> datoria luis ă mearg ă la ei şi s ă le spun ă ce realizase. I-a căutat, a călătorit în Bihar, apoi dinBodhgaya la Benares – numai pentru a-i găsi. Ei er<strong>au</strong> în Sarnath. Buddha nu s-a maiîntors niciodat ă la Benares, nici la Sarnath; a <strong>fost</strong> acolo numai pentru cei cincidiscipoli.A ajuns la Sarnath. Era vremea înserării, soarele apu<strong>ne</strong>a, iar cei cinci asceţi stăte<strong>au</strong> peo colin ă.L-<strong>au</strong> văzut pe Buddha venind şi <strong>au</strong> spus: "Acel <strong>de</strong>căzut G<strong>au</strong>tam Buddha, acel G<strong>au</strong>tamSiddharta, <strong>care</strong> a părăsit cărarea, vi<strong>ne</strong> spre noi. Nu trebuie să-i arătăm nicio urm ă <strong>de</strong>respect. Nici măcar respectul pe <strong>care</strong> îl arătăm unui om <strong>de</strong> rând."When Buddha became enlighte<strong>ne</strong>d, the first i<strong>de</strong>a that came to his mind was aboutthosefive followers. Once they were his followers, so he must go to them. He felt a duty --he


must find them and tell them what he has found. So he searched for them, and hetraveledin Bihar, from Bodhgaya to Benares, just to find them. They were at Sarnath. Buddha<strong>ne</strong>ver came back to Benares again, <strong>ne</strong>ver came back to Sarnath again, bec<strong>au</strong>se hecameonly for those five disciples.He came to Sarnath. It was evening time, the sun was setting, and those five asceticsweresitting on a hillock. They saw Buddha coming, so they said, "That fallen G<strong>au</strong>tamBuddha,that G<strong>au</strong>tam Siddharth who has fallen from the path, is coming. We must not pay anyrespect to him. We should not pay to him even ordinary respect."Aşa c ă <strong>au</strong> închis ochii. Buddha s-a apropiat tot mai mult <strong>de</strong> ei, iar cei cinci discipoli <strong>au</strong>început s ă simt ă o schimbare – <strong>au</strong> început s ă se răzgân<strong>de</strong>asc ă. Au început s ă se simtăjenaţi. Când Buddha a ajuns chiar lâng ă ei, toţi <strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>schis brusc ochii şi s-<strong>au</strong> aruncatla picioarele lui Buddha.Buddha i-a întrebat: "De ce faceţi una ca asta? Doar aţi hotărât s ă nu-mi arătaţi niciunpic <strong>de</strong> respect, <strong>de</strong> ce faceţi asta?"So they closed their eyes. Buddha came <strong>ne</strong>arer and <strong>ne</strong>arer, and those five asceticsbeganto feel a change -- a change of mind. They became u<strong>ne</strong>asy. When Buddha reachedjust<strong>ne</strong>ar, sud<strong>de</strong>nly all the five ope<strong>ne</strong>d their eyes and fell at the feet of Buddha. Buddhasaid,"But why are you doing this? You <strong>de</strong>ci<strong>de</strong>d not to give any respect to me, so why areyoudoing this?"I-<strong>au</strong> răspuns: "Nu facem noi acest lucru, pur şi simplu se întâmpl ă . Ce ai dobândit? Ai<strong>de</strong>venit ofor ţă mag<strong>ne</strong>tic ă. Suntem pur şi simplu atraşi. Ce faci cu noi? Ne-ai hipnotizat?"Buddha le-a răspuns: "Nu! Nu v-am făcut nimic; dar cu mi<strong>ne</strong> s-a întâmplat ceva. Toatee<strong>ne</strong>rgiile <strong>au</strong> căzut înapoi în surs ă şi, <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când m ă mişc, se simte o forţămag<strong>ne</strong>tic ă."De aceea cei <strong>care</strong> sunt împotriva lui Buddha s<strong>au</strong> a lui Mahavira spun <strong>de</strong> secole: "Nu a<strong>fost</strong> un om bun; îi hipnotiza pe oameni." Nimeni nu a hipnotizat pe nimeni. Voi v-aţisimţit hipnotizaţi; asta este cu totul altceva. Atunci când e<strong>ne</strong>rgia voastr ă ca<strong>de</strong> înapoiîn sursa originar ă, <strong>de</strong>veniţi un centru mag<strong>ne</strong>tic. Tehnica aceasta creeaz ă acest centrumag<strong>ne</strong>tic în voi.They said, "We are not doing it, it is happening. What have you gai<strong>ne</strong>d? You havebecome a mag<strong>ne</strong>tic force. We are just being pulled. What are you doing to us? Haveyouhypnotized us?" Buddha said, "No! I have do<strong>ne</strong> nothing to you, but something hashappe<strong>ne</strong>d in me.All the e<strong>ne</strong>rgies have fallen to the source, so wherever I move, sud<strong>de</strong>nly a mag<strong>ne</strong>ticforceis felt."That is why those who are against Buddha or Mahavir go on saying for centuries,"Thatman was not good; he was hypnotizing people." No o<strong>ne</strong> is hypnotizing. You becomehypnotized -- that is another thing. When your e<strong>ne</strong>rgy falls back to the original source,you become a mag<strong>ne</strong>tic center. This technique is to create this mag<strong>ne</strong>tic center inyou.A doua întrebare:Ieri ai spus c ă tehnica <strong>de</strong> meditaţie prin <strong>de</strong>rularea minţii REGRESIE/RECAPITULARE areo mare semnificaţie. Dar, în Occi<strong>de</strong>nt, sute <strong>de</strong> a<strong>de</strong>pţi ai lui Freud s<strong>au</strong> ai lui Jung,psihiatri şi psihanalişti, practic ă aceast ă tehnic ă, dar nu obţin rezultate semnificativeîn transformarea fiinţei.Care sunt c<strong>au</strong>zele insuccesului lor?The second question: YESTERDAY YOU SAID THAT THE MEDITATION TECHNIQUE OF


UNWINDING THE MIND IS VERY SIGNIFICANT. BUT IN THE WESTHUNDREDS OF FREUDIAN AND JUNGIAN PSYCHOANALYSTS ANDPSYCHIATRISTS ARE PRACTICING THIS TECHNIQUE, BUT THEY ARE NOTGETTING VERY SIGNIFICANT RESULTS IN TRYING TO TRANSFORM THEBEING. WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THEIR BEING UNSUCCESSFUL?Sunt multe lucruri <strong>de</strong> remarcat. Primul: psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă nu cre<strong>de</strong> în om, cre<strong>de</strong>doar în minte.There are many things to be noted. O<strong>ne</strong>: Western psychology does not yet believe inthebeing of man, it believes only in the mind. 215 of 1083Pentru psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă, dincolo <strong>de</strong> minte nu se afl ă nimic. Dac ă dincolo <strong>de</strong>minte nu este nimic, orice ai face, omul nu poate fi ajutat.For Western psychology there is nothing beyond the mind yet. If there is nothingbeyond the mind, then whatsoever you do is not going to help man really.In cel mai bun caz – cel mai bun! – poate fi ajutat s ă fie normal.Dar ce înseamn ă a fi normal? Ce este normalitatea?Normalitatea este dat ă <strong>de</strong> majoritate. Iar dac ă majoritatea este lipsit ă <strong>de</strong> normalitate,a fi normal nu mai înseamn ă nimic. Inseamn ă doar c ă eşti adaptat la majoritate.Psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă face un singur lucru: <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când ci<strong>ne</strong>va nu seîncadreaz ă în caracteristicile majorităţii, nu se adapteaz ă la acestea, meto<strong>de</strong>le eiopereaz ă o ajustare, o reglare prin <strong>care</strong> <strong>de</strong>termin ă adaptarea respectivei persoa<strong>ne</strong> lacei din jur. Nu se ridic ă nicio întrebare cu privire la majoritate, nimeni nu se întreabădac ă aceast ă majoritate este s<strong>au</strong> nu normal ă . DACA SUNT MORTI, ADORMITI CASTRATIPT A FI INTEGRATI IN ROI/STUP/FURNICARAt the most it can help man to be normal -- at the most!And what is normal? What is normalcy? Just the average. If the average man himself isnot normal, then being normal means nothing. It simply means you are adjusted tothecrowd. So Western psychology is doing only o<strong>ne</strong> thing: whe<strong>ne</strong>ver someo<strong>ne</strong> ismaladjusted, Western methods make that man again adjusted to the crowd.The crowd is not questio<strong>ne</strong>d at all; whether the crowd itself is okay is not the question.Pentru psihologia oriental ă, îns ă, nu majoritatea reprezint ă criteriul. Reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi această<strong>de</strong>osebire: pentru psihologia oriental ă, mulţimea nu reprezint ă un criteriu, societateanu este un criteriu. Societatea însăşi este bolnav ă. Şi-atunci, <strong>care</strong> este criteriul?Pentru noi, un buddha este criteriul. Dac ă nu <strong>de</strong>veniţi aseme<strong>ne</strong>a unui buddha, sunteţibolnavi.Pentru psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă , societatea este un criteriu, <strong>de</strong>oarece un buddha nupoate fi .Ei nu cred c ă exist ă ceva ce se cheam ă fiinţa interioar ă.Dac ă nu exist ă aşa ceva, atunci nu are cum s ă existe iluminare.Dar, când fiinţa interioar ă este luminat ă, atunci se dobân<strong>de</strong>şte iluminarea.Deci, psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă este numai terapeutic ă , este numai un segment almedici<strong>ne</strong>i. Incearc ă, v ă ajut ă s ă v ă readaptaţi, dar nu are nicio legătur ă cutranscen<strong>de</strong>nţa.For Eastern psychology, the crowd is not the criterion. Remember this distinction: forEastern psychology the crowd is not the criterion, society is not the criterion. Societyitself is ill. Then what is the criterion? For us a buddha is a criterion. Unless youbecomebuddha-like, you are ill.For Western psychology society is the criterion, bec<strong>au</strong>se a buddha cannot be acriterion.They do not believe that there is such a thing as the in<strong>ne</strong>r being. If there is no suchthingas the in<strong>ne</strong>r being, then there cannot be any enlightenment. But when the in<strong>ne</strong>r beingbecomes illuminated, then there is enlightenment.So Western psychology is really just therapeutic, just a part of medici<strong>ne</strong>. It tries, ithelpsyou to be readjusted, but it is not a transcen<strong>de</strong>nce.


Orientul face eforturi <strong>de</strong> a găsi modul în <strong>care</strong> putem transcen<strong>de</strong> mintea, <strong>de</strong>oarece,reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi: pentru noi nu exist ă boli mintale. Pentru noi nu exist ă boli mintale –mai<strong>de</strong>grab ă, mintea însăşi este boala. Pentru psihologia vestic ă, mintea sunteţi voi, nueste boal ă. Mintea poate fi sănătoas ă, mintea poate fi bolnav ă.The Eastern effort is for how to transcend the mind, bec<strong>au</strong>se for us there are nomental diseases, remember. For us there are no mental diseases -- rather, the mind isthe disease. For Western psychology the mind is not the disease. The mind is you, it isnot the disease. The mind can be healthy, and the mind can be ill.Pentru psihologia oriental ă, mintea este boala, mintea nu poate fi niciodat ă sănătoas ă .Dac ă nu treceţi dincolo <strong>de</strong> minte, nu puteţi fi niciodat ă sănătoşi. Puteţi fi bolnavi şiadaptaţi s<strong>au</strong> bolnavi şi <strong>ne</strong>adaptaţi, dar nu puteţi fi niciodat ă sănătoşi. Astfel, omulnormal nu este, cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat sănătos. Se situeaz ă numai între anumite limite, el estebolnav în interiorul acestor limite. Persoana anormal ă este cea <strong>care</strong> a trecut dincolo<strong>de</strong> aceste limite; diferenţa ţi<strong>ne</strong> numai <strong>de</strong> cantitate, nu <strong>de</strong> calitate"For us the mind is the disease, the mind can <strong>ne</strong>ver be healthy. Unless you go beyondmind, you can <strong>ne</strong>ver be healthy. You can be ill and adjusted or you can be ill andmaladjusted, but you can <strong>ne</strong>ver be healthy. So the normal man is not really healthy.He is just within the boundaries, he is ill within the boundaries. The abnormal person iso<strong>ne</strong> who has go<strong>ne</strong> beyond the boundaries; and the difference between the two is onlyof <strong>de</strong>grees -- of quantity, not of quality" page 216 of 1083 in Chapter 16: "Beyond thesin of unconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss"; page: 211 of 1083)Intre un <strong>ne</strong>bun internat într-un ospiciu şi voi nu este nicio diferen ţă în ceea ce priveştecalitatea; diferenţa const ă numai în gradul <strong>de</strong> <strong>ne</strong>bunie. El este un pic mai <strong>ne</strong>bun <strong>de</strong>câtvoi; voi v ă încadraţi în interiorul limitelor admise. Voi puteţi funcţiona; el nu poate; el amers mai <strong>de</strong>parte <strong>de</strong>cât voi.El este un caz, voi nu, asta este tot.Voi sunteţi numai pe drum, în timp ce el a ajuns <strong>de</strong>ja. LA NEBUNIEPsihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă încearc ă să-l aduc ă înapoi în mulţime. Il face normal. E bi<strong>ne</strong>; dinpunctul lui <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re este bi<strong>ne</strong>. Pentru noi, îns ă, dac ă un om nu trece dincolo <strong>de</strong>minte, este <strong>ne</strong>bun, căci pentru noi mintea înseamn ă <strong>ne</strong>bunie.A madman in a madhouse and you -- there is no qualitative difference, only o<strong>ne</strong> of<strong>de</strong>grees. He is a little bit more mad than you; you are within the boundaries.Functionally,you can switch on. He cannot switch on now; he has go<strong>ne</strong> further than you. He has anadvanced case, nothing else. You are just on the path and he has reached.Western psychology tries to bring him back to the fold, to the herd, to the crowd. Itmakes him normal. It is good; as far as it goes, it is good. But for us, unless a mangoesbeyond mind he is mad, bec<strong>au</strong>se for us the mind is mad<strong>ne</strong>ss.Deci încercăm s ă <strong>de</strong>rulăm mintea numai pentru a şti ce este dincolo <strong>de</strong> ea. Şi eifolosesc meto<strong>de</strong> pentru a încerca acest lucru, dar pentru ei ceea ce este dincolo <strong>de</strong>minte nu exist ă. Şi reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi acest lucru: dac ă nu puteţi s ă treceţi dincolo <strong>de</strong> voi, nu seva întâmpla nimic semnificativ.Dac ă nu atingeţi ceva ce este dincolo <strong>de</strong> voi, viaţa nu are niciun sens.Mai sunt şi alte aspecte…Pentru Freud şi pentru a<strong>de</strong>pţii lui, omul este o fiin ţă <strong>care</strong> nu poate fi fericit ă.Dup ă părerea lor, fiinţa este astfel croit ă încât nu poate fi fericit ă. Dac ă nu sunteţi<strong>ne</strong>fericiţi, asta este. Reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi: fiţi mulţumiţi dac ă nu sunteţi <strong>ne</strong>fericiţi, atâta tot.Nu puteţi fi fericiţi. De ce? Deoarece psihologia freudian ă spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă fericirea st ă îninstincte, în a fi animalic, ceea ce omul nu este.So we are trying to unwind the mind just to know that which is beyond it. They also tryunwinding methods just to adjust the mind, but the beyond is not there. Andrememberthis: unless you can go beyond yourself, nothing worthwhile happens. Unless you canreach something which is beyond you, life is meaningless.Certain other things also... For Freud and the Freudians, man is really a being thatcannotbe happy. The very being for them is such that man cannot be happy. If you are not


unhappy, that is all. Remember, if you are not unhappy, be satisfied -- it is enough.You cannot be happy. Why? Bec<strong>au</strong>se Freudian psychology says that happi<strong>ne</strong>ss lies inbeing instinctual, happi<strong>ne</strong>ss lies in being like an animal, and that man cannot be.Reasongoes on continuously interfering.V ă puteţi pier<strong>de</strong> raţiu<strong>ne</strong>a şi puteţi <strong>de</strong>veni ca un animal; atunci puteţi fi fericiţi. VEDEDOAR PARTEA DE SUB SUPRAFATA=ANIMALITATEA NU SI PARTEA DEDEASUPRA=DIVINITATEADar atunci nu v ă veţi da seama c ă sunteţi fericiţi.Acesta este paradoxul lor.You can lose your reason and become like an animal;then you can be happy. But then you will not be aware of happi<strong>ne</strong>ss. This is theparadox for them.216 of 1083Dac ă <strong>de</strong>cazi şi <strong>de</strong>vii un animal, vei fi fericit, dar nu vei fi conştient <strong>de</strong> acest lucru.Dac ă încerci s ă <strong>de</strong>vii conştient <strong>de</strong> acest lucru, atunci nu poţi fi fericit, <strong>de</strong>oarece atuncinu poţi fi ca un animal. Iar raţiu<strong>ne</strong>a continu ă s ă se amestece în toate. Omul nu poatesă-şi piard ă raţiu<strong>ne</strong>a, nu poate s ă trăiasc ă făr ă raţiu<strong>ne</strong> – asta este problema. Deci,potrivit lui Freud, nu puteţi fi fericiţi. In cel mai bun caz, dac ă sunteţi înţelepţi, văputeţi aranja viaţa în aşa fel încât s ă nu fiţi <strong>ne</strong>fericiţi.Acesta este un lucru <strong>ne</strong>gativ.Pentru psihologia, metafizica s<strong>au</strong> religia oriental ă, exist ă un scop pozitiv. Puteţi fifericiţi. Nu numai fericiţi, ci pe <strong>de</strong>plin fericiţi. Psihologia oriental ă spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă, dac ă văsimţiţi <strong>ne</strong>fericiţi, este un semn c ă aveţi potenţial, c ă puteţi fi fericiţi; altminteri, nu aţisimţi nici starea <strong>de</strong> <strong>ne</strong>fericire.Dac ă un om ve<strong>de</strong> întu<strong>ne</strong>ricul, înseamn ă c ă are ochi, iar cel <strong>care</strong> ve<strong>de</strong> întu<strong>ne</strong>ricul ve<strong>de</strong>şi lumina. Nu uitaţi, un <strong>ne</strong>văzător nu poate ve<strong>de</strong>a întu<strong>ne</strong>ricul. Poate aţi crezut că<strong>ne</strong>văzătorii trăiesc în întu<strong>ne</strong>ric – uitaţi asta. Ei nu pot ve<strong>de</strong>a întu<strong>ne</strong>ricul, <strong>de</strong>oarece chiarşi pentru asta îţi trebuie ochi.If you fall downward and become like an animal, you will be happy but you will not beaware. If you try to be aware you cannot be happy, bec<strong>au</strong>se you cannot become likeananimal. And reason goes on interfering in everything. Man cannot lose reason and alsoman cannot live with reason -- that is the problem. So you cannot be happy accordingtoFreud. At the most, if you are wise, you can arrange your life in such a way that youwillnot be unhappy. This is a very <strong>ne</strong>gative thing.For Eastern psychology or metaphysics or religion, a positive goal exists. You can behappy. Not only happy, you can be blissful. And Eastern psychology says that if youcanfeel that you are unhappy, that shows your potentiality, the possibility that you can behappy; otherwise you would not be able to feel this being unhappy either.If a man can see dark<strong>ne</strong>ss he has eyes, and o<strong>ne</strong> who can see dark<strong>ne</strong>ss can see light.Remember, blind men cannot see dark<strong>ne</strong>ss. You may have been thinking that blindmenlive in dark<strong>ne</strong>ss -- forget it completely.Dac ă puteţi simţi <strong>ne</strong>fericirea, atunci aveţi ochi; dac ă puteţi simţi <strong>ne</strong>fericirea, atunciputeţi simţi şifericirea. Dac ă nu puteţi simţi fericirea, atunci nu aveţi cum s ă simţiţi <strong>ne</strong>fericirea. Suntdoi poli opuşi.Sunteţi perfect capabili s ă fiţi pe <strong>de</strong>plin fericiţi, dar atunci mintea nu poate exista.FERICIREA= IESIRE DIN MINTEPriviţi lucrurile în felul următor: dac ă <strong>de</strong>că<strong>de</strong>ţi şi <strong>de</strong>veniţi numai un corp, atunci veţi fifericiţi. Şi Freud este <strong>de</strong> acord cu acest lucru. Dac ă <strong>de</strong>că<strong>de</strong>ţi şi uitaţi complet <strong>de</strong>raţiu<strong>ne</strong>, <strong>de</strong>veniţi ca un animal, numai corp; atunci sunteţi fericiţi, dar nu sunteţiconştienţi<strong>de</strong> acest lucru. PARTEA DE SUB SUPRAFATA=ANIMALITATEA


Cu mintea puteţi cunoaşte acest lucru, dar atunci nu puteţi fi fericiţi, <strong>de</strong>oarece minteaintervi<strong>ne</strong> mereu. Corpul poate fi fericit, dar mintea intervi<strong>ne</strong> mereu şi <strong>de</strong>ranjeaz ă.Mai exist ă şi o alt ă posibilitate pe <strong>care</strong> Orientul a aflat-o: treceţi dincolo. Freud spu<strong>ne</strong>c ă, dac ă <strong>de</strong>că<strong>de</strong>ţi şi <strong>de</strong>veniţi un animal, veţi fi fericiţi, dar nu veţi fi conştienţi <strong>de</strong> acestlucru; dac ă sunteţi în minte, puteţi şti, dar nu puteţi fi fericiţi. Cercetările orientalespun c ă, dac ă treceţi dincolo <strong>de</strong> minte, veţi fi şi fericiţi, şi conştienţi <strong>de</strong> acest lucru.PARTEA DE DEASUPRA=DIVINITATEAAcesta este cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea aspect – trecerea dincolo.Deci, acestea sunt cele trei puncte. Omul este la mijloc; <strong>de</strong><strong>de</strong>subt este existenţaanimalic ă.DIAGRAMA CU INTERFATA/SUPRAFATA APEIThey cannot see dark<strong>ne</strong>ss, bec<strong>au</strong>se even to see dark<strong>ne</strong>ss eyes are <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d. If you canfeelunhappi<strong>ne</strong>ss you have eyes, and if you can feel unhappi<strong>ne</strong>ss you can feel happi<strong>ne</strong>ss.Really, if you cannot feel happi<strong>ne</strong>ss, there is no possibility of feeling unhappi<strong>ne</strong>ss.Theseare polar opposites.You are capable of being totally happy, but then the mind cannot be. Take it in thisway:if you fall downward and become just a body, you will be happy. Freud also agreedwiththis. If you fall downward and forget your reason completely, if you become like ananimal, just a body, you will be happy but you will not know it. With the mind you canknow it, but then you cannot be happy bec<strong>au</strong>se the mind goes on disturbing. The bodycan be happy, but the mind goes on disturbing.There is another possibility which the East has worked out: go beyond. Freud says thatifyou fall downward and become an animal, you will be happy but you will not know it; ifyou are in the mind you can know, but you cannot be happy. Eastern search says thatifyou go beyond mind you will be happy and also aware. That is a third point -- of thebeyond.So these are three points. Man is in the middle; below is the animal existence.Mergeţi într-o pădure şi uitaţi-v ă la animale. Ele nu sunt conştiente c ă sunt fericite, darvoi simţiţi fericirea lor.Mergeţi dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa pe plaj ă s<strong>au</strong> într-o grădin ă şi ascultaţi cântecul păsărelelor. Ele nuştiu, dar voi simţiţi c ă ele sunt fericite. Voi nu aţi cântat niciodat ă aşa ca ele.Priviţi adânc în ochii lor – sunt limpezi şi inocenţi. Ele sunt fericite, dar voi nu sunteţifericiţi.Decă<strong>de</strong>ţi şi <strong>de</strong>veniţi numai corp – atunci veţi fi fericiţi.S<strong>au</strong> treceţi dincolo şi <strong>de</strong>veniţi spiritul s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>veniţi fiinţa, şi-atunci veţi fericiţi.Rămânând la mijloc veţi fi mereu încordaţi, <strong>de</strong>oarece mintea nu înseamn ă capătul.Mintea este numai o frânghie suspendat ă O INTERFATA între dou ă realităţi: trup şisuflet.Deci, nu sunteţi <strong>de</strong>cât un acrobat <strong>care</strong> merge pe frânghie, un nata. Un astfel <strong>de</strong>acrobat nu se poate simţi în largul său. El trebuie s ă mearg ă s<strong>au</strong> înainte, s<strong>au</strong> înapoi,dar nu trebuie s ă rămân ă pe frânghie. El trebuie s ă coboare <strong>de</strong> pe frânghie, şi existădou ă posibilităţi: poate merge înapoi s<strong>au</strong> poate merge înainte şi dincolo. Mintea este ofrânghie şi a trăi cu mintea înseamn ă a merge pe frânghie. INTERFATA=ZONA DEFURTUNANu aveţi cum s ă fiţi astfel <strong>de</strong>cât <strong>de</strong>zechilibraţi, <strong>ne</strong>siguri; fie<strong>care</strong> moment este, <strong>de</strong> fapt,anxietate, angoas ă. Viaţa IN MINTEi INTERFATA=ZONA DE FURTUNA înseamnătensiu<strong>ne</strong>. De aceea psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă reuşeşte s ă v ă fac ă normali, dar eşueaz ă înîncer<strong>care</strong>a <strong>de</strong> a v ă face o persoan ă <strong>au</strong>toactualizat ă. ELIBERATA/ INFLORITAGo to a forest and look at the animals. They may not be aware that they are happy,but you willfeel that they are happy. Go to the beach in the morning, or go to a gar<strong>de</strong>n in themorningand listen to the singing of the birds.They may not know it, but you will feel they are happy. You have <strong>ne</strong>ver been singinglikethat. Look <strong>de</strong>ep down into their eyes -- they are so unclou<strong>de</strong>d and innocent. They are


happy, but you are not happy.Fall downward and become a body only -- then you will be happy. Or go beyond andbecome the spirit or become the being, and you will be happy. But in the middle youwillbe always tense, bec<strong>au</strong>se mind is really not the end. It is just a rope stretchedbetweentwo realities: body and soul.So you are just on the rope like a NATA, a tightrope walker. A tightrope walker cannotbe at ease. Either he must go back or he must go forward, but he must not remain ontherope. He must get down from the rope, and there are two possibilities: he can gobackward, or he can go forward and beyond. Mind is a rope, and to live with the mindistightrope walking. You are bound to be unbalanced, u<strong>ne</strong>asy; every moment there isanxiety, anguish. The mind's life is tension. That is why Western psychology succeedsinmaking you normal, but fails to make you a self-actualized person. 217 of 1083Dar exist ă tendinţe noi, oamenii gân<strong>de</strong>sc, iar Orientul pătrun<strong>de</strong> acum foarte adânc înOcci<strong>de</strong>nt. Acesta este felul în <strong>care</strong> Orientul cucereşte Occi<strong>de</strong>ntul. Occi<strong>de</strong>ntul a cuceritOrientul – şi înc ăîntr-un mod <strong>de</strong>osebit <strong>de</strong> brutal. Orientul are felurile sale proprii <strong>de</strong> a cuceri – foartesubtile,foarte tăcute.Acum, Orientul pătrun<strong>de</strong> adânc în mintea Occi<strong>de</strong>ntului.Făr ă violen ţă, făr ă un conflict vizibil, Orientul pătrun<strong>de</strong> adânc în Occi<strong>de</strong>nt. Şi, mai<strong>de</strong>vreme s<strong>au</strong> mai târziu, psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă va trebui s ă <strong>de</strong>zvolte concepte privindmodul în <strong>care</strong> se transcen<strong>de</strong> mintea.Derularea minţii poate fi <strong>de</strong> folos în ambele sensuri. IN BRAINWASHING SEMANIFESTE STERGEREA SI RECAPITULAREABut there are <strong>ne</strong>w trends, and people are thinking, and the East is now pe<strong>ne</strong>tratingtheWest very <strong>de</strong>eply. Really, that is the East's way to conquer. The West conquered theEast-- their way was very gross. The East has its own ways of conquering -- very subtleways,silent ways. Now the East is pe<strong>ne</strong>trating the Western mind <strong>de</strong>eply.Without any violence, without any visible conflict, the East is pe<strong>ne</strong>trating the Westvery<strong>de</strong>eply. And soo<strong>ne</strong>r or later Western psychology will have to evolve concepts abouttranscending, about how to transcend the mind.Unwinding can be helpful in both the waysDac ă urmăriţi doar s ă creaţi o minte normal ă, <strong>de</strong>rularea aceasta va fi foarte util ă . Daratunci scopul vostru nu este acela <strong>de</strong> a transcen<strong>de</strong>. Dac ă scopul vostru este acela <strong>de</strong>a transcen<strong>de</strong>, din nou, <strong>de</strong>rularea minţii poate fi util ă . Toate aceste tehnici pot fifolosite atât pentru a obţi<strong>ne</strong> o pace a minţii, cât şi pentru a dobândi o liniştea<strong>de</strong>vărat ă, <strong>care</strong> nu este a minţii.Exist ă dou ă tipuri <strong>de</strong> linişte: una PERIFERICA a minţii, în <strong>care</strong> mintea este tăcut ă , şi oalt ă form ă <strong>de</strong> linişte, CENTRALA când mintea nu mai exist ă. Liniştea <strong>care</strong> se instaleazăcând mintea nu mai exist ă este cu totul altceva <strong>de</strong>cât pacea minţii. In pacea minţii,mintea este acolo, numai c ă nu este chiar <strong>ne</strong>bun ă . Nebunia a <strong>fost</strong> foarte multîncetinit ă – asta este totul.Psihologia occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă trebuie s ă <strong>de</strong>vin ă o metafizic ă , numai atunci omul va puteatranscen<strong>de</strong>. Trebuie, <strong>de</strong> aseme<strong>ne</strong>a, s ă <strong>de</strong>vin ă o filozofie şi, în cele din urm ă , va trebuis ă <strong>de</strong>vin ă şi o religie; numai atunci omul poate fi ajutat s ă treac ă dincolo.If you are just trying to create a normal mind,unwinding will be helpful. But then your goal is not transcen<strong>de</strong>nce. If your goal istranscen<strong>de</strong>nce, then too unwinding can be helpful. All these techniques can be usedforordinary mental peace, and all these techniques can also be used for a real silencewhichis not of the mind.


There are two types of silence: o<strong>ne</strong> of the mind, in which the mind is silent, andanothersilence when the mind is no more. The silence when the mind is no more, is altogetherdifferent from mental peace. In mental peace the mind is there, only not very mad.Themad<strong>ne</strong>ss is slowed down -- that is all.Western psychology must become a metaphysics, only then can man transcend. Itmustbecome a philosophy also, and ultimately it must become religion. Only then can manbehelped to transcend.A treia întrebare: Ne-ai explicat multe meto<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> meditaţie. Cu toate acestea, nu-i aşac ă nicio metod ă nu este puternic ă dac ă cel <strong>care</strong> o practic ă nu este iniţiat înpracti<strong>care</strong>a ei?The third question: YOU HAVE BEEN EXPLAINING MANY MEDITATION METHODS TO US.HOWEVER, ISN'T IT TRUE THAT NO METHOD CAN BE ALL THAT POWERFULUNLESS ONE IS INITIATED INTO IT?O metod ă <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> calitativ diferit ă când eşti iniţiat în practi<strong>care</strong>a ei. Eu vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spremeto<strong>de</strong> – voi le puteţi folosi. Odat ă ce cunoaşteţi baza ştiinţific ă şi calea, puteţi s ă ofolosiţi; dar numai iniţierea o face mai bun ă din punct <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re calitativ. Dac ă văiniţiez într-o anumit ă metod ă, va fi cu totul altceva, <strong>de</strong>oarece iniţierea implic ă maimulte aspecte.Când vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre o metod ă şi v-o explic, puteţi s-o folosiţi singuri. Metoda v ă esteexplicat ă, dar dac ă vi se potriveşte s<strong>au</strong> nu, cum acţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă asupra voastr ă , ce tip <strong>de</strong>persoan ă este fie<strong>care</strong> dintre voi, iat ă lucruri pe <strong>care</strong> nu le-am discutat. Nici nu esteposibil.In iniţiere, voi sunteţi mai importanţi <strong>de</strong>cât tehnica.Atunci când v ă iniţiaz ă, maestrul v ă şi observ ă. El v ă <strong>de</strong>scoper ă felul <strong>de</strong> a fi , afl ă cât<strong>de</strong> mult aţi parcurs în vieţile anterioare, un<strong>de</strong> sunteţi în acest moment, în <strong>care</strong> centrufuncţionaţi acum, apoi <strong>de</strong>ci<strong>de</strong> <strong>care</strong> este cea mai bun ă metod ă ; el alege metoda. Este oabordare personalizat ă. Metoda nu este important ă, voi sunteţi importanţi, voi sunteţistudiaţi, observaţi şi analizaţi.Vieţile voastre trecute, conştientul vostru, mintea, corpul, toate sunt disecate. Sepătrun<strong>de</strong> adânc în voi pentru a se afla în ce punct v ă aflaţi, <strong>de</strong>oarece călătoriapor<strong>ne</strong>şte din acel punct – din punctul în <strong>care</strong> v ă aflaţi acum. Numai metoda nu estesuficient ă.Maestrul alege o anumit ă metod ă pentru voi şi, dac ă simte c ă metoda trebuieschimbat ă, c ă trebuie făcute nişte schimbări, chiar foarte mici, atunci ad<strong>au</strong>g ă s<strong>au</strong>şterge şi face în aşa fel încât metoda s ă vi se potriveasc ă.A method becomes qualitatively different when you are initiated into it.I am talking about the methods -- you can use them. Once you know the scientificbackground and the way, the know-how, you can use it, but initiation makes itqualitatively different. If I initiate you into a particular method it will be a differentthing,bec<strong>au</strong>se many things are implied in initiation.When I talk about a method and I explain it to you, you can use it on your own. Themethod is explai<strong>ne</strong>d to you, but whether it will suit you or not, how it will work uponyou, what type of person you are, is not discussed. It is not possible.In initiation, you are more important than the technique. When the master initiatesyou,he observes you. He finds out what is your type, he finds out how much you haveworkedthrough in your past lives, where you are right at this moment, at what center you arefunctioning right now, and then he <strong>de</strong>ci<strong>de</strong>s about the method; he chooses the method.It isan individual approach. The method is not important, you are important, you are beingstudied and observed and analyzed.Your past lives, your conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss, your mind, your body, they are dissected. You arefelt <strong>de</strong>eply in terms of where you are, bec<strong>au</strong>se the jour<strong>ne</strong>y begins from that point --thepoint where you are just now. Just any method will not do.


Then the master chooses a particular method for you, and if he feels that thisparticularmethod has to be changed for you, that minute alterations or some additions are<strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d,he adds, he <strong>de</strong>letes, he makes the method fit for you. 218 of 1083Apoi are loc iniţierea; atunci vi se d ă metoda. De aceea se insist ă atât <strong>de</strong> mult ca,atunci când sunteţi iniţiaţi în metod ă, s ă nu vorbiţi <strong>de</strong>spre ea. Trebuie s ă fie secret ă ,<strong>de</strong>oarece este individual ă. Dac ă spu<strong>ne</strong>ţi altcuiva <strong>de</strong>spre ea, s-ar putea s ă nu v ă mai fie<strong>de</strong> folos, ba ar putea chiar s ă v ă dău<strong>ne</strong>ze. Trebuie ţinut ă secret ă. Pân ă ce nu văîmpliniţi, şi maestrul nu v ă spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă <strong>de</strong> acum puteţi s ă iniţiaţi pe alţii, nu ar trebui săvorbiţi <strong>de</strong>spre ea – niciun singur cuvinţel, nici soţiei s<strong>au</strong> soţului, nici prietenilor. Nu,este absolut secret ă, <strong>de</strong>oarece este periculoas ă, este foarte puternic ă. A <strong>fost</strong> aleas ă şifăcut ă pentru voi, v ă este <strong>de</strong>stinat ă. Va fi util ă pentru voi, dar nu va fi util ă pentrunimeni altci<strong>ne</strong>va. Fie<strong>care</strong> individ este unic şi are <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> o metod ă diferit ă ; ar putea<strong>de</strong>veni potrivit ă şi pentru altci<strong>ne</strong>va, dar cu o modifi<strong>care</strong>, u<strong>ne</strong>ori chiar foarte mic ă.Cele 112 meto<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>spre <strong>care</strong> vorbesc sunt meto<strong>de</strong> ge<strong>ne</strong>rale. Ele sunt 112 meto<strong>de</strong>ge<strong>ne</strong>rale; toate <strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> folosite. Ele <strong>au</strong> o form ă ge<strong>ne</strong>ral ă, pentru ca s ă le cunoaşteţi.Puteţi s ă încercaţi – dac ă vi se potriveşte ceva, atunci puteţi continua. Dar aceasta nuechivaleaz ă cu iniţierea într-o metod ă. Iniţierea este o problem ă, o relaţie personalăîntre maestru şi discipol. Este o transmitere secret ă . Şi sunt multe alte lucruriimplicate în iniţiere. Apoi, maestrul alege momentul potrivit în <strong>care</strong> s ă v ă <strong>de</strong>a metoda,în aşa fel încât ea s ă pătrund ă adânc în subconştientul vostru.In timp ce vorbesc, mintea voastr ă conştient ă ascult ă. Voi veţi uita. Dup ă ce voi fivorbit <strong>de</strong>spre toate cele 112 meto<strong>de</strong>, nu veţi fi în stare nici măcar s ă v ă amintiţi <strong>de</strong>numele lor – <strong>de</strong> numele celor 112 meto<strong>de</strong>. Multe le veţi uita <strong>de</strong> tot.Veţi fi în stare s ă v ă amintiţi câteva, iar în privinţa altora veţi fi confuzi. Deci nu veţi ştice şi cum.And then he gives the initiation; then he gives the method to you. That is why it isinsisted that whe<strong>ne</strong>ver you are initiated in a method, you are not to talk about it. Ithas tobe secret bec<strong>au</strong>se it is individual. If you tell it to someo<strong>ne</strong> else it may not be helpful,or itmay even be harmful.It has to be kept secret. Unless you achieve and your master says that now you caninitiate others, it should not be talked about at all -- not uttered, not even to yourhusbandor your wife or your friend. No, it is absolutely secret bec<strong>au</strong>se it is dangerous, it is verypowerful. It has been chosen and ma<strong>de</strong> for you. It will work for you, but it is not foranyother individual in the world. Really, each individual is so unique that he <strong>ne</strong>eds adifferent method, and with a slight difference a method can become suitable for him.What I am talking about -- these o<strong>ne</strong> hundred and twelve methods -- they arege<strong>ne</strong>ralizedmethods. They are o<strong>ne</strong> hundred and twelve ge<strong>ne</strong>ralized methods, all the methodswhichhave been used. This is a ge<strong>ne</strong>ral form so that you become acquainted. You can try --ifsomething suits you, you can go on. But this is not initiation into a method. Initiation isapersonal, individual affair between the master and the disciple. It is a secrettransmission.And many other things are implied in initiation. Then the master chooses a rightmomentwhen he will give the method to you, so that it goes <strong>de</strong>ep into the unconscious.While I am talking, your conscious mind is listening. You will forget. When I havetalkedabout o<strong>ne</strong> hundred and twelve methods, you will not even be able to rename themagain-- the o<strong>ne</strong> hundred and twelve. You will forget many completely. You will be able toremember a few, and then you will be mixed up and confused. You will not know whatiswhat.


Maestrul trebuie s ă aleag ă momentul potrivit, atunci când subconştientul vostru este<strong>de</strong>schis, şi numai atunci v ă d ă metoda. De foarte multe ori, iniţierea se face în somn,TRANSA nu atunci când sunteţi conştienţi. De multe ori iniţierea vi se face atunci cândv ă aflaţi într-o profund ă trans ă TRANSA hipnotic ă, când mintea voastr ă este completadormit ă, când mintea inconştient ă este <strong>de</strong>schis ă .The master has to choose a right moment when your unconscious is open, and thenhegives you the method. Then it goes <strong>de</strong>ep down into the unconscious. So many timesinitiation is given in sleep, not when you are conscious. Many times initiation is giventoyou in a <strong>de</strong>ep hypnotic trance, when your conscious mind is completely asleep andyourunconscious mind is open.De aceea este atât <strong>de</strong> important abandonul în cadrul iniţierii. Dac ă nu v ă abandonaţi,iniţierea nu poate avea loc; dac ă nu v ă abandonaţi, mintea voastr ă este mereu înalert ă, mereu la pând ă. Atunci când v ă abandonaţi, mintea conştient ă este scoas ă dinfuncţiu<strong>ne</strong>, iar mintea inconştient ă poate intra în contact direct cu maestrul.Se va alege un moment potrivit, iar atunci trebuie s ă fiţi pregătiţi pentru iniţiere.Pregătirea voastr ă poate dura luni în şir. Este <strong>ne</strong>cesar ă hran ă a<strong>de</strong>cvat ă , somn potrivit,pentru a ajunge la o stare <strong>de</strong> linişte; numai atunci puteţi fi iniţiaţi, <strong>de</strong>ci iniţierea esteun proces în<strong>de</strong>lungat, un proces individual. Dac ă nu sunteţi gata pentru un abandontotal, atunci iniţierea nu este posibil ă.That is why surren<strong>de</strong>r is so much <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d in initiation. Unless you surren<strong>de</strong>r initiationcannot be given, bec<strong>au</strong>se unless you surren<strong>de</strong>r your conscious mind is always alertandon guard. When you surren<strong>de</strong>r, your conscious mind can then be relieved of its dutyandyour unconscious mind can come directly in contact with the master.A right moment has to be chosen, and then you have to be prepared for initiation. Itmaytake months to prepare you. There has to be the right food, the right sleep, an<strong>de</strong>verythinghas to come to a tranquil point; only then can you be initiated, so initiation is a longprocess, an individual process. Unless someo<strong>ne</strong> is ready to surren<strong>de</strong>r totally, initiationisnot possible.Aşadar, ceea ce fac aici nu înseamn ă iniţierea în aceste meto<strong>de</strong>. Eu nu fac <strong>de</strong>cât s ă vile prezint. Dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va cre<strong>de</strong> c ă vreuna dintre aceste meto<strong>de</strong> i se potriveşte, dacăcre<strong>de</strong> c ă ar trebui s ă fie iniţiat în metoda respectiv ă , eu pot face acest lucru. Dar va fiun proces în<strong>de</strong>lungat. Atunci va trebui s ă v ă cunosc perfect ca indivizi. Trebuie săveniţi la mi<strong>ne</strong> goi-goluţi, în aşa fel încât nimic s ă nu mai rămân ă ascuns. Şi-atunci,totul va fi foarte uşor – <strong>de</strong>oarece atunci când u<strong>ne</strong>i persoa<strong>ne</strong> i se d ă metoda potrivit ă lamomentul potrivit, ea funcţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă imediat.U<strong>ne</strong>ori, se întâmpl ă ca, în timpul iniţierii unui discipol, discipolul s ă dobân<strong>de</strong>ascăiluminarea; numai prin iniţiere <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> iluminat. Atunci metoda prin<strong>de</strong> via ţă – cândmaestrul d ă metoda direct discipolului, separat, individual.So I am not initiating you into these methods, I am just making you acquainted withthesemethods. If someo<strong>ne</strong> feels that some method suits him <strong>de</strong>eply and he feels that heshouldbe initiated into that method, I can initiate him into that method. But then it is goingto bea long process. Then your individuality has to be completely known. You have tobecometotally naked so that nothing remains hid<strong>de</strong>n. And then things become very easy --bec<strong>au</strong>se when a right method is given to a right person at a right moment, it worksimmediately.Sometimes it happens that while initiating the disciple, the disciple becomesenlighte<strong>ne</strong>d,just the initiation becomes the enlightenment. Then the method becomes alive --when itis given by a master privately, individually. 219 of 1083


Ceea ce fac acum nu este iniţiere, nu uitaţi acest lucru. Este o metod ă ştiinţificămenit ă s ă reînvie cele 112 tehnici, s ă le fac ă cunoscute.Dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va este interesat, dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va îşi doreşte asta, poate fi iniţiat. Când sunteţicu a<strong>de</strong>vărat interesaţi <strong>de</strong> iniţiere, veţi căuta iniţierea, căci încer<strong>care</strong>a <strong>de</strong> a aplicametoda <strong>de</strong> unul singur este <strong>de</strong> durat ă. Poate dura ani <strong>de</strong> zile, poate dura vieţi întregişi s-ar putea s ă nu fiţi în stare s ă o menţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi mult ă vreme. Prin iniţiere, ea <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong>foarte uşoar ă, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> o transmisie. Apoi, prin aceast ă metod ă, maestrul începe sălucreze în voi.Iniţierea este o relaţie vie între maestru şi discipol şi, <strong>de</strong>sigur, o relaţie în<strong>de</strong>lungatăeste şi foarte profund ă.V ă schimb ă şi v ă transform ă.Whatsoever I am doing now is not initiating,remember this. This is a scientific approach just to revive the o<strong>ne</strong> hundred and twelvemethods, to make them known.If someo<strong>ne</strong> is interested, he can be initiated. And when you are really interested youwillseek initiation, bec<strong>au</strong>se working alo<strong>ne</strong> on the method is a very long affair. It may takeyears, it may take lives, and you may not be able to sustain it for so long a period.Through initiation it becomes very easy, and then the method becomes atransmission.Then through the method the master starts working in you. Initiation is a livingrelationship with the master, and a long relationship, of course, goes <strong>de</strong>ep.It changes you and transforms you.Următoarea întrebare:L-ai citat pe George Gurdjieff , <strong>care</strong> spu<strong>ne</strong>a c ă i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a este singurul păcat, darprocesul <strong>de</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong> se foloseşte în multe tehnici. Se spu<strong>ne</strong>, <strong>de</strong> exemplu, s ă <strong>de</strong>viiuna cu fiinţa iubit ă, s ă <strong>de</strong>vii una cu trandafirul, s ă <strong>de</strong>vii una cu maestrul. Ba, mai mult,se presupu<strong>ne</strong> c ă empatia este o calitate meditativ ă şi spiritual ă , <strong>de</strong>ci spusele luiGurdjieff par a fi numai parţial a<strong>de</strong>vărate şiutile numai în u<strong>ne</strong>le tehnici.The <strong>ne</strong>xt question: Question 4YOU QUOTED GEORGE GURDJIEFF AS SAYING THAT IDENTIFICATION ISTHE ONLY SIN, BUT IN MANY TECHNIQUES THE PROCESS OFIDENTIFICATION IS USED. THEY SAY, FOR EXAMPLE, BECOME ONE WITHTHE BELOVED, BECOME ONE WITH THE ROSEFLOWER, OR BECOME ONEWITH THE MASTER. AND, MOREOVER, EMPATHY IS SUPPOSED TO BE AMEDITATIVE AND SPIRITUAL QUALITY, SO THE ABOVE SAYING OFGURDJIEFF'S SEEMS TO BE PARTIALLY TRUE AND USEFUL ONLY FORCERTAIN TECHNIQUES.Nu! Nu este parţial a<strong>de</strong>vărat, este întru totul a<strong>de</strong>vărat. I<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a este inconştient ă ,dar, atuncicând o folosim într-o tehnic ă meditativ ă, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> conştient ă.No! It is not partially true, it is totally true. But you will have to un<strong>de</strong>rstand.I<strong>de</strong>ntification is unconscious, but when you use i<strong>de</strong>ntification in a meditativetechnique itis conscious.De exemplu, numele tău este Rama. Ci<strong>ne</strong>va îl insult ă pe "Rama" şi imediat tu te simţiinsultat, <strong>de</strong>oarece eşti i<strong>de</strong>ntificat cu numele. Dar acest lucru pentru ti<strong>ne</strong> esteinconştient, nu conştient.Nu aşa funcţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă mintea ta: "M ă numesc Rama. Desigur nu eu sunt Rama, estenumai numele meu; cu toţii <strong>ne</strong> naştem făr ă nume. Numele îmi este dat şi este arbitrar.Persoana <strong>care</strong> m ă insult ă, insult ă numai numele pe <strong>care</strong> l-am primit în mod arbitrar;<strong>de</strong>ci, trebuie s ă m ă înfurii s<strong>au</strong> nu?"Nu aţi stat niciodat ă s ă analizaţi lucrurile în felul acesta.Dac ă aţi fi făcut-o, atunci nu v-aţi mai fi e<strong>ne</strong>rvat.Dintr-odat ă, ci<strong>ne</strong>va îl insult ă pe "Rama" şi v ă simţiţi insultaţi, dar acesta este numai unnume arbitrar. I<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a este inconştient ă, nu este conştient ă.For example, your name is Ram. Someo<strong>ne</strong> insults "Ram" -- immediately YOU feelinsulted bec<strong>au</strong>se you are i<strong>de</strong>ntified with the name Ram. But this is not a consciousthingfor you, it is unconscious. Your mind doesn't work in this way: "I am called Ram. Of


course, I am not Ram, this is only my name, and everyo<strong>ne</strong> is born nameless. Thisname isgiven, and it is arbitrary. This man is only insulting my arbitrary name, so am I to beangry or not?" You would <strong>ne</strong>ver reason it out in this way. If you reaso<strong>ne</strong>d it out in thisway, you would not be angry at all. Sud<strong>de</strong>nly someo<strong>ne</strong> insults "Ram" and you areinsulted, but this is just an arbitrary name. This i<strong>de</strong>ntification is unconscious, it is notconscious.Atunci când v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi cu un trandafir, este un efort conştient. Nu sunteţii<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi cutrandafirul. Voi sunteţi cei <strong>care</strong> încercaţi s ă v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi cu trandafirul şi încercaţi săuitaţi <strong>de</strong> voi înşiv ă. Incercaţi s ă <strong>de</strong>veniţi una cu trandafirul şi sunteţi conştienţi <strong>de</strong>întregul proces. Voi sunteţi cei <strong>care</strong> faceţi acest lucru.Dac ă i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a este conştient ă, ea <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> meditaţie.Şi, dac ă aplicaţi în mod inconştient o metod ă <strong>de</strong> meditaţie, nu uitaţi c ă aceasta nueste meditaţie.V ă faceţi rugăciunile în fie<strong>care</strong> dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă s<strong>au</strong> în fie<strong>care</strong> sear ă, dar o faceţi inconştient,este numai o rutin ă. In timp ce v ă rugaţi, nu sunteţi conştienţi <strong>de</strong> acest lucru. Nusunteţi conştienţi <strong>de</strong> vorbele pe <strong>care</strong> le rostiţi atunci când v ă rugaţi. Le repetaţipapagaliceşte.Asta nu este meditaţie. Chiar şi baia făcut ă în mod conştient este meditaţie.Reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi, <strong>de</strong>ci: orice aţi face în mod conştient, cu <strong>de</strong>plin ă participare, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> meditaţie.Chiar şi dac ă uci<strong>de</strong>ţi pe ci<strong>ne</strong>va în mod conştient, chiar şi aceea este meditaţie.When you are i<strong>de</strong>ntifying with a rose, it is a conscious effort. You are not i<strong>de</strong>ntifiedwiththe rose. You are TRYING to i<strong>de</strong>ntify yourself with the rose, and you are trying toforgetyourself. You are trying to become o<strong>ne</strong> with the rose, and you are <strong>de</strong>eply conscious,aware of the whole process. YOU are doing it. Even if i<strong>de</strong>ntification is do<strong>ne</strong>consciously,it becomes a meditation. And if you do a certain technique of meditationunconsciously,it is not meditation -- remember.You go on doing your prayer every morning or every night unconsciously, just as arouti<strong>ne</strong> affair. While doing it you are not conscious at all of what you are doing. Youarenot conscious at all of what words you are saying in prayer. You just repeat them likeaparrot. This is not meditation. And if you are taking your bath consciously, it is ameditation. So remember this: whatsoever you are doing consciously, with alert<strong>ne</strong>ss,fully aware, becomes meditation. Even if you kill someo<strong>ne</strong> consciously, while fullyconscious, it is meditative. 220 of 1083De aceea Krishna îi spu<strong>ne</strong>a lui Arjuna: "Nu te teme. Uci<strong>de</strong>, asasi<strong>ne</strong>az ă, f ă acest lucru înmod conştient, pe <strong>de</strong>plin conştient c ă nimeni nu este asasinat, c ă nimeni nu esteucis."Arjuna putea foarte uşor să-şi ucid ă duşmanii făr ă s ă fie conştient <strong>de</strong> ceea ce face.El putea, pur şi simplu, s ă în<strong>ne</strong>bu<strong>ne</strong>asc ă <strong>de</strong> furie şi s ă ucid ă – asta-i simplu <strong>de</strong> făcut.Dar Krishna spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Fii prezent şi perfect conştient. Fii un instrument în mâini divi<strong>ne</strong> şifii convins c ă nimeni nu va fi ucis, c ă nimeni nu poate fi ucis. Fiinţa interioar ă esteetern ă, este <strong>ne</strong>muritoare.Deci nu vei face <strong>de</strong>cât s ă ucizi forme, nu şi ceea ce se afl ă dincolo <strong>de</strong> forme, aşadar,distruge formele." Dac ă Arjuna poate s ă fie atât <strong>de</strong> meditativ conştient, atunci nuexist ă violen ţă, nimeni nu este ucis, niciun păcat nu este comis.That is what Krishna was saying to Arjuna: "Do not be afraid. Kill, mur<strong>de</strong>r, fullyconsciously, knowing fully that no o<strong>ne</strong> is mur<strong>de</strong>red and no o<strong>ne</strong> is killed." Arjuna couldvery easily kill his e<strong>ne</strong>mies unconsciously. He could go mad in a rage and kill -- that iseasy. But Krishna is saying, "Be alert, be fully conscious. Just become the instrumentofdivi<strong>ne</strong> hands, and know well that no o<strong>ne</strong> is killed, no o<strong>ne</strong> can be killed.The in<strong>ne</strong>r being is eternal, immortal. So you are only <strong>de</strong>stroying forms, not that whichisbehind the forms. So <strong>de</strong>stroy the forms." If Arjuna can be so meditatively aware thenthere is no violence, no o<strong>ne</strong> is killed, no sin is committed.


O s ă v ă povestesc o a<strong>ne</strong>cdot ă din viaţa lui Nagarjuna.Nagarjuna a <strong>fost</strong> unul dintre cei mai mari maeştri pe <strong>care</strong> i-a dat vreodat ă India – <strong>de</strong>calibrul lui Buddha, al lui Mahavira şi al lui Krishna. Nagarjuna era un geniu. Din punct<strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re intelectual, nu se compar ă cu nimeni din lume; rareori se întâmpl ă s ă aibăci<strong>ne</strong>va un intelect atât <strong>de</strong> pătrunzător. Trecea printr-un oraş, printr-o capital ă , şiumbla întot<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong>na gol.Regina <strong>care</strong> dom<strong>ne</strong>a în acel regat era o credincioas ă, o a<strong>de</strong>pt ă a lui, o <strong>de</strong>votat ă <strong>care</strong> îliubea pe Nagarjuna. Acesta a ajuns la palatul ei şi a cerut <strong>de</strong> mân<strong>care</strong>. Avea ostrachin ă <strong>de</strong> lemn în <strong>care</strong> primea mân<strong>care</strong> atunci când cerşea. Regina i-a spus: "Dă-mimie acest vas; am să-l păstrez ca pe o relicv ă <strong>de</strong> pre ţ; am pentru ti<strong>ne</strong> alt vas. Poţi să-liei pe acela."I will tell you o<strong>ne</strong> a<strong>ne</strong>cdote in Nagarjuna's life. Nagarjuna was o<strong>ne</strong> of the great mastersIndia has produced -- of the caliber of Buddha and Mahavir and Krishna. AndNagarjunawas a rare genius. Really, on the intellectual level there is no comparison in the wholeworld; such a keen and pe<strong>ne</strong>trating intellect rarely happens. He was passing through acity, a capital city, and he always remai<strong>ne</strong>d naked. The queen of that kingdom was abeliever, a follower and a lover of Nagarjuna, a <strong>de</strong>votee. So Nagarjuna came to thepalaceto ask for food. He had o<strong>ne</strong> woo<strong>de</strong>n begging bowl. The queen said, "Give this beggingbowl to me. I will cherish it as a gift, and I have another ma<strong>de</strong> for you. You can takethat."Nagarjuna a spus: "Bi<strong>ne</strong>!" Celălalt vas era un vas <strong>de</strong> <strong>au</strong>r, bătut cu pietre preţioase; er<strong>au</strong>n vas foarte scump.Nagarjuna nu a spus nimic. In mod obişnuit, un sannyasin nu l-ar fi luat, ar fi spus: "Nupot s ă m ă ating <strong>de</strong> <strong>au</strong>r." Dar Nagarjuna l-a luat. Dac ă într-a<strong>de</strong>văr <strong>au</strong>rul este numainoroi, atunci <strong>de</strong> ce s ă facem o <strong>de</strong>osebire? L-a luat.Chiar şi regina a simţit c ă nu era bi<strong>ne</strong>. S-a gândit: "De ce? Ar fi trebuit s ă refuze. Doareste un mare sfânt! De ce a luat un lucru atât <strong>de</strong> valoros, când este gol, nu are hai<strong>ne</strong>,nu are nimic al lui? De ce nu s-a împotrivit?"Dac ă Nagarjuna ar fi refuzat s ă ia vasul, atunci regina ar fi insistat, l-ar fi rugat, şi astaar fi făcut-o s ă se simt ă mai bi<strong>ne</strong>. Nagarjuna l-a luat şi a plecat.Nagarjuna said, "Okay!" The other o<strong>ne</strong> was gol<strong>de</strong>n, and many precious sto<strong>ne</strong>s wereset init; it was very valuable. Nagarjuna didn't say anything. Ordinarily no sannyasin wouldtake it, he would say, "I cannot touch gold." But Nagarjuna took it. If really gold is justmud, then why make any distinction? He took it. Even the queen didn't feel it to begood.She felt, "Why? He should have said no. Such a great saint! Why has he taken such avaluable thing while he lives naked, without any clothes, without any possessions?Whyshould he not reject it?"If Nagarjuna had rejected it, the queen would have insisted, requested, but then shewould have felt better.Nagarjuna took it and went away.Un ho ţ l-a văzut trecând prin oraş şi s-a gândit: "Omul acesta nu va fi în stare să-şipăstreze vasul, mai mult ca sigur c ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va i-l va fura. Aşa gol cum e – cum poate să-şiapere vasul, dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va încearc ă s ă i-l fure?" Deci, s-a luat dup ă el... hoţul a începutsă-l urmăreasc ă pe Nagarjuna.Nagarjuna stătea în afara oraşului, într-o veche mănăstire, singur; mănăstirea era înrui<strong>ne</strong>.A intrat, a <strong>au</strong>zit paşi în urma lui, dar nu le-a acordat nicio atenţie, nu s-a uitat înapoi,<strong>de</strong>oarece s-a gândit: "Probabil vi<strong>ne</strong> dup ă vasul <strong>de</strong> cerşit, nu dup ă mi<strong>ne</strong>; ci<strong>ne</strong> ar venidup ă mi<strong>ne</strong>, c ă doar nimeni nu m-a urmat niciodat ă printre aceste rui<strong>ne</strong>?"A intrat. Hoţul a rămas în afara zidurilor şi a aşteptat. Văzând c ă nu apare, Nagarjunaa aruncatvasul afar ă. Hoţul nu putea s ă înţeleag ă : "Ce fel <strong>de</strong> om este acesta? E gol, are un vasatât <strong>de</strong> preţios şi îl arunc ă afar ă!" Aşa c ă l-a întrebat: "Pot s ă intru? Aş dori s ă văîntreb ceva."O<strong>ne</strong> thief saw him passing through the city, and the thief thought, "This man cannotkeep this begging bowl, someo<strong>ne</strong> is bound to steal it or someo<strong>ne</strong> is bound to take it


away from him. With the naked<strong>ne</strong>ss -- how can he protect it?" So he followed... thethief followed Nagarjuna.Nagarjuna was staying outsi<strong>de</strong> the town in an old monastery, alo<strong>ne</strong>; the monasterywasjust in ruins. He went in, he heard the footsteps of the man, but he didn't look behindbec<strong>au</strong>se he thought, "He must be coming for the begging bowl, not for me, bec<strong>au</strong>sewhowould come? No o<strong>ne</strong> ever comes following me to these ruins."He went in. The thief stood behind a wall and waited. Nagarjuna, seeing that he waswaiting outsi<strong>de</strong>, threw the begging bowl out of the door. The thief couldn'tun<strong>de</strong>rstand:"What type of man is this? Naked, with such a precious thing, and he has thrown itout."So he asked Nagarjuna, "Can I come in, sir? I have to ask a question."Nagarjuna i-a răspuns: "Am aruncat vasul afar ă, aşa c ă poţi intra – l-am aruncatpentru a te ajuta s ă intri, fiindca sunt pe cale să-mi fac somnul <strong>de</strong> după-mas ă.Nagarjuna said, "I have thrown the bowl out just so that you can come in -- to help youtocome in, bec<strong>au</strong>se I am just going to take my afternoon nap.Dac ă aş fi adormit, ai fi intrat dup ă vas, dar nu te-ai fi întâlnit cu mi<strong>ne</strong>. Deci, intr ă."Hoţul a intrat şi a spus: "De ce ai aruncat un vas atât <strong>de</strong> preţios? Eşti un înţelept atât<strong>de</strong> mare, eu nu sunt <strong>de</strong>cât un ho ţ; nici nu merit s ă st<strong>au</strong> în faţa ta."Nagarjuna i-a spus: "Nu te îngrijora, toţi suntem hoţi. Vezi-ţi <strong>de</strong> treab ă , nu te maigândi la asta, nu mai pier<strong>de</strong> vremea cu lucruri lipsite <strong>de</strong> importan ţă."You would have come for the begging bowl, but then there would have been nomeeting with me. So come in."The thief came in. He said, "Such a precious thing and you have thrown it? And youaresuch a sage that I cannot lie before you -- I am a thief." Nagarjuna said, "Do not beworried, everyo<strong>ne</strong> is a thief. You proceed on, do not waste time about suchun<strong>ne</strong>cessary things." 221 of 1083Hoţul a răspuns: "U<strong>ne</strong>ori, uitându-m ă la oameni ca ti<strong>ne</strong>, mintea mea tânjeşte s ă aflecum ai atins aceast ă stare. Eu sunt un ho ţ; mi se pare imposibil s ă pot atinge şi eu oastfel <strong>de</strong> stare. Dar sper şi m ă rog ca într-o zi s ă fiu şi eu în stare s ă arunc un lucruatât <strong>de</strong> preţios.The thief said, "Sometimes, looking at persons like you, my mind also longs to knowhow this state can be attai<strong>ne</strong>d. I am a thief; it seems impossible for me. But I hopeand Ipray that someday I will also be capable of throwing away such a precious thing.Invaţă-m ă ceva. Am <strong>fost</strong> la mulţi înţelepţi, sunt un ho ţ bi<strong>ne</strong>-cunoscut, toat ă lumea măcunoaşte.Cu toţii îmi spun: «Renun ţă la hoţie, şi numai dup ă aceea te vei putea apuca <strong>de</strong>meditaţie.»Dar asta-i imposibil, nu m ă pot lăsa <strong>de</strong> hoţie, <strong>de</strong>ci nu m ă pot apuca <strong>de</strong> meditaţie."Nagarjuna a spus: "Dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va îţi spu<strong>ne</strong> s ă renunţi la hoţie pentru c ă altfel nu te veiputea apuca <strong>de</strong> meditaţie, omul acela nu ştie nimic <strong>de</strong>spre meditaţie. Ce legătur ă aremeditaţia cu hoţia? Nu <strong>au</strong> nicio legătur ă. Deci, continu ă s ă faci ceea ce ai făcut şi pânăacum. Iţi voi da o tehnic ă <strong>de</strong> meditaţie; poţi s ă o practici." EROAREA PUNERIIMORALEI/ PORUNCILOR INAINTEA CENTRARIIHoţul a răspuns: "Acum se pare c ă vom putea lucra împreun ă. Deci pot să-mi continuiprofesiu<strong>ne</strong>a <strong>de</strong> ho ţ?Ce tehnic ă îmi dai? Te rog să-mi spui imediat!"Teach me something. I go to many sages, and I am a well-known thief, so everyo<strong>ne</strong>knows me.They say, `First leave your busi<strong>ne</strong>ss, your profession, only then can you proceed inmeditation.' That is impossible, I cannot leave it, so I cannot proceed in meditation."Nagarjuna said, "If someo<strong>ne</strong> says first leave thieving and then proceed in meditation,then he doesn't know meditation at all -- bec<strong>au</strong>se how is meditation related with theft?There is no relationship. So you go on doing whatsoever you are doing. I will give youatechnique; you practice this."


The thief said, "Now it seems we can go on together. So I can go on doing myprofession? What is the technique? Tell me immediately!"Nagarjuna a spus: "Trebuie doar s ă rămâi conştient. Atunci când furi ceva, fii conştient<strong>de</strong> ceea ce faci. Atunci când spargi vreo cas ă , fii pe <strong>de</strong>plin conştient. Atunci cândspargi vistieria, fii conştient. Atunci când furi ceva din vistierie, fii conştient. F ă totulconştient. Indiferent cu ce te în<strong>de</strong>letniceşti, nu este treaba mea, nu m ă intereseaz ă . Şivino înapoi la mi<strong>ne</strong> dup ă cincisprezece zile, dar numai dac ă ţ i-ai practicat profesiu<strong>ne</strong>a.Practică-ţi profesiu<strong>ne</strong>a <strong>de</strong> ho ţ vreme <strong>de</strong> cincisprezece zile: f ă ce făceai şi înainte, darf ă toate acestea pe <strong>de</strong>plin conştient."In cea <strong>de</strong>-a treia zi, hoţul a revenit şi i-a spus:"Cincisprezece zile înseamn ă mult prea mult, iar tu eşti un ins <strong>care</strong> m ă poate păcăli.Cu tehnica dat ă <strong>de</strong> ti<strong>ne</strong>, s ă fiu perfect conştient, nu pot fura. Am <strong>fost</strong> la palat înultimele trei nopţi. Am ajuns în vistierie, am <strong>de</strong>schis-o, am văzut o mulţime <strong>de</strong> odoareîn faţa mea şi am <strong>de</strong>venit perfect conştient: am <strong>de</strong>venit ca o statuie a lui Buddha. Nuam mai putut continua; mâna mea nu s-a putut mişca; tot ce era în vistierie mi sepărea lipsit <strong>de</strong> importan ţă. M-am întors o dat ă şi înc ă o dat ă. Ce s ă fac?Tu mi-ai spus c ă abandonarea profesiunii mele nu este <strong>ne</strong>cesar ă, dar se pare cămetoda ta presupu<strong>ne</strong> acest lucru."Nagarjuna said, "You just remain aware. When you go to steal something, just be fullyconscious and aware. When you are breaking into some house, be fully conscious.Whenyou are breaking into a treasury, be fully conscious. When you are taking somethingoutof the treasury, be fully conscious. Do it consciously. Whatsoever you do is no concernof mi<strong>ne</strong>.And come after fifteen days, but do not come if you have not practiced. Practice forfifteen days: go on doing whatsoever you are doing, but do it fully consciously."The third day the thief came back and he said, "Fifteen days are too long, and you areavery tricky fellow. You have given me such a technique that if I am fully conscious Icannot steal. The last three nights continuously I have been to the palace. I reachedthetreasury, I ope<strong>ne</strong>d it, precious things were before me, but then I became fullyconscious.And the moment I become fully conscious, I became like a Buddha statue. I could notproceed further; my hand would not move, and the whole treasury seemed useless.So Ihave been going back there again and again. What am I to do? And you said thatleavingmy profession was not a condition, but your method seems to have a built-in process."Nagarjuna a spus: "Nu mai veni la mi<strong>ne</strong>. Acum ai posibilitatea s ă alegi. Dac ă vrei săcontinui cu profesiu<strong>ne</strong>a ta <strong>de</strong> ho ţ, uit ă <strong>de</strong> meditaţie. Dac ă vrei s ă meditezi, renun ţă lahoţie. Poţi s ă alegi." Hoţul a spus: "M-ai pus în dificultate. In ultimele zile am aflat ceînseamn ă s ă fii viu. Când am plecat prima dat ă <strong>de</strong> la palat făr ă s ă fur ceva, m-amsimţit ca un rege, nu ca un ho ţ . In aceste zile am <strong>fost</strong> atât <strong>de</strong> fericit, încât acum numai pot s ă renun ţ la meditaţie. M-ai păcălit; acum iniţiază-m ă, fă-m ă discipolul tău. Numai are rost s ă continui, trei zile mi-<strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> <strong>de</strong> ajuns."Nagarjuna said, "Do not come to me again. Now you can choose. If you want to go onstealing, forget meditation. If you want meditation, then forget stealing. You canchoose." The thief said, "You have put me in a dilemma. For these three days I haveknown that I am alive. And when I came back without taking anything from the palace,for the first time I felt that I was a sovereign, not a thief. These three days have beensoblissful that now I cannot leave meditation. You have tricked me; now initiate me andmake me your disciple. There is no <strong>ne</strong>ed to go on trying, three days are enough."Orice ai face, dac ă eşti conştient, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> meditaţie.Incearc ă s ă conştientizezi i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>a – <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> meditaţie.Dac ă faci acest lucru FIIND ABSENT în mod inconştient, atunci este un mare păcat.Cu toţii v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi cu multe lucruri: "Asta este a mea, aia este a mea…"V ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi. "Aceasta este ţara mea, aceasta este naţiu<strong>ne</strong>a mea, acesta estedrapelul meu…"


Dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va arunc ă steagul ţării voastre pe jos, <strong>de</strong>veniţi furioşi – ce face omul acela?Nu aveţi nicio naţiu<strong>ne</strong> şi toate steagurile naţionale sunt mituri. Ne jucăm cu eleprecum copiii cu maşinuţele; sunt ca nişte jucării. Dar puteţi fi ucişi s<strong>au</strong> puteţi uci<strong>de</strong>pentru ele; ţări pot fi distruse, ţări pot fi ridicate pentru c ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va a insultat un steag.Şi nu este <strong>de</strong>cât o bucat ă <strong>de</strong> pânz ă.Ce se întâmpl ă? V ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi cu el.Acesta este tipul <strong>de</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong> inconştient ă. Acest lucru este un păcat.Pentru astăzi, ajunge.Whatsoever may be the object, if you are conscious it becomes meditation. Tryi<strong>de</strong>ntification consciously -- it becomes meditation. Unconsciously, it is a great sin.You are all i<strong>de</strong>ntified with many things: "This is mi<strong>ne</strong>, that is mi<strong>ne</strong>..." You arei<strong>de</strong>ntified!"This is my country, this is my nation, this is my national flag..." If someo<strong>ne</strong> throwsyournational flag you become furious -- what is he doing? You have no nation and allnationalflags are myths. It is good to play with them like children do; they are toys. But youcanmur<strong>de</strong>r and be mur<strong>de</strong>red for them, and countries can be created and <strong>de</strong>stroyed forinsulting a national flag. And it is just a piece of cloth.What is happening? You are i<strong>de</strong>ntified with it. That i<strong>de</strong>ntification is unconscious.Unconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss is sin.Enough for today.THE END. 222 of 1083VB5. Dharana 8 Sutra/Shloka n° 31 si comentariul lui Osho la VB [ VigyanaBhairava Tantra ( Vijnana Bhairava Tantra)] in traducerea lui <strong>Mirahorian</strong>folosind varianta [1] a cartii "Cartea Secretelor/ The Book of Secrets" dinBibliografie VBVB5. Dharana 8 Sutra/Shloka n° 31tayāpūryāśu mūrdhānta ṃ bhaṅktv ā bhrūkṣepasetun ā |nirvikalpa ṃ mana ḥ kṛtv ā sarvordhve sarvagodgama ḥ || 31 ||Concentrează-ţi atenţ ia asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi : Fixează-ţi atenţ ia pepunctul dintre sprânce<strong>ne</strong> (asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi), lasă-ţi conştiinţa (mintea;atenţia) s ă fie înaintea (in faţa) gândirii. Lasă-ţi forma ( corpul) s ă se umple cu esenţarespiraţiei şi urc-o pân ă in creştetul capului ( la inspiraţie) pentru ca <strong>de</strong> acolo s ă sereverse ca o ploaie <strong>de</strong> lumin ă (graţia divin ă , in momentul intervalului <strong>de</strong> suspendare sila expiraţ ie)/ Atenţia la punctul dintre sprânce<strong>ne</strong>, las ă conştiinţa s ă fie inainteagândului. Las ă forma s ă se umple cu esenţa respiraţiei şi urc-o pân ă în vârful capuluipentru ca <strong>de</strong> acolo s ă reverse ca o ploaie <strong>de</strong> lumin ă . ([3] vol.1-p.77) / Atenţia întresprânce<strong>ne</strong> las ă mintea înaintea gândului. Las ă forma s ă se umple cu esenţa răsuflăriipân ă în creştetul capului, iar acolo s ă se reverse ca o lumin ă. ([4] p.77) / Cu atenţiaconcentrat ă între sprânce<strong>ne</strong> lasă-ţi mintea s ă fie înaintea gândului. Lasă-ţi forma s ă seumple <strong>de</strong> esenţa răsuflării către creştet, iar acolo s ă plou ă ca lumina. ([8] sutra 8)Concentrează-ti atentia intre sprance<strong>ne</strong> si pazeste-te <strong>de</strong> orice gand. Lasă forma sa seumple cu esenta respiratiei pana in crestetul capului si acolo, scaldă-te in lumină.[9]/Attention between eyebrows, let mind be before thought. Let form fill with breathessence to the top of the head and there shower as light. / Attentif <strong>au</strong> point entre lessourcils, laissez l'esprit être avant la pensée. Laissez l'essence <strong>de</strong> la respirationremplir la forme et monter jusqu'à la tête pour qu'elle se déverse comme u<strong>ne</strong> pluie <strong>de</strong>lumière. / En centrant l'attention entre les sourcils, laisse le mental être avant(<strong>de</strong>vant) la pensée. Laisse la forme s'emplir <strong>de</strong> l'essence du souffle jusqu'<strong>au</strong> sommet<strong>de</strong> la tête, et là, inon<strong>de</strong>-toi <strong>de</strong> lumière. / L'attenzio<strong>ne</strong> tra le sopracciglia, lascia che lamente preceda il pensiero. Lascia che la forma si riempia con l’essenza <strong>de</strong>l respiro finoalla sommità <strong>de</strong>lla testa e lì piova come luce.Having filled the murdhanta1 with the same pranic e<strong>ne</strong>rgy quickly and having crossedit with the help of the bridge-like contraction of the eye-brows 2, o<strong>ne</strong> should free o<strong>ne</strong>'smind ofall dichatomizing thought-constructs. His conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss will then rise higher thandvadasanta and then there wiIl appear the sense of omnipresence. [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>vaSingh, 1979 ]


Ayant rempli le sommet du crâ<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong> l’é<strong>ne</strong>rgie du souffle et projeté celle-ci rapi<strong>de</strong>mentà l’ai<strong>de</strong> du pont établi par u<strong>ne</strong> contraction <strong>de</strong>s sourcils, si l’on a libéré la pensée <strong>de</strong>toute dualité, grâce à cette é<strong>ne</strong>rgie, on <strong>de</strong>viendra omnipénétrant dès qu’on accè<strong>de</strong> àce qui est <strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>là <strong>de</strong> toute chose. [10] [ Lilian Silburn, 1961 ]NOTES1. Murdhanta here means dvadasanta i.e. Brahmarandhra, a space covered by twelvefingers from the middle of eye-brows.2. Just as a river is crossed by means of a bridge, even so the pranic e<strong>ne</strong>rgy has to becrossed over by an esoteric technique of bhruksepa. Then that pranic e<strong>ne</strong>rgy will beconverted into cit-sakti, and the aspirant's conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss wiIl rise higher than that ofthe Brahmarandhra and he will have a feeling of omnipresence. The esoterictechnique of bhrukshepa was a closely guar<strong>de</strong>d secret among the mystics and is nowpractically lost. This is Saktopaya.ANEXA 2: Explicatia VB5 in comentariului lui Osho la VB [ Vijnana BhairavaTantra ( Vigyan Bhairav Tantra)]Din aceasta noua traducere a comentariului VB [1] ( in Bibliografie VB ) vaprezentam mai jos doua capitole in traducere si in varianta originara inlimba englezaCapitolul 5 / Chapter 5: Cinci tehnici pentru atenţie/attentive<strong>ne</strong>sspage 56 of 1083 [1]Five Techniques ofSUTRELE5 Atenţia între sprânce<strong>ne</strong>, las ă mintea înaintea gândului. Las ă forma s ă se umple cuesenţaRESPIRATIEI pân ă în creştetul capului, iar acolo s ă se reverse ca o PLOAIE DE lumin ă . /5. ATTENTION BETWEEN EYEBROWS, LET MIND BE BEFORE THOUGHT. LET FORM FILLWITH BREATH ESSENCE TO THE TOP OF THE HEAD AND THERE SHOWER AS LIGHT.6 ATUNCI CAND VA OCUPATI CU ACTIVITATILE LUMESTI, TINETI atenţia între CELEDOUA respiraţii ( INTRE INSPIRATIE SI EXPIRATIE), şi astfel PRACTICAND, în câteva zileTE NASTI DIN NOU/ renaşti. / 6. WHEN IN WORLDLY ACTIVITY, KEEP ATTENTIONBETWEEN TWOBREATHS, AND SO PRACTICING, IN A FEW DAYS BE BORN ANEW.7 (URMARITI) respiraţia imperceptibil ă din centrul frunţii, ATUNCI CAND ajunge INinim ă , IN MOMENTUL INTRARII IN SOMN, SI SE E OBTINE CONTROL ASUPRA VISELORşi A MORTII însăşi.7. WITH INTANGIBLE BREATH IN CENTER OF FOREHEAD, AS THIS REACHES HEART ATTHE MOMENT OF SLEEP, HAVE DIRECTION OVER DREAMS AND OVER DEATH ITSELF.8 Prin <strong>de</strong>votiu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>săvârsit ă, fixeaza-te pe cele dou ă jonctiuni /intersectii alerespiratiei (intre inspir si expir) si cunoaste-l pe cunoscător8. WITH UTMOST DEVOTION, CENTER ON THE TWO JUNCTIONS OF BREATHAND KNOW THE KNOWER.9 Intins ca un mort. Cuprins <strong>de</strong> mânie, stai aşa. S<strong>au</strong> priveşti ţint ă, făr ă s ă clipesti. S<strong>au</strong>sugi şi <strong>de</strong>vii însuşi suptul.9. LIE DOWN AS DEAD. ENRAGED IN WRATH, STAY SO. OR STARE WITHOUT MOVINGAN EYELASH. OR SUCK SOMETHING AND BECOME THE SUCKING.Când unul dintre marii filozofi greci, Pitagora, a ajuns în Egipt pentru a intra intr-oşcoală- o şcoal ă secret ă, ezoteric ă, o şcoal ă (<strong>care</strong> preda calea interioar ă ) mistic ă –, a<strong>fost</strong> refuzat. Iar Pitagora era una dintre cele mai mari minţi ale lumii. Nu puteaînţelege<strong>de</strong> ce a <strong>fost</strong> refuzat.


A cerut înc ă o dat ă şi înc ă o dat ă, dar i s-a spus c ă, dac ă nu trece printr-un programspecial (<strong>de</strong> pregatire) prin post şi exerciţii <strong>de</strong> respiraţie, nu i se va permite s ă intre in(acea) şcoal ă.When o<strong>ne</strong> of the great Greek philosophers, Pythagoras, reached Egypt to enter aschool --a secret esoteric school of mysticism -- he was refused. And Pythagoras was o<strong>ne</strong> ofthebest minds ever produced. He could not un<strong>de</strong>rstand it. He applied again and again,but hewas told that unless he goes through a particular training of fasting and breathing hecannot be allowed to enter the school.Pitagora, dupa cum s-a consemnat, ar fi răspuns : "Am venit aici pentru cunoastere,nu pentru disciplin ă."Nota DM: observati centrarea in modalitatea 有 yǒ u: pt a dobândi cunoştinţe; ve<strong>de</strong>tiComentariuDar conducătorii şcolii i-<strong>au</strong> răspuns: "Nu îţi putem da cunoştinţe, dac ă nu te schimbi.Iar pe noi nici nu <strong>ne</strong> intereseaz ă cunoştinţele UMBRELE, <strong>ne</strong> intereseaz ă experienţaDIRECTA propriu-zis ă. Nu exist ă cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat cunoaştere, dac ă nu este trăit ă şiexperimentat ă. Va trebui s ă posteşti vreme <strong>de</strong> patruzeci <strong>de</strong> zile, timp în <strong>care</strong> veirespira într-un anumit fel, cu conştientizarea unor anumite puncte."Pythagoras is reported to have said, "I have come for knowledge, not for any sort ofdiscipli<strong>ne</strong>." But the school <strong>au</strong>thorities said, "We cannot give you knowledge unless youare different. And really, we are not interested in knowledge at all, we are interestedinactual experience. No knowledge is knowledge unless it is lived and experienced.So you will have to go on a forty-day fast, continuously breathing in a certain man<strong>ne</strong>r,with a certain aware<strong>ne</strong>ss on certain points."Cum nu exista alt ă cale, Pitagora s-a văzut silit s ă parcurg ă acel program <strong>de</strong> pregătire.Dup ă patruzeci <strong>de</strong> zile <strong>de</strong> post şi <strong>de</strong> respiraţie atent ă, conştientizat ă, i s-a permis s ă sealăture şcolii.There was no other way, so Pythagoras had to pass through this training. After fortydaysof fasting and breathing, aware, attentive, he was allowed to enter the school.Se spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă ar fi exclamat: "Nu Pitagora este cel admis astăzi. Sunt un om diferit.SUNT renăscut. Voi aţi avut dreptate SI eu am greşit, punctul meu <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re era înîntregime intelectual.Prin aceast ă purifi<strong>care</strong>, centrul FIINTEI mele s-a schimbat. De la intelect a coborât lainim ă CENTRU. Acum pot simţi lucrurile. Inainte <strong>de</strong> aceast ă perioad ă puteam doar săînţeleg lucrurile prin intermediul intelectului, prin cap. Acum POT simti. Acum a<strong>de</strong>vărulnu mai este un concept pentru mi<strong>ne</strong>, ci este via ţă. Nu va fi o filozofie, mai <strong>de</strong>grab ă vafi o experien ţă existenţial ă".It is said that Pythagoras said, "You are not allowing Pythagoras in. I am a differentman, I amreborn. You were right and I was wrong, bec<strong>au</strong>se then my whole standpoint wasintellectual. Through this purification, my center of being has changed. From theintellect it has come down to the heart. Now I can feel things. Before this training Icould only un<strong>de</strong>rstand through the intellect, through the head. Now I can feel. Nowtruth is not a concept to me, but a life. It is not going to be a philosophy, but rather,an experience --existential."Prin ce fel <strong>de</strong> pregătire a trecut? Lui Pitagora i-a <strong>fost</strong> dat ă aceast ă a cincea tehnic ă.Aceasta i-a <strong>fost</strong> data în Egipt, dar tehnica este indian ă.What was that training he went through? This fifth technique was the technique thatwasgiven to Pythagoras. It was given in Egypt, but the technique is Indian.5 Concentrează-ţi atenţia asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.A cincea tehnic ă: 5 Atenţia între sprânce<strong>ne</strong>, las ă mintea înaintea gândului. Las ă formas ă se umple cu esenţa RESPIRATIEI pân ă în creştetul capului, iar acolo s ă se reverseca o PLOAIE DE lumin ă.


The fifth technique: ATTENTION BETWEEN EYEBROWS, LET MIND BE BEFORETHOUGHT. LET FORM FILL WITH BREATH ESSENCE TO THE TOP OF THE HEAD ANDTHERESHOWER AS LIGHT.ve<strong>de</strong>ti variantele <strong>de</strong> tratucere ale VB5Aceasta este metoda <strong>care</strong> i-a <strong>fost</strong> dat ă lui Pitagora.Pitagora a mers cu aceast ă tehnic ă în Grecia şi ea a <strong>de</strong>venit izvorul, sursa întreguluimisticism occi<strong>de</strong>ntal. El este tatăl misticismului din Occi<strong>de</strong>nt.This was the technique given to Pythagoras. Pythagoras wentwith this technique to Greece, and really, he became the fountainhead, the source ofallmysticism in the West. He is the father of all mysticism in the West. Page 56 of 1083[1]Aceasta este una dintre cele mai profun<strong>de</strong> meto<strong>de</strong>. Incercaţi s ă înţelegeţi acest lucru:Atenţia între sprânce<strong>ne</strong>...This technique is o<strong>ne</strong> of the very <strong>de</strong>ep methods. Try to un<strong>de</strong>rstand this:ATTENTION BETWEEN THE EYEBROWS...Psihologia mo<strong>de</strong>rn ă, cercetarea ştiinţific ă afirm ă c ă între sprânce<strong>ne</strong> se afl ă o glandă<strong>care</strong> este, <strong>de</strong> fapt, cea mai misterioas ă parte a corpului ome<strong>ne</strong>sc.Mo<strong>de</strong>rn physiology, scientific research, says that between the two eyebrows is thegland which is the most mysterious part of the body.Aceast ă gland ă, numit ă glanda pi<strong>ne</strong>al ă , este cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi al tibetanilor –shiva<strong>ne</strong>tra: ochiul lui Shiva. Intre cei doi ochi exist ă un al treilea ochi, <strong>care</strong>, îns ă , nueste activ. Este acolo şi ar putea s ă funcţio<strong>ne</strong>ze în orice moment, dar, în mod normal,nu este activ.Trebuie s ă faci ceva pentru a-l <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>. Nu este orb, este doar închis.Aceast ă tehnic ă are drept scop <strong>de</strong>schi<strong>de</strong>rea celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.This gland, called the pi<strong>ne</strong>al gland, is the third eye of the Tibetans -- SHIVANETRA: theeye of Shiva, of the tantra. Between the two eyes there exists a third eye, but it isnonfunctioning.It is there, it can function any moment, but it does not function naturally.You have to do something about it to open it. It is not blind; it is simply closed. Thistechnique is to open the third eye.Atenţ ia între sprânce<strong>ne</strong>... Inchizi ochii, apoi îi fixezi între sprânce<strong>ne</strong>, chiar lamijlocul distanţei dintre ele. Te concentrezi chiar asupra punctului din mijloc, cu ochiiînchişi, ca şi când ai privi cu amândoi ochii. D ă TOTALA atenţie acestui loc.ATTENTION BETWEEN THE EYEBROWS... Close your eyes, then focus both of youreyes just in the middle of the two eyebrows. Focus just in the middle, with close<strong>de</strong>yes, asif you are looking with your two eyes. Give total attention to it.Este una dintre cele mai simple meto<strong>de</strong> pentru a fi atent. Asupra niciu<strong>ne</strong>i alte părţi acorpului nu îţi poţi concentra atenţia cu aceeaşi uşurin ţă. Aceast ă gland ă pur şi simpluabsoarbe atenţia ca nimic altceva. Dac ă îi acorzi atenţie, amândoi ochii vor fihipnotizaţi <strong>de</strong> cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. Rămân ficşi; nu se pot mişca. Când încerci să-ţiconcentrezi atenţia asupra altei părţi a trupului, este greu.This is o<strong>ne</strong> of the simplest methods of being attentive. You cannot be attentive to anyother part of the body so easily. This gland absorbs attention like anything. If you giveattention to it, both your eyes become hypnotized with the third eye. They becomefixed;they cannot move. If you are trying to be attentive to any other part of the body it isdifficult.In schimb, cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi capteaz ă atenţia, atrage forţat atenţia. Exercit ă oatracţie mag<strong>ne</strong>tic ă asupra atenţiei. AŞA CA toate meto<strong>de</strong>le din întreaga lume l-<strong>au</strong>utilizat ACEST PUNCT.This third eye catches attention, forces attention; It is mag<strong>ne</strong>tic for attention. So allthe methods all over the world have used it.


Este cea mai simpl ă metod ă <strong>de</strong> antrenare a atenţiei, căci, pe lâng ă efortul tău <strong>de</strong> a fiatent, îţi vi<strong>ne</strong> şi glanda în ajutor; este mag<strong>ne</strong>tic ă. Atenţia îţi este adus ă aici forţat. Esteabsorbit ă.It is the simplest to train you in attention bec<strong>au</strong>se not only are you trying to beattentive, the gland itself helps you; it is mag<strong>ne</strong>tic.Your attention is brought to it forcibly. It is absorbed.Se spu<strong>ne</strong> în vechile scripturi shivaite c ă pentru cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi atenţia este oa<strong>de</strong>vărat ă hran ă. Al treilea ochi este flămând; este flămând <strong>de</strong>ja <strong>de</strong> mai multe vieţi.Dac ă îi acorzi atenţie, el <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> viu (îl readuci la via ţă).It is said in the old tantra scriptures that for the third eye attention is food. It ishungry; ithas been hungry for lives and lives. If you pay attention to it, it becomes alive.Va învia! Hrana i-a <strong>fost</strong> data ( A FOST UDAT CU APA VIETII- ATENTIA). Şi, odat ă ce ştiic ă atenţia este hran ă, odat ă ce simţi c ă atenţia ta este mag<strong>ne</strong>tic atras ă chiar <strong>de</strong>gland ă, fixarea atenţiei nu mai este un lucru dificil <strong>de</strong> obţinut.It becomes alive! The food is given to it. And once you know that attention is food,onceyou feel that your attention is mag<strong>ne</strong>tically drawn, attracted, pulled by the glanditself,attention is not a difficult thing then.Trebuie doar s ă cunoşti punctul corect. Deci, închizi ochii, laşi ochii închişi s ă se miştespre centru şi simţi punctul. Când te-ai apropiat <strong>de</strong> acel punct, ochii <strong>de</strong>vin dintr-odatăficşi.Când îţi este greu s ă îi mişti, vei şti c ă ai atins punctul potrivit.O<strong>ne</strong> has only to know the right point. So just close your eyes, let your two eyes movejust to the middle, and feel the point. When you are <strong>ne</strong>ar the point, sud<strong>de</strong>nly youreyes will become fixed. When it becomes difficult to move them, then know you havec<strong>au</strong>ght the right point.Atenţia între sprânce<strong>ne</strong> las ă mintea înaintea gândului...ATTENTION BETWEEN THE EYEBROWS, LET MIND BE BEFORE THOUGHT...Dac ă atenţia este acolo, pentru prima dat ă vei trece printr-o experien ţă stranie.Pentru prima dat ă vei ve<strong>de</strong>a gânduri <strong>de</strong>rulându-se în faţa ta; vei <strong>de</strong>veni martor.Va fi ca un ecran ci<strong>ne</strong>matografic. Gândurile se <strong>de</strong>ruleaz ă, iar tu eşti martor.If this attention is there, for the first time you will come to experience a strangephenomenon. For the first time you will see thoughts running before you; you willbecome the wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. It is just like a film screen: thoughts are running and you are awit<strong>ne</strong>ss.Odat ă ce atenţia este concentrat ă asupra centrului un<strong>de</strong> se afl ă cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi,<strong>de</strong>vii imediat martorul gândurilor.Once your attention is focused at the third eye center, you become immediately thewit<strong>ne</strong>ss of thoughts.In mod normal, nu eşti martorul propriilor tale gânduri, ci te i<strong>de</strong>ntifici cu ele. Dac ă îngândul tău este furie, vei <strong>de</strong>veni furios. Dac ă un gând se mişc ă , nu eşti martorul lui,<strong>de</strong>vii una cu gândul, te i<strong>de</strong>ntifici cu el, te mişti cu el.Ordinarily you are not the wit<strong>ne</strong>ss, you are i<strong>de</strong>ntified with thoughts. If anger is there,you become anger. If a thought moves, you are not the wit<strong>ne</strong>ss, you become o<strong>ne</strong> withthe thought, i<strong>de</strong>ntified, and you move with it.


Devii gândul; iei forma gândului. Când în acel gând se afl ă sexul, <strong>de</strong>vii sex, când seafl ă mânie, <strong>de</strong>vii mânie, când se afl ă lăcomie, <strong>de</strong>vii lăcomie. Orice gând <strong>care</strong> se mişcăse i<strong>de</strong>ntific ă cu ti<strong>ne</strong>. Nu exist ă un spaţiu gol între ti<strong>ne</strong> şi gând.You become the thought; you take the form of the thought. When sex is there youbecome sex, when anger is there you become anger, when greed is there you becomegreed. Any thought moving becomes i<strong>de</strong>ntified with you. You do not have any gapbetween you and the thought.Dar, concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, dintr-odat ă <strong>de</strong>vii martor. Devii martorprin intermediul celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. Prin cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi vezi gânduriletrecând aşa cum trec norii pe cer, aşa cum trec oamenii pe strad ă.Stai la fereastr ă şi te uiţi la cer s<strong>au</strong> la oameni; nu te i<strong>de</strong>ntifici cu ceea ce vezi. Eşti<strong>de</strong>parte, un spectator pe un <strong>de</strong>al – diferit. Acum, dac ă mânia este acolo, o priveşti cape un obiect. Acum nu simţi c ă eşti mânios.Simţi c ă eşti înconjurat <strong>de</strong> mânie – te învăluie un nor <strong>de</strong> mânie –, dar tu nu eşti mânie.But focused at the third eye, sud<strong>de</strong>nly you become a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. Through the third eyeyoubecome the wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. Through the third eye you can see thoughts running like cloudsinthe sky or people moving on the street.You are sitting at your window looking at the sky or at people in the street; you arenoti<strong>de</strong>ntified. You are aloof, a watcher on the hill -- different. Now if anger is there youcanlook at it as an object. Now you do not feel that YOU are angry. You feel that you aresurroun<strong>de</strong>d by anger -- a cloud of anger has come around you -- but you are not theanger. 57 of 1083Iar dac ă tu nu eşti mânie, mânia <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> <strong>ne</strong>putincioas ă, nu te poate afecta; tu rămâi<strong>ne</strong>atins.Mânia va veni şi va pleca, iar tu vei rămâ<strong>ne</strong> centrat în ti<strong>ne</strong> însuţi.A cincea tehnic ă este tehnica prin <strong>care</strong> găseşti martorul. Atenţia între sprânce<strong>ne</strong> lasămintea înaintea gândului. Acum priveşte la gândurile tale; întâl<strong>ne</strong>şte-ţi gândurile. Lasăforma s ă se umple cu esenţa răsuflării pân ă în creştetul capului, iar acolo s ă sereverse ca o lumin ă. Când atenţia este concentrat ă asupra centrului celui <strong>de</strong>-al treileaochi – între sprânce<strong>ne</strong> –, se întâmplădou ă lucruri.And if you are not the anger, anger becomes impotent, it cannot affect you; youremain untouched. The anger will come and go and you will remain centered inyourself.This fifth technique is a technique of finding the wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. ATTENTION BETWEEN THEEYEBROWS, LET THE MIND BE BEFORE THOUGHT. Now look at your thoughts;now encounter your thoughts. LET FORM FILL WITH BREATH ESSENCE TO THETOP OF THE HEAD AND THERE SHOWER AS LIGHT. When attention is focused atthe third eye center, between the two eyebrows, two things happen.Primul: dintr-odat ă, <strong>de</strong>vii martor.O<strong>ne</strong> is, sud<strong>de</strong>nly you become a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss.Acest lucru se poate întâmpla în dou ă feluri.This can happen in two ways.Vei <strong>de</strong>veni martor şi vei fi centrat pe cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.Incearc ă s ă fii martor. Orice se întâmpl ă, încearc ă s ă fii martor. Eşti bolnav, tot trupulte doare foarte tare, suferi foarte tare – indiferent <strong>de</strong> ceea ce se întâmpl ă , fii martor.Orice s-ar întâmpla, nu te i<strong>de</strong>ntifica cu acel lucru. Fii martor, fii observator. Dacăreuşeşti acest lucru, înseamn ă c ă te-ai concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.You become a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss and you will be centered at the thir<strong>de</strong>ye. Try to be a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. Whatsoever is happening, try to be a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss. You are ill, thebody is aching and painful, you have misery and suffering, whatsoever -- be a wit<strong>ne</strong>sstoit. Whatsoever is happening, do not i<strong>de</strong>ntify yourself with it. Be a wit<strong>ne</strong>ss, an observer.Then if wit<strong>ne</strong>ssing becomes possible, you will be focused in the third eye.


Se poate întâmpla şi invers. Dac ă eşti concentrat pe cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, vei <strong>de</strong>venimartor. Cele dou ă lucruri sunt părţi ale aceluiaşi întreg.Primul lucru: fiind concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, se va naşte si<strong>ne</strong>le martor.Acum îţi poţi întâlni gândurile.The vice versa is the case also. If you are focused in the third eye, you will become awit<strong>ne</strong>ss. These two things are part of o<strong>ne</strong>. So the first thing: by being centered in thethir<strong>de</strong>ye there will be the arising of the wit<strong>ne</strong>ssing self. Now you can encounter yourthoughts.Acesta va fi primul lucru. This will be the first thing.Al doilea lucru: vei simţi vibraţia <strong>de</strong>licat ă, subtil ă a respiraţiei. Acum poţisimţi forma respiraţiei, însăşi esenţa ei.And the second thing will be that now you can feel the subtle, <strong>de</strong>licatevibration of breathing. Now you can feel the form of breathing, the veryessence of breathing.Mai întâi încercaţi s ă pătrun<strong>de</strong>ţi sensul cuvintelor "form ă" şi "esenţa respiraţiei".In timp ce respiraţi, nu respiraţi numai aer. Ştiinţa spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă respiraţi numai aer –numai oxigen, hidrogen şi alte gaze din al căror amestec rezult ă aerul. Ei spun cărespiraţi numai aer!First try to un<strong>de</strong>rstand what is meant by "the form," by "the essence of breathing."Whileyou are breathing, you are not only breathing air. Science says you are breathing onlyair-- just oxygen, hydrogen, and other gases in their combi<strong>ne</strong>d form of air. They say youarebreathing air!Dar VB spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă aerul este numai un vehicul, şi nu ceea ce, <strong>de</strong> fapt, respiraţi.Respiraţi prana – vitalitate. Aerul este doar mijlocul; prana este conţinutul.Respiraţiprana, nu numai aer.But VB says that air is just the vehicle, not the real thing. You are breathing prana --vitality. Air is just the medium; prana is the content. You are breathing prana, notonly air.Ştiinţa mo<strong>de</strong>rn ă înc ă nu este în stare s ă dove<strong>de</strong>asc ă existenţa a ceva cum este prana,dar unii cercetători <strong>au</strong> simţit ceva misterios. Respiraţia înseamn ă nu numai aer. Mulţicercetători mo<strong>de</strong>rni <strong>au</strong> simţit acest lucru.Mo<strong>de</strong>rn science is still not able to find out whether there is something like prana, butsome researchers have felt something mysterious. Breathing is not simply air. It hasbeen felt by many mo<strong>de</strong>rn researchers also.Trebuie menţionat mai ales un nume, cel al lui Wilhelm Reich, un psiholog german,<strong>care</strong> a numit acel ceva "e<strong>ne</strong>rgie orgonica". Este acelasi lucru ca si prana. El spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă ,în timp ce respiri, aerul este numai un recipient al cărui conţinut misterios poate finumit orgon s<strong>au</strong> prana, s<strong>au</strong> elan vital. Dar acest conţinut este foarte subtil. Nu estematerial. Aerul, recipientul (vehiculul), este material, dar prin el se mişc ă ceva subtil,nonmaterial.In particular, o<strong>ne</strong> name is to be mentio<strong>ne</strong>d -- Wilhelm Reich, a German psychologistwho called it "orgo<strong>ne</strong> e<strong>ne</strong>rgy." It is the same thing as prana. He says that while youare breathing, air is just the contai<strong>ne</strong>r and there is a mysterious content which can becalled orgo<strong>ne</strong> or prana or ELAN VITAL. But that isvery subtle. Really, it is not material.Air is the material thing -- the contai<strong>ne</strong>r is material-- but something subtle, non-material, is moving through it.Efectul poate fi simţit. Când v ă aflaţi în compania u<strong>ne</strong>i persoa<strong>ne</strong> foarte e<strong>ne</strong>rgice, pli<strong>ne</strong><strong>de</strong> via ţă, veţi simţi c ă şi în voi creşte vitalitatea. Dac ă sunteţi în prezenţa u<strong>ne</strong>ipersoa<strong>ne</strong> bolnave, aveţi senzaţia c ă parc ă se absoarbe ceva din voi, c ă parc ă v-ar goliceva. De ce v ă simţiţi atât <strong>de</strong> obosiţi când mergeţi la spital? Deoarece <strong>de</strong> jurîmprejurul vostru totul v ă epuizeaz ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgia.( reactivii)The effects of it can be felt. When you are with a very vital person, you will feel acertainvitality arising in you. If you are with a very sick person you will feel sucked, as ifsomething has been taken out of you. When you go to the hospital, why do you feel so


tired? You are being sucked from everywhere.Intreaga atmosfer ă din spital este bolnav ă şi toţi cei <strong>de</strong> acolo <strong>au</strong> <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> mai multelan vital, <strong>de</strong> mai mult ă prana. Iar când sunteţi acolo, prana voastr ă începe s ă sescurg ă din voi. De ce u<strong>ne</strong>ori, când sunteţi în mijlocul u<strong>ne</strong>i mulţimi, simţiţi c ă văsufocaţi? Pentru c ă prana v ă este absorbit ă. Când v ă aflaţi singuri, dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, subcerul liber, sub copaci, simţiţi brusc e<strong>ne</strong>rgia, vitalitatea din voi, simţiţi prana. Fie<strong>care</strong>persoan ă are <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> un spaţiu anume (teritoriu propriu).The whole hospital atmosphere is ill, and everyo<strong>ne</strong> there <strong>ne</strong>eds more elan vital, moreprana. So if you are there, sud<strong>de</strong>nly your prana begins to flow out of you. Why do youfeel suffocated sometimes when you are in a crowd? Bec<strong>au</strong>se your prana is beingsucked. While you are alo<strong>ne</strong> un<strong>de</strong>r the sky in the morning, un<strong>de</strong>r the trees, sud<strong>de</strong>nlyyou feel a vitality in you -- the prana. Each person <strong>ne</strong>eds a particular space. 58 of1083Dac ă nu are acest spaţiu, atunci îi este absorbit ă prana.Wilhelm Reich a făcut numeroase experimente, dar a <strong>fost</strong> consi<strong>de</strong>rat <strong>ne</strong>bun. Ştiinţaare propriile ei superstiţii şi este foarte strict ă. Ştiinţa nu este capabil ă înc ă s ă simtăc ă în aer exist ă ceva mai mult, dar în India se pu<strong>ne</strong> in apli<strong>care</strong> aceast ă cunoastere <strong>de</strong>secole.If that space is not given, your prana is sucked.Wilhelm Reich did many experiments, but he was thought to be a madman. Sciencehasits own superstitions, and science is a very orthodox thing. Science cannot feel yetthatthere is anything more than air, but India has been experimenting with it for centuries.Se prea poate s ă fi <strong>au</strong>zit s<strong>au</strong> chiar s ă fi văzut pe ci<strong>ne</strong>va intrând în starea <strong>de</strong> samadhi,conştiin ţă cosmic ă –samadhi subpământean –, stând îngropat câteva zile în şir, făr ă caaerul s ă pătrund ă pân ă la el. Un om a intrat într-un astfel <strong>de</strong> samadhi subpământean,în Egipt, în anul 1880, şi a rămas acolo patruzeci <strong>de</strong> ani. Cei <strong>care</strong> îl îngropaserămuriser ă între timp, căci el trebuia s ă ias ă în 1920, <strong>de</strong>ci patruzeci <strong>de</strong> ani mai târziu. In1920, nimeni nu mai cre<strong>de</strong>a c ă va fi găsit viu, dar era viu.A mai trăit înc ă zece ani. Devenise palid complet, dar era viu. Şi nu pătrunsese pân ă lael niciun pic <strong>de</strong> aer.You may have heard or you may have even seen someo<strong>ne</strong> going into SAMADHI,cosmicconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss -- un<strong>de</strong>rground samadhi -- for days together, with no air pe<strong>ne</strong>trating.O<strong>ne</strong>man went into such un<strong>de</strong>rground samadhi in Egypt in 1880 for forty years. Those whohad buried him all died, bec<strong>au</strong>se he was to come out of his samadhi in 1920, fortyyearsafterwards. In 1920 no o<strong>ne</strong> believed that they would find him alive, but he was foundalive. He lived afterwards for ten years more. He had become completely pale, but hewas alive. And there had been no possibility of air reaching to him.A <strong>fost</strong> întrebat <strong>de</strong> medici, dar şi <strong>de</strong> alţi oameni: "Care este secretul?" Iar el a răspuns:"Nu ştim. Ştim doar c ă prana poate pătrun<strong>de</strong> şi circula pretutin<strong>de</strong>ni."Aerul nu poate pătrun<strong>de</strong> peste tot, dar prana poate. Odat ă ce ştii c ă poţi absorbi pranafăr ă s ă ai <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> recipientul său ( adic ă <strong>de</strong> aer), poţi intra în samadhi chiar pentrumai multe secole.He was asked by medical doctors and others, "What is the secret of it?" He said, "Wedonot know. We only know this, that prana can enter and flow anywhere." Air cannotpe<strong>ne</strong>trate, but prana can pe<strong>ne</strong>trate. Once you know that you can suck prana directly,without the contai<strong>ne</strong>r, then you can go into samadhi for centuries even.Concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, dintr-odat ă observi însăşi esenţa respiraţiei– nu respiraţia, ci esenţa ei, prana. Şi, dac ă poţi observa esenţa respiraţiei, prana,atunci eşti la un pas <strong>de</strong> marea realizare.Sutra spu<strong>ne</strong>: Las ă forma s ă se umple cu esenţa răsuflării pân ă în creştetul capului...Şi, când ajungi s ă simţi esenţa respiraţiei, prana, imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi c ă ţ i se umple capul cuea, imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi. Nu e <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> niciun efort.By being focused in the third eye, sud<strong>de</strong>nly you can observe the very essence ofbreath --


not breath, but the very essence of breath, prana. And if you can observe the essenceofbreath, prana, you are at the point from where the jump, the breakthrough happens.The sutra says, LET FORM FILL WITH BREATH ESSENCE TO THE TOP OF THEHEAD... And when you come to feel the essence of breathing, prana, just imagi<strong>ne</strong> thatyour head is filled with it -- just imagi<strong>ne</strong>. No <strong>ne</strong>ed of any effort.IMAGINAŢ IA IMAGINATIONNota DM: imaginaţia/ vizualizarea reprezinta un vrittis operational proiectiv( Patanjali) <strong>care</strong> aparti<strong>ne</strong> regimului direct <strong>de</strong> functionare , functiei <strong>de</strong> co-creare arealitatii (nu este intamplator faptul ca zeii l-<strong>au</strong> pe<strong>de</strong>psit pe Prometeu pentru<strong>de</strong>zvaluirea focului imaginatiei oamenilor ) - sa <strong>ne</strong> amintim ca imaginatia este o putere<strong>care</strong> poate induce atat viata (trezirea, vin<strong>de</strong><strong>care</strong>a unor maladii incurabile,experimentele placebo ), cat si moartea (experimentele nocebo din lagare in <strong>care</strong> s-asimulat administrarea <strong>de</strong> otrava s<strong>au</strong> sectionarea ve<strong>ne</strong>lor ), fiindca aceasta capacitates<strong>au</strong> functie proiectiva este capabila sa induca atat proiectii subiective (iluzii,halucinatii), cat si obiective: efecte fotonice- (impresionarea placilor fotografice-ve<strong>de</strong>ti: Ted Serios http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ted_Serios )V ă voi explica cum lucreaz ă imaginaţia. Când eşti concentrat asupra centrului celui<strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi un lucru, şi acesta se va întâmpla, chiar atunci şiacolo.I will explain to you how imagination works. When you are focused at the third eyecenter, imagi<strong>ne</strong>, and the thing happens -- then and there.Acum imaginaţia ta este <strong>ne</strong>putincioas ă; te străduieşti să-ţi imagi<strong>ne</strong>zi, dar nu seîntâmpl ă nimic. Dar u<strong>ne</strong>ori, făr ă s ă ştii, şi în viaţa <strong>de</strong> zi cu zi se întâmpl ă lucruri. Tegân<strong>de</strong>şti la un prieten şi, în minutul următor, bate ci<strong>ne</strong>va la uş ă. Spui c ă venireaprietenului este o coinci<strong>de</strong>n ţă.Now your imagination is just impotent; you go on imagining and nothing happens. Butsometimes, unknowingly, in ordinary life also things happen. You are imagining aboutyour friend and sud<strong>de</strong>nly there is a knock on the door. You say it is a coinci<strong>de</strong>nce thatthefriend has come.U<strong>ne</strong>ori, imaginaţia ta acţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă chiar ca o coinci<strong>de</strong>n ţă. Dar, <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când seîntâmpl ă aşaceva, încearc ă să-ţi aminteşti şi s ă analizezi cele întâmplate.De câte ori ţi se întâmpl ă s ă simţi c ă imaginaţia ta a <strong>de</strong>venit realitate, pătrun<strong>de</strong> îninterior şi observ ă.Sometimes your imagination works just like coinci<strong>de</strong>nce. But whe<strong>ne</strong>ver this happens,now try and remember and analyze the whole thing. Whe<strong>ne</strong>ver it happens that youfeel your imagination has become actual, go insi<strong>de</strong> and observe.Atenţia ta trebuie s ă fi <strong>fost</strong> un<strong>de</strong>va în apropierea celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. De câte ori seîntâmpl ă o astfel <strong>de</strong> coinci<strong>de</strong>n ţă, nu este, <strong>de</strong> fapt, o coinci<strong>de</strong>n ţă.Pare a fi ocoinci<strong>de</strong>n ţă, <strong>de</strong>oarece nu cunoşti ştiinţa secret ă . Făr ă s ă ştii, mintea ta s-amişcat spre cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. Dac ă atenţia ta se afl ă în cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi,imaginaţia este suficient ă pentru a da naştere oricărui fenomen.Somewhere your attention must have been <strong>ne</strong>ar the third eye. Whe<strong>ne</strong>ver thiscoinci<strong>de</strong>nce happens, it is not a coinci<strong>de</strong>nce. It looks that it is a coinci<strong>de</strong>nce waybec<strong>au</strong>se you do not know the secret science. Your mind must have movedunknowingly <strong>ne</strong>ar the third eye center. If your attention is in the third eye, justimagination is enough to create any phenomenon.Aceast ă sutra îţi spu<strong>ne</strong> ca, atunci când te concentrezi asupra punctului dintresprânce<strong>ne</strong> şi poţi simţi esenţa însăşi a respiraţiei, s ă laşi forma s ă se umple. Acum,imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi c ă aceast ă esen ţă îţi umple capul, mai ales creştetul capului, sahasrara,centrul psihic cel mai înalt.This sutra says that when you are focused between the eyebrows and you can feel thevery essence of breathing, LET FORM FILL. Now imagi<strong>ne</strong> that this essence is fillingyour whole head, particularly the top of the head, the SAHASRAR -- the highestpsychic center.


Şi, în momentul în <strong>care</strong> îţi imagi<strong>ne</strong>zi acest lucru, se va şi întâmpla, capul se va umplecu aceast ă esen ţă. Acolo, în creştetul capului, apare un şuvoi <strong>de</strong> lumin ă.Aceast ă esen ţă prana se revars ă din creştetul capului tău ca un şuvoi <strong>de</strong> lumin ă . Şi vaîncepe s ă se reverse, iar tu te vei simţi împrospătat, renăscut, complet nou.Aceasta este semnificatia renaşterii interioare.And the moment you imagi<strong>ne</strong>, it will be filled. THERE -- at the top of the head --SHOWER AS LIGHT. This prana essence is showering from the top of your head aslight. And it WILL begin to shower, and un<strong>de</strong>r the shower of light you will be refreshed,reborn, completely <strong>ne</strong>w. That is what in<strong>ne</strong>r rebirth means.Deci avem aici dou ă lucruri: primul, suntem concentraţi asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-altreilea ochi ( REALIZAM ALINIEREA ), iar imaginaţia capăt ă putere (APARECAPACITATEA DE A INFLUENTA REALITATEA OBIECTIVA ). So two things: first,focused at the third eye your imagination becomes potent, powerful.De aceea se insist ă atât <strong>de</strong> mult pe puritate. Inainte <strong>de</strong> a începe aceste practici,trebuie s ă fii pur.Nota DM: PENTRU VB SI YS TREBUIE SA ELIMINI TOATE FLUCTUATIILE-VRITTIS - IN CAZ CONTRAR PUTEREA IMAGINATIEI ISI ELIMINA POSESORULPuritatea nu este un concept moral; pentru VB, puritatea este esenţial ă <strong>de</strong>oarece,dac ă te concentrezi asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, iar mintea ta este impur ă ,ATUNCI imaginaţia ta poate <strong>de</strong>veni periculoas ă, periculoas ă atât pentru ti<strong>ne</strong>,cât şi pentru alţii.That is why so much insistence has been given on purity. Before doing thesepractices, bepure. Purity is not a moral concept; for VB , purity is significant -- bec<strong>au</strong>se if you arefocused at the third eye and your mind is impure, your imagination can becomedangerous: dangerous to you, dangerous to others. 59 of 1083Dac ă te gân<strong>de</strong>şti s ă ucizi pe ci<strong>ne</strong>va, dac ă ai aceast ă i<strong>de</strong>e în minte, este <strong>de</strong>stul s ă îţiimagi<strong>ne</strong>zi, şi se va produce. Iat ă <strong>de</strong> ce se pu<strong>ne</strong> un accent atât <strong>de</strong> mare pe purifi<strong>care</strong>.GOLIRE DE VRITTISIf you are thinking to mur<strong>de</strong>r someo<strong>ne</strong>, if this i<strong>de</strong>a is in the mind, just imagining maykill the man. That is why there is so much insistence on being pure first.Lui Pitagora i s-a spus s ă posteasc ă şi s ă practice anumite exerciţii <strong>de</strong> respiraţie –acest tip <strong>de</strong>respiraţie –, căci avem <strong>de</strong>-a face cu o călătorie printr-un tărâm periculos. Căci,oriun<strong>de</strong> exist ă putere, exist ă şi pericol, iar dac ă mintea este impur ă , <strong>de</strong>fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când <strong>de</strong>vii puternic, gândurile tale impure vor lua acea putere înstăpânire imediat.Pythagoras was told to go through fasting, through particular breathing -- thisbreathing-- bec<strong>au</strong>se here o<strong>ne</strong> is traveling in a very dangerous land. Bec<strong>au</strong>se wherever there ispower there is danger, and if the mind is impure, whe<strong>ne</strong>ver you get power yourimpurethoughts will take hold of it immediately.Ţi-ai imaginat <strong>de</strong> multe ori c ă ucizi, dar, din fericire, imaginaţia (UN VRITTIS- UMBRA)nu înseamn ă în<strong>de</strong>plinirea gândului.(ACTIUNE DIRECTA)Ins ă, dac ă funcţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă, dac ă poate <strong>de</strong>veni fapt ă, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> periculoas ă , nu numaipentru alţii, ci şi pentru ti<strong>ne</strong>, căci şi gândul sinuci<strong>de</strong>rii ţi-a trecut prin minte.Dac ă mintea este concentrat ă asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, gândulsinuci<strong>de</strong>rii <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> instanta<strong>ne</strong>u fapt ă . Nu vei avea timp s ă schimbi nimic, seva întâmpla.You have imagi<strong>ne</strong>d many times to kill but the imagination cannot work, fortunately. Ifitworks, if it is actualized immediately, then it will become dangerous -- not only toothers,but to yourself also, bec<strong>au</strong>se so many times you have thought to commit suici<strong>de</strong>.If the mind is focused at the third eye, just thinking of suici<strong>de</strong> will become suici<strong>de</strong>. Youwill not have any time to change, immediately it will happen.


Poate c ă aţi văzut vreodat ă o persoan ă hipnotizat ă.Când o persoan ă este în stare <strong>de</strong> hipnoz ă , hipnotizatorul poate spu<strong>ne</strong> orice, celhipnotizat executăcomanda. Oricât ar fi <strong>de</strong> absurd ă comanda, oricât ar fi <strong>de</strong> iraţional ă, oricât ar părea <strong>de</strong>imposibil ă, o persoan ă sub hipnoz ă o execut ă. Ce se întâmpl ă? La baza hipnozei stăaceast ă a cincea tehnic ă. De fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când o persoan ă este hipnotizat ă , i se ceres ă priveasc ă fix într-un punct s<strong>au</strong> o lumin ă , un punct pe perete s<strong>au</strong> în ochiihipnotizatorului.You might have observed someo<strong>ne</strong> being hypnotized. When someo<strong>ne</strong> is hypnotized,thehypnotist can say anything and immediately the hypnotized person follows.Howsoeverabsurd the or<strong>de</strong>r, howsoever irrational or even impossible, the hypnotized personfollowsit. What is happening? This fifth technique is at the base of all hypnotism. Whe<strong>ne</strong>versomeo<strong>ne</strong> is being hypnotized he is told to focus his eyes at a particular point -- onsomelight, some dot on the wall or anything, or on the eyes of the hypnotist.Atunci când te uiţi fix într-un punct, în trei minute, atenţia interioar ă începes ă curg ă spre al treilea ochi. When you focus your eyes at any particularpoint, within three minutes your in<strong>ne</strong>rattention begins to flow toward the third eye.In timp ce atenţia interioar ă este absorbit ă <strong>de</strong> al treilea ochi, chipul începe s ă seschimbe. Iar hipnotizatorul ştie când faţa începe s ă se schimbe. Dintr-odat ă , chipul îşipier<strong>de</strong> orice vitalitate. Pare mort, pare adormit.And the moment your in<strong>ne</strong>r attention begins to flow toward the third eye, your facebegins to change. And the hypnotist knows when your face begins to change.Sud<strong>de</strong>nly your face loses all vitality. It becomes <strong>de</strong>ad, as if <strong>de</strong>eply asleep.Hipnotizatorul ştie imediat când chipul şi-a pierdut strălucirea. Astaînseamn ă c ă atenţia este absorbit ă <strong>de</strong> cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. Chipul pare mort;întreaga e<strong>ne</strong>rgie curge spre al treilea ochi.The hypnotist knows immediately when your face has lost the luster,the alive<strong>ne</strong>ss. It means that now attention is being sucked by the third eye center.Yourface has become <strong>de</strong>ad; the whole e<strong>ne</strong>rgy is running toward the third eye center.In acest moment, hipnotizatorul ştie c ă vei executa tot ce-ţi va spu<strong>ne</strong>. El spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Tecufunzi într-un somn adânc" – şi adormi imediat. Apoi spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Acum <strong>de</strong>vii inconştient"– şi imediat vei <strong>de</strong>veni inconştient. Din acest moment, orice se poate face. Dac ă îţispu<strong>ne</strong>: "Eşti Napoleon", vei <strong>de</strong>veni Napoleon. Vei începe s ă te porţi la fel ca Napoleon,s ă vorbeşti ca el. Gestica ţi se vaschimba. Inconştientul tău va prelua ordinul şi-l va transforma în realitate.Now the hypnotist immediately knows that anything said will happen. He says, "Nowyou are falling into a <strong>de</strong>ep sleep" -- you will fall immediately.He says, "Now you are becoming unconscious" -- you will become unconsciousimmediately. Now anything can be do<strong>ne</strong>. If he says, "Now you have becomeNapoleon,"you will become. You will begin to behave like a Napoleon, you will begin to talk likeNapoleon. Your gestures will change. Your unconscious will take the or<strong>de</strong>r and willcreate the actuality.Dac ă suferi <strong>de</strong> o boal ă grav ă, acum i se poate ordona s ă dispar ă , şi dispare. S<strong>au</strong> poatefi creat ă o nou ă maladie.Punând în mâna ta o piatr ă <strong>de</strong> pe strad ă , hipnotizatorul poate spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Focul te ar<strong>de</strong> înpalm ă." Şi vei simţi o căldur ă intens ă; palma ta va suferi o arsur ă, o arsurăa<strong>de</strong>vărat ă , nu numai în gând. Pielea va suferi o arsur ă a<strong>de</strong>vărat ă. Vei simţi arsura.Ce se întâmpl ă? Nu exist ă niciun foc în palm ă, este doar o piatr ă obişnuit ă, rece.If you are suffering from a disease, now it can be or<strong>de</strong>red that the disease hasdisappeared and it will disappear. Or any <strong>ne</strong>w disease can be created.Just putting an ordinary sto<strong>ne</strong> from the street in your hand, the hypnotist can say,"This isfire in your hand," and you will feel intense heat; your hand will get bur<strong>ne</strong>d -- not onlyin


the mind, but actually. Actually your skin will get bur<strong>ne</strong>d. You will have a burningsensation. What is happening? There is no fire, there is just an ordinary sto<strong>ne</strong>, cold.Cum? Cum se produce aceast ă arsur ă ? Eşti concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi,imaginaţia este sugestionat ă <strong>de</strong> hipnotizator, iar sugestia se transform ă în realitate.Dac ă hipnotizatorul îţi spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Acum eşti mort", mori imediat. Inima se opreşte. Seopreşte.How? How does this burning happen? You are focused at the third eye center, yourimagination is being given suggestions by the hypnotist, and they are beingactualized. Ifthe hypnotist says, "Now you are <strong>de</strong>ad," you will die immediately. Your heart will stop.It WILL stop.Toate acestea se întâmpl ă din c<strong>au</strong>za celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. În cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi,imaginaţia şi transpu<strong>ne</strong>rea ei în fapt ă nu sunt dou ă lucruri separate. Imaginaţia esterealitate. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi, şi se va întâmpla. Între vis şi realitate nu exist ă <strong>de</strong>osebire, nuexist ă spaţiu liber.Viseaz ă, şi visul va <strong>de</strong>veni realitate.This happens bec<strong>au</strong>se of the third eye. In the third eye, imagination and actualizationarenot two things. Imagination is the fact. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>, and it is so. There is no gap betweendream and reality. There is NO gap between dream and reality! Dream, and it willbecome real. 60 of 1083Iat ă <strong>de</strong> ce Shankara a spus c ă lumea întreag ă nu este altceva <strong>de</strong>cât visul divinităţii…visul divinităţii! Asta pentru c ă divinitatea este centrat ă în cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi –mereu, pentru tot<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong>na –, <strong>de</strong>ci orice viseaz ă IMAGINEAZA divinitatea <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong>realitate.Dac ă şi tu eşti concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, şi visurile tale vor <strong>de</strong>venirealitate.That is why Shankara has said that this whole world is nothing but the dream of thedivi<strong>ne</strong>... the DREAM of the divi<strong>ne</strong>! This is bec<strong>au</strong>se the divi<strong>ne</strong> is centered in the thir<strong>de</strong>ye-- always, eternally -- so whatsoever the divi<strong>ne</strong> dreams becomes real.If you are also centered in the third eye, whatsoever you dream will become real.Sariputta a venit la Buddha. El a meditat profund, apoi <strong>au</strong> început să-i apar ă multeimagini, multeviziuni; aşa se întâmpl ă cu orici<strong>ne</strong> intr ă în meditaţie profund ă.A început s ă vad ă raiuri şi iaduri, a început s ă vad ă îngeri, zei şi <strong>de</strong>moni. Şi er<strong>au</strong> reali,atât <strong>de</strong> a<strong>de</strong>văraţi, încât a alergat la Buddha pentru a-i povesti viziu<strong>ne</strong>a.Dar Buddha i-a spus: "Nu-i nimic, sunt visuri, numai visuri!" REALITATI VIRTUALESariputta came to Buddha. He meditated <strong>de</strong>eply, then many things, many visionsstartedcoming, as it happens with anyo<strong>ne</strong> who goes into <strong>de</strong>ep meditation. He began to seeheavens, he began to see hells, he began to see angels, gods, <strong>de</strong>mons. And they wereactual, so real that he came running to Buddha to tell him that such and such a visionhadcome to him. But Buddha said, "It is nothing -- just dreams. Just dreams!"Sariputta i-a răspuns: "Sunt atât <strong>de</strong> a<strong>de</strong>vărate. Cum ar putea fi visuri? Dac ă văd înviziunile mele o floare, este mai real ă <strong>de</strong>cât orice floare din lume. Ii simt parfumul; pots ă o ating", apoi a adăugat: "Când te văd pe ti<strong>ne</strong>, nu îmi pari real. Floarea este maireal ă <strong>de</strong>cât eşti tu, <strong>care</strong> te afli în faţa mea; <strong>de</strong>ci, cum aş putea face <strong>de</strong>osebirea dintrevis şi realitate?"But Sariputta said, "They are so real. How can I say that they are dreams? When I seeaflower in my vision it is more real than any flower in the world. The fragrance is there;Ican touch it. When I see you," he said to Buddha, "I do not see you as real. That flowerismore real than your being here just before me, so how can I differentiate betweenwhat isreal and what is dream?"


Buddha a răspuns: "Acum, c ă eşti concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, visul şirealitatea sunt unul şi acelaşi lucru. Orice ai visa va fi real, şi invers."Buddha said, "Now that you are centered in the third eye, dream and reality are o<strong>ne</strong>.Whatsoever you are dreaming will be real, and vice versa also."Pentru cei concentraţi asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, visurile vor <strong>de</strong>veni realitate, iarrealitatea va fidoar un vis; când visul poate <strong>de</strong>veni realitate, ştii c ă nu exist ă nicio diferen ţă între visşi realitate.For o<strong>ne</strong> who is centered in the third eye dreams will become real and the whole realitywill become just a dream, bec<strong>au</strong>se when your dream can become real you know thereisno basic difference between dream and reality.Aşa c ă, atunci când Shankara spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă întreaga lume nu este altceva <strong>de</strong>cât maya, unvis al divinităţii, nu este nici presupu<strong>ne</strong>re teoretic ă şi nici afirmaţie filozofic ă . Este mai<strong>de</strong>grab ă experienţa cuiva <strong>care</strong> s-a concentrat asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.So when Shankara says that this whole world is just MAYA, a dream of the divi<strong>ne</strong>, it isnot a theoretical proposition, it is not a philosophical statement. It is, rather, the in<strong>ne</strong>rexperience of o<strong>ne</strong> who is focused in the third eye.Când eşti fixat în cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, îţi imagi<strong>ne</strong>zi c ă esenţa prana se revars ă dincreştetul capului tău, aşa cum, dac ă stai sub un copac, florile lui cad asupra ta, s<strong>au</strong>cum dintr-un nor începe dintr-odat ă s ă plou ă s<strong>au</strong> cum izbuc<strong>ne</strong>sc razele din soareleabia răsărit al dimi<strong>ne</strong>ţii. Închipuie-ţi acest lucru, şi vei simţi imediat şuvoiul <strong>de</strong> luminăce se revars ă din creştetul capului tău. Acest şuvoi <strong>de</strong> lumin ă te recreeaz ă, te face sărenaşti. Eşti renăscut.When you are focused in the third eye, just imagi<strong>ne</strong> that the essence of prana isshowering from the top of the head, just as if you are sitting un<strong>de</strong>r a tree and flowersareshowering, or you are just un<strong>de</strong>r the sky and sud<strong>de</strong>nly a cloud begins to shower, oryouare just sitting in the morning and the sun rises and rays begin to shower. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>,andimmediately there is a shower -- a shower of light falling down from the top of yourhead. This shower recreates you, gives you a <strong>ne</strong>w birth. You are reborn.6 Concentrează-te asupra p<strong>au</strong>zei în timpul activităţilor zilnice.A şasea tehnic ă: ATUNCI CAND VA OCUPATI CU ACTIVITATILE LUMESTI, TINETI atenţiaîntre CELE DOUA respiraţii ( INTRE INSPIRATIE SI EXPIRATIE), şi astfel PRACTICAND, încâteva zile TE NASTI DIN NOU/ renaşti.The sixth technique: WHEN IN WORLDLY ACTIVITY, KEEP ATTENTIVE BETWEEN THETWOBREATHS, AND SO PRACTICING, IN A FEW DAYS, BE BORN ANEW.VB6. Dharana 28 Sutra/Shloka n° 51Concentrează-te asupra p<strong>au</strong>zei din timpul activităţ ilor zilnice : In cursulactivităţilor zilnice obişnuite, fii atent la p<strong>au</strong>za dintre "dou ă respiraţii" (dintre inspir siexpir ) , şi prin aceasta practic ă, în câteva zile, te naşti din nou (vei fi ca un nou-născut)./ In timpul activităţilor zilnice obişnuite, fii atent la p<strong>au</strong>za dintre dou ă respiraţiişi practicând astfel, în câteva zile, vei fi ca un nou-nă scut. ([3] vol.1-p.77)/ In treburilezilnice, atenţia rămâ<strong>ne</strong> între respiraţii, şi astfel exersând, în câteva zile renaşti. ([4]p.82) / Când te in<strong>de</strong>ledniceşti cu lucruri lumeşti, păstrează-ţi atenţia intre douărăsuflări, şi făcând asta, în câteva zile, naşte-te din nou [Lakshmanjoo zice c ă aceastaeste preferata lui ] ([8] sutra 27)/ When in worldly activity, keep attentive betweenthe two breaths, and so practicing in a few days be born a<strong>ne</strong>w. [Lakshmanjoo says thisis his favorite.] / Pendant vos activités quotidien<strong>ne</strong>s, soyez attentif entre <strong>de</strong>uxrespirations, et, ainsi, en quelques jours, naîtra un être nouve<strong>au</strong>. / Quand tu es dansl’activité du mon<strong>de</strong>, <strong>de</strong>meure attentive à « l’entre-<strong>de</strong>ux-souffles » et, par cettepratique, en quelques jours, être né <strong>de</strong> nouve<strong>au</strong>./ Durante l’attività quotidiana,mantieniti attenta tra i due respiri; osservando questa pratica, in pochi giorni, sii natadi nuovo.


If o<strong>ne</strong> fixes o<strong>ne</strong>'s mind at dvadasanta1 again and again (pratiksanam) howsoever andwheresoever, the fluctuation of his mind will diminish and in a few days, he willacquire a<strong>ne</strong>xtraordinary status.2 [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ] / Qu’on fixe sa pensée dans lecentre supérieur, dvâdasantâ, <strong>de</strong> toutes manières et où qu’on se trouve. L’agitations’étant peu à peu abolie, en quelques jours l’in<strong>de</strong>scriptible se produira. [10] [ LilianSilburn, 1961 ]Explicatia VB6 data <strong>de</strong> OshoIn treburile zilnice, atenţia rămâ<strong>ne</strong> între respiraţii...Las ă respiraţiile, fii atent în intervalul dintre ele. Ai inspirat; înainte ca inspiraţia s ă seîntoarc ă, înainte s ă expiri, este o p<strong>au</strong>z ă, este intervalul. Expiri, o respiraţie a ieşit;înainte <strong>de</strong> a inspira din nou, este intervalul.WHEN IN WORLDLY ACTIVITY, KEEP ATTENTIVE BETWEEN THE TWOBREATHS... Forget breaths -- keep attentive in between. O<strong>ne</strong> breath has come: beforeitreturns, before it is exhaled out, there is the gap, the interval. O<strong>ne</strong> breath has go<strong>ne</strong>out;before it is taken in again, the gap.In treburile zilnice, atenţia rămâ<strong>ne</strong> între respiraţii, şi astfel exersând, în câteva zilerenaşti. Dar acest lucru trebuie făcut continuu. Aceast ă a şasea tehnic ă trebuiepracticat ă continuu. De aceea se spu<strong>ne</strong>… în treburile zilnice. Orice ai face, fii atent lap<strong>au</strong>za dintre respiraţii.Dar este un exerciţiu ce trebuie practicat în timpul oricărei activităţi.IN WORLDLY ACTIVITY KEEP ATTENTIVE BETWEEN THE TWO BREATHS, AND SOPRACTICING, IN A FEW DAYS, BE BORN ANEW. But this has to be do<strong>ne</strong> continuously.This sixth technique has to be do<strong>ne</strong> continuously. That is why this is mentio<strong>ne</strong>d: WHENIN WORLDLY ACTIVITY... Whatsoever you are doing, keep your attention in the gap between the two breaths.Butit must be practiced while in activity.Am discutat o alt ă tehnic ă, similar ă. Exist ă o diferen ţă: aceasta trebuie practicat ă tottimpul când <strong>de</strong>sfăşuraţi activităţile zilnice. Nu o practicaţi în izolare.Este un exerciţiu ce trebuie practicat în timp ce faci altceva. Mănânci – mănânc ă , darfii atent la interval.Te plimbi – plimbă-te, dar fii atent la interval. Vrei s ă te culci, culcă-te, las ă somnul săvin ă, dar continu ă s ă fii atent la interval. De ce în timpul activităţilor obişnuite?Deoarece activitatea are tendinţa <strong>de</strong> a-ţi distrage atenţia; activitatea îţi solicit ă iar şiiar atenţia.We have discussed o<strong>ne</strong> technique that is just similar. Now there is only this difference,that this has to be practiced while in worldly activity. Do not practice it in isolation.Thispractice is to be do<strong>ne</strong> while you are doing something else. You are eating -- go o<strong>ne</strong>atingand be attentive of the gap. You are walking -- go on walking and be attentive of thegap.You are going to sleep -- lie down, let sleep come, but you go on being attentive of thegap. Why in activity? Bec<strong>au</strong>se activity distracts the mind, activity calls for yourattention again and again. 61 of 1083Nu te lasa distras, fii fixat/ concentrat asupra intervalului.Si nu opreşti activitatea, lasa activitatea sa continue. Vei avea dou ă niveluri aleexistenţei: a face şi a fi .Avem dou ă niveluri <strong>de</strong> existen ţă: cel al acţiunii şi cel al existenţei, lumea lui "a face" şilumea lui "a fi "; periferia (circumferinţa; exteriorul) şi centrul.Do not be distracted, be fixed at the gap. And do not stop activity, let the activitycontinue. You will have two layers of existence -- doing and being.We have two layers of existence: the world of doing and the world of being; thecircumference and the center.Continu ă s ă lucrezi la periferie, pe circumferin ţă,în stratul exterior; nu te opri.


Dar continu ă s ă acţio<strong>ne</strong>zi şi asupra centrului.Ce se va întâmpla? Activitatea ta se va transforma într-o interpretare a unui rol, ca şicând ai juca un rol.Interpretezi un rol, s ă zicem într-o dram ă . Ai <strong>de</strong>venit Rama s<strong>au</strong> ai <strong>de</strong>venit Hristos. Veicontinua s ă interpretezi rolul lui Rama s<strong>au</strong> rolul lui Hristos, dar, totuşi, rămâi tu însuţi.În interior, în centru, tu ştii ci<strong>ne</strong> eşti; pe margi<strong>ne</strong>, joci rolul lui Rama s<strong>au</strong> al lui Hristoss<strong>au</strong> al oricui altcuiva.Go on working on the periphery, on the circumference; do not stop it.But go on working attentively on the center also.What will happen? Your activity will become an acting, as if you are playing a part.You are playing a part -- for example, in a drama. You have become Ram or you havebecome Christ. You go on acting as Christ or as Ram, and still you remain yourself. Inthe center, you know who you are; on the periphery you go on acting as Ram, Christoranyo<strong>ne</strong>.Tu ştii c ă nu eşti Rama – joci un rol.Tu ştii ci<strong>ne</strong> eşti. Atenţia îţi este centrat ă pe ti<strong>ne</strong>; activitatea ta continu ă în stratulexterior.Practicând aceast ă metod ă, întreaga via ţă va <strong>de</strong>veni o lung ă pies ă <strong>de</strong> teatru. Vei fi unactor <strong>care</strong> interpreteaz ă roluri, dar veşnic concentrat asupra p<strong>au</strong>zei dintre respiraţii.Iar dac ă uiţi <strong>de</strong> ea, nu mai interpretezi un rol. Ai <strong>de</strong>venit personajul pe <strong>care</strong> îlinterpretai.You know you are not Ram -- you are acting. You know who you are. Your attention iscentered in you; your activity continues on the circumference.If this method is practiced, your whole life will become a long drama. You will be anactor playing roles, but constantly centered in the gap. If you forget the gap then youarenot playing roles, you have become the role.Şi atunci nu mai este o pies ă <strong>de</strong> teatru; o vei lua drept via ţă. Asta am făcut cu toţii.Fie<strong>care</strong> dintre noi cre<strong>de</strong> c ă îşi trăieşte viaţa. Nu este via ţă , este doar un rol – un rol dat<strong>de</strong> societate, împrejurări, cultur ă, tradiţii, ţar ă, situaţie.Ţi s-a dat un rol şi îl interpretezi; te-ai i<strong>de</strong>ntificat cu el.Pentru a pu<strong>ne</strong> capăt acestei i<strong>de</strong>ntificări cu rolul exist ă aceast ă tehnic ă.Then it is not a drama; you have mistaken itas life. That is what we have do<strong>ne</strong>. Everyo<strong>ne</strong> thinks he is living life. It is not life, it isjusta role -- a part which has been given to you by the society, by the circumstances, bytheculture, by the tradition, the country, the situation. You have been given a role andyouare playing it; you have become i<strong>de</strong>ntified with it. To break that i<strong>de</strong>ntification there isthis technique.Krishna are multe nume. Krishna este unul dintre cei mai mari actori. El este înperma<strong>ne</strong>n ţă concentrat în el însuşi şi joac ă numeroase roluri, multe jocuri, dar făr ă săle ia în serios. Seriozitatea vi<strong>ne</strong> din i<strong>de</strong>ntifi<strong>care</strong>. Dac ă în piesa ta chiar <strong>de</strong>vii Rama,atunci se vor ivi probleme.Iar problemele se nasc din seriozitatea ta. Când Sita este răpit ă , ai putea face chiar uninfarct şi s-ar pu<strong>ne</strong> capăt întregii piese. Dac ă ai <strong>de</strong>venit chiar Rama, sigur faci uninfarct... s<strong>au</strong> chiar un stop cardiac.Krishna has many names. Krishna is o<strong>ne</strong> of the greatest actors. He is constantlycenteredin himself and playing -- playing many roles, many games, but absolutely non serious.Serious<strong>ne</strong>ss comes from i<strong>de</strong>ntification. If you really become Ram in the drama thenthereare bound to be problems. Those problems will come out of your serious<strong>ne</strong>ss. WhenSitais stolen you may get a heart attack, and the whole play will have to be stopped. Ifyoureally become Ram a heart attack is certain... even heart failure.Dar nu eşti <strong>de</strong>cât un actor. Sita este răpit ă, dar nimic nu este răpit. Te vei întoarceacas ă şi vei dormi liniştit.


Nici măcar în vis nu vei simţi c ă Sita a <strong>fost</strong> răpit ă. Atunci când Sita a <strong>fost</strong> într-a<strong>de</strong>vărrăpit ă, Ramaa plâns, a jelit şi a întrebat copacii: "Un<strong>de</strong> a dispărut Sita mea? Ci<strong>ne</strong> mi-a luat-o?". Şiiat ă un punct pe <strong>care</strong> trebuie să-l înţelegem. Dac ă, într-a<strong>de</strong>văr, Rama plânge şiîntreab ă copacii, el s-a i<strong>de</strong>ntificat cu rolul. El nu mai este Rama; nu mai este unpersonaj divin.Acesta este lucrul pe <strong>care</strong> trebuie să-l reţi<strong>ne</strong>m: şi pentru Rama viaţa real ă a <strong>fost</strong> doarun rol. Aţi văzut numeroşi alţi actori interpretând rolul lui Rama, dar Rama însuşi jucanumai un rol – pe o scen ă mult mai mare, fireşte.But you are just an actor. Sita is stolen, but nothing is stolen. You will go back to yourhome and you will sleep peacefully.Not even in a dream will you feel that Sita is stolen. When really Sita was stolen, Ramhimself was weeping, crying and asking the trees, "Where has my Sita go<strong>ne</strong>? Who hastaken her?" But this is the point to un<strong>de</strong>rstand. If Ram is really weeping and asking thetrees, he has become i<strong>de</strong>ntified. He is no more Ram; he is no more a divi<strong>ne</strong> person.This is the point to remember, that for Ram his real life also was just a part. You haveseen other actors playing Ram, but Ram himself was just playing a part -- on a greaterstage, of course.India are o poveste foarte frumoas ă <strong>de</strong>spre asta.Cred c ă este o poveste unic ă; nu mai exist ă o astfel <strong>de</strong> poveste nicăieri în lume. Sespu<strong>ne</strong> c ă Valmiki a scris Ramayana înainte <strong>de</strong> naşterea lui Rama; apoi Rama a trebuits ă urmeze firul poveştii. Deci, într-a<strong>de</strong>văr, primul act al vieţii lui Rama nu a <strong>fost</strong> <strong>de</strong>câto pies ă <strong>de</strong> teatru. Povestea a <strong>fost</strong> scris ă înainte ca Rama s ă se nasc ă , iar Rama atrebuit s ă urmeze firul ei, ce altceva putea face? Când un om ca Valmiki scrie opoveste, Rama nu are încotro, trebuie s ă o interpreteze. Deci, totul a <strong>fost</strong> stabilit într-un anumit fel. Sita trebuia răpit ă, şi războiul trebuia purtat.Dac ă poţi înţelege acest lucru, poţi atunci înţelege teoria <strong>de</strong>stinului, bhagya – soarta.Are un înţeles foarte profund. Şi înţelesul este următorul: dac ă accepţi c ă tot ceea ceţi se întâmpl ă era scris s ă ţi se întâmple, era stabilit dinainte, viaţa ta <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> o piesă<strong>de</strong> teatru. Dac ă interpretezi rolul lui Rama în aceast ă pies ă, nu poţi schimba şirulevenimentelor; totul este stabilit, chiar şi replicile tale.India has a very be<strong>au</strong>tiful story about it. I think that the story is unique; nowhere elseinany part of the world does such a thing exist. It is said that Valmiki wrote theRAMAYANA before Ram was born, and then Ram had to follow. So really, the first actof Ram was also just a drama. The story was written before Ram was born and thenRamhad to follow, so what can he do? When a man like Valmiki writes the story, Ram hastofollow. So everything was fixed in a way. Sita was to be stolen and the war had to befought.If you can un<strong>de</strong>rstand this, then you can un<strong>de</strong>rstand the theory of <strong>de</strong>stiny, BHAGYA --fate. It has a very <strong>de</strong>ep meaning. And the meaning is, if you take it that everything isfixed for you, your life becomes a drama. If you are playing the role of Ram in thedramayou cannot change it, everything is fixed, even your dialogue.62 of 1083Dac ă îi spui ceva Sitei, nu faci <strong>de</strong>cât s ă repeţi ceva <strong>de</strong>ja stabilit. Nu poţi schimbanimic, dac ă accepţi c ă viaţa este pre<strong>de</strong>terminat ă.De exemplu, vei muri într-o anumit ă zi – este stabilit. Atunci când va veni ziua, veiplânge, dar nu este nimic <strong>de</strong> făcut, e stabilit.Iar în jurul tău vor fi anumite persoa<strong>ne</strong> – şi asta este stabilit. Dac ă totul este stabilit,totul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> parte a u<strong>ne</strong>i piese... dac ă totul este stabilit, tu nu trebuie <strong>de</strong>cât să-ţi jocirolul. Nu ţi se cere s ă trăieşti toate acestea, ţi se cere doar s ă le interpretezi.Aceast ă tehnic ă, a şasea, are doar rolul <strong>de</strong> a face din ti<strong>ne</strong> o psihodram ă – o pies ă . Tute concentrezi asupra intervalului dintre respiraţii, iar la periferie viaţa merge mai<strong>de</strong>parte. Dac ă atenţia ta este în centru, nu poate fi la periferie – aceea este doar "sub-atenţie"; se întâmpl ă un<strong>de</strong>va lâng ă atenţia ta. Simţi, ştii, dar nu are importan ţă.Este ca şi când viaţa ta nu ţi se întâmpl ă ţie, ci altcuiva.If you say something to Sita it is just repeating something that is fixed. You cannotchange it if life is taken as fixed.For example, you are going to die on a particular day -- it is fixed. When you will be


dying you will be weeping, but it is fixed. And such and such persons will be aroundyou-- it is fixed. If everything is fixed, everything becomes a drama. If everything is fixed,itmeans you are just to enact it. You are not asked to live it, you are just asked to enactit.This technique, the sixth technique, is just to make yourself a psychodrama -- just aplay.You are focused in the gap between two breaths and life moves on, on the periphery.Ifyour attention is at the center, then your attention is not really on the periphery -- thatisjust "sub-attention"; it just happens somewhere <strong>ne</strong>ar your attention. You can feel it,youcan know it, but it is not significant. It is as if it is not happening to you. I will repeatthis:if you practice this sixth technique, your whole life will be as if it is not happening toyou, as if it is happening to someo<strong>ne</strong> else.7 O tehnic ă pentru a fi conştient în vise.Cea <strong>de</strong>-a şaptea tehnic ă: Cu respiraţie imperceptibil ă în mijlocul frunţii, cum ajunge lainim ă când adormi, controlezi visele şi moartea însăşi.The seventh technique: WITH INTANGIBLE BREATH IN CENTER OF FOREHEAD,AS THIS REACHES HEART AT THE MOMENT OF SLEEP, HAVE DIRECTIONOVER DREAMS AND OVER DEATH ITSELF.7. VB7. Dharana 32 Sutra/Shloka n° 55O tehnic ă pentru eliberare din lumea viselor (svapna; supta) şi a morţ ii:Meditand asupra suflului (e<strong>ne</strong>rgiei; respiraţiei) din plan subtil din centrul frunţii(dvadashanta), atunci când (suflul subtil) se intoarce in inim ă, in momentul intrării insomn (nidra), realizezi eliberarea (mukta) din lumea viselor (svapna; supta) şi a morţiiînsăşi (eliberarea din ciclul samsara al vietilor si al mortilor; alegerea momentului <strong>de</strong>parasire a corpului)[DM]/ Cu suflul subtil în centrul frunţii, ca atunci când acestaatinge inima în momentul somnului, ai controlul asupra propriilor vise şi asupra morţiiînsăşi. ([3] vol.1-p.77) / Cu respiraţie imperceptibil ă în mijlocul frunţii, cum ajunge lainim ă când adormi, controlezi visele şi moartea însăşi. ([4] p. 84) / Cu răsuflarea <strong>de</strong><strong>ne</strong>atins în centrul frunţii, in vreme ce ajunge la inim ă in clipa somnului, cârmuieştevisele şi moartea însăşi. ([8] sutra 31)/ With intangible breath in center of forehead, asthis reaches heart at the moment of sleep, have direction over dreams and over <strong>de</strong>athitself. [Lakshmanjoo says this is his favorite.] / À l'ai<strong>de</strong> du souffle intangible <strong>au</strong> centredu front, quand il atteint le coeur <strong>au</strong> moment du sommeil, soyez le maître <strong>de</strong> vosrêves et <strong>de</strong> la mort elle-même/ Avec le souffle impalpable <strong>au</strong> centre du front quandcelle-ci gag<strong>ne</strong> le cœur <strong>au</strong> moment <strong>de</strong> sommeil [ <strong>de</strong> s'endormir], maîtrise tes rêves etla mort elle-même. / Con l’intangibile respiro <strong>ne</strong>l centro <strong>de</strong>lla fronte, allorché questoraggiungere il cuore, <strong>ne</strong>l momento <strong>de</strong>l sonno, abbi il governo sui sogni e sulla mortestessa.If pranasakti which is gross and thick, is ma<strong>de</strong> frail and subtle (by yogic discipli<strong>ne</strong>;-particularly pranayama) and if a yogi meditates on such shakti either in dvadashantaor in the heart ( i.e.the centre of the body) by entering mentally into it, he is liberated and he gains his(natural) sovereign power. [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ]Si l’on médite sur l’é<strong>ne</strong>rgie du souffle grasse et très faible dans le domai<strong>ne</strong> dudvâdasantâ et qu'<strong>au</strong> moment <strong>de</strong> s’endormir, on pénètre dans son propre cœur; enméditant ainsi on obtiendra la maîtrise <strong>de</strong>s rêves. [10] [ Lilian Silburn, 1961 ]ve<strong>de</strong>ti si: VB55. Dharana 52 Sutra/Shloka n° 75Explicatia VB7 in data <strong>de</strong> OshoPătrunzi treptat în straturi tot mai adânci. Cu respiraţie imperceptibil ă în mijloculfrunţii... Dac ă ai cunoscut cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, atunci cunoşti şi respiraţia


imperceptibil ă, prana invizibil ă din centrul frunţii tale, şi atunci cunoşti şi şuvoiul,revărsarea <strong>de</strong> e<strong>ne</strong>rgie, şuvoiul <strong>de</strong> lumin ă. Cum ajunge la inim ă când adormi... Cândşuvoiul va ajunge la inima ta… Când adormi, controlezi visele şi moartea însăşi.More and more you are entering <strong>de</strong>eper layers. WITH INTANGIBLE BREATH IN CENTEROF FOREHEAD... If you have known the third eye then you know the intangible breath,the invisible prana in the center of the forehead, and then you know the showering --the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy, the light showers. AS THIS REACHES HEART... When the shower will reachyour heart... AT THEMOMENT OF SLEEP, HAVE DIRECTION OVER DREAMS AND OVER DEATHITSELF.Aceast ă tehnic ă are trei părţi. In prima parte, trebuie s ă fii în stare s ă simţi prana dinrespiraţie –partea ei intangibil ă, invizibil ă, imaterial ă. Acest lucru este posibil dac ă ai atenţiaconcentrat ă între sprânce<strong>ne</strong>; atunci este uşor <strong>de</strong> realizat. Dac ă eşti atent la intervaluldintre respiraţii, se poate realiza şi atunci, dar nu la fel <strong>de</strong> uşor.Take this technique in three parts. O<strong>ne</strong>, you must be able to feel the prana in breath --theintangible part of it, the invisible part of it, the immaterial part of it. It comes if you areattentive between the two eyebrows; then it comes easily. If you are attentive in thegap,then too it comes, but a little less easily.Dac ă te concentrezi asupra centrului <strong>care</strong> este buricul tău, un<strong>de</strong> respiraţia ajunge,atinge, apoise întoarce, va fi ceva mai greu. Cea mai uşoar ă cale pentru a cunoaşte parteainvizibil ă a respiraţiei este aceea <strong>de</strong> a te concentra asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.Dar, oriun<strong>de</strong> ai fi concentrat, vei începe s ă simţi cum pătrun<strong>de</strong> şuvoiul <strong>de</strong> prana.If you are aware of the center at your navel where breath comes and touches andgoes out, it also comes, but with less ease. The easiest way to know the invisible partof breath is to be centered at the third eye. But wherever you are centered, it comes,you begin to feel the prana flowing in.Dac ă simţi cum pătrun<strong>de</strong> prana în ti<strong>ne</strong>, atunci poţi şti când vei muri. Cu şase luniînainte <strong>de</strong> data morţii, începi să-ţi dai seama, începi s ă simţi partea invizibil ă arespiraţiei. De ce atât <strong>de</strong> mulţi sfinţi îşi anun ţă ziua morţii? E simplu: dac ă simţi pranacum pătrun<strong>de</strong> în ti<strong>ne</strong> atunci, poţi simţi şi momentul în <strong>care</strong> procesul se inverseaz ă .Inainte <strong>de</strong> moarte, cu şase luni înainte <strong>de</strong> moarte, procesul se inverseaz ă : pranaîncepe s ă ias ă din ti<strong>ne</strong>. Atunci respiraţia nu mai transport ă prana în organismul tău;dimpotriv ă, o transport ă în afar ă –aceeaşi respiraţie.If you can feel the prana flowing in you, you can know when you are going to die. Sixmonths before the day of your <strong>de</strong>ath you begin to know, if you can feel the invisiblepartof breath. Why do so many saints <strong>de</strong>clare the day of their <strong>de</strong>ath? It is easy, bec<strong>au</strong>se ifyoucan see the content of the breath, the prana flowing into you, the moment the processreverses you can feel it. Before you die, six months before you die, the processreverses:prana begins to flow out of you. Then the breath is not taking it in. Rather, on thecontrary, the breath is taking it out -- the same breath.Nu poţi simţi acest lucru, <strong>de</strong>oarece nu cunoşti partea invizibil ă – cunoşti doar parteavizibil ă, cunoşti doar vehiculul <strong>care</strong> transport ă prana. Vehiculul va fi acelaşi. Acumrespiraţia duce prana înăuntru şi o las ă acolo; dup ă <strong>care</strong> respiraţia – vehiculul –seîntoarce goal ă. Se umple din nou <strong>de</strong> prana şi intr ă.Deci inspiraţia ca vehicul este aceeaşi cu expiraţia ca vehicul, dar inspiraţia este plină<strong>de</strong> prana, iar expiraţia nu. Prin inspiraţie absorbi prana, expiraţia este goal ă.You cannot feel it bec<strong>au</strong>se you do not know the invisible part -- you know only thevisible, you know only the vehicle.The vehicle will be the same. Now the breath is carrying prana in, leaving it there;thenthe vehicle goes back empty. Then again it is filled with the prana and it comes in. Sotheingoing breath and the outgoing breath are not the same, remember. The ingoingbreath


and the outgoing breath are the same as vehicles, but the incoming breath is filledwithprana and the outgoing breath is empty. You have taken in the prana and the breathhasbecome empty.Procesul se inverseaz ă când te apropii <strong>de</strong> moarte.Inspiraţia nu mai aduce prana, căci tu nu mai poţi s ă absorbi prana din cosmos.The reverse happens when you are <strong>ne</strong>aring <strong>de</strong>ath. The incoming breath comes pranaless,empty, bec<strong>au</strong>se your body cannot suck prana from the cosmos. 63 of 1083Vei muri; nu mai ai <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> ea. Întregul proces s-a inversat. Iar când expiraţia iese,este încărcat ă cu prana pe <strong>care</strong> o duce cu ea. Cel <strong>care</strong> a <strong>fost</strong> în stare s ă vadăinvizibilul poate să-şi cunoasc ă data morţii imediat. Cu şase luni înainte <strong>de</strong> moarte,procesul se inverseaz ă.Sutra este foarte, foarte semnificativ ă: Cu respiraţie imperceptibil ă în mijlocul frunţii,cum ajunge la inim ă când adormi, controlezi visele şi moartea însăşi.Tehnica aceasta trebuie practicat ă în timp ce te cufunzi în somn, numai atunci, nu şiîn alt moment. Numai în timp ce adormi, numai atunci; acesta este momentul potrivitpentru a practica aceast ă tehnic ă . Te cufunzi în somn. Încet-încet, somnul pu<strong>ne</strong>stăpânire pe ti<strong>ne</strong>.În câteva clipe, conştiinţa ta se va dizolva; nu vei mai fi conştient. Înainte <strong>de</strong> acestmoment, îns ă, fii conştient <strong>de</strong> respiraţie şi <strong>de</strong> partea ei invizibil ă, prana, şi simţi cumaceasta ajunge la inim ă.You are going to die; there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed for it. The whole process has reversed. Andwhen the breath goes out, it takes your prana out. O<strong>ne</strong> who has been able to see theinvisible can know his day of<strong>de</strong>ath immediately. Six months before, the process reverses.This sutra is very, very significant: WITH INTANGIBLE BREATH IN CENTER OFFOREHEAD, AS THIS REACHES HEART AT THE MOMENT OF SLEEP, HAVEDIRECTION OVER DREAMS AND OVER DEATH ITSELF. While you are fallinginto sleep this technique has to be practiced -- then only, not at any other time. Whileyouare falling asleep, only then; that is the right moment to practice this technique. Youarefalling asleep. By and by, by and by, sleep is overtaking you. Within moments, yourconscious<strong>ne</strong>ss will dissolve; you will not be aware.Before that moment comes, become aware -- aware of the breath and the invisiblepartprana, and feel it coming to the heart.Continu ă s ă simţi cum ajunge la inim ă. Prana pătrun<strong>de</strong> din inim ă în corp. Continu ă săsimţi c ă prana îţi pătrun<strong>de</strong> în inim ă şi, în timp ce simţi acest lucru, las ă somnul s ă tecuprind ă. Vei continua s ă simţi acest lucru, şi somnul va veni şi te va cuprin<strong>de</strong> cutotul.Dac ă acest lucru se întâmpl ă – adic ă dac ă simţi respiraţia invizibil ă cum îţi pătrun<strong>de</strong> îninim ă şi cum te cuprin<strong>de</strong> somnul –, vei fi conştient în timp ce visezi.Vei şti c ă visezi. In mod normal, nu ştim c ă visăm. In timp ce visezi, crezi c ă aceastaeste realitatea. Şi acest lucru se întâmpl ă tot din c<strong>au</strong>za celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.Aţi văzut vreodat ă pe ci<strong>ne</strong>va dormind? Ochii i se mişc ă în sus şi se fixeaz ă asupra celui<strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. Dac ă nu aţi văzut pe ci<strong>ne</strong>va dormind pân ă acum, uitaţi-v ă.Go on feeling that it is coming to the heart. The prana enters from your heart into thebody. Go on feeling that the prana is coming into the heart, and let sleep come whileyouare continuously feeling it. You go on feeling, and let sleep come and drown you.If this happens -- that you are feeling invisible breath coming into the heart and sleepovertakes you -- you will be aware in dreams. You will know that you are dreaming.Ordinarily we do not know that we are dreaming. While you dream you think that thisisreality. That too happens bec<strong>au</strong>se of the third eye. Have you seen anyo<strong>ne</strong> asleep? His


eyes move upwards and become focused in the third eye. If you have not seen, thensee.Copilul tău doarme… ridică-i încet pleoapele şi vezi un<strong>de</strong> îi sunt ochii.Pupilele îi sunt îndreptate în sus şi sunt fixate pe cel <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.Your child is sleeping... just open his eyes and see where his eyes are.His pupils have go<strong>ne</strong> up and they are focused in the third eye.Spun s ă v ă uitaţi la copii, nu la adulţi – în ei nu putem avea încre<strong>de</strong>re, <strong>de</strong>oarecesomnul lor nu este profund. Ei doar cred c ă dorm adânc. Uitaţi-v ă la copii, ochii lor semişc ă în sus. Ei se concentreaz ă asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi.Din c<strong>au</strong>za acestei concentrări asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, visele sunt luate dreptrealitate, nu simţi c ă sunt vise – în acel moment sunt reale. Dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, când tetrezeşti, ştii c ă a <strong>fost</strong> un vis.I say look at children, do not look at grown-ups -- they are not believable bec<strong>au</strong>se theirsleep is not <strong>de</strong>ep. They will just be thinking that they are asleep. Look at children,their eyes move up. They become focused in the third eye. Bec<strong>au</strong>se of this focusing inthe third eye you take your dreams as real, you cannot feel they are dreams -- theyare real. You will know when you get up in themorning. Then you will know that "I was dreaming."Dar asta vi<strong>ne</strong> mai târziu, este o înţelegere retrospectiv ă.In timp ce visezi, nu îţi dai seama c ă visezi. Dac ă îţi dai seama c ă visezi, exist ă douăniveluri, sunt dou ă straturi: visul este acolo, dar eşti treaz, eşti conştient. Pentru cei<strong>care</strong> <strong>de</strong>vin conştienţiîn timpul visului, sutra este foarte frumoas ă.Ea spu<strong>ne</strong>: Controlezi visele şi moartea însăşi.But this is the later, retrospective realization. You cannot realize in the dream that youare dreaming. If you realize it, then there are two layers: dream is there but you areawake, you are aware. For o<strong>ne</strong> who becomes aware in dreams, this sutra is won<strong>de</strong>rful.Itsays, HAVE DIRECTION OVER DREAMS AND OVER DEATH ITSELF.Dac ă <strong>de</strong>vii conştient <strong>de</strong> visele tale, poţi face dou ă lucruri. Primul: poţi crea vise. Înmod obişnuit,visele nu pot fi create. Cât <strong>de</strong> <strong>ne</strong>putincios este omul! Nici măcar vise nu poate crea.Dac ă vrei s ă visezi un anumit lucru, nu poţi; nu-ţi st ă în putin ţă . Ce lipsit <strong>de</strong> puteri esteomul! Nici măcar visele nu pot fi create. Eşti doar o victim ă a viselor, nu creatorul lor.Visul este ceva <strong>care</strong> ţi se întâmpl ă; nu poţi face nimic. Nu poţi nici s ă le opreşti, nupoţi nici s ă le creezi.If you can become aware of dreams, you can do two things. You can create dreams --o<strong>ne</strong>. Ordinarily you cannot create dreams. How impotent man is! You cannot evencreatedreams. If you want to dream a particular thing you cannot dream it; it is not in yourhands. How powerless man is! Even dreams cannot be created. You are just a victimofdreams, not the creator. A dream happens to you; you cannot do anything. Neithercanyou stop it nor can you create it.Dar, dac ă intri în vis amintindu-ţi c ă inima ţ i se umple <strong>de</strong> prana, mereu atins <strong>de</strong> prana,cu fie<strong>care</strong>respiraţie, atunci vei <strong>de</strong>veni stăpânul viselor tale, vei <strong>de</strong>ţi<strong>ne</strong> controlul asupra lor – şiasta nu este puţin lucru. Atunci poţi visa orice vrei s ă visezi. Trebuie doar ca înmomentul în <strong>care</strong> adormi s ă îţi spui: "Vre<strong>au</strong> s ă visez acest vis", iar visul acela va venila ti<strong>ne</strong>. In timp ce adormi, spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Nu vre<strong>au</strong> s ă visez acest vis", şi visul nu poatepătrun<strong>de</strong> în mintea ta.But if you move into sleep remembering the heart being filled with prana,continuouslybeing touched by prana with every breath, you will become a master of your dreams --


and this is a rare mastery. Then you can dream whatsoever dreams you like. Just notewhile you are falling asleep that "I want to dream this dream," and that dream willcometo you. Just say, while falling asleep, "I do not want to dream that dream," and thatdreamcannot enter your mind.Dar <strong>care</strong> este folosul s ă ajungi stăpân peste visare ? Nu este un lucru inutil? Nu, nueste fara folos. Odat ă ce ai <strong>de</strong>venit stăpânul viselor tale, nu mai visezi niciodata– esteabsurd.But what is the use of becoming the master of your dreaming? Isn't it useless? No, it isnot useless. Once you become master of your dreams you will <strong>ne</strong>ver dream -- it isabsurd.64 of 1083Atunci când eşti stăpânul viselor tale, când le poţi controla, visele înceteaz ă ; nu mai ai<strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> ele. Iar când ai încetat s ă visezi, calitatea somnului va fi cu totul alta, la felca moartea.Moartea este un somn adânc. Dac ă somnul tău este la fel <strong>de</strong> profund ca moartea,înseamn ă c ă nu vor fi vise. Visele sunt cele <strong>care</strong> provoac ă superficialitatea somnului.Te mişti la suprafa ţă din c<strong>au</strong>za viselor; <strong>de</strong>oarece te ţ ii scai <strong>de</strong> vise, te mişti lasuprafa ţă.When you are master of your dreams, dreaming stops; there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed for it. Andwhendreaming stops, your sleep has a different quality altogether, and the quality is thesameas of <strong>de</strong>ath.Death is <strong>de</strong>ep sleep. If your sleep can become as <strong>de</strong>ep as <strong>de</strong>ath, that means there willbeno dreaming. Dreaming creates superficiality in sleep. You move on the surfacebec<strong>au</strong>seof the dreams; bec<strong>au</strong>se of hanging on to the dreams, you move on the surface.Când nu visezi, te scufunzi în adâncuri şi atingi profunzimea. Moartea este la fel. Iată<strong>de</strong> ce în India oamenii spun c ă somnul este o moarte <strong>de</strong> scurt ă durat ă , iarmoartea este un somn <strong>de</strong> lung ă durat ă ; din punct <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re calitativ, sunti<strong>de</strong>ntice. Somnul este o moarte <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> zi.Moartea este un fenomen <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> via ţă, un somn <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> via ţă. Via ţă <strong>de</strong> viaţămori, aşa cum dormi zi <strong>de</strong> zi. În fie<strong>care</strong> zi eşti obosit. Adormi şi îţi regăseşti vitalitatea,e<strong>ne</strong>rgia; dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, renaşti. Dup ă o via ţă <strong>care</strong> a durat şaptezeci-optzeci <strong>de</strong> ani,oboseala este <strong>de</strong>plin ă.Acum o moarte <strong>de</strong> scurt ă durat ă nu îţi mai este <strong>de</strong> ajutor; ai <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> o moarte <strong>de</strong>lung ă durat ă. Dup ă o moarte în<strong>de</strong>lungat ă, dup ă marele somn, renaşti într-un trup nou,cu o nou ă via ţă.When there is no dreaming you just drop into the sea, its <strong>de</strong>pth is reached.Death is the same. That is why people in India have always been saying that sleep is ashort duration of <strong>de</strong>ath, and <strong>de</strong>ath is a long sleep -- qualitatively they are the same.Sleepis a day-to-day <strong>de</strong>ath. Death is a life-to-life phenomenon, a life-to-life sleep. Every dayyou are tired. You fall into sleep and you regain your vitality, your alive<strong>ne</strong>ss in themorning; you are reborn. After a life of seventy or eighty years you are tiredcompletely.Now such short durations of <strong>de</strong>ath won't do; you <strong>ne</strong>ed a great <strong>de</strong>ath. After that great<strong>de</strong>ath or great sleep, you are reborn with a totally <strong>ne</strong>w body.Odat ă ce ajungi s ă cunoşti somnul făr ă vise şi poţi fi conştient în timpul lui, nu îţi maieste teamă<strong>de</strong> moarte. Nu a murit nimeni niciodat ă , nimeni nu moare; este singurul lucruimposibil.Doar cu o zi înainte v ă spu<strong>ne</strong>am c ă moartea este singura certitudi<strong>ne</strong>, iaracum v ă spun c ă moartea este imposibil ă.Once you can know dreamless sleep and can be aware in it, then there will be no fearof<strong>de</strong>ath. No o<strong>ne</strong> has ever died, no o<strong>ne</strong> can die -- that is the only impossibility.Just a day before I was telling you that <strong>de</strong>ath is the only certainty, and now I say toyou


that <strong>de</strong>ath is impossible.Nimeni nu a murit vreodat ă şi nimeni nu poate s ă moar ă – aceasta estesingura imposibilitate, <strong>de</strong>oarece universul este via ţă . Renaşti o dat ă şi înc ă odat ă, dar somnul este atât <strong>de</strong> adânc, încât îţi uiţi propria i<strong>de</strong>ntitate. Mintea îţi espălat ă , şi amintirile dispar.No o<strong>ne</strong> has ever died and no o<strong>ne</strong> can die -- that is the only impossibility -- bec<strong>au</strong>se theuniverse is life. You are again and again reborn, but the sleep is so <strong>de</strong>ep that youforgetyour old i<strong>de</strong>ntity. Your mind is washed clean of the memories.Încercaţi s ă ve<strong>de</strong>ţi lucrurile astfel. Astăzi vei dormi; e ca şi când ar exista unmecanism – şi curând vom ajunge să-l stăpânim – <strong>care</strong> şterge înregistrările <strong>de</strong> peo band ă şi o face atât <strong>de</strong> bi<strong>ne</strong> încât nu mai rămâ<strong>ne</strong> nimic. Acelaşi lucru sepoate întâmpla şi cu memoria, <strong>de</strong>oarece ea nu face altceva <strong>de</strong>cât s ă înregistreze. Mai<strong>de</strong>vreme s<strong>au</strong> mai târziu, vom avea un mecanism pe <strong>care</strong> să-l pu<strong>ne</strong>m pe cap şi <strong>care</strong> <strong>ne</strong>va curăţa complet mintea.Dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa nu vei mai fi acelaşi om, <strong>de</strong>oarece nu îţi vei putea aminti ci<strong>ne</strong> s-a culcatseara.Think of it in this way. Today you are going to sleep: it is just as if there were somemechanism -- and soon we will have this -- like that which can erase on a taperecor<strong>de</strong>r,which can wipe a tape clean so that whatsoever was recor<strong>de</strong>d is no more there. Thesameis possible with memory, bec<strong>au</strong>se memory is really just a <strong>de</strong>ep recording. Soo<strong>ne</strong>r orlaterwe will have a mechanism which can be put on the head and it will clean your mindcompletely. In the morning you will no longer be the same person bec<strong>au</strong>se you won'tbeable to remember who it was who went to sleep.Iar somnul va semăna cu o moarte. Va fi o discontinuitate; nu îţi vei mai aminti ci<strong>ne</strong> s-a dus la cul<strong>care</strong>. Este ceva natural. Când mori şi apoi renaşti, nu-ţi mai aduci aminteci<strong>ne</strong> era cel <strong>care</strong> a murit. O iei <strong>de</strong> la capăt.Then your sleep will look like <strong>de</strong>ath.There will be a discontinuity; you won't be able toremember who went to sleep. This is happening naturally. When you die and you arereborn, you cannot remember who died. You start again.Cu aceast ă tehnic ă, mai întâi vei <strong>de</strong>veni stăpânul viselor tale – cu alte cuvinte, viselevor înceta. S<strong>au</strong>, dac ă vei vrea s ă visezi, atunci visele vor fi voluntare.Nu-ţi vor mai fi impuse, vor fi voluntare; nu vei mai fi o victim ă . Atunci calitateasomnului tău va fi i<strong>de</strong>ntic ă cu calitatea morţii. Atunci vei şti c ă moartea este, <strong>de</strong> fapt,un somn.With this technique, first you will become the master of your dreams -- that is,dreamingwill cease. Or if you want to dream you will be able to dream, but dreaming willbecomevoluntary. It will not be non-voluntary, it will not be forced upon you; you will not be avictim. Then the quality of your sleep will become just like that of <strong>de</strong>ath. Then you willknow that <strong>de</strong>ath is sleep.Iat ă <strong>de</strong> ce sutra spu<strong>ne</strong>: Controlezi visele şi chiar moartea însăşi. Vei şti c ă moartea nueste altceva <strong>de</strong>cât un somn lung – frumos şi folositor, căci îţi va da o nou ă via ţă ; veilua totul <strong>de</strong> la început.Moartea înceteaz ă s ă existe… când visele înceteaz ă s ă existe, moartea înceteaz ă şi eas ă existe.A dobândi putere asupra morţii mai înseamn ă şi altceva: înseamn ă controlul asupramorţii. Dac ă ajungi s ă simţi c ă moartea nu este <strong>de</strong>cât somn, vei fi în stare s ă ocontrolezi. Dac ă îţi poţi ţi<strong>ne</strong> visele sub control, vei putea s ă îţi controlezi şi moartea.Vei putea alege un<strong>de</strong> s ă te naşti din nou, când, în ce form ă , al cui copil vei fi, vei<strong>de</strong>veni şi stăpânul propriei tale naşteri.Buddha a murit… nu m ă refer la ultima lui via ţă, ci la penultima, la cea pe <strong>care</strong> a trăit-o înainte <strong>de</strong> a <strong>de</strong>veni Buddha.That is why this sutra says: HAVE DIRECTION OVER DREAMS AND OVER DEATHITSELF. you will know that <strong>de</strong>ath is just a long sleep -- and helpful and be<strong>au</strong>tiful


ec<strong>au</strong>se it gives you <strong>ne</strong>w life; it gives you everything a<strong>ne</strong>w. Death ceases to be... withcessation of dreaming, <strong>de</strong>ath ceases to be.There is another meaning to gaining power over <strong>de</strong>ath, direction over <strong>de</strong>ath. If youcancome to feel that <strong>de</strong>ath is just a sleep, you will be able to direct it. If you can directyourdreams, you can direct your <strong>de</strong>ath also. You can choose where you are to be bornagain,to whom, when, in what form; you will become master of your birth also.Buddha died... I am not referring to his last life, but to his last-but-o<strong>ne</strong> life, before hebecame Buddha. 65 of 1083Înainte <strong>de</strong> moarte a spus: "M ă voi naşte din nou, ca fiu al părinţilor cutare şi cutare;aceasta va fi mama mea, acesta va fi tatăl meu. Dar mama mea va muri imediat…mama va muri imediat dup ă naşterea mea. Înainte <strong>de</strong> a m ă naşte, mama mea va aveaanumite vise." Nu vei dobândi putere numai din visele tale, ci şi din visele altora.Before dying he said, "I will be born to such and such parents; such willbe my mother, such will be my father. But my mother will die immediately... when Iamborn my mother will die immediately. Before I am born my mother will have certaindreams." Not only do you gain power from your dreams, you gain power from others'dreams also.Ca s ă exemplifice acest lucru, Buddha a spus: "Vor fi anumite vise. De fie<strong>care</strong> datăcând o femeie va avea aceste vise, în aceast ă succesiu<strong>ne</strong>, s ă ştiţi c ă m ă va naşte pemi<strong>ne</strong>." Şi aşa s-a şi întâmplat. Mama lui Buddha a avut aceeaşi succesiu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong> vise.Aceast ă succesiu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong> vise era cunoscut ă în întreaga Indie, căci nu era o povesteoare<strong>care</strong>. Era cunoscut ă <strong>de</strong> toţi, mai ales <strong>de</strong> cei foarte religioşi, <strong>de</strong> cei interesaţi <strong>de</strong>aspectele mai profun<strong>de</strong> ale vieţii, <strong>de</strong> cei preocupaţi <strong>de</strong> ezoteric.So Buddha, as an example, said, "Certain dreams will be there. When I willbe in the womb, my mother will have certain dreams. So whe<strong>ne</strong>ver any woman hasthesedreams in this sequence, know well I am going to be born to her."And it happe<strong>ne</strong>d. Buddha's mother dreamed the same sequence. The sequence wasknown all over India, bec<strong>au</strong>se it was no ordinary statement.It was known to everyo<strong>ne</strong>, particularly those who were interested in religion and the<strong>de</strong>eper things of life and the esoteric ways of life.Şirul <strong>de</strong> vise era cunoscut, <strong>de</strong>ci visele <strong>au</strong> <strong>fost</strong> interpretate.Freud nu a <strong>fost</strong> nici primul şi nici cel mai bun interpret al viselor. A <strong>fost</strong> primul doar înOcci<strong>de</strong>nt.It was known, so the dreams were interpreted. Freud was not the first interpreter --and, of course, not the <strong>de</strong>epest. Only in the West was he the first.Tatăl lui Buddha i-a chemat imediat pe cititorii <strong>de</strong> vise, pe omologii din acele vremuriai lui Freud şiJung, şi i-a întrebat: "Ce s ă însem<strong>ne</strong> toate aceste vise?Mi-e team ă. Sunt nişte vise mai <strong>de</strong>osebite şi se repet ă în aceeaşi ordi<strong>ne</strong>. Sunt unul,dou ă, trei, patru, cinci, şase vise ce se repet ă continuu. Sunt aceleaşi vise, ca şi cândci<strong>ne</strong>va ar ve<strong>de</strong>a acelaşi film <strong>de</strong> mai multe ori.Ce se întâmpl ă?"So Buddha's father immediately called dream interpreters, the Freuds and Jungs ofthosedays, and he asked, "What does this sequence mean? I am afraid. These dreams arerare,and they go on repeating in the same sequence. There are o<strong>ne</strong>, two, three, four, five,sixdreams continuously being repeated. There are the same dreams, as if o<strong>ne</strong> is seeingthesame film again and again. What is happening?"Ei i-<strong>au</strong> spus: "Vei fi tatăl unui suflet mare, <strong>care</strong> va fi un buddha. Dar soţia ta va fi înpericol, <strong>de</strong>oarece, <strong>de</strong> câte ori se naşte un buddha, supravieţuirea mamei este subsemnul întrebării."


Tatăl a întrebat: "De ce?" Interpreţii viselor <strong>au</strong> spus:"Nu ştim, dar sufletul <strong>care</strong> se va naşte a spus c ă mama sa va muri în timpul naşteriilui."So they told him, "You are going to be the father of a great soul -- o<strong>ne</strong> who is goingto bea buddha. But then your wife is going to be in danger, bec<strong>au</strong>se whe<strong>ne</strong>ver this buddhaisborn it is difficult for the mother to survive."The father asked, "Why?" The interpreters said, "We cannot say why, but this soul whoisgoing to be born has ma<strong>de</strong> a statement that when he will be born again, the motherwilldie immediately."Mai târziu, Buddha a <strong>fost</strong> întrebat: "De ce mama ta a murit imediat dup ă ce te-ainăscut?"El a răspuns:"A da naştere unui buddha este un lucru atât <strong>de</strong> important încât, dup ă aceea, oricealtceva <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>rizoriu. Mama nu mai are motiv s ă existe. Va trebui s ă se nasc ă încăo dat ă şi s ă o ia <strong>de</strong> la început. A da naştere unui buddha este o împlinire atât <strong>de</strong> mare!Este o culme dincolo <strong>de</strong><strong>care</strong> nu mai exist ă nimic pentru acea mam ă."Later on Buddha was asked, "Why did your mother die immediately?"He said, "Giving birth to a buddha is such a big event that everything else becomesfutile afterwards. So the mother cannot exist. She will have to be born again to starta<strong>ne</strong>w. It is such a climax giving birth to a buddha, it is such a peak, that the mothercannot exist beyond it."Aşadar, mama a murit. În viaţa anterioar ă, Buddha spusese c ă se va naşte în timp cemama lui va sta sub un palmier, şi aşa s-a şi întâmplat.Mama lui era sub un palmier; stătea în picioare sub palmier şi i-a dat naştere luiBuddha. Buddha mai spusese: "M ă voi naşte în timp ce mama mea se afl ă sub unpalmier, iar eu voi faceşapte paşi. Voi merge imediat. Acestea sunt sem<strong>ne</strong>le pe <strong>care</strong> vi le d<strong>au</strong>", a spus, "şiveţi şti c ă s-a născut un buddha". Iar lucrurile s-<strong>au</strong> petrecut întocmai.So the mother died. And Buddha had said in his previous life that he would be bornwhilehis mother was standing un<strong>de</strong>r a palm tree -- and it happe<strong>ne</strong>d. The mother wasstandingun<strong>de</strong>r a palm tree -- standing while Buddha was born. And he had said, "I will be bornwhile my mother is standing un<strong>de</strong>r a palm tree, and I will take seven steps.Immediately,I will walk. These are the signs I give to you," he said, "so that you will know that abuddha is born." And he carried out everything.Acest lucru nu e valabil numai pentru Buddha.Este valabil şi pentru Iisus Hristos, pentru Mahavira şi pentru mulţi alţii. Fie<strong>care</strong>tirthankara jainistşi-a prezis naşterea următoare şi modul în <strong>care</strong> se va petrece aceasta, înc ă din viaţaanterioar ă. Ei <strong>au</strong> indicat şi o anumit ă succesiu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong> vise – simbolurile ce urm<strong>au</strong> săapar ă – şi <strong>au</strong> spus cum se va întâmpla.And this is not only so about Buddha. It is so about Jesus, it is so about Mahavir, it is soabout many others. Every Jain TIRTHANKARA has predicted in his previous life howhe is going to be born. And they have given particular dream sequences -- that suchandsuch will be the symbols -- and they have told how it will happen.Aveţi posibilitatea <strong>de</strong> a ţi<strong>ne</strong> lucrurile sub control.Odat ă ce v ă puteţi controla visele, puteţi controla orice altceva, <strong>de</strong>oarecelumea este alcătuit ă din vise. Viaţa este făcut ă din acelaşi material din <strong>care</strong> suntfăcute şi visele. Odat ă ce-ţi dirijezi visele, poţi dirija totul.You can direct. Once you can direct your dreams you can direct everything,bec<strong>au</strong>se


dream is the very stuff of this world. This life is ma<strong>de</strong> out of the stuff of dreams.Onceyou can direct your dreams you can direct everything.Aceast ă sutra spu<strong>ne</strong>: chiar moartea însăşi. Deci îţi poţi stabili naşterea, îţi poţi stabili oanumit ă via ţă . Noi nu suntem altceva <strong>de</strong>cât victime. Nu ştim <strong>de</strong> ce <strong>ne</strong> naştem, nu ştim<strong>de</strong> ce murim. Ci<strong>ne</strong> <strong>ne</strong> conduce şi <strong>de</strong> ce. Nimic nu pare s ă aib ă motiv. Totul pare a fihaos, întâmplare. Asta pentru c ă nu <strong>de</strong>ţi<strong>ne</strong>m controlul. Odat ă ce am preluat controlul,lucrurile se schimb ă.This sutra says, OVER DEATH ITSELF. Then o<strong>ne</strong> can give a certain birth, a certain lifeto o<strong>ne</strong>self.We are just victims. We do not know why we are born, why we die. Who directs us --and why? There seems to be no reason. It all seems just a chaos, just acci<strong>de</strong>ntal. It isbec<strong>au</strong>se we are not masters. Once we are masters it is not like this. 66 of 10838 Urmăreşte momentul schimbării cu <strong>de</strong>voţiu<strong>ne</strong> / predare.A opta tehnic ă: Cu profund ă <strong>de</strong>voţ iu<strong>ne</strong> / predare, te centrezi pe cele dou ă cotituri alerespiraţiei şi îl cunosti pe Cunoscator.The eighth technique: WITH UTMOST DEVOTION, CENTER ON THE TWOJUNCTIONS OF BREATH AND KNOW THE KNOWER.8. VB8. Dharana 41 Sutra/Shloka n°64Abando<strong>ne</strong>ază-te in momentul suspendăriirespiraţ iei : Cu cea mai mare<strong>de</strong>voţiu<strong>ne</strong>/ predare/abandonare, centrează-te pe cele dou ă joncţiuni ale respiraţiei (dup ă inspir şi dupăexpir ) şi cunoaşte-l pe Cunoscător (cunoaşte-te pe ti<strong>ne</strong> însuţ i) . [DM]/ Cu o <strong>de</strong>voţiu<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>ţărmurit ă, centrează-te pe cele dou ă joncţiuni ale respiraţiei şi cunoaşte-te pe ti<strong>ne</strong>însuţ i. ([3] vol.1-p.77) / Cu profund ă evlavie, te centrezi pe cele dou ă cotituri alerespiraţiei şi îl afli pe cel <strong>care</strong> ştie. ([4] p. 87)/ Cu dăruire suprem ă, echilibrează-te pecele doua imbinări ale răsuflă rii şi il vei şti pe ştiutor.([8] sutra 39)/ With utmost<strong>de</strong>votion, center on the two junctions of breath and know the knower.[1] / Avec la plusgran<strong>de</strong> dévotion, concentrez-vous sur les <strong>de</strong>ux jonctions <strong>de</strong> la respiration etconnaissez-vous vous- même./ Avec u<strong>ne</strong> dévotion extrême, centre-toi sur les <strong>de</strong>uxjonctions du souffle et connais celui qui connaît./ Con somma <strong>de</strong>vozio<strong>ne</strong>, centrati sulledue giunture <strong>de</strong>l respiro e conosci colui che conosce. Nota: Metotă mixtă <strong>care</strong>foloseşte <strong>de</strong>voţ iu<strong>ne</strong>a/ predarea VB29. şi conştientizarea momentului celor douăjoncţiuni <strong>de</strong> suspendare a respiraţ iei ;O<strong>ne</strong> should contemplate step by step on the whole universe un<strong>de</strong>r the form ofbhuvana and other adhvas1(courses) as being dissolved successively from the grossstate into the subtle and from the subtle state into the supreme state till finally o<strong>ne</strong>'smind is dissolved in Cinmatra (pure conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss).2 [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ]Il f<strong>au</strong>t se concentrer par <strong>de</strong>grés sur l’univers sous forme <strong>de</strong> mon<strong>de</strong> et <strong>au</strong>treschemi<strong>ne</strong>ments, en le considérant dans ses modalités grossière, subtile et suprême,jusqu’à parvenir finalement à l’absorption <strong>de</strong> la pensée. [10] [ Lilian Silburn, 1961 ]Explicatia VB8 in data <strong>de</strong> OshoExist ă o mic ă diferen ţă între tehnici – exist ă mici modificări. Dar aceste mici diferenţepentru vois-ar putea s ă fie mari, importante.There is a slight difference in the techniques -- slight modifications. But though thedifferences are slight in the techniques, for you they may be great.Un singur cuvânt ge<strong>ne</strong>reaz ă aceast ă mare <strong>de</strong>osebire. Cu profund ă <strong>de</strong>voţ iu<strong>ne</strong> / predare/evlavie, te centrezi pe cele dou ă cotituri ale respiraţiei. Inspiraţia are un punct <strong>de</strong>cotitur ă, <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> se întoarce, expiraţia are un alt loc un<strong>de</strong> coteşte. Cu aceste douăpuncte <strong>de</strong> cotitur ă – <strong>de</strong>spre <strong>care</strong> am discutat <strong>de</strong>ja – se produce o mic ă diferen ţă, micăîn ceea ce priveşte tehnica, dar mare pentru cel <strong>care</strong> c<strong>au</strong>t ă. Se ad<strong>au</strong>g ă numai ocondiţie – cu profund ă DEVOTIUNE –, şi întreaga tehnic ă se schimb ă.A single word makes a great difference. WITH UTMOST DEVOTION, CENTER ON THETWO JUNCTIONS OF BREATH. The incoming breath has o<strong>ne</strong> junction where it turns, theoutgoing breath has another junction


where it turns. With these two turnings -- and we have discussed these turnings -- aslightdifference is ma<strong>de</strong>: that is, slight in the technique, but for the seeker it may be great.Onlyo<strong>ne</strong> condition is ad<strong>de</strong>d -- WITH UTMOST DEVOTION -- and the whole techniquebecomes different.In prima form ă, nu este vorba <strong>de</strong>spre <strong>de</strong>votament, este doar o tehnic ă ştiinţific ă . Oaplici şi funcţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă.Dar sunt persoa<strong>ne</strong> <strong>care</strong> nu pot aplica o astfel <strong>de</strong> tehnic ă arid ă, ştiinţific ă . Pentru cei<strong>care</strong> se las ă conduşi <strong>de</strong> inim ă, cei legaţi <strong>de</strong> lumea credinţei, a <strong>de</strong>voţiunii, s-a făcut omic ă modifi<strong>care</strong>.Cu profund ă DEVOTIUNE, te centrezi pe cele dou ă cotituri ale respiraţiei şi îl afli pe cel<strong>care</strong> ştie.Dac ă nu aveţi înclinaţii ştiinţifice, dac ă nu aveţi o minte ştiinţific ă, atunci încercaţiasta: Cu profund ă DEVOTIUNE – cu credin ţă , dragoste, încre<strong>de</strong>re – te centrezi pe celedou ă cotituri ale respiraţiei şi îl afli pe cel <strong>care</strong> ştie. Cum? Cum poţi face asta? Poţiavea credin ţă pentru ci<strong>ne</strong>va, poţi fi evlavios fa ţă <strong>de</strong> Krishna s<strong>au</strong> Hristos.In the first form of it there was no question of <strong>de</strong>votion, just a scientific technique. Youdo it, and it works. But there are persons who cannot do such dry, scientifictec`niques.Those who are heart-oriented, those who belong to the world of <strong>de</strong>votion, for them aslight difference has been ma<strong>de</strong>: WITH UTMOST DEVOTION, CENTER ON THETWO JUNCTIONS OF BREATH AND KNOW THE KNOWER.If you are not of the scientific bent, of the scientific attitu<strong>de</strong>, if you are not a scientificmind, then try this: WITH UTMOST DEVOTION -- with faith, love, trust -- CENTERON THE TWO JUNCTIONS OF BREATH AND KNOW THE KNOWER. How to dothis? How? You can have <strong>de</strong>votion about someo<strong>ne</strong>: about Krishna, about Christ youcanhave <strong>de</strong>votion.Dar cum poţi avea smerenie, <strong>de</strong>voţ iu<strong>ne</strong> / predare /evlavie pentru ti<strong>ne</strong> însuţi, pentruaceste dou ă cotituri în respiraţie? Fenomenul pare total lipsit <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>voţ iu<strong>ne</strong> / predare/evlavie. Şi totuşi…VB spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă trupul este un templu. Trupul este un templu al divinităţii, un sălaş aldivinităţii. Aşadar, nu v ă trataţi trupul ca pe un obiect. Este sacru, este sfânt. Cândinspiraţi, nu inspiraţi numai voi, ci şi divinul din voi. Voi mâncaţi, v ă mişcaţi, mergeţi…priviţi lucrurile astfel: nu voi, ci divinul din voi face toate aceste lucruri. Iar în acestcaz, totul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> absolut ă credin ţă, absolut ă <strong>de</strong>voţ iu<strong>ne</strong> / predare /evlavie.Se spu<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>spre mulţi sfinţi c ă îşi iubesc trupul.C ă îşi trateaz ă trupul ca şi când ar fi trupul iubitei.But how can you have <strong>de</strong>votion about yourself, about this junction of breathing? Thephenomenon seems absolutely non-<strong>de</strong>votional. But that <strong>de</strong>pends....Tantra says that the body is the temple. Your body is the temple of the divi<strong>ne</strong>, theabo<strong>de</strong>of the divi<strong>ne</strong>, so do not treat your body as an object. It is sacred, it is holy. And whileyouare taking a breath in, it is not only you who is taking the breath, it is the divi<strong>ne</strong> withinyou. You are eating, you are moving or walking... look at it in this way: it is not you,butthe divi<strong>ne</strong> moving in you. Then the whole thing becomes absolutely <strong>de</strong>votional.It is said about many saints that they love their bodies. They treat their bodies as iftheirbodies belong to their beloveds.V ă puteţi trata corpul în felul acesta s<strong>au</strong> îl puteţi consi<strong>de</strong>ra un mecanism – ar fi şiaceasta o atitudi<strong>ne</strong>. Îl puteţi trata cu păcat, cu vinovăţie; îl puteţi trata ca pe cevamurdar; dup ă cum îl puteţi trata şi ca pe ceva miraculos; ca pe un sălaş al divinităţii.Depin<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> voi.Dac ă v ă puteţi privi corpul ca pe un templu, aceast ă tehnic ă v ă va ajuta – cu profundă<strong>de</strong>voţ iu<strong>ne</strong> / predare /evlavie …Încercaţi. Încercaţi acest lucru în timp ce mâncaţi.Nu v ă gândiţi c ă voi sunteţi cei <strong>care</strong> mâncaţi. Gândiţi-v ă c ă cel <strong>care</strong> mănânc ă estedivinul din voi şi urmăriţi transformarea. Mâncaţi acelaşi lucru, sunteţi aceiaşi, darimediat totul se schimb ă. Hrăniţi divinitatea din voi. Faceţi baie, un lucru obişnuit, dar


schimbaţi-v ă atitudi<strong>ne</strong>a: imaginaţi-v ă c ă îmbăiaţi divinitatea din voi. Şi atunci aceastătehnic ă va fi uşoar ă: Cu profund ă DEVOTIUNE, te centrezi pe cele dou ă cotituri alerespiraţiei şi îl afli pe cel <strong>care</strong> ştie.You can treat your body in this way or you can treat itjust like a mechanism -- that again is an attitu<strong>de</strong>. You can treat it with guilt, sin; youcantreat it as something dirty; you can treat it as something miraculous, as a miracle; youcantreat it as the abo<strong>de</strong> of the divi<strong>ne</strong>. It <strong>de</strong>pends on you. If you can treat your body as atemple, then this technique will be helpful -- WITH UTMOST DEVOTION...Try it. While you are eating, try it. Do not think that YOU are eating. Think that it is thedivi<strong>ne</strong> in you who is eating, and look at the change. You are eating the same thing,youare the same, but immediately everything becomes different. You are giving the foodtothe divi<strong>ne</strong>.You are taking a bath -- a very ordinary, trivial thing -- but change the attitu<strong>de</strong>: feelthatyou are giving a bath to the divi<strong>ne</strong> in you. Then this technique will be easy: WITHUTMOST DEVOTION, CENTER ON THE TWO JUNCTIONS OF BREATH ANDKNOW THE KNOWER.in clipa somnului, cârmuieşte visele şi moartea însăşi. ([8] sutra 31)/ With intangiblebreath in center of forehead, as this reaches heart at the moment of sleep, havedirection over dreams and over <strong>de</strong>ath itself. [Lakshmanjoo says this is his favorite.] / Àl'ai<strong>de</strong> du souffle intangible <strong>au</strong> centre du front, quand il atteint le coeur <strong>au</strong> moment dusommeil, soyez le maître <strong>de</strong> vos rêves et <strong>de</strong> la mort elle-même/ Avec le souffleimpalpable <strong>au</strong> centre du front quand celle-ci gag<strong>ne</strong> le cœur <strong>au</strong> moment <strong>de</strong> sommeil[ <strong>de</strong> s'endormir], maîtrise tes rêves et la mort elle-même. / Con l’intangibile respiro<strong>ne</strong>l centro <strong>de</strong>lla fronte, allorché questo raggiungere il cuore, <strong>ne</strong>l momento <strong>de</strong>l sonno,abbi il governo sui sogni e sulla morte stessa. ve<strong>de</strong>ti explicatia VB7 in sectiu<strong>ne</strong>aDharana VBve<strong>de</strong>ti si: VB55. Dharana 52 Sutra/Shloka n° 75If pranasakti which is gross and thick, is ma<strong>de</strong> frail and subtle (by yogic discipli<strong>ne</strong>;-particularly pranayama) and if a yogi meditates on such shakti either in dvadashantaor in the heart ( i.e.the centre of the body) by entering mentally into it, he is liberated and he gains his(natural) sovereign power. [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ]Si l’on médite sur l’é<strong>ne</strong>rgie du souffle grasse et très faible dans le domai<strong>ne</strong> dudvâdasantâ et qu'<strong>au</strong> moment <strong>de</strong> s’endormir, on pénètre dans son propre cœur; enméditant ainsi on obtiendra la maîtrise <strong>de</strong>s rêves. [10] [ Lilian Silburn, 1961 ]9. VB9. Dharana 54 Sutra/Shloka n° 77करिङणया कोधनया भैरवया लेिलहानया।खेचयार दिषकाले च परावािपः पकाशते॥ ७७॥http://vijnana.joachimchrist.<strong>de</strong>/Texte.php?no=52karaṅkiṇy ā krodhanay ā bhairavy ā lelihānay ā |khecary ā dṛṣṭikāle ca parāvāpti ḥ prakāśate || 77 ||http://fiindolo.sub.unigoettingen.<strong>de</strong>/gretil/1_sanskr/6_sastra/3_phil/saiva/vijnbh<strong>au</strong>.htmTRADUCERE / TRANSLATION9a. Stai întins ca un mort (cadavru). 9b. Ocupat <strong>de</strong> mânie( purtat ; i<strong>ne</strong>bunit)<strong>de</strong> furie/mânie, rămâi aşa (stai <strong>ne</strong>mişcat). 9c. Priveşte ţint ă / fix in gol fărăs ă clipeşti. ;9d S<strong>au</strong> suge ( aspir ă; inspir ă un parfum) ceva şi s ă <strong>de</strong>vii suptul(aspirarea, inspiraţia) [DM]. / Stai întins precum un mort. Chiar înfuriat laculme fiind, stai <strong>ne</strong>mişcat. S<strong>au</strong> priveşte făr ă s ă mişti nici o gean ă . S<strong>au</strong>inspir ă ceva şi <strong>de</strong>vino inspiraţia. ([3] vol.1-p.77)/ Intins ca un mort. Invelit înmânie, stai aşa. S<strong>au</strong> priveşti ţint ă, făr ă s ă mişti măcar o gean ă . S<strong>au</strong> sugi şi<strong>de</strong>vii însuşi suptul. ([4] p. 88)/ Stai culcat ca şi cum ai fi mort. Dac ă eştiturbat <strong>de</strong> mânie, rămâi aşa. Ori priveşte ţint ă făr ă s ă clinteşti vreo gean ă .


Ori suge ceva şi prefă-te in sugere. ([8] sutra 52)/ Lie down as <strong>de</strong>ad ( like acorpse). Enraged in wrath, stay so. Or stare without moving an eyelash. Orsuck something and become the sucking./ Restez allongé comme un mort( un cadavre). Emporté par la colère (rage), restez ainsi. Ou alors, regar<strong>de</strong>fixement sans ciller. Ou bien encore, aspirez et <strong>de</strong>ve<strong>ne</strong>z l'aspiration ( sucequelque chose et <strong>de</strong>viens la succion). / Rima<strong>ne</strong>re sdraiato come morta (o uncadavere). Infuriata d’ira, resta così. Guarda fisso senza muovere ciglio.Oppure O succhia qualcosa e diventa il succhiare. ve<strong>de</strong>tiAt the moment of the (intuitive) perception (of the universe), there ismanifested the supreme attainment through the Karankini , Krodhana,Bhairavi, Lelihana and Khecari mudras. [11] [Jai<strong>de</strong>va Singh, 1979 ]La suprême fusion dans le Tout se révèle <strong>au</strong> moment <strong>de</strong> la perceptionintuitive <strong>de</strong> l’Univers, grâce <strong>au</strong>x attitu<strong>de</strong>s suivantes : le repos <strong>de</strong> la mort, lafureur, la fixité du regard, la succion ininterrompue et la concentration surl’éther. [10] [ Lilian Silburn, 1961 ]Explicatia VB9 in data <strong>de</strong> Osho9a Stai întins ca un mort.9b Priveşte ţint ă făr ă s ă clipeşti.9c Suge ceva şi s ă <strong>de</strong>vii suptul.A noua tehnic ă : Intins ca un mort. Învelit în mânie, stai aşa. S<strong>au</strong> priveşti ţint ă, fărăs ă mişti măcar o gean ă. S<strong>au</strong> sugi şi <strong>de</strong>vii însuşi suptul.The ninth technique: LIE DOWN AS DEAD. ENRAGED IN WRATH, STAY SO. ORSTARE WITHOUT MOVING AN EYELASH. OR SUCK SOMETHING AND BECOME THESUCKING. 67 of 1083Intins ca un mort. Incercaţi acest lucru: dintr-odat ă, eşti mort.Las ă trupul! Nu-l mişca, pentru c ă eşti mort.Imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi numai c ă eşti mort. Nu poţi mişca trupul, nu poţi mişca ochii, nu poţiplânge, nu poţi ţipa, nu poţi face nimic, eşti mort. Şi apoi încearc ă s ă vezi cum tesimţi. Dar nu te amăgi. Poţi trişa – faci mişcări imperceptibile –, dar numai pe ti<strong>ne</strong> tepăcăleşti. Nu te mişca. Şi dac ă apare un ţânţar, rămâi <strong>ne</strong>mişcat; stai ţeapăn ca şi cândai fi mort.LIE DOWN AS DEAD. Try it: sud<strong>de</strong>nly you have go<strong>ne</strong> <strong>de</strong>ad. Leave the body! Do notmove it, bec<strong>au</strong>se you are <strong>de</strong>ad. Just imagi<strong>ne</strong> that you are <strong>de</strong>ad. You cannot move thebody, you cannot move the eyes, you cannot cry, you cannot scream, you cannot doanything, you are just <strong>de</strong>ad. And then feel how it feels. But do not <strong>de</strong>ceive. You can<strong>de</strong>ceive -- you can slightly move the body. Do not move. If some mosquito is there,thentreat the body as if it is <strong>de</strong>ad.Este una dintre tehnicile cel mai <strong>de</strong>s folosite.Raman Maharshi a atins iluminarea prin aceast ă tehnic ă, <strong>de</strong>şi nu a folosit aceastătehnic ă <strong>de</strong>-a lungul vieţii. In viaţa lui s-a produs spontan. Dar se prea poate s ă fiinsistat asupra ei într-o alt ă via ţă, căci nimic nu se întâmpl ă din senin. Totul are oc<strong>au</strong>z ă.Dintr-odat ă, într-o noapte, Raman a simţit – era tânăr, avea paisprezece s<strong>au</strong>cincisprezece ani pe atunci – c ă urma s ă moar ă . Şi era atât <strong>de</strong> sigur <strong>de</strong> acest lucru,încât moartea a preluat controlul. Nu putea să-şi mişte corpul, era ca şi paralizat.It is o<strong>ne</strong> of the most used techniques.Raman Maharshi attai<strong>ne</strong>d his enlightenment through this technique, but it was not atechnique used by him in his life. In his life it sud<strong>de</strong>nly happe<strong>ne</strong>d, sponta<strong>ne</strong>ously. Buthemust have persisted with this in some past life, bec<strong>au</strong>se nothing happenssponta<strong>ne</strong>ously.Everything has a c<strong>au</strong>sal link, a c<strong>au</strong>sality. Sud<strong>de</strong>nly o<strong>ne</strong> night Raman felt -- he was justyoung, fourteen or fifteen at the time -- that he was going to die. And it was so certaininhis mind that <strong>de</strong>ath had taken over. He couldn't move his body, he felt as if he wasparalyzed.


Deodat ă a simţit c ă se î<strong>ne</strong>ac ă şi a ştiut c ă inima i se va opri. Nu putea s ă strige s<strong>au</strong> săspun ă cuiva: "Mor."Se întâmpl ă u<strong>ne</strong>ori în coşmaruri – nu poţi s ă strigi, nu te poţi mişca. Chiar şi dac ă tetrezeşti, în primele momente nu poţi face nimic. Asta s-a întâmplat şi cu el. Aveaputere <strong>de</strong>plin ă asupra conştiinţei sale, dar nu avea putere asupra corpului său. Ştia căera acolo, era conştient, atent, dar simţea c ă va muri. Şi convingerea era atât <strong>de</strong>mare, încât nu a mai avut ce face; a trebuits ă abando<strong>ne</strong>ze. Aşa c ă a închis ochii şi a rămas acolo, aşteptând s ă moar ă ; a aşteptat,pur şi simplu, s ă moar ă.Treptat, corpul i-a înţepenit. Corpul a murit. Dar era o problem ă. Ştia c ă trupul estemort. Dar elera acolo, şi ştia c ă este. Ştia c ă e viu, dar c ă trupul îi murise. Atunci s-a întors.Dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, corpul şi-a revenit, dar nu s-a mai întors acelaşi om – cunoscuse moartea.Cunoscuse un tărâm diferit, o alt ă dimensiu<strong>ne</strong> a conştiinţei.Then he felt a sud<strong>de</strong>n choking, and he k<strong>ne</strong>w that now the heart was going to stop. Hecould not even cry and say to another, "I am going to die."Sometimes it happens in some nightmare -- you cannot cry, you cannot move. Evenwhenyou become awake for a few moments you cannot do anything. That happe<strong>ne</strong>d. Hehadabsolute power over his conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss, but no power over his body. He k<strong>ne</strong>w he wasthere, that he was present, conscious, alert, but he felt he was going to die. And theknowledge became so certain that there was no other possibility, so he just gave up.Heclosed his eyes and remai<strong>ne</strong>d there, just waiting to die; he waited there just to die.By and by the body became stiff. The body died, but then it became a problem. Hek<strong>ne</strong>wthat the body had died, but he was there and he k<strong>ne</strong>w it. He k<strong>ne</strong>w that he was aliveandthat the body had died. Then he came back. In the morning the body became okaybut thesame man <strong>ne</strong>ver retur<strong>ne</strong>d -- bec<strong>au</strong>se he had known <strong>de</strong>ath. He had known a differentrealm, a different dimension of conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss.A plecat <strong>de</strong> acas ă. Experienţa morţii îl schimbase complet. A <strong>de</strong>venit unul dintrepuţinii iluminaţi laaseme<strong>ne</strong>a vârst ă.Aceasta este tehnica. În cazul lui Raman s-a întâmplat în mod spontan, îns ă cu voi nuse va întâmpla la fel.Dar puteţi încerca. Într-una dintre vieţi, ar putea s ă se întâmple spontan. Se poateîntâmpla în timp ce încercaţi. Şi, chiar dac ă nu se va întâmpla, efortul nu va fi <strong>fost</strong>zadarnic. Este în voi; va rămâ<strong>ne</strong> în voi ca o sămânţă . U<strong>ne</strong>ori, când momentul estepotrivit pentru germinaţie, dup ă ce ploile ud ă sămânţa, atunci va încolţi.Fie<strong>care</strong> sponta<strong>ne</strong>itate este i<strong>de</strong>ntic ă. Sămânţa a <strong>fost</strong> semănat ă cu un anumit timp înurm ă, dar nu era timpul potrivit s ă încolţeasc ă; nu er<strong>au</strong> ploi. Într-o alt ă via ţă , va veni şimomentul germinaţiei. Sunteţi mai maturi, mai experimentaţi, mai supăraţi pe lumeşi, dintr-odat ă, în anumite condiţii, vin ploile, şi sămânţa încolţeşte.He escaped from the house. That <strong>de</strong>ath experience changed him completely. Hebecameo<strong>ne</strong> of the very few enlighte<strong>ne</strong>d persons of this age.This is the technique. This happe<strong>ne</strong>d sponta<strong>ne</strong>ously to Raman, but it is not going tohappen sponta<strong>ne</strong>ously to you. But try it. In some life it may become sponta<strong>ne</strong>ous. Itmayhappen while you are trying it.And if it is not going to happen, the effort is <strong>ne</strong>ver wasted. It is in you; it remains inyouas a seed. Sometime, when the time is ripe and the rains will fall, it will sprout.Every sponta<strong>ne</strong>ity is just like this. The seed was sown some time ago, but the timewasnot ripe; there were no rains. In another life the time becomes ripe. You are moremature,more experienced, more frustrated with the world -- then sud<strong>de</strong>nly, in a certainsituation,there are rains and the seed explo<strong>de</strong>s.


Întins ca un mort. Învelit în mânie, stai aşa. Desigur, momentul morţii nu va fi unulplăcut. Nu va fi o fericire s ă simţi c ă ai murit. Teama poate pu<strong>ne</strong> stăpânire pe ti<strong>ne</strong>,mânia s<strong>au</strong> frustrarea, tristeţea s<strong>au</strong> regretul, <strong>ne</strong>liniştea… <strong>de</strong> toate. Se întâmpl ă diferit,<strong>de</strong> la individ la individ.Sutra spu<strong>ne</strong>: Învelit în mânie, stai aşa. Dac ă te simţi cuprins <strong>de</strong> mânie, stai aşa. Dacăte simţi trist, stai aşa. Dac ă simţi anxietate, team ă, rămâi aşa. Dac ă eşti mort, nu poţis ă faci nimic, <strong>de</strong>ci rămâi aşa. Orice ai avea în minte, corpul este mort, <strong>de</strong>ci rămâi aşa.LIE DOWN AS DEAD. ENRAGED IN WRATH, STAY SO. Of course, while you aredying it will not be a happy moment. It is not going to be so blissful while you arefeelingthat you are <strong>de</strong>ad. Fear will take you, anger may come in the mind, or frustration,sad<strong>ne</strong>ss, sorrow, anguish... anything. It will differ from individual to individual.The sutra says: ENRAGED IN WRATH, STAY SO. If you feel enraged, stay so. If youfeel sad, stay so. If you feel anxiety, fear, stay so. You are <strong>de</strong>ad and you cannot doanything, so stay so. Whatsoever is in the mind, the body is <strong>de</strong>ad and you cannot doanything, so stay. 68 of 1083E frumos s ă rămâi aşa. Dac ă poţi s ă rămâi aşa câteva minute, vei simţi dintr-odat ă cătotul s-aschimbat. Dar începem s ă <strong>ne</strong> mişcăm. Dac ă în minte exist ă vreo emoţie, corpul începes ă se mişte. Emoţia <strong>ne</strong> mişc ă sufletul şi <strong>ne</strong> face s ă mişcăm şi trupul. Dac ă eşti furios,dintr-odat ă corpul începe s ă se mişte.That staying is be<strong>au</strong>tiful. If you can stay for a few minutes, sud<strong>de</strong>nly you will feel thateverything has changed. But we start moving. If there is some emotion in the mind,thebody begins to move. That is why we call it "emotion" -- it creates motion in the body.Ifyou are angry, sud<strong>de</strong>nly your body begins to move.Suntem "mişcaţi" <strong>de</strong> emoţie, iar corpul se mişc ă şi el. Consi<strong>de</strong>r ă c ă eşti mort şi nu lăsaemoţiile s ă îţi mişte corpul. Lasă-le acolo, dar rămâi aşa – <strong>ne</strong>mişcat, mort.Orice ar fi … nu te mişca. Stai! Nici o miş<strong>care</strong>.If you are sad, your body begins to move. That is why it is called emotion, bec<strong>au</strong>se itcreates motion in the body. Feel <strong>de</strong>ad and do not allow emotions to move your body.Letthem be there, but you STAY SO -- fixed, <strong>de</strong>ad. Whatsoever is there... no movement.Stay! No movement.S<strong>au</strong> priveşti ţint ă, făr ă s ă mişti măcar o gean ă.Acest în<strong>de</strong>mn: S<strong>au</strong> priveşti ţint ă, făr ă s ă mişti măcar o gean ă , a <strong>fost</strong> metoda lui MeherBaba. Ani <strong>de</strong>-a rândul s-a uitat ţint ă la tavanul camerei sale. Ani <strong>de</strong>-a rândul a statîntins pe jos şi a privit ţint ă tavanul, făr ă s ă mişte măcar o gean ă, făr ă să-şi mişteochii. Se întin<strong>de</strong>a pe jos, stătea acolo cu orele, uitându-se ţint ă, făr ă s ă fac ă nimic. Ebi<strong>ne</strong> s ă priviţi ţint ă, căci v ă puteţi fixa asupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi. Şi, odat ă fixatasupra celui <strong>de</strong>-al treilea ochi, chiar dac ă vrei să-ţi mişti pleoapele, nu poţi: <strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>venitimobile.Meher Baba a atins iluminarea prin aceast ă tehnic ă.Desigur, aţi putea exclama: "Cum, cu aceste exerciţii <strong>ne</strong>însemnate…?" Dar vreme <strong>de</strong>trei ani s-a uitat ţint ă în tavan făr ă s ă fac ă nimic. Trei ani înseamn ă foarte mult.Încercaţi s ă faceţi acelaşi lucru vreme <strong>de</strong> trei minute şi veţi ve<strong>de</strong>a cât <strong>de</strong> lungi par –foarte, foarte lungi. O s ă vi se par ă c ă timpul nu mai trece, c ă ceasul s-a oprit.OR STARE WITHOUT MOVING AN EYELASH. This OR STARE WITHOUTMOVING AN EYELASH was the method of Meher Baba. For years together he wasstaring just at the ceiling of his room. For years together he was just lying <strong>de</strong>ad on thefloor, staring at the ceiling without moving an eyelash, without moving his eyes. Hewould lie down for hours together, just staring, not doing anything. Staring with theeyesis good, bec<strong>au</strong>se you become fixed again in the third eye. And once you are fixed inthethird eye, even if you want to move the eyelids you cannot; they become fixed.Meher Baba attai<strong>ne</strong>d through this staring, and you say, "How with these smallexercises...?" But for three years he was staring at the ceiling not doing anything.Threeyears is a long time. Do it for three minutes and you will feel as if you have been lying


there for three years. Three minutes will become very, very long. It will look as if timeisnot passing and as if the clock has stopped.Meher Baba a privit. A privit şi a tot privit ţint ă la tavan. Încet-încet, gândurile i s-<strong>au</strong>oprit, mişcările s-<strong>au</strong> oprit, iar el a <strong>de</strong>venit numai conştiin ţă, a <strong>de</strong>venit însăşi privirea.Apoi a rămas tăcut pentru tot restul vieţii.A <strong>de</strong>venit atât <strong>de</strong> tăcut în interiorul său, încât nu a mai putut pronunţa niciun cuvânt.Meher Baba a <strong>fost</strong> în America. Acolo, era un om <strong>care</strong> putea citi gândurile tuturor, er<strong>au</strong>nul dintre rarii oameni <strong>care</strong> pot face aşa ceva. Închi<strong>de</strong>a ochii, stătea în faţa ta şi, încâteva minute, se co<strong>ne</strong>cta la gândurile tale şi începea să-ţi scrie gândurile pe hârtie. A<strong>fost</strong> pus la încer<strong>care</strong> <strong>de</strong> mii şi mii <strong>de</strong> ori, dar <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă a avut dreptate. Ci<strong>ne</strong>va l-aadus la Meher Baba. A stat acolo şi a cunoscut singurul lui eşec, singurul eşec dinviaţa lui. Degeaba a încercat, a transpirat tot, nu a putut s ă prind ă niciun gând, nu aputut s ă scrie nicio vorb ă.Meher Baba stared and stared and stared. By and by thoughts ceased, movementceased,and he became just a conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss, he became just a staring.Then he remai<strong>ne</strong>d silent for his whole life. He became so silent insi<strong>de</strong> by this staringthatit became impossible for him to formulate words again.Meher Baba was in America. There was o<strong>ne</strong> man who could read others' thoughts,whocould do mind readings, and he was really o<strong>ne</strong> of the rarest mind rea<strong>de</strong>rs. He wouldclosehis eyes, sit before you, and within a few minutes he would become attu<strong>ne</strong>d with youandhe would begin to write what you are thinking. Thousands and thousands of times hewasexami<strong>ne</strong>d, and he was always right, always correct. So someo<strong>ne</strong> brought him to MeherBaba. He sat there, and this was the only failure of his life -- the only failure. But thenagain we cannot say it was a failure. He tried and tried, and he began to perspire, buthecouldn't catch a single word.A rămas cu stiloul în mân ă şi a exclamat:"Ce fel <strong>de</strong> om este acesta? Nu pot să-i citesc niciun gând, nu am ce citi. Acest omeste absolut gol. M ă face chiar s ă uit c ă este ci<strong>ne</strong>va în faţa mea. Dup ă ce închid ochii,trebuie să-i <strong>de</strong>schid din nou, pentru a ve<strong>de</strong>a dac ă omul mai este în faţa mea s<strong>au</strong> dacănu cumva a plecat. Îmi este greu s ă m ă concentrez; în momentul în <strong>care</strong> închid ochii,simt c ă sunt înşelat, m ă simt ca şi când omula plecat, nu mai este în faţa mea. Trebuie s ă <strong>de</strong>schid din nou ochii s ă m ă asigur căomul este acolo. Şi nu gân<strong>de</strong>şte <strong>de</strong>loc."Privitul fix, acel exerciţiu <strong>de</strong> privit fix, i-a oprit complet mintea.S<strong>au</strong> priveşti ţint ă, făr ă s ă mişti măcar o gean ă . S<strong>au</strong> sugi şi <strong>de</strong>vii însuşi suptul. Acesteasunt mici modificări.Orice este suficient… eşti mort – asta ajunge.Învelit în mânie, stai aşa. Chiar aceast ă parte ar putea <strong>de</strong>veni o tehnic ă . Eşti cuprins<strong>de</strong> mânie: întin<strong>de</strong>-te, rămâi în aceast ă mânie.Pen in his hand, he remai<strong>ne</strong>d there and said, "What type of man is this? I cannot readbec<strong>au</strong>se there is nothing to read. This man is absolutely vacant. I even forget thatsomeo<strong>ne</strong> is sitting there. After closing my eyes, I have to open them again and look toseewhether that man is there or whether he has escaped. So it is difficult to concentrate,bec<strong>au</strong>se the moment I close my eyes I feel I am being <strong>de</strong>ceived -- as if that man hasescaped and there is no o<strong>ne</strong> before me. I have to open my eyes again, and I find thatthisman is there. And he is not thinking at all." That staring, that constant staring hadstoppedhis mind completely.OR STARE WITHOUT MOVING AN EYELASH. OR SUCK SOMETHING ANDBECOME THE SUCKING. These are slight modifications. Anything will do... you are<strong>de</strong>ad -- it is enough.


ENRAGED IN WRATH, STAY SO. Even this part can become o<strong>ne</strong> technique. You are inanger: lie down, remain in the anger. 69 of 1083Nu te mişca din ea, nu face nimic, rămâi <strong>ne</strong>mişcat.Krishnamurti vorbeşte mult <strong>de</strong>spre asta. Întreaga tehnic ă <strong>de</strong>pin<strong>de</strong> numai <strong>de</strong> acestlucru: Învelit în mânie, stai aşa. Dac ă eşti furios, atunci fii furios, rămâi furios. Nu temişca. Dac ă poţi rămâ<strong>ne</strong> aşa, furia se va în<strong>de</strong>părta, iar tu vei <strong>de</strong>veni un om diferit.Dac ă te cuprin<strong>de</strong> <strong>ne</strong>liniştea, nu face nimic. Rămâi acolo. Neliniştea o s ă dispar ă : vei<strong>de</strong>veni alt om. Şi, odat ă ce ai privit <strong>ne</strong>liniştea, făr ă a te simţi mişcat <strong>de</strong> ea, tu vei fi cel<strong>care</strong> conduce.Do not move from it, do not do anything, just remain still.Krishnamurti goes on talking about this. His whole technique <strong>de</strong>pends on this singlething: ENRAGED IN WRATH, STAY SO. If you are angry then be angry, and remainangry. Do not move. If you can stay so, anger will go and you will come out a differentman. If you are in anxiety, do not do anything. Remain there, stay there. The anxietywillgo; you will come out a different man. And once you have looked at anxiety withoutbeing moved by it, you will be the master.S<strong>au</strong> priveşti ţint ă, făr ă s ă mişti măcar o gean ă . S<strong>au</strong> sugi şi <strong>de</strong>vii însuşi suptul. Acestdin urm ă lucru, a suge, a sorbi, nu este <strong>de</strong>loc dificil, căci suptul este primul lucru pe<strong>care</strong> îl face un copil. Suptul este primul act al vieţii. Dup ă ce a venit pe lume, copilulîncepe s ă plâng ă. El nu plânge <strong>de</strong> fapt, ni se pare c ă plânge, îns ă el nu face altceva<strong>de</strong>cât s ă sug ă aerul. Iar dac ă nu poate s ă plâng ă, moare în câteva minute, pentru căplânsul este primul efort, prima încer<strong>care</strong> <strong>de</strong> a suge aer.OR STARE WITHOUT MOVING AN EYELASH. OR SUCK SOMETHING ANDBECOME THE SUCKING. This last o<strong>ne</strong> is physical and easy to do, bec<strong>au</strong>se sucking isthe first thing a child has to do. Sucking is the first act of life. When the child is born,hebegins to cry. You may not have tried to pe<strong>ne</strong>trate into why there is this crying. He isnotreally crying -- it appears to us that he is crying -- he is just sucking air. And if the childcannot cry, within a few minutes he will be <strong>de</strong>ad, bec<strong>au</strong>se crying is the first effort tosuckair.Cât timp s-a aflat în pântece, copilul nu a respirat. Era viu, făr ă s ă respire. Făceaacelaşi lucru pe <strong>care</strong> îl fac şi yoghinii îngropaţi sub pământ.Primea prana făr ă s ă respire – prana pur ă <strong>de</strong> la mama lui.Iat ă <strong>de</strong> ce iubirea dintre mam ă şi copil este o form ă <strong>de</strong> iubire total diferit ă <strong>de</strong> alteforme, căci cea mai pur ă prana – e<strong>ne</strong>rgie – îi u<strong>ne</strong>şte. Este un fapt unic, ce nu se varepeta niciodat ă. Între ei exista o legătur ă subtil ă stabilit ă prin prana. Mama îi dă<strong>de</strong>acopilului prana ei, copilul nu respira <strong>de</strong>loc. În urma naşterii, copilul părăseştepântecele mamei, este azvârlit într-o lume <strong>ne</strong>cunoscut ă lui. Acum prana, e<strong>ne</strong>rgia, nuva mai ajunge la el cu uşurin ţă. Trebuie s ă respire singur.The child was not breathing while he was in the womb.He was alive without breathing. He was doing the same which yogis are doingun<strong>de</strong>rground. He was just getting prana without breathing -- pure prana from themother.That is why the love between the child and the mother is an altogether different thingfrom other loves, bec<strong>au</strong>se the purest prana -- e<strong>ne</strong>rgy -- joins both. Now this can <strong>ne</strong>verhappen again. There was a subtle pranic relationship. The mother was giving herprana tothe child, and the child was not breathing at all. When he is born, he is thrown out ofthemother into an unknown world. Now the prana, the e<strong>ne</strong>rgy, will not reach him soeasily.He has to breathe himself.Primul strigăt este un efort <strong>de</strong> a suge, dup ă <strong>care</strong> va suge laptele <strong>de</strong> la sânul mamei.Sunt primele acţiuni, fundamentale, pe <strong>care</strong> le-aţi făcut. Orice altceva aţi făcut voi, aţifăcut mai târziu – acestea sunt primele fapte <strong>de</strong> via ţă . Şi ele se pot practica. Sutra


spu<strong>ne</strong>: S<strong>au</strong> sugi şi <strong>de</strong>vii însuşi suptul. Sugeţi ceva, numai aer, <strong>de</strong> exemplu, dar uitaţi<strong>de</strong> aer şi <strong>de</strong>veniţi suptul însuşi.Ce înseamn ă acest lucru? Voi sugeţi ceva; sunteţi cei <strong>care</strong> sug, nu sunteţi suptul.Staţi în spate şi sugeţi.The first cry is an effort to suck, and then he will suck the milk from the mother'sbreast.These are the first basic acts which you have do<strong>ne</strong>. Whatsoever YOU have do<strong>ne</strong>comeslater -- these are the first life acts. They can be practiced also. This sutra says: ORSUCKSOMETHING AND BECOME THE SUCKING. Suck something -- just suck the air, butforget the air and become the sucking. What does this mean? You are suckingsomething;you are the sucker, not the sucking. You are standing behind and sucking.Aceast ă sutra spu<strong>ne</strong>: nu staţi în spate, schimbaţi locurile, <strong>de</strong>veniţi suptul însuşi.Încercaţi cu oriceacţiu<strong>ne</strong> cu <strong>care</strong> cre<strong>de</strong>ţi c ă aveţi şanse s ă reuşiţi. Dac ă alergaţi – <strong>de</strong>veniţi alergarea, nualergătorul. Deveniţi alergarea, uitaţi <strong>de</strong> alergător. Simţiţi c ă nu e niciun alergătorînăuntru, ci numai alergarea.This sutra says, do not stand behind, move in the act and become the sucking. Tryanything that will work. You are running -- become the running, do not be the run<strong>ne</strong>r.Become the running and forget the run<strong>ne</strong>r. Feel that there is no run<strong>ne</strong>r insi<strong>de</strong>, just theprocess of running.Sunteţi însăşi alergarea, sunteţi ca un râu <strong>care</strong> curge făr ă încetare.Nu e nimeni înăuntru. Înăuntru este linişte. Este linişte şi e numai alergare.You are the process, a river-like process running. Nobody is there insi<strong>de</strong>. It is quietinsi<strong>de</strong>and there is only a process.Suptul este bun, dar veţi <strong>de</strong>scoperi c ă nu este uşor, <strong>de</strong>oarece am uitat cum se face –nu chiar <strong>de</strong> tot, căci am găsit cu ce să-l substituim. Sânul mamei este înlocuit <strong>de</strong>ţigar ă; continuaţi s ă sugeţi. Ţ igara nu este altceva <strong>de</strong>cât sfârcul mamei, sânul şisfârcul mamei.Şi fumul cald vi se pare la fel ca laptele cald al mamei.Deci, cei <strong>care</strong> nu <strong>au</strong> supt <strong>de</strong>stul la sânul mamei, atât cât ar fi vrut ei, vor <strong>de</strong>veni, maitârziu, fumători.Este un substitut, dar v ă mulţumiţi cu acest substitut.Atunci când fumaţi, <strong>de</strong>veniţi suptul. Uitaţi ţigara, uitaţi fumătorul: <strong>de</strong>veniţi fumatulînsuşi.Aveţi obiectul – ţigara, aveţi subiectul – fumătorul şi, între ei, actul suptului. Deveniţisuptul însuşi, <strong>de</strong>veniţi procesul suptului. Încercaţi. Va trebui s ă încercaţi cu mai multelucruri; v ă veţi da seama <strong>care</strong> anume este potrivit pentru voi.Sucking is good, but you will feel that it is very difficult bec<strong>au</strong>se we have forgotten itcompletely -- but not really completely, however, bec<strong>au</strong>se we go on substituting for it.The mother's breast is substituted by a cigarette; you go on sucking it. It is nothingbutthe nipple, the mother's breast and the nipple. And when the warm smoke flows in, itisjust like warm milk.So those who were not really allowed to suck the mother's breast as much as theywantedwill smoke later on. This is a substitute, but the substitute will do. While you aresmokinga cigarette become the sucking. Forget the cigarette, forget the smoker: become thesmoking.There is the object you are sucking, there is the subject who is sucking, and theprocess inbetween of sucking. Become the sucking, become the process. Try it. You will have totry it with many things; then you will find out what is right for you. 70 of 1083Beţi ap ă, apa rece intr ă în voi – <strong>de</strong>veniţi băutul apei. Nu beţi apa. Uitaţi <strong>de</strong> ap ă, uitaţi<strong>de</strong> setea voastr ă, <strong>de</strong>veniţi actul băutului. Deveniţi răcoarea, atingerea şi suptul <strong>care</strong>intr ă în acest proces.


De ce nu? Ce se va întâmpla? Dac ă <strong>de</strong>veniţi suptul, imediat veţi <strong>de</strong>veni inocenţi, la felca în prima zi, la fel ca un copil nou-născut, <strong>de</strong>oarece acesta este primul act. Într-unfel, este un regres. Dar doriţi cu <strong>ne</strong>sa ţ acest lucru. Însăşi fiinţa omului tânjeşte dupăsupt.El încearc ă multe lucruri, dar nu-i reuşesc, pentru c ă pier<strong>de</strong> din ve<strong>de</strong>re esenţialul. Şi,dac ă nu <strong>de</strong>veniţi suptul, atunci nimic nu v ă va ajuta. Deci, încercaţi.You are drinking water, the cold water is going in -- become the drinking. Do not drinkthe water. Forget the water, forget yourself and your thirst, just become the drinking --the very process. Become the cool<strong>ne</strong>ss, the touch, the entry, and the sucking that hastobe given to the process.Why not? What will happen? If you become the sucking, what will happen? If you canbecome the sucking, immediately you will become innocent, like a first-day, <strong>ne</strong>wlybornchild -- bec<strong>au</strong>se that is the first process.You will be regressed in a way. But the hankering is there. The very being of manhankers after sucking. He tries many things, but nothing helps bec<strong>au</strong>se the point ismissed. Unless you become the sucking, nothing will help. So try it.Am dat aceast ă metod ă unui om.El încercase multe lucruri; încercase multe, multe meto<strong>de</strong>. Apoi,a venit la mi<strong>ne</strong>, şi eu l-am întrebat: "Dac ă te pun s ă alegi un singur lucru din întreagalume, ce ai alege?"Şi i-am spus s ă închid ă ochii şi să-mi răspund ă făr ă s ă se gân<strong>de</strong>asc ă . A <strong>de</strong>venittemător, ezitant, aşa c ă i-am spus: "Nu te teme, nu ezita. Fii cinstit şi spu<strong>ne</strong>-mi."A răspuns: "Este absurd, dar văd în faţa ochilor un sân."Şi a adăugat, cu un sentiment <strong>de</strong> vinovăţie: "A <strong>fost</strong> obsesia mea dintot<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong>na." Apoim-a întrebat: "Te rog, înainte <strong>de</strong> a continua cu metoda şi cu tehnica ta,spu<strong>ne</strong>-mi <strong>de</strong> cem ă intereseaz ă atât <strong>de</strong> mult sânii femeilor?De câte ori m ă uit la o femeie, primul lucru pe <strong>care</strong> îl văd sunt sânii ei. Corpul întreg eceva secundar."I gave this method to o<strong>ne</strong> man. He had tried many things; he had tried many, manymethods. Then he came to me, so I asked him, "If I give you only o<strong>ne</strong> thing to chooseinthe whole world, what are you going to choose?" And I told him immediately to closehiseyes and tell me, and not think about it. He became afraid, hesitant, so I told him, "Donotbe afraid, do not be hesitant. Be frank and tell me."He said, "This is absurd, but a breast appears before me."And then he began to feel guilty, so I said, "Do not feel guilty. Nothing is wrong in abreast; it is o<strong>ne</strong> of the most be<strong>au</strong>tiful things, so why be guilty?"But he said, "This has always been an obsession with me." And he said to me, "Pleasetellme first, then you can proceed with your method and the technique: first tell me why Iamso much interested in the breasts of women? Whe<strong>ne</strong>ver I look at a woman, the firstthingI see is the breast. The whole body is secondary."Iar acest lucru nu i se întâmpl ă numai lui, se întâmpl ă aproape la fel cu toat ă lumea. Şieste cât se poate <strong>de</strong> firesc, <strong>de</strong>oarece sânul mamei este prima noastr ă întâlnire cuuniversul. Este fundamental. Primul contact cu universul a <strong>fost</strong> sânul mamei. Iat ă <strong>de</strong>ce <strong>ne</strong> atrag sânii. Sunt frumoşi; <strong>ne</strong> atrag, <strong>au</strong> o for ţă mag<strong>ne</strong>tic ă.Acea for ţă mag<strong>ne</strong>tic ă vi<strong>ne</strong> din subconştientul nostru.A <strong>fost</strong> primul lucru cu <strong>care</strong> am venit în contact, şi a <strong>fost</strong> minunat. Ne-a dat hran ă ,vitalitate, dragoste, totul.Contactul a <strong>fost</strong> <strong>de</strong>licat, primitor, chemător. Şi aşa a rămas în mintea omului.And it is not so only with him, it is so with everyo<strong>ne</strong> -- with almost everyo<strong>ne</strong>. And it isnatural, bec<strong>au</strong>se the breast of the mother was the first acquaintance with theuniverse. Itis basic.The first contact with the universe was the mother's breast. That is why breasts are soappealing. They look be<strong>au</strong>tiful; they attract, they have a mag<strong>ne</strong>tic force. Thatmag<strong>ne</strong>tic


force comes from your unconscious. That was the first thing with which you came incontact, and the contact was lovely, it felt be<strong>au</strong>tiful. It gives you food, instant vitality,love, everything. The contact was soft, receptive, inviting. It has remai<strong>ne</strong>d so in themindof man.Deci, i-am spus acelui om: "Acum îţi voi da metoda."Şi metoda pe <strong>care</strong> i-am dat-o a <strong>fost</strong> aceea <strong>de</strong> a suge ceva pentru ca el însuşi s ă <strong>de</strong>vinăînsuşi suptul. I-am spus:"Inchi<strong>de</strong> ochii. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi sânii mamei s<strong>au</strong> sânii oricărei femei. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>ază-ţi acestlucru şi începe s ă sugi, ca şi când ai suge la un sân a<strong>de</strong>vărat. Incepe s ă sugi." Aînceput s ă sug ă. Dup ă trei zile, sugea atât <strong>de</strong> repe<strong>de</strong>, sugea ca un <strong>ne</strong>bun, şi mi-aspus: "A <strong>de</strong>venit o problem ă – vre<strong>au</strong> s ă sug toat ă ziua. Şi este atât <strong>de</strong> frumos, şi-miinduce o linişte atât <strong>de</strong> adânc ă."Dup ă trei luni, suptul a <strong>de</strong>venit foarte silenţios.Buzele <strong>au</strong> încetat s ă se mişte, aşa c ă nici n-ai fi putut bănui c ă făcea ceva. Darîncepuse suptul interior. Sugea toat ă ziua. Devenise o mantra, o japa – o repetare amantrei.Ve<strong>de</strong>ti Nota DM la pagina 926So I told that man, "Now I will give you the method." And this was the method I gavehim, to suck something and become the sucking. I told him, "Just close your eyes.Imagi<strong>ne</strong> your mother's breasts or anybody's breasts that you like. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>, and startsucking as if there is a real breast. Start sucking." He started sucking. Within threedayshe was sucking so fast, so madly, he became so much enchanted by it. He told me, "Ithasbecome a problem -- I want to suck the whole day. And it is so be<strong>au</strong>tiful, and such<strong>de</strong>epsilence is created by it."Within three months the sucking became a very, very silent gesture. The lips stopped,you couldn't even have judged that he was doing something. But in<strong>ne</strong>r sucking hadstarted. He was sucking the whole day. It became a mantra, a JAPA -- a mantrarepetition.Dup ă trei luni a venit la mi<strong>ne</strong> şi mi-a spus: "Mi se întâmpl ă ceva ciudat. Tot timpul simtceva dulce pe limb ă, îmi ca<strong>de</strong> din cap.After three months he came to me and said, "Something strange is happening to me.Something sweet is falling from my head onto my tongue continuously. 71 of 1083Şi este atât <strong>de</strong> dulce, şi-mi d ă atât <strong>de</strong> mult ă e<strong>ne</strong>rgie, încât nu mai am <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> hran ă ,nu mai am senzaţie <strong>de</strong> foame. Mân<strong>care</strong>a a <strong>de</strong>venit o formalitate.And it is so sweet and so e<strong>ne</strong>rgy filling that I do not <strong>ne</strong>ed any food, there is no hungerleft. Eating has become just a formality.Mănânc câte ceva numai ca s ă nu am probleme cu familia. Dar vi<strong>ne</strong> mereu ceva înmi<strong>ne</strong>. Şi este dulce. Şi dătător <strong>de</strong> e<strong>ne</strong>rgie."I-am spus s ă continue. Dup ă alte trei luni, a venit într-o zi la mi<strong>ne</strong>, <strong>ne</strong>bun <strong>de</strong> bucurie,şi mi-a spus:"Suptul a dispărut, dar sunt un alt om. Nu mai sunt omul <strong>care</strong> a venit la ti<strong>ne</strong>.I take something in or<strong>de</strong>r not to create any problems in the family. But something iscontinuously coming to me. It is so sweet, lifegiving."I told him to continue. Three months more, and o<strong>ne</strong> day he came just mad, dancing tome,and he said, "Sucking has disappeared, but I am a different man. I am no more thesameman who had come to you.În mi<strong>ne</strong> s-a <strong>de</strong>schis o uş ă. Ceva s-a rupt şi nu mai simt nicio dorin ţă . Acum nu maivre<strong>au</strong> nimic – nu-l mai vre<strong>au</strong> nici pe Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu, nu mai vre<strong>au</strong> nici măcar moksha,eliberarea. Nu mai vre<strong>au</strong> nimic. Acum totul este bi<strong>ne</strong> aşa cum este. Accept totul şi măsimt fericit."


Some door has ope<strong>ne</strong>d within me. Something has broken and there is no <strong>de</strong>sire left.Now I do not want anything -- not even God, not even MOKSHA -- liberation. I do notwant anything. Now everything is okay as it is. I accept it and I am blissful."Incercaţi aceast ă metod ă. Sugeţi ceva şi <strong>de</strong>veniţi suptul. V ă poate ajuta, pe mulţidintre voi, pentru c ă este un act fundamental. Atât pentru astăzi.Try this. Just suck something and become the sucking. It may be helpful to manybec<strong>au</strong>seit is so basic. This much for today.THE END. 72 of 1083Capitolul 6 / Chapter 6: Modalităţi <strong>de</strong> trecere dincolo <strong>de</strong> vis / Devices totranscend dreamingToate capitolele cu consi<strong>de</strong>ratii teoretice s<strong>au</strong> <strong>care</strong> raspund la intrebari ( cu numarpar ) se afla in sectiu<strong>ne</strong>a Intrebari VBINTREBARICum s ă fii conştient în timp ce visezi?De ce s ă facem eforturi dac ă suntem doar nişte actori într-o pies ă <strong>de</strong> teatru <strong>de</strong>jascris ă?Un prieten a întrebat: O<strong>ne</strong> friend has asked,Osho, explic ă, te rog, ce alţi factori <strong>ne</strong> pot face conştienţi în timp ce visăm.Question 1: WILL YOU PLEASE EXPLAIN TO US WHAT ARE SOME OF THE OTHERFACTORS WHICH CAN MAKE ONE CONSCIOUS WHILE DREAMING?Intrebarea este important ă pentru toţi cei pe <strong>care</strong> îi intereseaz ă meditaţia, <strong>de</strong>oarecemeditaţia nu este altceva <strong>de</strong>cât o modalitate <strong>de</strong> a transcen<strong>de</strong> procesul <strong>de</strong> visare.Visaţi tot timpul – nu numai în timpul nopţii, nu numai în timp ce dormiţi: visaţi ziuaîntreag ă. Acesta este primul punct pe <strong>care</strong> trebuie să-l înţelegeţi. Chiar şi atunci cândsunteţi în stare <strong>de</strong> veghe, voi continuaţi s ă visaţi.This is a significant question for all those who are interested in meditation, bec<strong>au</strong>semeditation is really a transcending of the process of dreaming. You are constantlydreaming -- not only in the night, not only while you are asleep; you are dreaming thewhole day. This is the first point to be un<strong>de</strong>rstood. While you are awake you are stilldreaming.Inchi<strong>de</strong>ţi ochii când vreţi, în timpul zilei. Relaxaţi-v ă corpul şi veţi simţi c ă visarea esteacolo.Nu dispare niciodat ă, doar c ă este ascuns ă <strong>de</strong> activităţile zilnice. Este la fel ca şi custelele în timpul zilei.In timpul nopţii, puteţi ve<strong>de</strong>a stelele. In timpul zilei nu, dar ele sunt acolo. Suntascunse <strong>de</strong> lumina soarelui.Dac ă aţi coborî într-o fântân ă adânc ă, aţi putea ve<strong>de</strong>a stelele chiar şi în timpul zilei.Pentru a le ve<strong>de</strong>a, este <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> întu<strong>ne</strong>ric. Deci, coborâţi în adâncul u<strong>ne</strong>i fântâni, şi<strong>de</strong> acolo, din fundul ei, veţi putea ve<strong>de</strong>a stelele chiar şi în timpul zilei. Stelele suntacolo.Ele nu sunt acolo numai în timpul nopţii, pentru a dispărea în timpul zilei, ele suntmereu acolo. În timpul nopţii le putem ve<strong>de</strong>a cu uşurin ţă. In timpul zilei nu, căcilumina soarelui ACTIVITATEA /AGITATIA/ MISCAREA <strong>ne</strong> împiedic ă, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> o barier ă.Just close your eyes at any time of the day. Relax the body and you will feel that thedreaming is there. It <strong>ne</strong>ver disappears, it is only suppressed by our daily activities. It islike the stars in the day. In the night you see the stars. In the day you cannot seethem, butthey are there always. They are simply suppressed by the sunlight.If you go into a <strong>de</strong>ep well, then you can see the stars in the sky even in the day. Acertain


dark<strong>ne</strong>ss is <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d to see the stars. So go into a <strong>de</strong>ep well and look from the bottom,andyou will be able to see the stars in the day also. The stars are there. It is not that inthenight they are there and in the day they are not, they are always there. In the nightyoucan see them easily. In the day you cannot see them bec<strong>au</strong>se the sunlight becomes abarrier.Acelaşi lucru este a<strong>de</strong>vărat şi în cazul viselor. Nu este vorba <strong>de</strong>spre visele din timpulsomnului. In timp ce dormiţi, v ă este uşor s ă simţiţi visele, <strong>de</strong>oarece nu mai intervinactivităţile din timpul zilei. Ca urmare, puteţi simţi activitatea interioar ă. Când vătreziţi, dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, visele continu ă înlăuntrul vostru, în timp ce v ă ve<strong>de</strong>ţi <strong>de</strong> activităţilecotidie<strong>ne</strong>.Activităţile zilnice pur şi simplu acoper ă visele. Visarea este acolo. Închi<strong>de</strong>ţi ochii,relaxaţi-v ă şi, dintr-odat ă, veţi simţi: stelele se afl ă acolo, nu s-<strong>au</strong> dus nicăieri. Viselesunt mereu acolo. Este o activitate continu ă.The same is true with dreaming. It is not that you dream while you are asleep.In sleep you can feel dreams easily bec<strong>au</strong>se the activity of the day is no more there;thusthat in<strong>ne</strong>r activity can be seen and felt. When you get up in the morning, thedreamingcontinues insi<strong>de</strong> while you start acting on the outsi<strong>de</strong>.This process of activity, of daily activity, simply suppresses the dreaming. Thedreamingis there. Close your eyes, relax in an armchair, and sud<strong>de</strong>nly you can feel: the starsarethere; they have not go<strong>ne</strong> anywhere. The dreams are there always. There is acontinuousactivity.Al doilea punct. Dac ă visarea continu ă, nu puteţi spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă sunteţi cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat treji. Intimpul nopţiisunteţi mai adormiţi, în timpul zilei sunteţi mai puţin adormiţi. Diferenţa este relativ ă ,<strong>de</strong>oarece, dac ă visarea continu ă, nu puteţi spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă sunteţi, cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat, treji.Visarea suprapu<strong>ne</strong> o pelicul ă ca <strong>de</strong> film peste conştiinţa voastr ă. Aceast ă peliculă<strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> fum – sunteţi înconjuraţi <strong>de</strong> ea. Nu puteţi fi cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat treji în timp ce dormiţi,fie ziua, fie noaptea. Deci, al doilea lucru: puteţi spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă sunteţi treji numai cândvisarea înceteaz ă cu totul.The second point. If the dreaming continues, you cannot be said to be really awake. Inthe night you are more asleep, in the day you are less asleep. The difference isrelative,bec<strong>au</strong>se if the dreaming is there you cannot be said to be really awake. Dreamingcreatesa film over the conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. This film becomes like smoke -- you are surroun<strong>de</strong>d byit.You cannot be really awake while you are dreaming, whether in the day or in thenight.So the second thing: you can only be said to be awake when there is no dreaming atall.NOTA DM: CE ESTE TREZIREA SPIRITUALA ?INTOARCEREA IN CENTRU; ELIBERAREA DIN REALITATEA SECUNDA, IESIREA DINPERIFERIE, MINTE SI DIN IZOLAREA EGOULUI (COCONUL); SCOATEREA DOPULUI LARECIPIENT- TRANSFORMAREA DIN RECIPIENT IN IZVOR; ELMINAREA BARAJELOR DINCALEA APEI ( FLUXULUI VIETII )TREZIREA DIN SOMN ( INCETAREA VISĂRII INTERIOARE ), ELIBERAREA DINTRE MORTIIIN VIATA ( INVERSAREA CLEPSDREI DE RISIPIRE A VIETII)TREZIREA SPIRITUALA NU ESTE O FAPTA, O ACTIUNE, CI O NON-ACTIUNEINCETAREA ACTIVITATII /AGITATIEI/ MISCARII - DE AICI PUNEREA IN REPAUS = CALEARELAXARII PILOTATE AUDITIVINCETAREA IDENTIFICARII CU MINTEA, CORPUL, CU ACTIVITATEA UMBRELOR(EFEMERUL) SI CONTACTAREA PERMANENTULUI ( ECRANUL, VIDUL, REALITATEASURSA)


INCETAREA AMNEZIEI -DESCOPERIREA ADEVARATEI NOASTRE IDENTITATITRECEREA DE LA "A PRIVI" LA "A VEDEA" - VINDECAREA IGNORANTEI/ ORBIRII(AVIDYA)TREZIREA SPIRITUALA ESTE O TRAIRE SAU O EXPERIENTA DIRECTA CE O PUTEMDESCOPEI DOAR NOI INSINE DACA NU SUNTEM ABSENTI = NIMENI NU O POATE FACEIN LOCUL NOSTRU ( ASA CUM NIMENI NU POATE MANCA, BEA ORI RESPIRA IN LOCULNOSTRU )INTRAREA IN ACUM= IESIREA DIN TIMPIl numim pe Buddha "cel trezit". We call Buddha the awake<strong>ne</strong>d o<strong>ne</strong>.Nota DM: Bodhi (Sanskrit si Pāli: "trezire"; "iluminare"), in buddhism, iluminare finala,<strong>care</strong> pu<strong>ne</strong> capat ciclului <strong>de</strong> transmigratii (samsara) si conduce la nirvāṇa, s<strong>au</strong> laeliberare spirituala; experienta este comparabila satori din buddhismul zen.Realizarea "awakening" l-a transformat pe Siddhārtha G<strong>au</strong>tama in Buddha (cel trezit).Bodhi (Sanskrit and Pāli: "awakening," "enlightenment"), in Buddhism, the finalEnlightenment, which puts an end to the cycle of transmigration and leads to Nirvāṇa,or spiritual release; the experience is comparable to the Satori of in Japan. Theaccomplishment of this "awakening" transformed Siddhārtha G<strong>au</strong>tama into a Buddha(an Awake<strong>ne</strong>d O<strong>ne</strong>).http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/70977/bodhiCe este trezirea?Trezirea este, <strong>de</strong> fapt, încetarea visării interioare.Inăuntru nu mai sunt vise. Te mişti în interiorul tău, dar nu mai sunt vise. Este ca şicând nu ar fi nicio stea pe cer; a <strong>de</strong>venit spaţiu pur. Când nu mai exist ă visare, <strong>de</strong>viispaţiu pur.Aceast ă puritate, aceast ă inocen ţă, aceast ă conştiin ţă nonvisătoare este ceea ce senumeşte iluminare – trezire.What is this awakening?This awakening is really the cessation of in<strong>ne</strong>r dreaming. There is no dream insi<strong>de</strong>.You move there, but there is no dream. It is as if there were no star in the sky; it hasbecome pure space. When there is no dreaming, you become pure space. This purity,this innocence, this non-dreaming conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss, is what is known as enlightenment --the awakening.De secole spiritualitatea din întreaga lume, din Orient s<strong>au</strong> din Occi<strong>de</strong>nt, a tot spus căomul doarme. Iisus a spus-o, Buddha a spus-o, Upanişa<strong>de</strong>le vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre asta: omuldoarme.In timpul nopţii, în timpul somnului <strong>de</strong> noapte, eşti mai adormit; în timpul zilei, eştimai puţin adormit. Dar spiritualitatea spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă omul doarme. Acest lucru trebuie s ă fiebi<strong>ne</strong> înţeles.For centuries spirituality all over the world, East or West, has said that man is asleep.Jesus says this, Buddha says this, the Upanishads talk about this: man is asleep. Sowhileyou are asleep in the night you are just relatively more asleep; in the day you are lessasleep. But spirituality says that man is asleep. This has to be un<strong>de</strong>rstood. 73 of 1083Ce înseamn ă asta? In acest secol, Gurdjieff a accentuat faptul c ă omul doarme. "Defapt", a spus el, "într-un fel, omul doarme. Toat ă lumea doarme adânc."Ce anume l-a <strong>de</strong>terminat s ă spun ă acest lucru?Nu ştii, nu îţi aminteşti ci<strong>ne</strong> eşti. Ştii ci<strong>ne</strong> eşti? Dac ă întâl<strong>ne</strong>şti un om pe strad ă , îlîntrebi cum îl cheam ă şi nu poate răspun<strong>de</strong>, ce o s ă crezi? Vei cre<strong>de</strong> c ă e <strong>ne</strong>bun, beats<strong>au</strong> numai adormit. Dac ă nu poate spu<strong>ne</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong> este, ce îţi închipui <strong>de</strong>spre el? Ei bi<strong>ne</strong>,din punct <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re spiritual, aşa sunt toţi oamenii, toat ă lumea este la fel.Nu poţi spu<strong>ne</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong> eşti.Acesta este primul înţeles al spuselor lui Gurdjieff , al vorbelor lui Iisus s<strong>au</strong> al vorbelororicui spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă omul doarme: omul doarme, adic ă nu este conştient <strong>de</strong> si<strong>ne</strong> însuşi. Nute cunoşti; nu te-ai întâlnit niciodat ă cu ti<strong>ne</strong> însuţi CU ADEVARATA TA IDENTITATE.Ştii multe lucruri din lumea obiectiv ă (LUMEA EFECTELOR, TIMPULUI, LUCRURILOR),dar nu cunoşti subiectul ( LUMEA SURSA). Ai aceeaşi stare mintal ă ca şi când ai fi lafilm. Pe ecran ruleaz ă filmul şi eşti atât <strong>de</strong> absorbit <strong>de</strong> cele ce se petrec, încât ai uitat


<strong>de</strong> orice altceva, nu mai ştii nimic în afar ă <strong>de</strong> film, <strong>de</strong> poveste, <strong>de</strong> ceea ce apare peecran.What is meant by this? Gurdjieff, in this century, emphasized this fact that man isasleep."In fact," he said, "man is a sort of sleep. Everyo<strong>ne</strong> is <strong>de</strong>eply asleep."What is the reason for saying that? You cannot know, you cannot remember who youare.Do you know who you are? If you meet a person in the street and you ask him who heisand he cannot reply, what will you think? You will think that he is either mad,intoxicated, or just asleep. If he cannot answer who he is, what are you going to thinkabout him? On the spiritual path everyo<strong>ne</strong> is like that. You cannot answer who youare.This is the first meaning when Gurdjieff or Jesus or anyo<strong>ne</strong> says that man is asleep:youare not conscious about yourself. You do not know yourself; you have <strong>ne</strong>ver metyourself. You know many things in the objective world, but you do not know thesubject.Your state of mind is as if you had go<strong>ne</strong> to see a film. On the screen the film isrunning,and you have become so absorbed in it that the only thing you know is the film, thestory,whatsoever is appearing on the screen.Dac ă ci<strong>ne</strong>va îţi pu<strong>ne</strong> o întrebare, nu poţi răspun<strong>de</strong> nimic.Visarea este numai filmul – numai filmul!Lumea este reflectat ă în oglinda minţii; asta este visarea.Then if someo<strong>ne</strong> asks you who you are, you cannot say anything.Dreaming is just the film -- JUST the film! It is the mind reflecting the world. In themirror of the mind the world is reflected; that is what dreaming is.Şi sunteţi atât <strong>de</strong> implicaţi în procesul acesta, v ă i<strong>de</strong>ntificaţi atât <strong>de</strong> mult cu el, încâtaţi uitat cu totul ci<strong>ne</strong> sunteţi. Iat ă, <strong>de</strong>ci, ce înseamn ă visare: visătorul este pierdut învisare. Ve<strong>de</strong>ţi totul, dar nu v ă ve<strong>de</strong>ţi pe voi; simţiţi totul, dar nu v ă simţiţi pe voi; ştiţitotul, dar nu v ă cunoaşteţi pe voi.Aceast ă ignoran ţă parţial ă este somnul. Dac ă visarea nu înceteaz ă cu totul, nu văputeţi trezi asupra voastr ă înşiv ă.And you are so <strong>de</strong>eply involved in it, so much i<strong>de</strong>ntified with it, that you havecompletely forgotten who you are. This is what being asleep means: the dreamer islost in the dreaming. You seeeverything except yourself; you feel everything except yourself; you know everythingexcept yourself. This self-ignorance is the sleep. Unless dreaming ceases completely,youcannot awaken unto yourself.Poate c ă vi s-a întâmplat: timp <strong>de</strong> trei ore, cât aţi văzut un film, aţi <strong>fost</strong> total transpuşi,aţi uitat <strong>de</strong> orice altceva; filmul se termin ă şi re<strong>de</strong>veniţi voi înşiv ă . SFARSITUL ILUZIEI=MAYAV ă daţi seama c ă <strong>au</strong> trecut trei ore, v ă amintiţi c ă a <strong>fost</strong> doar un film. V ă simţiţilacrimile pe obraji… aţi plâns dac ă a <strong>fost</strong> o tragedie s<strong>au</strong> aţi râs la o comedie, s<strong>au</strong> aţifăcut altceva, iar acum râ<strong>de</strong>ţi <strong>de</strong> voi înşiv ă. Ce lucruri făr ă sens aţi făcut! DIN CAUZAIDENTIFICARIIA <strong>fost</strong> doar un film, doar o poveste. Pe ecran nu era nimic – numai un joc <strong>de</strong> lumini şiumbre, numai un joc electric. Acum râ<strong>de</strong>ţi: aţi revenit în voi înşiv ă. Dar un<strong>de</strong> aţi <strong>fost</strong>vreme <strong>de</strong> trei ore?Nu aţi <strong>fost</strong> în centrul vostru. V-aţi mişcat spre periferie.(TRANSA CENTRIFUGA-CADEREA )V-aţi dus acolo un<strong>de</strong> rula filmul. Nu eraţi în centrul vostru; nu eraţi cu voi înşiv ă.Eraţi în alt ă parte. ABSENTYou might have felt it sometimes while looking at a film for three hours, and sud<strong>de</strong>nlythe film stops and you come back to yourself. You remember that three hours havepassed, you remember that it was just a film. You feel your tears... you have beenweeping bec<strong>au</strong>se the film was a tragedy to you, or you were l<strong>au</strong>ghing, or you weredoingsomething else, and now you l<strong>au</strong>gh about yourself. What nonsense you were doing! It


was just a film, just a story. There was nothing on the screen -- just a play of light andshadow, just an electrical play. Now you l<strong>au</strong>gh: you have come back to yourself. Butwhere were you for these three hours?You were not at your center. You had moved completely to the periphery. There,wherethe film was moving, you had go<strong>ne</strong>. You were not at your center; you were not withyourself. You were somewhere else.Acest lucru se întâmpl ă în visare; asta este, <strong>de</strong> fapt, viaţa noastr ă.Filmul dureaz ă doar trei ore, dar visarea dureaz ă toat ă viaţa, vieţi dup ă vieţi. IESIREADIN CINEMATOGRAF= REALITATEA SECUNDAChiar dac ă, dintr-odat ă, visarea înceteaz ă, nu veţi fi în stare s ă v ă daţi seama ci<strong>ne</strong>sunteţi.Brusc, v ă veţi simţi slăbiţi, chiar speriaţi. Veţi încerca s ă reintraţi în filmul pe <strong>care</strong> îlcunoaşteţi.V ă este familiar, îl cunoaşteţi bi<strong>ne</strong>.Când visarea înceteaz ă, exist ă o cale, mai ales în Zen, cunoscut ă drept calea bruşteiiluminări.This happens in dreaming; this is what our life is. The film is only for three hours, butthis dreaming is running for lives and lives and lives. Even if sud<strong>de</strong>nly the dreamingstops you will not be able to recognize who you are. Sud<strong>de</strong>nly you will feel very faint,even afraid. You will try to move again into the film bec<strong>au</strong>se that is known. You areacquainted with it, you are well adjusted to it.For when the stopping of the dreaming happens there is a path, particularly in Zen,whichis known as the path of sud<strong>de</strong>n enlightenment.Exist ă tehnici, în aceste 112 meto<strong>de</strong>, sunt multe tehnici ce v ă pot duce la iluminareabrusc ă. Dar poate fi prea mult şi poate nu veţi putea suporta. S-ar putea s ă explodaţi,pur şi simplu. S-ar putea chiar s ă muriţi, căci aţi dormit atât <strong>de</strong> mult, încât nu mai ştiţici<strong>ne</strong> sunteţi atunci când visarea înceteaz ă.There are techniques in these o<strong>ne</strong> hundred and twelve methods, there are manytechniques which can give you sud<strong>de</strong>n awakening.But it can be too much, and you may not be capable of bearing it. You may justexplo<strong>de</strong>.You may die even, bec<strong>au</strong>se you have lived with dreaming so long that you have nomemory of who you are if there is no dreaming.Dac ă aceast ă lume ar fi s ă dispar ă şi s ă rămâ<strong>ne</strong>ţi singuri, şocul ar fi atât <strong>de</strong> mare,încât aţi muri. Acelaşi lucru s-ar întâmpla şi dac ă visarea ar dispărea brusc dinconştientul vostru.If this whole world should sud<strong>de</strong>nly disappear and you alo<strong>ne</strong> are left, it would be suchagreat shock that you would die. The same would happen if sud<strong>de</strong>nly all dreamingdisappeared from the conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss. 74 of 1083Lumea voastr ă ar dispărea, <strong>de</strong>oarece visarea era lumea voastr ă.De fapt, noi nu suntem cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat în lume. Mai <strong>de</strong>grab ă, lumea nu este făcut ă dinlucrurile din afara noastr ă, ci din visele noastre. Deci, fie<strong>care</strong> trăieşte în propria salume <strong>de</strong> vise.STINGEREA LUMII IREALE ILUZORII MAYA = NIRVANANu uitaţi c ă nu vorbim numai <strong>de</strong>spre o lume.Your world will disappear, bec<strong>au</strong>se your world was your dreaming.We are not really in the world. Rather, "the world" consists not of outsi<strong>de</strong> things to us,but of our dreams. So everyo<strong>ne</strong> lives in his own dream world.Remember, it is not o<strong>ne</strong> world that we go on talking about.Din punct <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re geografic, da, dar din punct <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re psihologic sunt atâtea lumicâte minţi exist ă. Fie<strong>care</strong> minte este o lume în si<strong>ne</strong>. Şi, dac ă visarea dispare, dispareşi lumea voastr ă. Făr ă vise, v ă este greu s ă trăiţi. De aceea nu sunt folosite meto<strong>de</strong>lebruşte; sunt folosite numai meto<strong>de</strong>le <strong>care</strong> duc treptat spre trezire. CALEAPROGRESIVA ZEN FEMININ=YINGeographically it is, but psychologically there are as many worlds as there are minds.Each mind is a world of its own. And if your dreaming disappears, your world


disappears. Without dreams it is difficult for you to live. That is why sud<strong>de</strong>n methodsarenot used ge<strong>ne</strong>rally, only gradual methods are used.Este bi<strong>ne</strong> s ă reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi acest lucru: se folosesc meto<strong>de</strong>le gradate, ce duc treptat latrezire, nu pentru c ă ar fi <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> un proces treptat. V ă puteţi trezi brusc, chiar înacest moment. Nu exist ă bariere şi nici nu <strong>au</strong> existat niciodat ă. V ă puteţi trezi chiar înclipa asta. Dar acest lucru poate fi periculos, chiar fatal. S-ar putea s ă nu fiţi în stares ă suportaţi. Ar fi prea mult pentru voi.Visele v ă ajut ă în multe feluri. Şi nu sunt doar vise, pentru voi reprezint ă realitatea.It is good to note this: gradual methods are used not bec<strong>au</strong>se there is any <strong>ne</strong>ed ofgradualprocesses. You can sud<strong>de</strong>nly jump into realization this very moment. There is nobarrier;there has <strong>ne</strong>ver been any barrier. You are already that realization, you can jump thisverymoment. But that may prove dangerous, fatal. You may not be capable of bearing it. Itisgoing to be too much for you.Sistemul vostru este acordat numai pe lungimea <strong>de</strong> und ă a viselor false. Nu v ă puteţiconfrunta cu realitatea; nu sunteţi în stare s ă staţi fa ţă în fa ţă cu ea.Sunteţi ca o plant ă <strong>de</strong> ser ă – trăiţi în visele voastre.Se folosesc meto<strong>de</strong>le gradate nu pentru c ă aţi avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> timp pentru a înţelege.Inţelegereanu <strong>ne</strong>cesit ă timp! Înţelegerea nu <strong>ne</strong>cesit ă <strong>de</strong>loc timp. Inţelegerea nu este ceva <strong>de</strong>obţinut în viitor, dar, prin meto<strong>de</strong>le treptate, veţi ajunge s ă o obţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi în viitor.Şi atunci, ce fac aceste meto<strong>de</strong> gradate? Nu v ă ajut ă s ă "înţelegeţi înţelegerea", darv ă ajut ă s ă suportaţi acest lucru. Ele v ă fac puternici, pentru ca, atunci când vi<strong>ne</strong>momentul, s ă puteţi suporta.You are attu<strong>ne</strong>d only to false dreams. Reality you cannot face; you cannot encounterit.You are a hothouse plant -- you live in your dreams. They help you in many ways.Theyare not just dreams, for you they are the reality.Gradual methods are used not bec<strong>au</strong>se realization <strong>ne</strong>eds time. Realization <strong>ne</strong>eds notime!Realization <strong>ne</strong>eds no time at all. Realization is not something to be attai<strong>ne</strong>d in thefuture,but with gradual methods you will attain it in the future. So what are the gradualmethodsdoing? They are not really helping you to "realize realization," they are helping you tobear it. They are making you capable, strong, so that when the happening happensyoucan bear it.Sunt şapte meto<strong>de</strong> prin <strong>care</strong> v ă puteţi forţa, imediat, drumul către iluminare.Dar nu veţi fi în stare s ă suportaţi acest lucru. Puteţi orbi <strong>de</strong> atâta lumin ă. S<strong>au</strong> puteţimuri <strong>de</strong> prea mult ă fericire. EXCESUL DE FRICA SI DE FERICIRE UCIDThere are seven methods through which immediately you can force your way intoenlightenment. But you will not be capable of bearing it. You may go blind -- too muchof light. Or you may sud<strong>de</strong>nly die -- too much of bliss.Cum aţi putea trece dincolo <strong>de</strong> aceast ă visare, acest somn în <strong>care</strong> v ă aflaţi?This dreaming, this <strong>de</strong>ep sleep we are in, how can it be transcen<strong>de</strong>d?Intrebarea următoare este plin ă <strong>de</strong> înţelesuri cu privire la trecerea dincolo <strong>de</strong> aceastăstare:Explic ă, te rog, ce alţi factori <strong>ne</strong> pot face conştienţi în timp ce visăm.Voi mai vorbi <strong>de</strong>spre dou ă meto<strong>de</strong>.Una am discutat-o ieri. Azi, înc ă dou ă, <strong>care</strong> sunt chiar mai uşoare.Una dintre ele este cea în <strong>care</strong> începem s ă <strong>ne</strong> purtăm ca şi când lumea nu este <strong>de</strong>câtun vis.


Orice aţi face, nu uitaţi c ă este vorba <strong>de</strong>spre un vis. In timp ce mâncaţi, păstraţi înminte c ă nu este <strong>de</strong>cât un vis. In timp ce v ă plimbaţi, ţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi minte, nu este <strong>de</strong>cât unvis. Când sunteţi treji, lăsaţi mintea să-şi aminteasc ă c ă totul este un vis. De aceea,lumea este numit ă maya, iluzie, vis.Acesta nu este un argument filozofic.This question is meaningful in transcending it: WILL YOU PLEASE EXPLAIN TO US WHATARESOME OF THE OTHER FACTORS WHICH CAN MAKE ONE CONSCIOUS WHILEDREAMING? I will talk about two methods more. O<strong>ne</strong> we discussed yesterday. Today,two more that are even easier.O<strong>ne</strong> is to start acting, behaving as if the whole world is just a dream. Whatsoever youaredoing, remember this is a dream. While eating, remember this is a dream. Whilewalking,remember this is a dream. Let your mind continuously remember while you are awakethat everything is a dream. This is the reason for calling the world MAYA, illusion,dream. This is not a philosophical argument.Din păcate, la traducerea lui Shankara în englez ă, în german ă şi în francez ă , în altelimbi occi<strong>de</strong>ntale, el a <strong>fost</strong> înţeles numai ca filozof, ceea ce a dus la multe confuzii. InOcci<strong>de</strong>nt, sunt filozofi – <strong>de</strong> exemplu, Berkeley – <strong>care</strong> spun c ă lumea nu este <strong>de</strong>cât unvis, o proiecţie a minţii. Dar aceasta este o teorie filozofic ă.Berkeley o propu<strong>ne</strong> ca pe o ipotez ă.Unfortunately, when Shankara was translated into English, German and French, intoWestern languages, he was un<strong>de</strong>rstood to be just a philosopher. That has createdmuchmisun<strong>de</strong>rstanding. In the West there are philosophers -- for example, Berkeley -- whosaythat the world is just a dream, a projection of the mind. But this is a philosophicaltheory.Berkeley proposes it as an hypothesis.Când Shankara spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă lumea este un vis, afirmaţia nu mai este filozofie, nu este oteorie. Shankara o propu<strong>ne</strong> ca ajutor, ca sprijin pentru o anumit ă meditaţie.Şi iat ă meditaţia: dac ă vrei ca în timpul visului s ă ţii minte, s ă îţi aminteşti c ă este vis,trebuie s ă începi cu asta <strong>de</strong> când eşti treaz.When Shankara says that the world is a dream it is not philosophical, not a theory.Shankara proposes it as a help, as a support for a particular meditation. And this is themeditation: if you want to remember while dreaming that this is a dream, you willhave to start while you are awake. 75 of 1083In mod normal, în timp ce dormiţi, nu v ă amintiţi c ă v ă aflaţi în vis; cre<strong>de</strong>ţi c ă esterealitate.De ce cre<strong>de</strong>ţi c ă este realitate? Deoarece întreaga zi sunteţi convinşi c ă totul estereal.Acest lucru a <strong>de</strong>venit o atitudi<strong>ne</strong>. In timp ce erai treaz, ai făcut o baie – era real. Intimp ce erai treaz, ai mâncat – era real. In timp ce erai treaz, ai vorbit cu un prieten –era real. Ziua întreag ă, viaţa întreag ă, orice v-ar trece prin minte, aţi zice c ă este real.Acest lucru a <strong>de</strong>venit un fix, o constant ă. A <strong>de</strong>venit un fix al minţii voastre.Deci, şi în timpul nopţii, în timp ce visaţi, cre<strong>de</strong>ţi c ă totul este real. BLOCAJUL NUMITCREDINTANormally, while you are dreaming you cannot remember that this is a dream; youthink that this is a reality.Why do you think that this is a reality? Bec<strong>au</strong>se the whole day you are thinkingeverything is a reality. That has become the attitu<strong>de</strong>, a fixed attitu<strong>de</strong>. While awakeyouwere taking a bath -- it was real. While awake you were eating -- it was real. Whileawake you were talking with a friend -- it was real. For the whole day, the whole life,whatsoever you are thinking, your attitu<strong>de</strong> is that this is real.This becomes fixed. This becomes a fixed attitu<strong>de</strong> in the mind.So while you are dreaming in the night, the same attitu<strong>de</strong> goes on working, that this isreal.


Pentru început, s ă analizăm. Trebuie s ă fie vreo asemănare între vis şi realitate; altfel,aceast ă atitudi<strong>ne</strong> ar fi dificil ă.V ă văd pe voi. Apoi închid ochii, visez şi v ă văd în visul meu. Nu exist ă nicio diferenţăîn felul în <strong>care</strong> v ă văd. TOT UMBRE VADCe fac atunci când, într-a<strong>de</strong>văr, v ă văd? Imagi<strong>ne</strong>a voastr ă este TRANSFORMATA INIMPULSURI în ochii mei. Nu v ă văd pe voi. Imagi<strong>ne</strong>a voastr ă se oglin<strong>de</strong>şte în ochii mei;apoi, printr-un proces misterios, se transform ă – iar ştiinţa nu ştie cum se petrecaceste lucruri. FALS= AU FOST INLOCUITI OCHII CU TRADUCTORIARTIFICIALI( MINICAMERE DE TELEVIZIUNE) CARE PERMIT REDAREA VEDERII ORBILORSo let us first analyze. There must be some similarity between dreaming and reality;otherwise this attitu<strong>de</strong> would be somewhat difficult.I am seeing you. Then I close my eyes and I go into a dream, and I see you in mydream.In both seeings there is no difference. While I am actually seeing you, what am Idoing?Your picture is reflected in my eyes. I am not seeing YOU. Your picture is mirrored inmy eyes, and then that picture is transformed through mysterious processes -- andscienceis still not in a position to say how.Imagi<strong>ne</strong>a este transformat ă chimic şi purtat ă un<strong>de</strong>va DE CATRE IMPULSURI îninteriorul capului, dar ştiinţa nu poate explica un<strong>de</strong> se întâmpl ă acest lucru. Nu seîntâmpl ă în ochi; ochii sunt numai nişte ferestre. OCHII =TRADUCTORI/CAMERE DELUAT VEDERI CARE TRANSFORMA LUMINA FENOMENALA IN IMPULSURIThat picture is transformed chemically and carried somewhere insi<strong>de</strong> the head, butscience is still not able to say where -- where exactly this thing happens. It is nothappening in the eyes; the eyes are just windows.Nu v ă văd cu ochii, v ă văd prin ochi.I am not seeing you with the eyes, I am seeing you THROUGH the eyes.Sunteţi reflectaţi în ochi.Puteţi fi doar o imagi<strong>ne</strong>; puteţi fi o realitate, puteţi fi un vis. Nu uitaţi, visele sunttridimensionale. Recunosc o imagi<strong>ne</strong>, <strong>de</strong>oarece o imagi<strong>ne</strong> este bidimensional ă . Viselesunt tridimensionale.Deci arat ă exact ca voi. Iar ochii nu pot spu<strong>ne</strong> dac ă ceea ce văd este real s<strong>au</strong> nu. Nuexist ă o posibilitate <strong>de</strong> a aprecia, <strong>de</strong> a ju<strong>de</strong>ca; ochii nu pot ju<strong>de</strong>ca.In the eyes you are reflected. You may be just a picture; you may be a reality, youmay bea dream. Remember, dreams are three-dimensional. I can recognize a picture bec<strong>au</strong>seapicture is two-dimensional. Dreams are three-dimensional, so they look exactly likeyou.And the eyes cannot say whether whatsoever is seen is real or unreal. There is no waytojudge; the eyes are not the judge.Apoi, imagi<strong>ne</strong>a se transform ă în mesaje ELECTRO- chimice.Acele mesaje sunt ca nişte fluxuri electrice; ele merg un<strong>de</strong>va în cap. Inc ă nu se ştieun<strong>de</strong> este punctul în <strong>care</strong> ochii vin în contact cu suprafaţa ve<strong>de</strong>rii. Doar fluxurile /IMPULSURILE ajung la minTe şi sunt <strong>de</strong>codificate. MINTEA le <strong>de</strong>codIFICA şi aşa ştiu cese întâmpl ă.Eu sunt mereu înăuntru, iar voi sunteţi mereu afar ă şi nu avem cum s ă <strong>ne</strong> întâlnim.Deci, problema este: sunteţi un vis s<strong>au</strong> o realitate? Chiar şi în acest moment nu avemcum s ă ju<strong>de</strong>căm dac ă visezs<strong>au</strong> dac ă sunteţi cu a<strong>de</strong>vărat aici. Şi, ascultându-m ă, puteţi s ă spu<strong>ne</strong>ţi c ă m ă ascultaţipe mi<strong>ne</strong> s<strong>au</strong> este doar un vis? Nu se poate şti. Iat ă <strong>de</strong> ce atitudi<strong>ne</strong>a pe <strong>care</strong> o aveţitoat ă ziua continu ă în timpul nopţii. Şi, în timp ce visaţi, luaţi visul drept realitate.Then the picture is transformed into chemical messages. Those chemical messagesarelike electrical waves; they go somewhere in the head. It is still unknown where thepoint


is that the eyes come in contact with the surface of seeing. Just waves reach to meandthen they are <strong>de</strong>co<strong>de</strong>d. Then I again <strong>de</strong>co<strong>de</strong> them, and in this way I know what ishappening.I am always insi<strong>de</strong>, and you are always outsi<strong>de</strong>, and there is no meeting. So whetheryouare real or just a dream is a problem. Even this very moment, there is no way to judgewhether I am dreaming or you are really here. Listening to me, how can you say thatreally you are listening to me, that you are not dreaming? There is no way. That is whythe attitu<strong>de</strong> which you maintain the whole day is carried over into the night.And while you are dreaming you take it as real.Incercaţi invers; asta vrea s ă spun ă Shankara. El spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă lumea întreag ă este oiluzie, c ă lumea întreag ă este o visare – nu uitaţi acest lucru. Dar, în prostia noastr ă ,interpretăm greşit: dac ă Shankara spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Acesta este un vis", noi spu<strong>ne</strong>m: "Dac ă evis, <strong>de</strong> ce ar mai fi <strong>ne</strong>voie s ă facem ceva? Dac ă este vis, atunci nu e <strong>ne</strong>voie sămâncăm. De ce s ă mâncăm şi s ă <strong>ne</strong> gândim c ă este vis?" Nu mâncaţi! Dar, reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi –atunci când v ă este foame, este un vis. S<strong>au</strong>, mâncaţi şi, când simţiţi c ă aţi mâncatprea mult, nu uitaţi: este un vis.Shankara, şi e bi<strong>ne</strong> s ă reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi acest lucru, nu v ă spu<strong>ne</strong> s ă schimbaţi visul, pentru căefortul <strong>de</strong> aschimba visul este, în mod fals, bazat pe credinţa c ă ar fi a<strong>de</strong>vărat; altfel, nu ar ficazul s ă schimbăm nimic. Shankara spu<strong>ne</strong> c ă, oricum ar fi , este un vis.Try the opposite; that is what Shankara means. He says that the whole world is anillusion, he says the whole world is a dreaming -- remember this. But we are stupidpeople. If Shankara says, "This is a dream," then we say, "What is the <strong>ne</strong>ed to doanything? If this is just a dream, then there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed to eat. Why go on eating andthinking that this is a dream? Don't eat!" But then remember -- when you feel hunger,itis a dream. Or eat, and when you feel that you have eaten too much, remember, thisis adream. Shankara is not telling you to change the dream, remember, bec<strong>au</strong>se theeffort to changethe dream is again falsely based on the belief that it is real; otherwise there is no <strong>ne</strong>edtochange anything. Shankara is just saying that whatever is the case is a dream.76 of1083Reţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi, nu faceţi nimic pentru a schimba acest lucru, dar nu uitaţi <strong>de</strong> el nicio clip ă.Vreme <strong>de</strong> trei săptămâni, încercaţi s ă v ă gândiţi c ă, indiferent ce faceţi, este un vis. Laînceput este foarte greu. Veţi reveni, iar şi iar, la vechiul tipar mental, veţi cre<strong>de</strong> căaceasta este realitatea.Va trebui mereu s ă v ă treziţi şi s ă v ă amintiţi vou ă înşiv ă: "Acesta este un vis."Dac ă puteţi menţi<strong>ne</strong> aceast ă atitudi<strong>ne</strong> vreme <strong>de</strong> trei săptămâni, atunci în cea <strong>de</strong>-apatra s<strong>au</strong> în cea <strong>de</strong>-a cincea săptămân ă, în orice noapte în timp ce visaţi, v ă veţiaminti c ă "acesta este un vis".Aceasta este una dintre căile prin <strong>care</strong> puteţi face conştiinţa s ă pătrund ă în vis.Dac ă puteţi s ă v ă amintiţi în timpul nopţii, în timp ce visaţi, c ă este un vis, atunci nuv ă va fi greu s ă v ă amintiţi c ă sunteţi tot într-un vis. Atunci veţi şti.Remember this: do not do anything to change it, just remember it constantly. Try toremember for three weeks continuously that whatsoever you are doing it is just adream.In the beginning it is very difficult. You will fall again and again into the old pattern ofthe mind, you will start thinking that this is a reality. You will have to constantlyawakenyourself to remind yourself that "This is a dream." If for three weeks continuously youcan maintain this attitu<strong>de</strong>, then in the fourth or fifth week, any night while dreamingyouwill sud<strong>de</strong>nly remember that "This is a dream."This is o<strong>ne</strong> way to pe<strong>ne</strong>trate dreams with conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss, with aware<strong>ne</strong>ss. If you canremember in the night while dreaming that this is a dream, then in the day you willnot<strong>ne</strong>ed any effort to remember that this is also a dream. You will know it then.


La început, în timp ce practicaţi aceast ă metod ă, nu veţi face altceva <strong>de</strong>cât săpretin<strong>de</strong>ţi. Începeţi cu convingerea…"acesta este un vis". Dar când veţi reuşi ca întimpul visului s ă v ă amintiţi c ă este un vis, va <strong>de</strong>veni realitate. Iar dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, când vătreziţi din somn, veţi simţi, pur şi simplu, c ă treceţi dintr-un vis în altul.Atunci va <strong>de</strong>veni realitate. Şi atunci, dac ă cele douăzeci şi patru <strong>de</strong> ore <strong>de</strong>vin vis, iarvoi puteţi s ă simţiţi şi s ă v ă amintiţi acest lucru, înseamn ă c ă v ă aflaţi în centrulvostru. Atunci conştiinţa va <strong>de</strong>veni o săgeat ă cu dou ă vârfuri.In the beginning, while you are practicing this, it will be just a make-believe. You startjust in faith..."This is a dream." But when you can remember in dreaming that this is adream, it will become a reality. Then in the day, when you get up you will not feel thatyou are getting up from sleep, you will feel you are simply getting up from o<strong>ne</strong>dreamingto another. Then it will become a reality. And if the whole twenty-four hours becomesdreaming, and you can feel and remember it, you will be standing at your center.Thenyour conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss will have become double-arrowed.Simţiţi visele şi, dac ă le simţiţi ca vise, atunci veţi începe s ă îl simţiţi pe cel <strong>care</strong>viseaz ă – subiectul. Dac ă luaţi visele drept realitate, nu puteţi simţi subiectul.Dac ă filmul a <strong>de</strong>venit realitate, uitaţi <strong>de</strong> voi. Când filmul se opreşte, şi ştiţi c ă nu a <strong>fost</strong>realitate, realitatea voastr ă erupe: v ă simţiţi pe voi înşiv ă. Aceasta este una dintre căi.Este una dintre cele mai vechi meto<strong>de</strong> indie<strong>ne</strong>.De aceea am insistat asupra i<strong>de</strong>ii c ă lumea nu este real ă . Nu în sens filozofic; nuspu<strong>ne</strong>m c ă aceast ă cas ă nu este real ă şi c ă puteţi trece prin pereţi.You are feeling dreams, and if you are feeling them as dreams you will start to feel thedreamer -- the subject. If you take dreams as real, you cannot feel the subject. If thefilmhas become real, you forget yourself. When the film stops and you know that it wasunreal, your reality erupts, breaks out; you can feel yourself. This is o<strong>ne</strong> way.This has been o<strong>ne</strong> of the ol<strong>de</strong>st Indian methods. That is why we have insisted on theworld being unreal. We do not mean it philosophically; we do not say that this house isunreal so you can pass through the walls.Nu asta vrem s ă spu<strong>ne</strong>m! Când spu<strong>ne</strong>m c ă aceast ă cas ă nu este real ă , acesta estedoar un fel <strong>de</strong> a spu<strong>ne</strong>. Nu este un argument împotriva casei.CASA REALA NU APARE NICIODATA IN MINTE, CI DOAR REFLECTIA /PROIECTIA /UMBRAEI Berkeley spu<strong>ne</strong>a c ă întreaga lume nu este <strong>de</strong>cât un vis. Intr-o dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă , se plimbacu dr. Johnson, un realist convins. Berkeley i-a spus acestuia: "Ai <strong>au</strong>zit teoria mea?Inc ă mai lucrez la ea. Simt c ă întreaga lume nu este real ă şi c ă nimic nu poate dovedic ă este real ă. Iar povara <strong>de</strong> a dovedi acest lucru o poart ă cei <strong>care</strong> susţin c ă este real ă.Eu spun c ă nu este real ă – aşa cum nici visele nu sunt reale." Johnson nu era filozof,dar avea o minte foarte ascuţit ă, logic ă.We do not mean that! When we say that this house is unreal, it is a <strong>de</strong>vice. This is notanargument against the house.So Berkeley proposed that the whole world is just a dream. O<strong>ne</strong> day, in the morning,hewas walking with Dr. Johnson. Dr. Johnson was a har<strong>de</strong><strong>ne</strong>d realist, so Berkeley said,"Have you heard about my theory? I am working on it. I feel that the whole world isunreal, and it cannot be proved that it is real. And the bur<strong>de</strong>n of proving it is on thosewho say that it is real. I say it is unreal -- just like dreams. Johnson was not aphilosopher,but he had a very astute logical mind.Se afl ă pe strad ă, este dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă şi merg agale amândoi pe o strad ă pustie. Johnson iao piatr ă în mân ă şi-l loveşte pe Berkeley în picior. Sângele ţâş<strong>ne</strong>şte, şi Berkeley ţip ă.Johnson întreab ă: "De ce ţipi, dac ă piatra este doar un vis? Indiferent <strong>de</strong> teoria ta,consi<strong>de</strong>ri căpiatra este real ă. Ce spui e una, iar comportamentul tău este diferit, chiar opus.Dac ă locuinţa ta este numai un vis, un<strong>de</strong> te întorci? Un<strong>de</strong> te întorci dup ă plimbarea <strong>de</strong>dimi<strong>ne</strong>a ţă?Dac ă soţia ta este numai un vis, atunci n-ai s-o mai revezi niciodat ă."Realiştii <strong>au</strong> folosit mereu astfel <strong>de</strong> argumente, dar nu le pot folosi şi împotriva luiShankara, <strong>de</strong>oarece teoria lui nu este una filozofic ă . Teoria lui nu spu<strong>ne</strong> nimic <strong>de</strong>sprerealitate; el nu vi<strong>ne</strong> cu ipoteze <strong>de</strong>spre univers. Mai <strong>de</strong>grab ă, este o metod ă menit ă a


v ă schimba mintea, a v ă schimba atitudi<strong>ne</strong>a rigid ă, în aşa fel încât s ă ve<strong>de</strong>ţi lumeaîntr-un mod cu totul şi cu totul diferit.They are on the street, just walking in the morning on a lo<strong>ne</strong>ly street. Johnson thentakeso<strong>ne</strong> sto<strong>ne</strong> in his hand and hits Berkeley's leg. Blood oozes out, and Berkeley screams.Johnson says, "Why are you screaming if the sto<strong>ne</strong> is just a dream? Whatsoever yousay,you believe in the reality of the sto<strong>ne</strong>. What you are saying is o<strong>ne</strong> thing, and yourbehavior is something different and contrary. If your house is just a dream, then towhereare you returning? Where are you returning after the morning walk? If your wife is justadream, you will not meet her again."Realists have always argued this way, but they cannot argue this way with Shankarabec<strong>au</strong>se his is not a philosophical theory. It is not saying anything about the reality; itisnot proposing anything about the universe.Rather, it is a <strong>de</strong>vice to change your mind, to change the basic fixed attitu<strong>de</strong> so thatyoucan look at the world in a different, an altogether different way. 77 of 1083Este o caracteristic ă a gândirii indie<strong>ne</strong>, pentru indieni totul este un instrument <strong>de</strong>meditaţie. Nu <strong>ne</strong>intereseaz ă dac ă este a<strong>de</strong>vărat s<strong>au</strong> fals. Ne intereseaz ă numai utilitatea sa întransformarea omului.This is a problem, continuously a problem for Indian thought -- bec<strong>au</strong>se for Indianthought everything is just a <strong>de</strong>vice for meditation. We are not concer<strong>ne</strong>d about itsbeingtrue or untrue. We are concer<strong>ne</strong>d about its utility in transforming man.Este o perspectiv ă total diferit ă fa ţă <strong>de</strong> mintea occi<strong>de</strong>ntal ă.Când occi<strong>de</strong>ntalii avanseaz ă o teorie, îi preocup ă a<strong>de</strong>vărul, vor s ă ştie dac ă estea<strong>de</strong>vărat ă s<strong>au</strong> nu, dac ă este logic ă s<strong>au</strong> nu. Când noi HINDUSII avansăm o teorie, nu <strong>ne</strong>intereseaz ă dac ă este a<strong>de</strong>vărat ă s<strong>au</strong> nu; <strong>ne</strong> intereseaz ă utilitatea ei, <strong>ne</strong> intereseazăcapacitatea ei <strong>de</strong> a transforma mintea ome<strong>ne</strong>asc ă. Poate fi a<strong>de</strong>vărat ă s<strong>au</strong> nu. Nu este<strong>de</strong>cât un instrument. S<strong>au</strong>, la fel <strong>de</strong> bi<strong>ne</strong>, îl putem numi truc.This is emphatically different from the Western mind. When they propose a theorytheyare concer<strong>ne</strong>d with whether this is true or untrue, whether this can be proved logicallyornot. When we propose anything we are not concer<strong>ne</strong>d about its truth; we areconcer<strong>ne</strong>dabout its utility, we are concer<strong>ne</strong>d about its capacity, its capability to transform thehuman mind. It may be true, it may not be true. Really, it is <strong>ne</strong>ither -- it is simply a<strong>de</strong>vice.Am văzut multe flori afar ă. Dimi<strong>ne</strong>aţa, soarele răsare şi totul este minunat.Nu aţi <strong>fost</strong> niciodat ă afar ă, nu aţi văzut niciodat ă flori şi nu aţi văzut niciodat ă soareledimi<strong>ne</strong>ţii. Nu aţi văzut niciodat ă cerul; nu ştiţi ce este frumuseţea. Aţi trăit într-o celulăînchis ă.Eu vre<strong>au</strong> s ă v ă eliberez. Vre<strong>au</strong> s ă v ă duc afar ă. Vre<strong>au</strong> s ă ieşiţi sub cerul liber şi săve<strong>de</strong>ţi aceste flori. Cum aş putea face asta?Nu cunoaşteţi florile. Dac ă v ă vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre flori, v ă gândiţi: "A în<strong>ne</strong>bunit. Nu existăflori."Dac ă v ă vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre soarele dimi<strong>ne</strong>ţii, v ă gândiţi: "Este un vizionar. Are viziuni şivise. Este un poet." Dac ă v ă vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre cerul liber, veţi râ<strong>de</strong>. Veţi începe sărâ<strong>de</strong>ţi: "Un<strong>de</strong> este cerul liber?Nu sunt <strong>de</strong>cât pereţi, pereţi şi iar pereţi."I have seen flowers outsi<strong>de</strong>. In the morning the sun rises and everything is justbe<strong>au</strong>tiful.You have <strong>ne</strong>ver been outsi<strong>de</strong>, and you have <strong>ne</strong>ver seen flowers, and you have <strong>ne</strong>verseenthe morning sun. You have <strong>ne</strong>ver seen the open sky; you do not know what be<strong>au</strong>ty is.You have lived in a closed prison. I want to lead you out. I want you to come out un<strong>de</strong>rthe open sky to meet these flowers. How am I to do it?


You do not know flowers. If I talk about flowers, you think, "He has go<strong>ne</strong> mad. Thereareno flowers." If I talk about the morning sun, you think, "He is a visionary.He sees visions and dreams. He is a poet." If I talk about the open sky, you will l<strong>au</strong>gh.You will start l<strong>au</strong>ghing, "Where is the open sky? There are only walls and walls andwalls."Şi-atunci ce s ă fac? Trebuie s ă găsesc ceva <strong>care</strong> s ă v ă ajute s ă înţelegeţi, şi <strong>care</strong> s ă văajute s ă ieşiţi <strong>de</strong> acolo <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> v ă aflaţi, aşa c ă v ă spun c ă a luat foc casa şi o i<strong>au</strong> lafug ă.Funcţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă: imediat o luaţi la fug ă dup ă mi<strong>ne</strong>.Atunci veţi şti c ă ceea ce am spus nu este nici a<strong>de</strong>vărat, nici fals, ci numai un mijloc.Atunci veţi ajunge s ă cunoaşteţi florile şi m ă veţi putea ierta.Buddha a făcut acest lucru, Mahavira a făcut acest lucru, Shiva a făcut acest lucru,Shankara a făcut acest lucru. Mai târziu îi iertăm. I-am iertat mereu, <strong>de</strong>oarece, odatăce ieşim, ştim <strong>de</strong> ce <strong>ne</strong>-<strong>au</strong> spus ce <strong>ne</strong>-<strong>au</strong> spus.So what am I to do? I must <strong>de</strong>vise something which you can un<strong>de</strong>rstand and whichhelpsyou to go out, so I say that the house is on fire and I start running. It becomesinfectious:you run after me and go out. Then you will know that what I said was <strong>ne</strong>ither true norfalse. It was just a <strong>de</strong>vice. Then you will know flowers and then you can forgive me.Buddha was doing that, Mahavir was doing that, Shiva was doing that, Shankara wasdoing that. We can forgive them later on. We have always forgiven them bec<strong>au</strong>seoncewe go out we know what they were doing.Mai târziu înţelegem c ă ar fi <strong>fost</strong> inutil s ă <strong>ne</strong> contrazicem cu ei, <strong>de</strong>oarece nu se pu<strong>ne</strong>aproblema s ă <strong>ne</strong> contrazicem. Casa nu luase foc, dar nu puteam înţelege limbajulcelălalt. Florile exist<strong>au</strong>, dar noi nu puteam înţelege limbajul florilor, aceste simbolurinu ave<strong>au</strong> sens pentru noi.Deci, aceasta ar fi o cale. Apoi mai exist ă o a doua metod ă, la celălalt pol.Aceast ă metod ă formeaz ă un pol; cealalt ă metod ă formeaz ă celălalt pol al aceluiaşilucru.And then we un<strong>de</strong>rstand that it was useless to argue with them bec<strong>au</strong>se it was not aquestion of arguing. The fire was nowhere, but we could not un<strong>de</strong>rstand only thatlanguage. Flowers were, but we could not un<strong>de</strong>rstand the language of the flowers,those symbols were meaningless for us.So this is o<strong>ne</strong> way. Then there is a second method at the other pole. This methodmakeso<strong>ne</strong> pole; the other method makes another pole of the same thing.O metod ă este aceea <strong>de</strong> a începe s ă simţi, să-ţi aminteşti c ă totul este un vis 1.Cealalt ă este s ă nu crezi nimic <strong>de</strong>spre lume, ci să-ţi aminteşti doar c ă tu eşti 2 .O<strong>ne</strong> method is to start feeling, remembering, that everything is a dream. The other isnot to think anything about the world, but just to go on remembering that YOU ARE.Gurdjieff a folosit cea <strong>de</strong>-a doua metod ă.Ea provi<strong>ne</strong> din tradiţia sufismului, din lumea Islamului. A<strong>de</strong>pţii sufismului <strong>au</strong> lucratmult la ea. Păstraţi în minte, repetaţi în minte, amintiţi-v ă "eu sunt" – indiferent <strong>de</strong>ceea ce faceţi.Beţi ap ă, mâncaţi – amintiţi-v ă "eu sunt".Continuaţi s ă mâncaţi şi continuaţi s ă v ă amintiţi "eu sunt, eu sunt". Nu uitaţi acestlucru! Este greu, v ă închipuiţi c ă <strong>de</strong>ja ştiţi c ă sunteţi, şi-atunci ce <strong>ne</strong>voie mai e s ă văamintiţi mereu acest lucru?Nu v ă amintiţi niciodat ă acest lucru, dar este o tehnic ă foarte, foarte puternic ă.Gurdjieff used this second method.This second method comes from the Sufi tradition, from Islam. They worked on it very<strong>de</strong>eply. Remember "I am" -- whatsoever you are doing. You are drinking water, youare


eating your food -- remember, "I am." Go on eating and go on remembering, "I am, Iam." Do not forget it! It is difficult bec<strong>au</strong>se you already think that you know you are,sowhat is the <strong>ne</strong>ed to go on remembering this? You <strong>ne</strong>ver remember it, but it is a very,verypotential technique.Când v ă plimbaţi, amintiţi-v ă "eu sunt". Plimbaţi-v ă, dar fiţi concentraţi asupra acestei<strong>au</strong>toamintiri"eu sunt, eu sunt, eu sunt". Nu uitaţi acest lucru. M ă ascultaţi pe mi<strong>ne</strong> – asta faceţiacum, m ă ascultaţi pe mi<strong>ne</strong>. Dar nu fiţi atât <strong>de</strong> concentraţi, atât <strong>de</strong> implicaţi.Indiferent ce v ă spun, amintiţi-v ă, amintiţi-v ă.When walking remember, "I am." Let the walking be there, go on walking, but beconstantly fixed in this self-remembering of "I am, I am, I am." Do not forget this. Youare listening to me -- just do it here. You are listening to me. Do not be so muchmerged,involved, i<strong>de</strong>ntified. Whatsoever I am saying, remember, go on remembering.M ă <strong>au</strong>ziţi, vorbele mele sunt acolo, ci<strong>ne</strong>va vorbeşte, voi sunteţi – "eu sunt, eu sunt, eusunt".Faceţi ca acest "eu sunt" s ă <strong>de</strong>vin ă un factor constant <strong>de</strong> conştientizare.Listening is there, words are there, someo<strong>ne</strong> is talking, you are -- "I am, I am, I am."Let this "Iam" be a constant factor of aware<strong>ne</strong>ss. 78 of 1083Este foarte greu. Nu v ă puteţi aminti constant, fie chiar şi pentru un minut. Incercaţi.Pu<strong>ne</strong>ţi-v ă unceas în fa ţă şi uitaţi-v ă cum se mişc ă arătătoarele lui.O secund ă, dou ă, trei… uitaţi-v ă. Faceţi dou ă lucruri: uitaţi-v ă la miş<strong>care</strong>asecundarului şi amintiţi-v ă mereu "eu sunt, eu sunt". Cu fie<strong>care</strong> secund ă, amintiţi-vă"eu sunt". Dup ă cinci, şase secun<strong>de</strong>, veţi simţi c ă aţi uitat.It is very difficult. You cannot remember continuously even for a single minute. Try it.Put your watch before your eyes and look at the hands moving. O<strong>ne</strong> second, twoseconds,three seconds... go on looking at it. Do two things: look at the movement of the handwhich is showing seconds, and continuously remember "I am, I am." With everysecondgo on remembering "I am." Within five or six seconds you will feel that you haveforgotten.Brusc, v ă veţi aminti c ă "<strong>au</strong> trecut multe secun<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> când nu mi-am amintit c ă «eusunt»".Sud<strong>de</strong>nly you will remember that "Many seconds have passed and I have notremembered `I am.'"Chiar şi s ă v ă amintiţi timp <strong>de</strong> un minut este un miracol. Şi, dac ă v ă puteţi amintivreme <strong>de</strong> un minut, atunci aceasta este tehnica voastr ă. Practicaţi-o. Prin ea veţi ficapabili s ă transcen<strong>de</strong>ţi visele şi s ă ştiţi c ă visele sunt vise.Even to remember for o<strong>ne</strong> complete minute is a miracle. And if you can remember foro<strong>ne</strong> minute, the technique is for you. Then do it. Through it you will be capable ofgoingbeyond dreams and of knowing that dreams are dreams.Cum acţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă? Dac ă toat ă ziua îţi aminteşti "eu sunt", acest lucru va pătrun<strong>de</strong> şi însomnul tău. Iar în timp ce dormi, îţi vei aminti continuu "eu sunt".How does it work? If the whole day you can remember "I am," then this will pe<strong>ne</strong>trateyour sleep also. And when you will be dreaming, continuously you will remember, "Iam."Dac ă poţi să-ţi aminteşti "eu sunt" în vis, visul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> doar vis.Atunci visul nu te mai poate înşela, nu te mai poate face s ă crezi c ă este realitate.Acesta este mecanismul: visul /FILMUL este perceput ca realitate <strong>de</strong>oarece nu-ţi


aminteşti <strong>de</strong> ti<strong>ne</strong> însuţi; uiţi <strong>de</strong> "eu sunt". Dac ă nu-ţi aminteşti <strong>de</strong> ti<strong>ne</strong> însuţi, visul<strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> realitate. TE IDENTIFICIIf you can remember "I am" in the dream, sud<strong>de</strong>nly the dream becomes just adream. Then the dream cannot <strong>de</strong>ceive you, then the dream cannot be felt as reality.Thisis the mechanism: the dream is felt as reality bec<strong>au</strong>se you are missing theselfremembering;you are missing "I am." If there is no remembering of o<strong>ne</strong>self, then thedream becomes reality. If there is the remembering of o<strong>ne</strong>self, then reality, the socalledreality, becomes just a dream.Dac ă îţi aminteşti <strong>de</strong> ti<strong>ne</strong> însuţi, atunci realitatea, aşa-zisa realitate, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> vis.Aceasta este diferenţa dintre vis şi realitate. Pentru o minte meditativ ă s<strong>au</strong> pentruştiinţa meditaţiei,aceasta este singura diferen ţă. Dac ă eşti, dac ă exişti, întreaga realitate este numai unvis. Dac ă nu eşti, visul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> realitate.Nagarjuna spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Acum sunt, pentru c ă lumea nu exist ă . Pe când eu nu existam,exista lumea. Nu putem exista <strong>de</strong>cât eu s<strong>au</strong> lumea. Amândou ă nu." Ceea ce nuînseamn ă c ă lumea a dispărut. Nagarjuna nu vorbeşte <strong>de</strong>spre aceast ă lume, elvorbeşte <strong>de</strong>spre lumea viselor.Fie exist ă „eu", fie exist ă visele. Cele dou ă nu pot coexista.Deci, primul pas este acela <strong>de</strong> a v ă aminti perma<strong>ne</strong>nt "eu sunt"; pur şi simplu "eusunt". Nu spu<strong>ne</strong>ţi "Rama" s<strong>au</strong> "Shyam". Nu folosiţi niciun nume, pentru c ă nu sunteţiun nume. Spu<strong>ne</strong>ţi pur şi simplu "eu sunt".This is the difference between dreaming and reality. For a meditative mind, or for thescience of meditation, this is the only difference. If you are, then the whole reality isjusta dream. If you are not, then the dreaming becomes reality.Nagarjuna says, "Now I am, for the world is not. While I was not, the world was. Onlyo<strong>ne</strong> can exist." That doesn't mean that the world has disappeared. Nagarjuna is nottalking about this world, he is talking about the world of dreaming. Either you can beorthe dreams can be -- both cannot be.So the first step will be to continue remembering "I am" constantly; simply, "I am." Donot say "Ram," do not say "Shyam." Do not use any name, bec<strong>au</strong>se you are not that.Simply use, "I am."Incercaţi s ă v ă spu<strong>ne</strong>ţi asta, indiferent <strong>de</strong> ceea ce faceţi, dup ă <strong>care</strong> încercaţi s ă şisimţiţi acest lucru.Cu cât mai reali <strong>de</strong>veniţi înlăuntrul vostru, cu atât lumea înconjurătoare <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> maiireal ă.FIE Lumea este real ă FIE "eu" este real – nu pot fi ambele reale. Simţiţi c ă acumsunteţi numai un vis; atunci lumea este real ă.Schimbaţi acest lucru. Deveniţi reali, şi atunci lumea va <strong>de</strong>veni ireal ă.Try it in any activity and then feel it. The more real you become insi<strong>de</strong>, the moreunrealbecomes the surrounding world. The reality becomes "I", and the world becomesunreal.The world is real or the "I" is real -- both cannot be real. You are feeling that you arejusta dream now; then the world is real. Change the emphasis. Become real, and theworldwill become unreal.Gurdjieff a lucrat perma<strong>ne</strong>nt la aceast ă metod ă.Principalul său discipol, P.D. Ouspensky, povesteşte cum Gurdjieff a folosit cu elaceast ă metod ă şi c ă, vreme <strong>de</strong> trei luni, făr ă încetare, l-a antrenat în a-şi aminti "eusunt, eu sunt, eu sunt". Dup ă trei luni, totul s-a oprit. Gânduri, vise, totul s-a oprit.INLOCUIREA VISULUI CU MANTRA "EU SUNT"Gurdjieff worked on this method continuously. His chief disciple, P. D. Ouspensky,relates that when Gurdjieff was working on him with this method, and he waspracticingfor three months continuously this remembering of "I am, I am, I am," after threemonths


everything stopped. Thoughts, dreaming, everything stopped.Nota DM: Termenul sanskrit mantra (in <strong>de</strong>vanagari: मनत) <strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă un simbolsonor, cum ar fi un su<strong>ne</strong>t, o silab ă , un cuvânt , s<strong>au</strong> un grup <strong>de</strong> cuvinte, <strong>care</strong> esteconsi<strong>de</strong>rat capabil <strong>de</strong> "a crea transformare " (fizica, e<strong>ne</strong>rgetica, subtila, spirituala,vin<strong>de</strong><strong>care</strong>, trezire, protectie, levitatie) atunci cand este intonat, evocat, scris,murmurat, pronuntat cu voce tare s<strong>au</strong> in gand.Substantivul masculin sanskrit mantra (<strong>de</strong> aseme<strong>ne</strong>a: mantram) provi<strong>ne</strong> dinalaturarea a doi termeni: verbul sanskrit "man" ( "a gândi", <strong>de</strong> un<strong>de</strong> manas: "minte","gândire", "intelect", dar şi "principiu spiritual" , "respiraţie, răsuflare") şi sufixul " tra"(<strong>care</strong> corespun<strong>de</strong> adjectivului sanskrit kṛ t: "cel ce"; "<strong>care</strong>" face, acţio<strong>ne</strong>az ă ,protejeaz ă" ce <strong>de</strong>sem<strong>ne</strong>az ă o u<strong>ne</strong>alt ă, o arm ă s<strong>au</strong> un instrument <strong>de</strong> protectie) - <strong>de</strong> aicio traducerea literal ă ar fi "instrument mental (gând, cuvânt, formula sonor ă )" <strong>care</strong>ofer ă protecţie, transformare, vin<strong>de</strong><strong>care</strong>, <strong>de</strong>blo<strong>care</strong>a canalelor subtile (nadis), liniştire,eliberare ( moksha) prin stabilizarea si focalizarea fluctuatiilor mentale ( mantra aredrept obiectiv s ă canalizeze agitatia mentala s<strong>au</strong> mintea discursiv ă).Virtuţile be<strong>ne</strong>fice pentru corp si minte ale repetarii( japa) u<strong>ne</strong>i formule sonore ritmate(mantra) <strong>de</strong>riv ă din combinatia realizata intre intenţia şi concentrarea celui <strong>care</strong> orecit ă.Pe lang ă mantrele <strong>de</strong>stinate pentru intrarea intr-o anumita stare <strong>de</strong> constiinta, ptevolutie spiritual ă şi realizare <strong>de</strong> si<strong>ne</strong>, exista si mantre tehnice specializate ininducerea levitatiei, pt iesire din corp ( calatorie astrala), pt. eliminarea unor starifiziologice patologice ( febra, hipertensiu<strong>ne</strong>, glicemie,..) si unor stari psiho-afectivedistructive ( panica, <strong>de</strong>presie, agitatie), ca antidot la otravuri( muscaturi <strong>de</strong> sarpe),pentru alungarea d<strong>au</strong>natorilor (cum ar fi rozatoare, serpi si insecte ) s<strong>au</strong> cu scopurimagice si oculte ( actiu<strong>ne</strong> asupra unuia din cele cinci planuri subtile, actiu<strong>ne</strong> asupr<strong>au</strong>nuia dintre centrele e<strong>ne</strong>rgetice subtile: chakra) si alte tipuri <strong>care</strong> solicita masuri <strong>de</strong>protectie ( nu se practica in zo<strong>ne</strong> locuite ).Utilizarea mantrelor variaz ă în funcţie <strong>de</strong> tipul <strong>de</strong> aplicaţie ( tehnologica, medicala,spirituala), <strong>de</strong> şcoal ă şi <strong>de</strong> filosofia asociat ă cu acestea şi se consi<strong>de</strong>ra eronat camantrele işi <strong>au</strong> origi<strong>ne</strong>a în tradiţia vedic ă a Indiei ( <strong>de</strong>si aceasta este una limitata la unsingur domeniu <strong>de</strong> apli<strong>care</strong>).Azi folosirea mantrelor reprezint ă o relicva a u<strong>ne</strong>i stiinte si tehnologii <strong>care</strong> utilizavibratiile acustice pt calatorii dimensionale si inter-dimensionale si <strong>care</strong> <strong>au</strong> apartinutunor civilizatii anterioare mult mai avansate <strong>de</strong>cat cea actuala. Din aceasta stiinta sitehnologie mai ve<strong>de</strong>m azi un fragment aplicat terapeutic in medicina traditionalahindusa si chi<strong>ne</strong>za ( ve<strong>de</strong>ti su<strong>ne</strong>lele vin<strong>de</strong>catoare din qigong si din medicinaayurvedica) un fragment folosit in artele martiale si in reanimare (kiai) si unalt fragment aplicat in tradiţia spirituala si religioasa hindusa ( Mantra Yoga- Aliniereaprin utilizarea mantra) s<strong>au</strong> ca o practic ă curent ă in buddhism, sikhism şi jainism.Repetarea mantrelor (japa) cu un anumit ritm, intonatie si <strong>de</strong> un anumit numar <strong>de</strong> oripe o anumita durata critica, folosind drept instrument <strong>de</strong> masura 108 margele pe unfir legat in cerc-mătănii ( mala) este intalnit ă şi in alte traditii spirituale ale omeniriicum ar fi in islamism, in special in sufism (Dhikr ori Zikr, "amintirea [ lui Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu]","pronunţare", "invocaţie" ) si in crestinism ( "Rugaciu<strong>ne</strong>a lui Iisus" practic ă aCrestinismului Ortodox: "Doam<strong>ne</strong>, Iisuse Hristoase Fiul lui Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu, miluieşte-m ă pemi<strong>ne</strong> păcătosul"/ Jesus Prayer practice of Orthodox Christianity [Per-Olof Sjögren(1966/1996). The Jesus prayer: Lord Jesus Christ, son of God, have mercy upon me](3rd ed.) London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. ISBN 0-281-04957-2] siin cateva traditii din Crestinismul Catolic/several traditions within Catholic Christianity[Doug Oman & Joseph D. Driskill (2003). Holy name repetition as a spiritual exerciseand therapeutic technique. Journal of Psychology and Christianity, v22 n1, pp5-19]).Practica u<strong>ne</strong>i mantra incepe cu procesul <strong>de</strong> initiere (Mantra Upasana) a unui practicant( numit: sadhaka), <strong>de</strong> catre o persoana calificata ( numita: upasaka), <strong>care</strong> exami<strong>ne</strong>azacorpul si mintea acestuia pt a <strong>de</strong>termina atat <strong>care</strong> canale e<strong>ne</strong>rgetice subtile( nadis)din pranamaya kosha sunt inchise s<strong>au</strong> blocate, cat si programul <strong>de</strong> vibratiiacustice(mantra) <strong>care</strong> trebuie urmat (reteta). Practi<strong>care</strong>a programului <strong>de</strong> mantra<strong>de</strong>sfunda s<strong>au</strong> curata într-o anumit ă secvent ă canalele subtile ( nadi; jing/luo) blocateceea ce conduce la insanatosirea corpului si a mintii, pe masura ce repetarea( japa)mantrei progreseazaPentru a atinge concentrarea minţii intr-un singur punct (to attain single-pointed<strong>ne</strong>ssof mind) repetarea mantrei se poate face în următoarele moduri: Mantra Yoga[foloseste forma ritmat ă (incantare; cântare, scandare) in cele patru faze <strong>de</strong>subtilitate <strong>de</strong> la manifestare( voce tare, şoapt ă, gând) la nonmanifestare ( faza pre-gand dupa dizolvarea s<strong>au</strong> stingerea mantrei si intrarea in "starea a patra"- turiya], siJapa Yoga [ foloseste Vaikhari Japa (vorbire; pronunţare cu voce tare), Upamsu Japa


(pronunţare în şoapt ă s<strong>au</strong> murmur), Manasika Japa (repetarea mental ă; pronunţare ingând) şi Likhita Japa (în scris) in forma libera, <strong>care</strong> se sincronizeaza <strong>au</strong>tomat pe ritmulrespiratiei existente in fie<strong>care</strong> stare <strong>de</strong> constiint ă in <strong>care</strong> se intr ă progresivpracticantul; pe măsura adancirii practicii <strong>care</strong> vizeaz ă realizarea <strong>de</strong> si<strong>ne</strong> s<strong>au</strong> aintimitătii cu o anumit ă putere divin ă practicantul ajunge la starea ajapajapam, in <strong>care</strong>mantra se repet ă singur ă s<strong>au</strong> <strong>au</strong>tomat in minte]. Dac ă observati orice mantra este oactiu<strong>ne</strong>, un antidot, o otrav ă situata la periferie in planul impulsurilor ( cuvintelor,gandurilor; umbrelor proiectate pe peretele pesterii) <strong>care</strong> este la inceput introdusăperiodic in plan grosier ( prin pronuntare; initializare) si apoi este rafinata pana la unnivel subtil (gând). In aceasta modalitate eronata <strong>de</strong> utilizare a mantrei actiu<strong>ne</strong>aextern ă <strong>de</strong> initializare inceteaza dupa interiorizarea complet ă ( mantra cânt ă singurăin minte si nu se mai ajunge la realitatea sursa a gandurilor: pre- gând). Este ca sicum <strong>ne</strong>-am ancora la mal ( <strong>de</strong>si dorim sa iesim in larg), ca si cum <strong>ne</strong>-am otravifacandu-<strong>ne</strong> r<strong>au</strong> cu mana noastra, pana ajungem sa fim ocupati <strong>de</strong> o vibratie toxica( sa nu uitam ca in functie <strong>de</strong> doza orice substanta s<strong>au</strong> vibratie <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> otrava s<strong>au</strong>remediu) pe <strong>care</strong> nu mai avem cum sa o scoatem ( ajungem sa vorbim s<strong>au</strong> samurmuram singuri ca <strong>ne</strong>bunii s<strong>au</strong> ca drogatii ).Aceasta ocupare a mintii cu o mantra <strong>care</strong> se <strong>au</strong>toinitiaza, este o fortare nociva, <strong>care</strong>joaca rolul u<strong>ne</strong>i instalatii <strong>au</strong>tomate <strong>de</strong> curatire s<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> maturare a gandurilor si estesimilara cu implantarea in creier a unui ge<strong>ne</strong>rator <strong>de</strong> impulsuri, <strong>care</strong> sa <strong>ne</strong> ucidaperma<strong>ne</strong>nt mintea ( traficul <strong>de</strong> ganduri).Se simuleaza moartea mintii si eliberarea din minte si ego (realitatea secunda) dar sedistruge intrumentul <strong>de</strong> relationare orizontala cu semenii ( mica sala a inteligentei).Acest mod <strong>de</strong> actiu<strong>ne</strong> preferat <strong>de</strong> gardieni elimina <strong>de</strong>zvaluirea caii <strong>de</strong> trezire findcaacesti oameni nu mai pot comunica nimic celorlalti, asa ca tot ce fac pare facut <strong>de</strong>divinitatea <strong>care</strong>-i locuieste iar nu <strong>de</strong> trecerea la regimul <strong>de</strong> functionare holografic(divin, direct, nondualist) la <strong>care</strong> are acces orice fiinta umana prin iesirea din minte.Transa indusa <strong>de</strong> o mis<strong>care</strong> leganata, ritmata, <strong>de</strong> cantat ori <strong>de</strong> dans (<strong>de</strong>rvisi rotitori;tarantela) produce efectele dorite (acces la vin<strong>de</strong><strong>care</strong>, cunoastere si actiu<strong>ne</strong><strong>ne</strong>mijlocita) fara sa apeleze la o <strong>de</strong>formare perma<strong>ne</strong>nta fiindca este temporara,localizata, are o durata limitata.Eroarea acestui mod <strong>de</strong> practi<strong>care</strong> a repetarii u<strong>ne</strong>i mantra s<strong>au</strong> a u<strong>ne</strong>i rugaciuni este calipseste ascultarea, adancirea in tacere, plonjarea in realitatea fara umbre s<strong>au</strong>impulsuri ( <strong>de</strong> ce te rogi s<strong>au</strong> intrebi, daca nu astepti raspunsul ?), lipseste prezenta,constienta, lipseste non-actiu<strong>ne</strong>a, reintoarcerea la mantra naturala <strong>ne</strong>creata(anahat;nada) din spatele mantrei respiratorii <strong>au</strong>to initiate ( hamsah).Cei noua Brahma Rishis (Prajapati) <strong>au</strong> dat omenirii tehnica <strong>de</strong> practi<strong>care</strong> a mantra<strong>de</strong>numita ajapa (totala constienta ) <strong>care</strong> elimina introducerea mecanica unui impulsextern in minte si conduce la stabilizare in realitatea sursa ( trezire; eliberare dinrealitatea secunda) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AjapaO singur ă not ă, o muzic ă etern ă, a continuat s ă rămân ă "eu sunt, eu sunt, eu sunt, eusunt". Dar <strong>de</strong>ja nu mai era un efort. Era ceva ce se repeta spontan: „eu sunt".Atunci, Gurdjieff l-a chemat pe Ouspensky afar ă din cas ă . Timp <strong>de</strong> trei luni, fuseseţinut în cas ă, nu i se dăduse voie s ă ias ă afar ă.Atunci, Gurdjieff i-a spus: "Vino cu mi<strong>ne</strong>." Locui<strong>au</strong> în oraşul Tiflis, în Rusia. Gurdjieff l-achemat şi <strong>au</strong> ieşit pe strad ă. Ouspensky a scris în jurnalul său: "Pentru prima dat ă amputut s ă înţeleg <strong>de</strong> ce Iisus a spus c ă omul doarme.Only o<strong>ne</strong> note remai<strong>ne</strong>d insi<strong>de</strong> like eternal music: "I am, I am, I am, I am." But thenthis was not an effort. This was a sponta<strong>ne</strong>ous activity going on: "I am." Then Gurdjieffcalled Ouspensky out of the house. For three months he had been kept in the houseand wasn't allowed to move out.Then Gurdjieff said, "Come with me." They were residing in a Russian town, Tiflis.Gurdjieff called him out and they went into the street. Ouspensky writes in his diary,"Forthe first time I could un<strong>de</strong>rstand what Jesus meant when he said that man is asleep.79 of 1083Mi se părea c ă întreg oraşul doarme. Oamenii se mişc<strong>au</strong> în somn. Vânzătorii îşivin<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong> marfa în somn, clienţii cumpăr<strong>au</strong> în somn. Intregul oraş dormea. M-am uitat laGurdjieff : numai el era treaz. Intregul oraş dormea. Er<strong>au</strong> furioşi, se lupt<strong>au</strong>, iube<strong>au</strong>,făce<strong>au</strong> cumpărături, totul în somn."The whole city looked to me as if it was asleep. People were moving in their sleep;shopkeepers were selling in their sleep; customers were buying in their sleep. Thewhole


city was asleep. I looked at Gurdjieff: only he was awake. The whole city was asleep.They were angry, they were fighting, they were loving, buying, selling, doingeverything."Ouspensky spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Acum puteam s ă le văd feţele, ochii. Er<strong>au</strong> adormiţi. Nu er<strong>au</strong> acolo.ERAU ABSENTI Le lipsea centrul interior; nu era acolo."Ouspensky says, "Now I could see their faces, their eyes: they were asleep. They werenot there. The in<strong>ne</strong>r center was missing; it was not there."Ouspensky i-a spus lui Gurdjieff : "Nu vre<strong>au</strong> s ă m ă mai întorc acolo. Ce s-a întâmplatcu oraşul?Toţi par adormiţi, drogaţi."Gurdjieff i-a răspuns: "Nu s-a întâmplat nimic cu oraşul; cu ti<strong>ne</strong> s-a întâmplat ceva. Tuai <strong>fost</strong> <strong>de</strong>zintoxicat; oraşul este la fel cum a <strong>fost</strong>.Ouspensky said to Gurdjieff, "I do not want to go there any more. What has happe<strong>ne</strong>dto the city? Everyo<strong>ne</strong> seems asleep, drugged."Gurdjieff said, "Nothing has happe<strong>ne</strong>d to the city, something has happe<strong>ne</strong>d to you.Youhave been undrugged; the city is the same.Este acelaşi loc în <strong>care</strong> te mişcai acum trei luni, dar nu ve<strong>de</strong>ai c ă ceilalţi oameni dorm,<strong>de</strong>oarece şi tu dormeai. Acum poţi ve<strong>de</strong>a acest lucru, <strong>de</strong>oarece ai dobândit o anumeconştien ţă.Dup ă ce vreme <strong>de</strong> trei luni ai practicat continuu "eu sunt", ai <strong>de</strong>venit, în mic ă măsur ă ,conştient.Ai <strong>de</strong>venit conştient. O parte a conştienţei tale a trecut dincolo <strong>de</strong> vise. De aceea poţive<strong>de</strong>a c ă toat ă lumea doarme, ca şi cum ar fi moart ă, drogat ă, hipnotizat ă."It is the same place you moved around in three months ago, but you couldn't see thatother people are asleep bec<strong>au</strong>se you were also asleep. Now you can see bec<strong>au</strong>se acertain quality of aware<strong>ne</strong>ss has come to you. With three months of practising "I am"continuously, you have become aware in a very small measure. You have becomeaware! A part of your conscious<strong>ne</strong>ss has go<strong>ne</strong> beyond dreaming. That is why you cansee that everyo<strong>ne</strong> is asleep, <strong>de</strong>ad, moving, drugged, as if hypnotized."Ouspensky spu<strong>ne</strong>: "Nu am putut suporta fenomenul – toat ă lumea adormit ă!Indiferent ce ar face, nu sunt răspunzători <strong>de</strong> faptele lor. Nu sunt! Cum pot firăspunzători?" ACUM A INTELES DE CE COMPASIUNEA/MILAOuspensky says, "I couldn't bear that phenomenon -- everyo<strong>ne</strong> asleep! Whatsoevertheyare doing, they are not responsible for it. They are not! How can they be responsible?"S-a întors şi l-a întrebat pe Gurdjieff : "Ce e asta? Râzi <strong>de</strong> mi<strong>ne</strong>? Ai făcut tu ceva caoraşul săpar ă adormit? Nu-mi pot cre<strong>de</strong> ochilor."Dar acest lucru i se poate întâmpla oricui. Dac ă v ă amintiţi <strong>de</strong> voi înşiv ă, atunci veţi ştic ă nimeni nu-şi aminteşte <strong>de</strong> el însuşi şi aşa se mişc ă toţi. Lumea întreag ă esteadormit ă. Lumea întreag ă doarme. Dar începeţi prin a v ă spu<strong>ne</strong> acest lucru din starea<strong>de</strong> veghe, când nu dormiţi, cât sunteţi treji. În fie<strong>care</strong> clip ă începeţi cu "eu sunt".He came back and he asked Gurdjieff, "What is this? Am I <strong>de</strong>ceived somehow? Haveyoudo<strong>ne</strong> something to me that the whole city seems asleep? I cannot believe my ow<strong>ne</strong>yes."But this will happen to anyo<strong>ne</strong>. If you can remember yourself, then you will know thatnoo<strong>ne</strong> is remembering himself, and in this way each goes on moving. The whole world isasleep. But start while you are awake. Any moment that you remember, start "I am."Nu vre<strong>au</strong> s ă spun c ă trebuie s ă repetaţi cuvintele "eu sunt", ci mai <strong>de</strong>grab ă s ă lesimţiţi. În timp ce faceţi baie, simţiţi "eu sunt". Simţiţi atingerea duşului rece şi simţiţişi amintiţi-v ă "eu sunt". Nu uitaţi, nu spun c ă trebuie s ă repetaţi cuvintele "eu sunt".Puteţi s ă le repetaţi, dar simpla lor repetare nu v ă face s ă <strong>de</strong>veniţi conştienţi.Mai curând s-ar putea s ă vi se fac ă somn. Sunt mulţi oameni <strong>care</strong> repet ă fel <strong>de</strong> fel <strong>de</strong>lucruri. Repet ă "Ram, Ram, Ram…" şi, dac ă repet ă făr ă s ă conştientizeze, atunci acest„Ram, Ram, Ram…" <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> un a<strong>de</strong>vărat drog. Pot dormi foarte bi<strong>ne</strong> datorit ă lui.


Motivul pentru <strong>care</strong> Mahesh Yogi este atât <strong>de</strong> popular în Occi<strong>de</strong>nt este c ă dăoamenilor mantre, iaroamenii repet ă aceste mantre.I do not mean that you have to repeat the words "I am," rather, have the feeling.Taking abath, feel "I am." Let there be the touch of the cold shower, and let yourself be therebehind, feeling it and remembering "I am." Remember, I am not saying that verballyyouhave to repeat "I am." You can repeat it, but that repetition will not give youaware<strong>ne</strong>ss.Repetition may even create more sleep. There are many people who are repeatingmanythings. They go on repeating "Ram, Ram, Ram..." and if they are just repeatingwithoutaware<strong>ne</strong>ss then this "Ram, Ram, Ram..." becomes a drug. They can sleep well throughit.That is why Mahesh Yogi has so much appeal in the West, bec<strong>au</strong>se he is givingmantrasfor people to repeat.In Occi<strong>de</strong>nt, somnul a <strong>de</strong>venit o problem ă. Somnul este puternic perturbat.Somnul natural a dispărut. Oamenii nu pot dormi <strong>de</strong>cât cu ajutorul medicamentelor, altranchilizantelor; altminteri, somnul este imposibil. De aceea Mahesh Yogi este atât <strong>de</strong>popular. Dac ă repeţi constant ceva, repetarea aceea îţi va induce un somn adânc;asta e tot.And in the West sleep has become o<strong>ne</strong> of the most serious problems.Sleep is totally disturbed. Natural sleep has disappeared. Only through tranquilizersanddrugs can you sleep; otherwise sleep has become impossible. This is the reason forMahesh Yogi's appeal. It is bec<strong>au</strong>se if you constantly repeat something, that repetitiongives you <strong>de</strong>ep sleep; that is all.Deci, aşa-numita meditaţie transcen<strong>de</strong>ntal ă nu este altceva <strong>de</strong>cât un tranchilizantpsihologic. Nimic altceva <strong>de</strong>cât un tranchilizant. Ajut ă, dar este bun ă pentru somn, nupentru meditaţie. Dormiţi bi<strong>ne</strong>, somnul este mai calm. Este bun ă , dar nu estemeditaţie. Dac ă repetaţi continuu un cuvânt, acest lucru duce la o anumit ă plictiseal ă ,iar plictiseala este bun ă pentru somn.Deci, orice este monoton, repetitiv ajut ă somnul.Copilul doarme în pântecele mamei vreme <strong>de</strong> nou ă luni, şi noi nu ştim <strong>de</strong> ce. Motivulnu este altul <strong>de</strong>cât ticăitul continuu al inimii mamei. Acest ticăit, bătaia inimii, se <strong>au</strong><strong>de</strong>continuu. Este unul dintre cele mai monoto<strong>ne</strong> lucruri din lume.So the so-called transcen<strong>de</strong>ntal meditation is nothing but a psychological tranquilizer.It is nothing -- just a tranquilizer. It helps, but it is good for sleep, not for meditation.Youcan sleep well, a more calm sleep will be there. It is good, but it is not meditation atall. Ifyou repeat a word constantly it creates a certain boredom, and boredom is good forsleep.So anything monotonous, repetitive can help sleep. The child in the mother's wombsleeps for ni<strong>ne</strong> months continuously, and the reason for this you may not know. Thereason is only the "tick-tock, tick-tock" of the heart of the mother. Continuously thereisthe beat, the heartbeat. It is o<strong>ne</strong> of the most monotonous things in the world. 80 of1083Cu acele bătăi ale inimii, copilul este ca şi drogat. El doarme continuu.Din acelaşi motiv, <strong>de</strong> fie<strong>care</strong> dat ă când copilul plânge s<strong>au</strong> are orice problem ă , mama îipu<strong>ne</strong> capullâng ă inima ei. Dintr-odat ă, el se simte mai bi<strong>ne</strong> şi adoarme. Inc ă o dat ă, datorităbătăilor inimii. Devi<strong>ne</strong>, din nou, parte a pântecelui mamei. De aceea, chiar dac ă numai sunteţi copii, dar soţia s<strong>au</strong> iubita v ă pu<strong>ne</strong> capul în dreptul inimii ei, simţiţi c ă vi seface somn, din c<strong>au</strong>za bătăilor monoto<strong>ne</strong> ale inimii.With the same beat continuously repeating, the child is drugged. He goes on sleeping.That is why whe<strong>ne</strong>ver the child is crying, screaming, creating any problem, the mother


puts his head <strong>ne</strong>ar her heart. Then sud<strong>de</strong>nly he feels good and goes into sleep. Againit isdue to the heartbeat. He becomes again a part of the womb. That is why even if youarenot a child and your wife, your beloved puts your head on her heart, you will feelsleepyfrom the monotonous beat.Psihologii susţin c ă, dac ă nu puteţi dormi, trebuie s ă v ă concentraţi asupra ceasului,asupra ticăitului lui. Imit ă bătăile inimii. Orice este repetitiv v ă aduce somnul.Psychologists suggest that if you cannot sleep, then concentrate on the clock. Justconcentrate on the clock's tick-tock, tick-tock. It repeats the heartbeat, and you canfallasleep. Anything repetitive will help.Deci acest "eu sunt", amintirea lui "eu sunt" nu este o mantra verbal ă . Nusunt cuvinte pe <strong>care</strong> trebuie s ă le repetaţi – este ceva ce trebuie s ă simţiţi.So this "I am," the remembering of "I am," is not a verbal mantra.It is not going to be repeated verbally -- feel it!Fiţi sensibili la fiinţa voastr ă, este <strong>ne</strong>voie s ă o percepeţi. Atunci când atingeţi mânacuiva, simţiţi nu numai mâna lui, ci şi atingerea voastr ă, simţiţi-v ă şi pe voi, simţiţi căsunteţi parte a acelei atingeri, c ă sunteţi <strong>de</strong>plin prezenţi în ea. In timp ce mâncaţi,faceţi mai mult <strong>de</strong>cât atât, simţiţi-v ă pe voi înşiv ă mâncând. Acest sentiment, aceastăsensibilitate, aceast ă percepţie <strong>de</strong> si<strong>ne</strong> trebuie s ă intre tot mai adânc în minteavoastr ă.Be sensitive to your being. When youtouch someo<strong>ne</strong>'s hand do not only touch his hand, feel your touch also, feel yourselfalso-- that you are here in this touch, present totally. While eating, do not only eat, feelyourself eating as well. This feeling, this sensitivity must pe<strong>ne</strong>trate <strong>de</strong>eper and <strong>de</strong>eperinto your mind.Într-o zi, brusc, v ă treziţi în propriul centru, activi, pentru prima dat ă funcţionând. Şiatunci, lumeaîntreag ă <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> un vis, atunci ştiţi c ă visul vostru este un vis. Iar când veţi şti c ă visulvostru este un vis, visul înceteaz ă. Nu poate continua <strong>de</strong>cât dac ă este perceput cafiind real. Se opreşte, dac ă este perceput ca ireal.Şi, odat ă ce visul înceteaz ă în voi, aţi <strong>de</strong>venit, sunteţi un alt om. Omul <strong>care</strong> aţi <strong>fost</strong> amurit; omul adormit a murit. Fiinţa ome<strong>ne</strong>asc ă <strong>care</strong> aţi <strong>fost</strong> nu mai exist ă.Pentru prima dat ă sunteţi conştienţi; pentru prima dat ă , într-o lume <strong>care</strong> doarme, voisunteţi <strong>ne</strong>adormiţi. Deveniţi un buddha, O FIINTA TREZITA.O<strong>ne</strong> day, sud<strong>de</strong>nly, you are awake at your center, functioning for t`e first time. Andthenthe whole world becomes a dream, then you can know that your dreaming is adreaming.And when you know that qour dreaming is a dreaming, dreaming stops. It cancontinueonly if it is felt as real. It is stopped if it is felt as unreal.And once dreaming stops in you, you are a different man. The old man is <strong>de</strong>ad; thesleepyman is <strong>de</strong>ad. That human being which you were you are no more. For the first timeyoubecome aware; for the first time in the whole world that is asleep, you are awake. Youbecome a buddha, an awake<strong>ne</strong>d o<strong>ne</strong>.Odat ă cu aceast ă iluminare, nu mai exist ă suferin ţă, dup ă aceast ă iluminare nu maiexist ă moarte, prin aceast ă iluminare nu mai exist ă team ă. Pentru prima dat ă văeliberaţi <strong>de</strong> tot. Eliberaţi <strong>de</strong> somn, eliberaţi <strong>de</strong> vise, eliberaţi <strong>de</strong> tot. Obţi<strong>ne</strong>ţi libertatea.Ura, mânia, lăcomia dispar. Deveniţi iubire. Iubirea însăşi!With this awakening there is no misery, after this awakening there is no <strong>de</strong>ath,throughthis awakening there is no more fear. You become for the first time free of everything.To


e free of sleep, to be free of dreaming, is to be free of everything. You attainfreedom.Hate, anger, greed disappear. You become just love. Not loving, you become just love!Inc ă o întrebare – şi este cam aceeaşi:O<strong>ne</strong> question more -- and it is relatively the same --Dac ă toţi suntem actori într-o pies ă <strong>de</strong> teatru <strong>de</strong>ja scris ă, cum poate meditaţia s ă <strong>ne</strong>transforme făr ă ca piesa însăşi s ă conţin ă un capitol <strong>de</strong>spre transformarea noastr ă l<strong>au</strong>n anumit moment dat? Şi, dac ă un astfel <strong>de</strong> capitol exist ă şi aşteapt ă s ă se<strong>de</strong>sfăşoare, atunci <strong>de</strong> ce s ă mai medităm? De ce s ă mai facem acest efort?Question 2: IF WE ARE ALL ACTORS IN A PLAY THAT IS ALREADY WRITTEN, HOW CANMEDITATION TRANSFORM US WITHOUT THE PLAY ITSELF CONTAINING ACHAPTER FOR OUR TRANSFORMATION AT A SPECIFIC TIME? AND IF SUCHA CHAPTER IS THERE ALREADY WAITING TO UNFOLD AT ITS DUE TIME,WHY MEDITATE? WHY MAKE ANY EFFORT AT ALL?Este acelaşi lucru; aceeaşi concluzie greşit ă. Nu spun c ă totul este pre<strong>de</strong>stinat. Nusugerez o astfel <strong>de</strong> teorie pentru a explica universul. V ă d<strong>au</strong> doar un instrument, ou<strong>ne</strong>alt ă.India s-a folosit dintot<strong>de</strong><strong>au</strong>na <strong>de</strong> acest instrument.Dar nu trebuie s ă înţelegem prin asta c ă totul este dinainte stabilit. În niciun caz!Singurul motiv pentru <strong>care</strong> se propu<strong>ne</strong> acest instrument este faptul c ă, dac ă pornim<strong>de</strong> la i<strong>de</strong>ea c ă totul este pre<strong>de</strong>terminat, totul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> un vis. Dac ă abordaţi lucrurileastfel, şi cre<strong>de</strong>ţi asta – c ă totul este <strong>de</strong>ja hotărât; cre<strong>de</strong>ţi, <strong>de</strong> exemplu, c ă veţi muriîntr-o anumit ă zi –, totul <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> vis. Nu este stabilit, nu este hotărât! Nimeni nu estechiar atât <strong>de</strong> interesat <strong>de</strong> voi. Universul nu se învârte în jurul vostru.Universul nu are habar <strong>de</strong> existenţa voastr ă şi nici <strong>de</strong> ziua în <strong>care</strong> veţi muri. Nu aravea niciun rost. Pentru univers, moartea voastr ă este total <strong>ne</strong>semnificativ ă.This is the same; it contains the same fallacy.I am not saying that everything is <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d. I am not proposing this as a theory toexplain the universe. It is a <strong>de</strong>vice.India has always been working with this <strong>de</strong>vice of fate. It is not meant by this thateverything is pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d. This is not meant at all! The only reason to propose thisisthat if you take it that everything is <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d, everything becomes a dream. If youtakethings in this way, if you believe this way -- that everything is pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d; that, forexample, you are going to die on a particular day -- EVERYTHING becomes a dream. Itis not <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d, it is not fixed! No o<strong>ne</strong> is that much interested in you. The universeiscompletely unaware of you and when you are going to die. It is so useless a thing.Your<strong>de</strong>ath is irrelevant to the universe.Nu v ă închipuiţi c ă sunteţi atât <strong>de</strong> importanţi încât întregul univers s ă stabileascămomentul în <strong>care</strong>veţi muri – ora, minutul, secunda – nu! Nu sunteţi elementul central. Nu sunteţimiezul, centrul.Do not think yourself so important that the whole universe is <strong>de</strong>termining your day of<strong>de</strong>ath -- the time, the minute, the moment -- no! You are NOT the center. 81 of 1083Pentru univers, este totuna dac ă existaţi s<strong>au</strong> nu, nu are nicio importan ţă . Este oeroare ce continu ă s ă se perpetueze în minte. Apare în copilărie şi <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> parte asubconştientului.Se naşte un copil. Copilul nu poate da lumii nimic, dar are multe <strong>de</strong> luat. Nu poaterăsplăti, nu poate da nimic în schimb. Este <strong>ne</strong>putincios, <strong>ne</strong>ajutorat. Va avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong>hran ă , va avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> dragoste, va avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> un acoperiş <strong>de</strong>asupra capului,va avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> căldur ă. Totul trebuie s ă i se <strong>de</strong>a.It makes no difference to the universe whether you are or you are not. But this fallacygoes onworking in the mind. It is created in childhood and it becomes part of the unconscious.A child is born. He cannot give anything to the world, but he has to take many things.He


cannot repay, he cannot give back anything. He is so impotent -- just helpless. He will<strong>ne</strong>ed food, he will <strong>ne</strong>ed love, he will <strong>ne</strong>ed shelter, he will <strong>ne</strong>ed warmth.Everything is to be supplied.Copilul se naşte absolut <strong>ne</strong>ajutorat. Niciun animal nu este atât <strong>de</strong> <strong>ne</strong>ajutorat atuncicând vi<strong>ne</strong> pe lume. De aceea niciun animal nu-şi întemeiaz ă o familie – nu are <strong>ne</strong>voie<strong>de</strong> aşa ceva.Dar copilul este <strong>ne</strong>ajutorat şi nu poate supravieţui făr ă ajutorul mamei, al tatei, alfamiliei, al societăţii. Nu poate exista <strong>de</strong> unul singur. Ar muri imediat.A child is born absolutely helpless -- particularly man's child. No animal is so helpless.That is why no animal creates a family -- there is no <strong>ne</strong>ed. But man's child is sohelpless,so absolutely helpless, he cannot exist without there being a mother to protect, afather, afamily, a society. He cannot exist alo<strong>ne</strong>. He would die immediately.Este atât <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt! Va avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> iubire, va avea <strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> hran ă , va avea<strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> multe şi va cere totul. Iar mama îi va da, tatăl îi va da, familia îi va da ceeace-i trebuie. Copilul va începe s ă cread ă c ă este centrul lumii întregi. I se d ă totul; nutrebuie <strong>de</strong>cât s ă cear ă. Asta este tot ce are <strong>de</strong> făcut: s ă cear ă; nu trebuie s ă facăniciun efort.Deci, copilul începe s ă cread ă <strong>de</strong>spre el însuşi c ă este centrul universului şi c ă totul seînvârte în jurul lui, pentru el. Intreaga existen ţă pare a fi <strong>fost</strong> creat ă pentru el. Intreagaexisten ţă a aşteptat cu <strong>ne</strong>răbdare ca el s ă apar ă şi s ă cear ă. Tot ce îl înconjoar ă parea aştepta ordinul lui. Şi totul se va în<strong>de</strong>plini dup ă voia lui. De asta are el <strong>ne</strong>voie.Pentru el este <strong>ne</strong>cesar s ă aib ă tot ce îi trebuie; altfel va muri. Este o <strong>ne</strong>cesitate. Daraceast ă <strong>ne</strong>cesitate <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> foarte periculoas ă.He is so much <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt. He will <strong>ne</strong>ed love, he will <strong>ne</strong>ed food, he will <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>verything,and he will <strong>de</strong>mand everything. And the mother will supply, the father will supply, thefamily will supply. The child begins to think that he is the center of the whole world.Everything is to be supplied to him; he has but to <strong>de</strong>mand. Just to <strong>de</strong>mand is enough,noother effort is <strong>ne</strong>e<strong>de</strong>d.So the child begins to think of himself as the center, and everything just goes onaroundhim, for him. The whole existence seems to be created for him. The whole existencewaswaiting for him to come and <strong>de</strong>mand. And everything will be fulfilled. This is a<strong>ne</strong>cessity, that his <strong>de</strong>mands should be fulfilled; otherwise he will die. But this<strong>ne</strong>cessitybecomes very dangerous.El creşte cu atitudi<strong>ne</strong>a "eu sunt centrul lumii, sunt buricul pământului." [tu esti buriculuniversului]Incet-încet, va cere tot mai mult. Nevoile unui copil sunt foarte uşor <strong>de</strong> în<strong>de</strong>plinit. Dar,pe măsur ă ce creşte, lucrurile pe <strong>care</strong> le pretin<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>vin tot mai complexe. U<strong>ne</strong>ori, elevor putea fi duse la în<strong>de</strong>plinire, alteori nu. U<strong>ne</strong>ori, nu este posibil. Alteori, este chiarimposibil.He grows up with this attitu<strong>de</strong> that "I am the center." By and by he will <strong>de</strong>mand more.Achild's <strong>de</strong>mands are very simple; they can be supplied. But as he will grow his<strong>de</strong>mandswill become more and more complex. Sometimes it will not be possible to supplythem,to fulfill them. Sometimes it may be absolutely impossible.Dac ă vrea luna <strong>de</strong> pe cer s<strong>au</strong> ci<strong>ne</strong> ştie ce altceva…Cu cât creşte, cu atât cerinţele <strong>de</strong>vin mai complicate, imposibile.Se instaleaz ă frustrarea şi începe s ă se simt ă înşelat. COPILUL Nu s-a îndoit nicio clipăc ă ar fi centrul universului; i s-a părut un lucru <strong>de</strong> la si<strong>ne</strong> înţeles. Acum aparproblemele, şi este <strong>de</strong>tronat. Odat ă adult, <strong>de</strong>tronarea este complet ă. Ştie c ă nu estecentrul universului.Dar un<strong>de</strong>va, adânc, în subconştient, rămâ<strong>ne</strong> gândul c ă ar fi centrul universului.He may <strong>de</strong>mand the moon, or anything....


The more he will grow, the more the <strong>de</strong>mands will become complex, impossible. Thenfrustration sets in, and the child begins to think that now he is being <strong>de</strong>ceived. He hastaken it for granted that he was the center of the world. Now problems will be there,andby and by he will be <strong>de</strong>thro<strong>ne</strong>d. When he becomes an adult, he will be completely<strong>de</strong>thro<strong>ne</strong>d. Then he will know that he is not the center. But <strong>de</strong>ep down theunconsciousmind goes on thinking in terms of him being the center.Oamenii vin la mi<strong>ne</strong> şi m ă întreab ă dac ă soarta lor este hotărât ă dinainte. M ă întreabădac ă suntchiar atât <strong>de</strong> importanţi pentru univers încât soarta lor s ă fie pre<strong>de</strong>stinat ă . „Care estescopul meu?" întreab ă ei. "De ce am <strong>fost</strong> creat?" Acest nonsens <strong>care</strong> dateaz ă dincopilărie, potrivit căruia voi sunteţi centrul universului, produce întrebări <strong>de</strong> tipul: „Înce scop am <strong>fost</strong> creat?"Nu aţi <strong>fost</strong> creaţi pentru niciun scop. Şi este bi<strong>ne</strong> c ă nu aţi <strong>fost</strong> creaţi pentru niciunscop; altminteri, aţi fi ca o maşin ă. O maşin ă este creat ă pentru un anumit scop.Omul nu a <strong>fost</strong> creat cu un scop anume, pentru ceva anume – nu! Omul nu estealtceva <strong>de</strong>cât o avalanş ă, o revărsare a preaplinului creaţiei. Totul exist ă pur şi simplu.Florile sunt acolo, stelele sunt acolo, voi sunteţi acolo. Totul este o revărsare apreaplinului, o bucurie, o celebrare a existenţei făr ă scop.Aceast ă teorie a sorţii, a pre<strong>de</strong>stinării creeaz ă probleme, pentru c ă o luăm ca pe oteorie.People come and ask me whether their fate is <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d. They are asking whethertheyare so important, so significant for this universe that their fate must be <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>dbeforehand. "What is my purpose?" they ask. "Why was I created?" This childhoodnonsense that you are the center creates these questions like, "For what purpose am Icreated?"You are not created for any purpose. And it is good that you are not created for anypurpose; otherwise you would be a machi<strong>ne</strong>. A machi<strong>ne</strong> is created for some purpose.Man is not created for some purpose, for something -- no! Man is just the outflowing,overflowing creation. Everything simply is. Flowers are there and stars are there andyouare there. Everything is just an overflowing, a joy, a celebration of existence withoutanypurpose.But this theory of fate, of pre<strong>de</strong>termination, is what creates problems, bec<strong>au</strong>se wetake itas a theory.82 of 1083Ne gândim c ă totul este pre<strong>de</strong>stinat, dar nu este aşa. În acelaşi timp, tehnica <strong>de</strong>spre<strong>care</strong> vorbeam utilizeaz ă aceast ă teorie ca pe un instrument s<strong>au</strong> ca pe un truc. Cândspu<strong>ne</strong>m c ă totul este pre<strong>de</strong>stinat, nu avansăm acest lucru ca pe o teorie. Scopul esteurmătorul: dac ă luăm viaţa ca pe o pies ă <strong>de</strong> teatru, ca pe ceva dinainte scris, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong>un vis. De exemplu, dac ă aş şti c ă astăzi, în aceast ă sear ă, când v ă vorbesc, totul estedinainte stabilit şi nimic nu poate fi schimbat – c ă nu aş putea s ă rostesc un singurcuvânt nou –, ar însemna c ă eu nu am nicio legătur ă cu întregul proces, <strong>de</strong>oarece nueu aş fi sursa acţiunii.Dac ă totul este dinainte stabilit şi fie<strong>care</strong> cuvânt este rostit <strong>de</strong> universul însuşi, <strong>de</strong>divinitate s<strong>au</strong> cum vreţi s ă îi spu<strong>ne</strong>ţi, eu nu mai sunt sursa cuvintelor mele, aacţiunilor mele. Atunci <strong>de</strong>vin un observator, un simplu observator.We think that everything is <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d, but nothing is <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d. However, thistechnique uses this as a <strong>de</strong>vice. When we say everything is <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d, this is notsaid toyou as a theory. The purpose is this: that if you take life as a drama, pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d,thenit becomes a dream. For example, if I k<strong>ne</strong>w that this day, this night, I was going to talktoyou, and it is pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d what words I should speak on this day, and if it is so fixedthat nothing can be changed -- that I cannot utter a single <strong>ne</strong>w word -- then sud<strong>de</strong>nly Iamnot related at all with this whole process bec<strong>au</strong>se then I am not the source of action.If everything is <strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d and if every word is to be spoken by the universe itself orby


the divi<strong>ne</strong> or by whatsoever name you choose, then I am no more the source of it.Then Ican become an observer -- a simple observer.Dac ă luaţi viaţa ca pe ceva dinainte stabilit, sunteţi în stare s ă o observaţi, s ă ourmăriţi din exterior, nu sunteţi implicaţi.Dac ă sunteţi un ratat, aşa a <strong>fost</strong> s ă fie; dac ă sunteţi un om <strong>de</strong> succes, aşa a <strong>fost</strong> s ă fie.Dacăambele situaţii sunt pre<strong>de</strong>stinate, atunci amândou ă <strong>au</strong> valoare egal ă , sunt sinonime.Ci<strong>ne</strong>va este Ravana, altci<strong>ne</strong>va Rama, şi totul este pre<strong>de</strong>stinat. Ravana nu are <strong>de</strong> ce săse simt ă vinovat, Rama nu are <strong>de</strong> ce s ă se simt ă superior. Totul este pre<strong>de</strong>stinat, <strong>de</strong>cisunteţi actori, sunteţi pe scen ă, interpretaţi un rol.If you take life as pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d then you can observe it, then you are not involved. Ifyou are a failure, it was pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d; if you are a success, it was pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d. Ifbothare pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d, both become of equal value -- synonymous. Then o<strong>ne</strong> is Ravan,o<strong>ne</strong> isRam, and everything is pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d. Ravan <strong>ne</strong>ed not feel guilty, Ram <strong>ne</strong>ed not feelsuperior. Everything is pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d, so you are just actors, you are just on a stageplaying a role.Ce urmăreşte metoda noastr ă prin acest instrument?S ă v ă <strong>de</strong>a sentimentul c ă jucaţi un rol, sentimentul c ă umpleţi o form ă, o matri ţă , untipar dinainte stabilit; v ă creeaz ă acest sentiment pentru ca voi s ă îl puteţi <strong>de</strong>păşi.To give you the feeling that you are playing a role, to give you the feeling that this isonlya pre<strong>de</strong>termi<strong>ne</strong>d pattern that you are fulfilling, to give you this feeling so that you cantranscend it, this is the <strong>de</strong>vice.Este foarte greu, pentru c ă <strong>ne</strong>-am obişnuit s ă <strong>ne</strong> gândim la soart ă ca la o teorie –poate mai mult <strong>de</strong>cât o teorie, o consi<strong>de</strong>răm chiar lege. Nu putem înţelege o altăraportare, prin <strong>care</strong> legi s<strong>au</strong> teorii sunt consi<strong>de</strong>rate nişte scheme, nişte instrumente <strong>de</strong>lucru, nişte trucuri.It is very difficult bec<strong>au</strong>se we are so much accustomed to thinking of fate as a theory--not only as a theory, but as a law. We cannot un<strong>de</strong>rstand this attitu<strong>de</strong> of taking theselawsand theories as <strong>de</strong>vices.O s ă v ă d<strong>au</strong> un exemplu elocvent. Eram în oraş.A venit un om; era mahomedan, dar eu nu ştiam acest lucru, habar nu aveam. Eraîmbrăcat în straie hinduse. Nu numai c ă arăta ca un hindus, dar vorbea ca un hindus.Nu părea <strong>de</strong>loc a fi mahomedan.I will explain this to you. O<strong>ne</strong> example will be helpful. I was in a city. O<strong>ne</strong> man came;hewas a Mohammedan, but I didn't know, I was not aware. And he was dressed so thathelooked like a Hindu. He not only looked like a Hindu, but he talked as if he was of theHindu type. He was not a Mohammedan type.Mi-a pus o întrebare. A spus: "Mahomedanii şi creştinii spun c ă nu exist ă <strong>de</strong>cât o via ţă .Hinduşii,budiştii şi jainiştii spun c ă exist ă mai multe vieţi – un lung şir <strong>de</strong> vieţi, iar dac ă omul nueste eliberat, atunci se va naşte iar şi iar. Ce spui? Dac ă Iisus ar fi <strong>fost</strong> un iluminat, arfi trebuit s ă ştie. S<strong>au</strong> Mahomed, s<strong>au</strong> Moise, şi ei ar fi trebuit s ă ştie, dac ă er<strong>au</strong> nişteiluminaţi, c ă exist ă mai multe vieţi, nu numai una singur ă. Şi, dac ă spui c ă ei <strong>au</strong>dreptate, atunci ce spui <strong>de</strong>spre Mahavira, Krishna, Buddha şi Shankara? Un lucru eclar: nu se poate s ă fi <strong>fost</strong> toţi iluminaţi.Dac ă are dreptate creştinismul, atunci Buddha a greşit, Krishna a greşit, Mahavira agreşit.He asked me o<strong>ne</strong> question. He said, "Mohammedans and Christians say that there isonly


o<strong>ne</strong> life. Hindus, Buddhists and Jains say there are many lives -- a long sequence oflives,so that unless o<strong>ne</strong> is liberated o<strong>ne</strong> goes on and on being reborn again and again. Sowhatdo you say? If Jesus was an enlighte<strong>ne</strong>d man, he must have known. Or Mohammed, orMoses, they must have known too if they were enlighte<strong>ne</strong>d men that there are manylivesand not just o<strong>ne</strong>. And if you say that they are right, then what about Mahavir, Krishna,Buddha and Shankara? O<strong>ne</strong> thing is certain, that they cannot all be enlighte<strong>ne</strong>d."If Christianity is right then Buddha is wrong, then Krishna is wrong, then Mahavir iswrong.Şi, dac ă Buddha, Mahavira şi Krishna <strong>au</strong> dreptate, atunci Mahomed, Iisus şi Moise <strong>au</strong>greşit. Spu<strong>ne</strong>-mi, căci eu nu ştiu ce s ă cred.Sunt <strong>ne</strong>dumerit, sunt <strong>de</strong>zorientat, nu înţeleg nimic.And if Mahavir, Krishna and Buddha are right, then Mohammed, Jesus andMoses are wrong. So tell me. I am very much puzzled; I am in a mess, confused. Andboth cannot be right.Şi nu pot avea dreptate şi unii, şi alţii. Cum ar putea s ă aib ă?S<strong>au</strong> exist ă mai multe vieţi, s<strong>au</strong> exist ă numai una. Cum ar putea avea dreptate ambeletabere?"Era un om inteligent şi studiase mult; mi-a spus: "Nu poţi scăpa spunând c ă <strong>au</strong>dreptate şi unii, şi alţii. Nu se poate. Este ilogic s ă aib ă dreptate şi unii, şi alţii."I-am răspuns: „Nu aşa trebuie luate lucrurile; abordarea ta este total greşit ă . Suntdou ă scheme, dou ă instrumente. Niciunul nu are dreptate, niciunul nu greşeşte – suntinstrumente." I-a <strong>fost</strong> imposibil s ă înţeleag ă ce vre<strong>au</strong> s ă spun prin schem ă, instrument.Mahomed, Iisus şi Moise se adres<strong>au</strong> unui anumit tip <strong>de</strong> minte, iar Buddha, Mahavira şiKrishna vorbe<strong>au</strong> unui cu totul alt tip <strong>de</strong> minte. Religiile <strong>de</strong> astăzi <strong>au</strong> dou ă surse:hinduismul şi religia ebraic ă.How can both be right? Either there are many lives or there is o<strong>ne</strong>. How can both beright?" He was a very intelligent man, and he had studied many things, so he said,"Youcannot just escape and say that both are right. Both cannot be right. It is logically so --both cannot be right."But I said, "This <strong>ne</strong>ed not be; your approach is absolutely wrong. Both are <strong>de</strong>vices.Neither is right, <strong>ne</strong>ither is wrong -- both are <strong>de</strong>vices." It became impossible for him toun<strong>de</strong>rstand what I meant by a <strong>de</strong>vice.Mohammed, Jesus and Moses, they were talking to o<strong>ne</strong> type of mind, and Buddha,Mahavir, Krishna, they were talking to a very different type of mind. There are reallytw osource religions -- the Hindu and the Jewish. 83 of 1083Toate religiile născute din hinduism cred în renaşteri succesive; toate religiile născutedin gândirea ebraic ă – mahomedanismul, creştinismul – cred într-o singur ă via ţă.Sunt dou ă scheme.Incercaţi s ă înţelegeţi. Deoarece mintea noastr ă este prea rigid ă, luăm lucrurile cateorii, nu ca scheme.Mulţi oameni vin la mi<strong>ne</strong> şi m ă întreab ă: "Intr-o zi, ai spus c ă lucrul ăsta este a<strong>de</strong>vărat,în alt ă zi ai spus c ă lucrul celălalt este a<strong>de</strong>vărat; amândou ă nu pot fi a<strong>de</strong>vărate."Bi<strong>ne</strong>înţeles c ă nu pot fi ambele a<strong>de</strong>vărate. Dar nimeni nu spu<strong>ne</strong> asta. Pe mi<strong>ne</strong> nu măintereseaz ă <strong>care</strong> este a<strong>de</strong>vărat şi <strong>care</strong> nu. Pe mi<strong>ne</strong> m ă intereseaz ă cum funcţio<strong>ne</strong>azăschema, metoda.În India se foloseşte aceast ă schem ă cu un număr mare <strong>de</strong> vieţi. De ce? Sunt maimulte puncte. Toate religiile născute în Occi<strong>de</strong>nt, mai cu seam ă din gândirea ebraic ă ,er<strong>au</strong> religii ale oamenilor săraci.So all the religions born out of India, all thereligions born out of Hinduism believe in rebirth, in many births; and all the religionsborn out of Jewish thinking -- Mohammedanism, Christianity -- they believe in o<strong>ne</strong> life.These are two <strong>de</strong>vices.Try to un<strong>de</strong>rstand it. Bec<strong>au</strong>se our minds are fixed, we take things as theories, not as<strong>de</strong>vices. So many times people come to me and say, "O<strong>ne</strong> day you said this is right,andanother day you said that is right, and both cannot be right." Of course both cannot beright, but no o<strong>ne</strong> is saying that both are right. I am not concer<strong>ne</strong>d at all with which is


ight and which is wrong. I am only concer<strong>ne</strong>d with which <strong>de</strong>vice works.In India they use this <strong>de</strong>vice of many lives. Why? There are many points. All thereligions born in the West, particularly out of Jewish thinking, were religions of poorpeople.Profeţii lor er<strong>au</strong> oameni <strong>ne</strong>instruiţi. Iisus a <strong>fost</strong> un om <strong>de</strong> rând, Mahomed a <strong>fost</strong> un om<strong>de</strong> rând, Moise a <strong>fost</strong> un om <strong>de</strong> rând. Toţi er<strong>au</strong> făr ă şcoal ă, nu er<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>loc sofisticaţi,er<strong>au</strong> simpli şi se adres<strong>au</strong> unor oameni la fel <strong>de</strong> simpli şi <strong>de</strong> săraci; nu er<strong>au</strong> oamenibogaţi.Their prophets were u<strong>ne</strong>ducated. Jesus was not educated, Mohammed was noteducated, Moses was not. They were all u<strong>ne</strong>ducated, unsophisticated, simple, andtheywere talking with masses who were not sophisticated at all, who were poor; they werenotrich.Pentru un om sărac, o via ţă este mai mult <strong>de</strong>cât suficient ă, mai mult <strong>de</strong>cât suficient ă !El moare <strong>de</strong>foame. Dac ă îi spui c ă exist ă mai multe vieţi, c ă se va naşte iar şi iar, c ă se va mişcaîntr-un cerc vreme <strong>de</strong> o mie şi una <strong>de</strong> vieţi, bietul om ar ajunge la disperare.„Ce spui?", va întreba săracul. "O via ţă este <strong>de</strong>ja prea mult, nu mai vorbi <strong>de</strong>spre o mieşi una <strong>de</strong> vieţi, <strong>de</strong>spre un milion <strong>de</strong> vieţi. Nu mai spu<strong>ne</strong> asta. Dă-<strong>ne</strong> Raiul, imediatdup ă aceast ă via ţă." Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> o realitate numai dac ă se poate ajunge la El, înîmpărăţia Lui dup ă aceast ă via ţă – imediat.For a poor man, o<strong>ne</strong> life is more than enough, more than enough! He is starving,dying. Ifyou say to him that there are so many lives, that he will go on being reborn andreborn,that he will move in a wheel of a thousand and o<strong>ne</strong> lives, the poor man will just feelfrustrated about the whole thing. "What are you saying?" a poor man will ask. "O<strong>ne</strong>lifeis too much, so do not talk of a thousand and o<strong>ne</strong> lives, of a million lives. Do not speakthis. Give us heaven immediately after this life." God becomes a reality only if he canbeachieved after this life -- immediately.Buddha, Mahavira, Krishna se adres<strong>au</strong> u<strong>ne</strong>i societăţi <strong>de</strong> oameni foarte bogaţi. Astăzieste greu <strong>de</strong>înţeles acest lucru, căci roata lumii s-a întors. Acum Occi<strong>de</strong>ntul este bogat şi Orientuleste sărac. Pe vremea aceea, Orientul era bogat şi Occi<strong>de</strong>ntul era sărac. Toateavatarurile hinduse, toţi tirthankara – învăţătorii lumii –ai jainismului, toţii buddha –iluminaţii –, toţi er<strong>au</strong> prinţi.Buddha, Mahavir, Krishna, were talking to a very rich society. Today it has becomedifficult to un<strong>de</strong>rstand bec<strong>au</strong>se the whole wheel has tur<strong>ne</strong>d. Now the West is rich andtheEast is poor. Then the West was poor and the East was rich. All the Hindu avatars, alltheTIRTHANKARAS -- world teachers -- of the Jains, all the buddhas -- awake<strong>ne</strong>d o<strong>ne</strong>s --they were all princes.Er<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong> vi ţă nobil ă, din familii regale. Er<strong>au</strong> culţi, învăţaţi, sofisticaţi, rafinaţi din toatepunctele <strong>de</strong> ve<strong>de</strong>re. Lui Buddha nu i se mai poate adăuga nimic pentru a-l face mairafinat. El a atins perfecţiu<strong>ne</strong>a rafinamentului, a culturii, a educaţiei; nu mai era nimic<strong>de</strong> adăugat. Chiar dac ă Buddha ar reveni azi între noi, nu i s-ar mai putea adăuganimic.Aşadar, ei se adres<strong>au</strong> u<strong>ne</strong>i societăţi <strong>de</strong> oameni bogaţi.Iar pentru oamenii bogaţi, problemele sunt diferite, nu uitaţi. Pentru cel bogat,plăcerea nu are sens, raiul nu are sens. Pentru cel sărac, raiul este plin <strong>de</strong> înţelesuri.Pentru cel <strong>care</strong> trăieşte în rai, raiul nu mai înseamn ă nimic, nu are niciun rost s ă îipromiţi raiul. Nu mai ai cum s ă îl motivezi s ă fac ă ceva pentru a ajunge în rai; este<strong>de</strong>ja acolo – şi moare <strong>de</strong> plictiseal ă.


They belonged to royal families. They were cultured, educated, sophisticated, refi<strong>ne</strong>di<strong>ne</strong>very way. You cannot refi<strong>ne</strong> Buddha more. He was absolutely refi<strong>ne</strong>d, cultured,educated; nothing can be ad<strong>de</strong>d. Even if Buddha comes today, nothing can be ad<strong>de</strong>d.So they were talking to a society which was rich. Remember, for a rich society therearedifferent problems. For a rich society, pleasure is meaningless, heaven is meaningless.For a poor society, heaven is very meaningful. If the society is living in heaven,heavenbecomes meaningless, so you cannot propose this. You cannot create an urge to dosomething for heaven; they are already in it -- and bored.Prin urmare, Buddha, Mahavira, Krishna nu vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre rai, vorbesc <strong>de</strong>sprelibertate. Ei nuvorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre lumea minunat ă <strong>de</strong> dincolo, ei vorbesc <strong>de</strong>spre o lume transcen<strong>de</strong>ntalăun<strong>de</strong> nu exist ă nici durere, nici plăcere. Raiul lui Iisus nu ar fi însemnat nimic pentrucei bogaţi – ei se afl<strong>au</strong> <strong>de</strong>ja acolo.In al doilea rând, pentru un om bogat, a<strong>de</strong>vărata problem ă este plictiseala.Unui om sărac promite-i plăceri viitoare. Pentru un om sărac, suferinţa este problema.Pentru un om bogat, nu suferinţa este problema; pentru un om bogat, problema esteplictiseala.El este plictisit <strong>de</strong> toate plăcerile.Mahavira, Buddha şi Krishna <strong>au</strong> apăsat pe aceeaşi pârghie – plictiseala omului bogat –spunând: „Dac ă nu faci nimic, te vei naşte iar şi iar. Roata se mişc ă. Nu uita, aceastăvia ţă se va repeta.So Buddha, Mahavir, Krishna, do not talk about heaven, they talk of freedom. They donot talk of a pleasant world beyond, they talk of a transcen<strong>de</strong>ntal world where there is<strong>ne</strong>ither pain nor pleasure.Jesus' heaven would not have appealed to them -- they were already in it.And secondly, for a rich man the real problem is boredom. For a poor man, promisehimpleasure in the future. For a poor man, suffering is the problem. For a rich man,sufferingis not the problem; for a rich man, boredom is the problem. He is bored of allpleasures.Mahavir, Buddha and Krishna, all used this boredom, and they said, "If you do not doanything you are going to be born again and again. This wheel will move. Remember,thesame life will be repeated. 84 of 1083Aceleaşi plăceri trupeşti, aceeaşi bogăţie, aceeaşi hran ă , aceleaşi palate iar şi iar; <strong>de</strong> omie şi una <strong>de</strong> ori te vei învârti în acelaşi cerc."Pentru un om bogat, <strong>care</strong> a cunoscut toate plăcerile, aceast ă repetare făr ă sfârşit nueste o perspectiv ă prea plăcut ă . Reluarea aceloraşi şi aceloraşi lucruri îi va aducesuferin ţă. El vrea ceva nou, şi atunci Mahavira şi Buddha spun: „Nu exist ă nimic nou.Lumea este veche. Nu e nimic nou sub soare. Ai gustat din aceste lucruri o dat ă şi veimai gusta din ele. Te mişti într-un cerc. Treci <strong>de</strong> el, sari afar ă din el."The same sex, the same rich<strong>ne</strong>ss, the same food, the same palaces again and again:athousand and o<strong>ne</strong> times you will be moving in a wheel."To a rich man who has known all pleasures this is not a good prospect, this repetition.Repetition is the problem. That is the suffering for him. He wants something <strong>ne</strong>w, andMahavir and Buddha say, "There is nothing <strong>ne</strong>w. This world is old. Nothing is <strong>ne</strong>wun<strong>de</strong>rthe heavens, everything is just old. You have tasted all these things before and youwillgo on tasting them. You are in a wheel, moving. Go beyond it, take a jump out of thewheel."Singura modalitate <strong>de</strong> a <strong>de</strong>termina un om bogat s ă practice meditaţia este aceea <strong>de</strong> aalcătui o schem ă <strong>care</strong> îi intensific ă plictiseala. Omului sărac, dac ă îi vorbeşti <strong>de</strong>spreplictiseal ă, îi spui lucruri făr ă sens. Un om sărac nu se plictiseşte – niciodat ă ! Numaicel bogat se plictiseşte. Cel sărac nu se plictiseşte niciodat ă ; el se gân<strong>de</strong>şte mereu laviitor.


Intr-o bun ă zi, se va întâmpla ceva şi apoi totul se va schimba în bi<strong>ne</strong>. Omul sărac are<strong>ne</strong>voie <strong>de</strong> o promisiu<strong>ne</strong>; dar, dac ă promisiu<strong>ne</strong>a este un<strong>de</strong>va într-un viitor preaîn<strong>de</strong>părtat, îşi pier<strong>de</strong> sensul,pentru el. Trebuie s ă se împli<strong>ne</strong>asc ă repe<strong>de</strong>.For a rich man, if you create a <strong>de</strong>vice which intensifies his feeling of boredom, onlythencan he move toward meditation. For a poor man, if you talk about boredom you aresaying meaningless things. A poor man is <strong>ne</strong>ver bored -- <strong>ne</strong>ver! Only a rich man isbored.A poor man is <strong>ne</strong>ver bored; he is always thinking of the future. Something is going tohappen and everything will be okay. The poor man <strong>ne</strong>eds a promise, but if thepromise isa very long way away it becomes meaningless. It must be immediate.Se povesteşte c ă Iisus ar fi spus: "In timpul vieţii Mele, în timpul vieţii voastre, veţive<strong>de</strong>a împărăţialui Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu." Atenţia întregii lumi creşti<strong>ne</strong> a <strong>fost</strong> ţinut ă treaz ă vreme <strong>de</strong> douăzeci <strong>de</strong>secole <strong>de</strong> afirmaţia lui Iisus: „În timpul vieţii voastre, veţi ve<strong>de</strong>a împărăţia luiDum<strong>ne</strong>zeu, este aproape." Împărăţia lui Dum<strong>ne</strong>zeu înc ă nu a venit, aşa c ă ar trebui să<strong>ne</strong> întrebăm: oare ce o fi vrut s ă spun ă ? Tot el a spus: „Sfârşitul lumii este aproape, numai pier<strong>de</strong>ţi timpul! Timpul este scurt."Iisus a spus: „Nu mai e timp. Nu mai pier<strong>de</strong>ţi timpul.Sfârşitul lumii este aproape şi va trebui s ă daţi socoteal ă, s ă răspun<strong>de</strong>ţi pentru faptelevoastre, aşadar, pocăiţi-v ă!"Spunând c ă omul are o singur ă via ţă, Iisus a creat impresia c ă totul se va petreceimediat. El ştia, Buddha şi Mahavira şti<strong>au</strong>. Dar ce anume şti<strong>au</strong> nu <strong>ne</strong>-a <strong>fost</strong> spus. Ni s-<strong>au</strong> spus doar instrumentele, schemele folosite <strong>de</strong> ei. Aceasta a <strong>fost</strong> o schem ă , un trucpentru a crea sentimentul <strong>de</strong> imi<strong>ne</strong>n ţă, pentru ca oamenii s ă înceap ă s ă reacţio<strong>ne</strong>ze.Jesus is reported to have said that "In my lifetime, in your lifetime, you will see thekingdom of God." That statement has h<strong>au</strong>nted the whole of Christianity for twentycenturies, bec<strong>au</strong>se Jesus said, "In YOUR life, immediately, you are going to see thekingdom of God." And the kingdom of God has not come even yet, so what did hemean?And he said, "The world is going to end soon, so do not waste time! Time is short."Jesus said, "Time is very short. It is foolish to waste it. Immediately the world is goingtoend and you will have to answer for yourself, so repent."Jesus created a feeling of immediacy through the concept of o<strong>ne</strong> life. He k<strong>ne</strong>w, andBuddha and Mahavir also k<strong>ne</strong>w. Whatsoever they k<strong>ne</strong>w is not told. Whatsoever they<strong>de</strong>vised is known. This was a <strong>de</strong>vice to create immediacy, urgency, so that you wouldbegin to act.India era o ţar ă veche şi bogat ă. Nu se pu<strong>ne</strong>a problema în<strong>de</strong>plinirii promisiunilor într-un viitorapropiat. Sentimentul imi<strong>ne</strong>nţei se putea trezi numai într-un fel, şi anume prinsporirea plictiselii. Dac ă un om simte c ă se va naşte înc ă o dat ă şi înc ă o dat ă , lainfinit, el vi<strong>ne</strong> imediat şi întreab ă: „Cum s ă ies din cercul acesta? E prea mult. Nu maipot continua, am cunoscut tot ceea ce puteam cunoaşte. Dac ă totul trebuie s ă serepete, <strong>de</strong>vi<strong>ne</strong> un coşmar. Nu vre<strong>au</strong> s ă se repete. Vre<strong>au</strong> ceva nou."India was an old country, rich. There was no question of urgency in promises for thefuture. There was only o<strong>ne</strong> way possible to create urgency, and that was to createmoreboredom. If a man feels he is going to be born again and again, again and again,infinitely, ad infinitum, he immediately comes and asks, "How to be freed from thiswheel? This is too much. Now I cannot continue it any more bec<strong>au</strong>se whatsoever canbeknown I have known. If this is to be repeated it is a nightmare. I do not want to repeatit, Iwant something <strong>ne</strong>w."Aşadar, Buddha şi Mahavira spun: "Nu este nimic nou sub soare. Totul este vechi şitotul este o repetare a ceea ce a mai <strong>fost</strong>. Şi ai repetat aceleaşi lucruri şi vei mairepeta aceleaşi lucruri timp <strong>de</strong> mai multe vieţi. Fii atent la repetiţie, fii atent laplictiseal ă. F ă un salt."


Este un truc diferit, dar scopul este acelaşi. Faceţi un salt! Mişcaţi-v ă! Transformaţi-v ă !Orice aţi fi ,transformaţi-v ă, <strong>de</strong>veniţi altceva.So Buddha and Mahavir say, "There is nothing <strong>ne</strong>w un<strong>de</strong>r the sky. Everything is oldanda repetition. And you have repeated for many, many lives, and you will go onrepeatingfor many, many lives. Beware of the repetition, beware of your boredom. Take ajump."The <strong>de</strong>vice is different, but the purpose is the same. Take a jump! Move! Transformyourself! Whatsoever you are, transform yourself from it.Dac ă luăm afirmaţiile religioase drept scheme, instrumente s<strong>au</strong> trucuri, atunci nuexist ă contradicţie.Atunci Iisus şi Krishna, Mahomed şi Mahavira spun acelaşi lucru. Ei <strong>de</strong>schid căi diferitepentru oameni diferiţi, tehnici diferite pentru minţi diferite, emoţii diferite pentruatitudini diferite. Dar acestea nu sunt principii pe <strong>care</strong> s ă le <strong>de</strong>zbatem şi pentru <strong>care</strong>s ă <strong>ne</strong> contrazicem. Ele sunt scheme <strong>de</strong> urmat, <strong>de</strong> folosit, <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>păşit şi <strong>de</strong> aruncat.Atâta pentru azi.If we take religious statements as <strong>de</strong>vices then there is no contradiction.Then Jesus and Krishna, Mohammed and Mahavir, mean the same thing. They createdifferent routes for different people, different techniques for different minds, differentappeals for different attitu<strong>de</strong>s. But those are not principles to be fought and arguedabout.They are <strong>de</strong>vices to be used, transcen<strong>de</strong>d, and thrown.This much for today.THE END.85 of 1083

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!